HANDBOUND

AT THE

UNIVERSITY OF
TORONTO PRESS
 n -
K
AN

EGYPTIAN HIEROGLYPHIC
DICTIONARY.

WITH AN INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS, KING LIST AND

GEOGRAPHICAL LIST WITH INDEXES, LIST OF HIEROGLYPHIC
CHARACTERS, COPTIC AND SEMITIC ALPHABETS, ETC.

BY (SIR) Ef A? WALLIS BUDGE,

l
KNT., F.S.A,

M.A. AND LITT.D., CAMBRIDGE; M.A. AND D.Lnr., OXFORD; D.Lix., DURHAM;
SOMETIME SCHOLAR OF CHRIST'S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, AND TYRWHITT HEBREW SCHO1.AU
;

KEEPER OF THE EGYPTIAN AND ASSYRIAN ANTIQUITIES, BRITISH MUSEUM.

(IN TWO VOLUMES)

VOL. I.

LONDON :

JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET,

1920.
 HARRISON AND SONS,
PRINTERS IN ORDINARY TO HIS MAJESTY.
ST. MARTIN'S I.ANE LONDON,

W.C. 2.
 THIS BOOK

DEDICAT D TO
THE MEMORY OF

SAMUEL BIRCH,
AUTHOR OF THE

FIRST EGYPTIAN DICTIONARY

ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY.
 CONTENTS.

DEDICATION ....... '

PAGE

........... facing
. . ii

INTRODUCTION v

LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED OR REFERRED TO .... Ixxv

LIST OF HIEROGLYPHIC CHARACTERS ....... xcvii

COPTIC, SEMITIC, AND PERSIAN CUNEIFORM ALPHABETS . . . cxlviii

EGYPTIAN DICTIONARY ..... .

i
i

LIST OF KINGS' NAMES _ . . . . . . . . .

917

......
LIST OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, TOWNS, ETC. 947

INDEX OF ENGLISH WORDS . . . . . . . .

1067

INDEX OF KINGS' NAMES ......... 1257

INDEX OF GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES . . . . . . .

GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES
ARABIC, ETC ...........
IN COPTIC. GREEK, HEBREW, ASSYRIAN, SYRIAC,
1279

LIST OF COPTIC WORDS QUOTED IN THE DICTIONARY . . . 1

287

LIST OF NON- EGYPTIAN WORDS QUOTED

HEBREW, ASSYRIAN, SVRIAC, ARABIC,
IN
ETC. .....
THE DICTIONARY GREEK,
1305

LIST OF EGYPTIAN HIEROGLYPHIC CHARACTERS IN THE FOUNT OF

MESSRS. HARRISON AND SONS; WITH APPENDIX. . . .
1315
 INTRODUCTION.
IT be taken for granted that, from the time when Akerblad,
may
Young and Champollion le Jeune laid the foundation of the
science of Egyptology in the first quarter of the nineteenth century
down to the present day, every serious student of Egyptian texts,
whether hieroglyphic, hieratic or demotic, has found it necessary
to compile in one form or another his own Egyptian Dictionary.
In these days when we have at our disposal the knowledge which
has been acquired during the last hundred years by the unceasing
toil of the above-mentioned pioneers and their immediate Labours of

followers Lepsius, Brugsch, Chabas, Goodwin, E. de jg^ptJan

Birch,
Rouge and others we are apt to underrate the difficulties which lexico-
ra P hers
they met and overcame, as well as to forget how great is the debt
-

which we owe to them. I therefore propose, before passing on to

describe the circumstances under which the present Egyptian

Hieroglyphic Dictionary has been produced, to recall briefly

" "
the labours of the famous men who have preceded me in the
"
field of Egyptian lexicography, and who were honoured in their
generations, and were the glory of their times."
The Abbe J. J. Barthelemy (1716-1795) as far back as 1761 Akerblad and
showed satisfactorily that the ovals in Egyptian inscriptions Zpega's
" "
which we call cartouches contained royal names. Zoega
(1756-1809) accepted this view, and, developing it, stated that the
a

hieroglyphs them were alphabetic letters.

in Had Akerblad 1

(1760-1819) and S. de Sacy (1758-1838) accepted these facts,

and worked to develop them, the progress of Egyptological
science would have been materially hastened. They failed, how-
ever, to pay much attention to the hieroglyphic inscriptions of
which copies were available, and devoted all their time and labour
to the elucidation of the enchorial, or demotic, text on the Rosetta Silvestre de
y '

Stone, the discovery of which had roused such profound interest

among the learned men of the day. Their labours in connection
with this text were crowned with considerable success. To
Akerblad belongs the credit of being the first European to formulate
"
a Demotic Alphabet," and to give the values of its characters in
Coptic letters, but neither he nor S. de Sacy seems to have sus-
pected the existence of a hieroglyphic alphabet. Both these
eminent scholars produced lists, or small vocabularies, of demotic
1
See my Rosetta Stone, vol. I, p. 40.

3
 VI Introduction.

Demotic words, and added translations of them which are surprisingly

vocabularies
of Akerblad
correct considering the period when they were compiled. And
and de Sacy. both were able to read correctly the demotic equivalents of several
Greek royal names, e.g., Alexander, Ptolemy and Berenice. Their
failure to apply the method by which they achieved such success
to the hieroglyphic inscriptions is inexplicable. It has been

suggested that their scholarly minds revolted at the absurd views,

theories and statements about the Egyptian hieroglyphs made
Kircher, by Athanasius Kircher (1601-1680), Jablonski (1673-1757), J. de
Jablonski,
de Guignes Guignes (1721-1800), Tychsen (1734-1815) and others, and the
and Tychsen. suggestion is probably correct. After the publication of his
" "
famous Letter to S. de Sacy, Akerblad seems to have dropped
1

his Egyptological studies. At

events, he published nothing
all

about them. De
Sacy, though he did not consider that he had
wasted the time that he had spent on the demotic text on the
Rosetta Stone, refrained from further research in Egyptology,
and nothing of importance was effected in the decipherment of the
Egyptian hieroglyphs until Dr. Thomas Young (June I3th, 1773-
May loth, 1830) turned his attention to them.

YOUNG'S HIEROGLYPHIC ALPHABET AND VOCABULARY.

Thomas In 1814 to study the inscriptions on the Rosetta
Young began
Young and
the Rosetta Stone, and, according to his own statement, succeeded in a few
Stone. months in translating both
the demotic and the hieroglyphic
texts. His translations, together with notes and some remarks
on Akerblad's Demotic Alphabet, were printed in Archceologia for
"
1815, under the title Remarks on Egyptian Papyri and on the
Inscription of Rosetta." With respect to the Egyptian Alphabet
"
he says, I had hoped to find an alphabet which would enable

me to read the enchorial inscription. But . .I . ...

had gradually been compelled to abandon this expectation, and
to admit the conviction that no such alphabet would ever be
discovered, because it had never been in existence." During the
next three or four years he made striking progress in the decipher-
ment of both demotic and hieroglyphic characters. The results
of his studies at this period were published in his article EGYPT,
which appeared in Part I of the fourth volume of the Encyclo-
pedia Britannica in 1819. It was accompanied by five plates,

containing inter alia a hieroglyphic vocabulary of 218 words, a

1
Lettre sur I' Inscription Egyptienne de Rosette, adressee au citoyen Silvestre
de Sacy, Paris (Imprimerie de la Republique Francaise) and Strasbourg, an X
(1802), 8vo. With a plate containing the Demotic Alphabet.
 Introduction. vii

" "
supposed enchorial, i.e., demotic alphabet," and specimens of
phrases." The Vllth Section of the letterpress contained the Young's
"
Rudiments of a Hieroglyphic Vocabulary," and thus Young Hieroglyphic '

Vocabulary.
became the "father" of English compilers ofEgyptian Vocabu-
laries. In this article, which formed a most important and epoch-
making contribution to Egyptology, Young gave a list containing
a number of alphabetic Egyptian characters, to which, in most
cases, he assigned correct phonetic values, i.e., values which are

accepted by Egyptologists at the present day. In fact, he showed

that he had rightly grasped the idea of a phonetic principle in
the reading of Egyptian hieroglyphs, the existence of which had
been assumed and practically proved by Barthelemy and Zoega, His
and applied it FOR THE FIRST TIME in the decipherment of application of
r the Phonetic
Egyptian hieroglyphs. This seems to me to be an indisputable principle.

fact, which can easily be verified by any one who will take the
" "
trouble to read Young's article, EGYPT, in the Supplement
to the Encyclopedia Britannica and study his correspondence
and papers which John Leitch reprinted in the third volume of Young's
the Miscellaneous Works of the late Thomas Young, M.D., F.R.S.,
London, 1855. Those whom such evidence will not satisfy may
c s d'
^^
Chan-pollion

consult the five volumes of his papers that are preserved in the
^
British Museum (Additional MSS. 27,281-27,285). In the first
volume (Add. 27,281) are all the principal documents dealing with
his work on the Rosetta Stone, and in the second (Add. 27,282)
will be found his copies of a series of short vocabularies of Egyptian
words. Without wishing in any way to reopen the dispute as
to the merits and value of Young's work in comparison with that
of Champollion, it may be pointed out that scholars who were

contemporaries of both and who had competent knowledge of

Egyptology couple together the names of Young and Champollion,
and place Young's name first. Thus Kosegarten groups Young,
1
"
Champollion and Peyron Birch speaks of the
;
discoveries of
"2
Dr. Young and M. Champollion and Tattam says that the contemporary
;

sculptured monuments and papyri of Egypt have long

"
engaged ^
n

the attention of the Learned, who have in vain endeavoured to Young's

n
t of ^
decipher them, till our indefatigable and erudite countryman,
discovery.
3
Dr. Young, and, after him, M. Champollion, undertook the task."

1
Debitas vero gratias refero Youngio, Champolliono, Peyronio, viris prae-
clarissimis, quo quoties aliquid ad hoc studiorum genus pertinens abiis sciscitarem,
toties benevole semper et promte quae desiderarem mecum communicaverunt.
De Prisca Aegyptiorum Litteratura Commentatio prima. Weimar, 1828, p. iv.
1
Sketch of a Hieroglyphical Dictionary. London, 1838, p. 3.
3
Coptic Grammar. London, 1830, p. ix.
a 4
 Vlll Introduction.

The and importance of Young's application of the

great value
phonetic principle to Egyptian hieroglyphs has been summed up
with characteristic French terseness and accuracy by Chabas,
"
the distinguished Egyptologist, who wrote, Cette idee fut, dans
la realite, le FIAT LUX de la science."
1

Curiously enough Young did not follow up his discovery by

a continued application of his phonetic principle to Egyptian
inscriptions other than those on the Rosetta Stone, but seems to
have been content to leave itsfurther application and development
to Champollion le Jeune. 2
And for some reason he made no attempt
to add to the Egyptian Vocabulary containing 218 words which he

published in his article EGYPT in the Encyclopedia Britannica,

or he did. his additions were never printed. On the other hand,
if

Young's he devoted himself to the preparation of a Demotic Dictionary and

Demotic
thiswork occupied the last ten years of his life. The " Advertise-
Dictionary. "
ment is of considerable interest, for it shows that it was only his
inability to decide
upon the system of arrangement that ought to
be employed in an Egyptian Dictionary, that prevented him from
publishing the work during his lifetime. His difficulty is described
by him thus :

"
From the mixed nature of the characters employed in the
written language or rather languages of the Egyptians, it is diffi-
cult to determine what would be the best arrangement for a

dictionary, even if they were all perfectly clear in their forms,

and perfectly well understood : at present, however, so many of
them remain unknown, and those which are better known assume
so diversified an appearance, that the original difficulty is greatly

Alphabetic increased. Every methodical arrangement, however arbitrary,

arrangement has the advantage of bringing together such words as nearly
of the
Dictionary.
resemble each other and it appears most likely to be subservient
:

to the purposes of future investigation, to employ an imitation

of an alphabetical order, or an artificial alphabet, founded upon
the resemblance of the characters to those of which the phonetic
value was
clearly and correctly determined by the late Mr.
Akerblad; and to arrange the words that are to be interpreted
according to their places in this artificial order choosing, however,
;

in each instance, not always the first character that enters into
the composition of the word, but that which appears to be
the most radical, or the most essential in its signification, or
1
Inscription de Rosette, p. 5.
B
See Advertisement
to Dr. Young's Egyptian
Dictionary printed in Rudiments
of an Egyptian Dictionary, which formed an Appendix to Tattam's Coptic Grammar.
London, 1830, 8vo, and was reprinted by Leitch, op. cit., p. 472 ff.
 Introduction. x

&
J

4)
S d o
,7l t...
=
J)
- 0) ,41 M| vl v/l
^-
>'
4^ - -
4 o
*)
00

5 a c
o

*>

Z z
3
C! o
.a
' ^ I I .
c
I
1 I
H
'
1
S> S
K .JP 5 tt, K,

V
If, I
-3
J
*
CQ I I

^
s;
"5
S ^>
\, S/ v/ \y v
V/ N^ N*
V |
^Oj
sA I
sO V3

a fo
i
c
Z 0)
M M o 0) bo
I X
0. =
o
e
t> H
ul

i
o-
41
U
^O
P<

H
 Introduction.

sometimes that which is

merely the most readily ascertained or
1
distinguished."
Now although Young was the first to apply the phonetic, or

alphabetic, principle to Egyptian hieroglyphs, it is quite clear

from the above that he failed to see its value in arranging Egyp-
tian words in a dictionary. Speaking of Champollion's alphabet,
Champollion's which was in reality his own with modifications and considerable
PhlC "
additions he saY s
' His SYSTEM of phonetic characters may
:

AlphabJt
often be of use in assisting the memory, but it can only be applied
with confidence to particular cases when supported in each case
by the same kind of evidence that had been employed before its
invention. His communications have furnished many valuable
additions to this work, all of which have been acknowledged in
their So then rejecting his own system of
proper places."
phonetic, i.e. alphabetic, characters, and Champollion's develop-
ment of it, he drew up his " Rudiments of the Egyptian Dic-
tionary in the ancient Enchorial Character," intending the work
"
to appear as an Appendix to the Coptic Grammar," which
Henry Tattam was then writing. Whilst the printing of the
' "
Rudiments was in progress he fell ill, but his interest in the
work was so great that in spite of his illness he continued to
Kosegarten's prepare its pages for the lithographer and to correct the proofs.
When he had passed for press six sheets, i.e. 96 pages, death
overtook him, and Tattam corrected the last 14 pages (pp. 97-110)
of proof, saw them through the press, and compiled an Index to
" "
the work, which appeared with Tattam's Coptic Grammar in
"
1
Writing to M. Arago on July 4th, 1828, Young says, Now of the nine
letters which I insist that I had discovered, M. Champollion himself allows me

five, and I maintain that a single one would have been sufficient for all that I
wished to prove the method by which that one was obtained being allowed to
;

be correct, and to be capable of further application. The true foundation of the

analysis of the Egyptian system, I insist, is the great fact of the original identity
of the enchorial with the sacred characters, which I discovered and printed in
1816 [in the Museum Criticum No. VI, pp. 155-204], and which M. Champollion
probably rediscovered, and certainly republished in 1821 besides the reading of
;

the name of Ptolemy, which I had completely ascertained and published in 1814,
and the name of Cleopatra, which Mr. Bankes had afterwards discovered by
means of the information that I had sent him out to Egypt, and which he asserts
that he communicated indirectly to M. Champollion [see H. Salt, Essay on Dr.
Young's and M. Champollion's Phonetic System of Hieroglyphics, London, 1825,
p. 7] and whatever deficiencies there might have been in my original alphabet,
;

supposing it to have contained but one letter correctly determined, they would
and must have been gradually supplied by a continued application of the same
method to other monuments which have been progressively discovered and made
public since the date of my first paper." Leitch, Miscellaneous Works of the late
Thomas Young, M.D., F.R.S., Vol. Ill, p. 464 ff.
 Introduction. XI

icuvit,i

A D . J . . P ^. U.

A < 4
i . 1) P

2
H in JM .
<ri j\\ 00

e
i ^c in 00

K.
- -
- ct.'K V-

A / ys
M j ^

N
ST V-
*

r.r.f/Ti
n 1_ X -i a-. a-

P s /I
E <-**** ><)|. *)|
T
I
4> m. a

X y
JX
TO.
TJV.

Champollion's Table of Hieroglyphic and Demotic phonetic signs. From his Lettre d M. Daritr
relative & P Alphabet </ Hilroglyphes Phonetiques. Paris, 1822. Plate IV.
 XH Introduction.

"
1830.
l
The
Rudiments," to paraphrase Kosegarten's words,
contains a valuable and well-arranged collection of all the most
important groups of enchorial characters hitherto deciphered.
These Young selected from enchorial texts which had been pub-
lished by himself, and by Champollion and Kosegarten, and from
letters which he had received from Champollion describing the
contents of unpublished papyri at Paris. 2
The
progress of Egyptology suffered a severe set-back by the
death of Young on May loth, 1830, and by the death of Cham-
Progress of pollion on March 4th, 1832, and there was no scholar sufficiently
Egyptology
retarded by advanced in the science to continue their work. With the excep-
the death of tion of books and papers of a polemical character, some authors
Young and
Champollion. championing Young's system of phonetics, and others loudly
proclaiming the superior merits of that of Champollion, and
others advocating the extraordinary views of Spohn and Seyffarth

(1796-1885), no important work on Egyptological decipherment

appeared for several years. Soon after the death of Champollion
a rumour circulated freely among the learned of Europe to the
effect that the great Frenchman had left in manuscript, almost

complete, many works which he was preparing for press when

death overtook him, and that these were to appear shortly under
the editorship of his brother, Champollion-Figeac (1778-1867).
It was widely known that Champollion had been engaged for

In his Observations on the Hieroglyphic and Enchorial Alphabets (Coptic

1

Grammar, p. ix ff.) Tattam describes briefly and accurately the various steps in
the early history of Egyptian decipherment. He shows that Young was the first
to read correctly the names of Ptolemy and Berenice, that Bankes, with the help
of Young, discovered the name of Cleopatra, and says that the system of letters
"
thus discovered was taken up, and extended, by M. Champollion, and afterwards
by Mr. Salt, our late Consul-General in Egypt." He then gives the Hieroglyphic
Alphabet as constructed from the researches of Young, Bankes, Champollion and
Salt.
2
Das Werk (Nro. 2), mit welchem der treffliche Young seine literarische
Laufbahn und zugleich sein Leben beschlossen hat, cnthalt eine schatzbare,
wohlgeordnete Sammlung aller wichtigsten bisher erklarten enchorischen Schrift-
gruppen. Er hat diese Sammlung aus den von ihm selbst, von Champollion,
und von mir bekannt gemachten enchorischen Texten ausgewah.lt, aber auch
briefliche Mittheilungen Champollion's aus noch nicht herausgegebenen Pariser

Papyrusrollen benutzt. Er leitete den Druck und die Correktur dieser Schrift,
welche ihm sehr am Herzen lag, und die gleichsam sein Vermachtniss iiber die

Aegyptischen Untersuchungen liefert, noch auf seinem letzten Krankenbette,

so schwer ihm auch zuletzt das Schreiben schon ward. Als er bis zur g6sten
Seite mit der Correktur gelangt war, ereilte ihn der Tod die Correktur der
;

letzten Seiten, und die Indices besorgte daher Hy. Tattam. See Jahrbiicher

fur wissenschaftlichc Kri'.ik, Jahrgang 1831, Bd. II, Stuttgart und Tubingen, 4to,
Col. 771.
 Introduction. xui

PMONETICK ALPHABET

J... .<. e , N. i.o,

i
8 . C? . LJ.95 . . ts . a. V,r/f.

xv- .
A .
A H & . e ,

e .

;J ? .

T...P

YM
AiN . v . .V3 . U - 5 . ^=^ .

n ^ > f >

. I -o>= s; .

o ,.,

B
.
<O>. > / . O . *"~o~v <^^> p
n
H..J.* ^. o .=<>=. 1 c .

X .

Bf II

H .

.6

f .mi .

T O

"
The Plionetick Alphabet." From Tattam's Compendious Grammar of the Egyptian Language,
as contained in the Coptic and Sahidic Dialects. London, 1830.
 xiv Introduction.

Champollion's many years in compiling a Hieroglyphic Dictionary that he ;

manuscripts. had been ass i s t e d by his friend, Salvador Cherubini (1760-1842) ;

that Charles Lenormant (1802-1859) had helped him in tran-

scribing the slips and that Ippolito Rosellini (1800-1843 ?) had

;

made a copy of this Dictionary before Champollion set out on

his last journey to Egypt. But when year after year passed and
Champollion-Figeac failed to issue any of his brother's works,

many scholars came to the conclusion that the manuscripts did

not exist.

RICHARD LEPSIUS AND SAMUEL BIRCH.

Meanwhile two young men, C. R. Lepsius (1810-1884) and
Samuel Birch (1813-1885), had turned their attention to the
study of Egyptian hieroglyphs, and succeeded in completing
Champollion's system of decipherment and establishing it.
Lepsius first studied in Berlin under Bopp (1791-1867), and
having received his doctor's
degree in philosophy in 1833,
departed to Paris, where he won the Volney prize in 1834. In
Lepsms jgoe h e published the two Dissertations which established his
1

completes . .

Champollion's reputation
as a comparative philologist. He went to Rome,
system of where he became an intimate friend of Ippolito Rosellini, the
decipherment. . . .

Egyptologist and friend and travelling companion of Champollion.

"
Here he wrote and published in the Annali dell' Institute
" "
Archeologico di Roma (Vol. IX, 1837) his famous Lettre a
M. le Professeur Rosellini sur 1' Alphabet Hieroglyphique." In
this letter, which created widespread interest, he succeeded in

removing many of the defects of

Champollion's development of
Young's system of phonetics, and treated the whole question of

Egyptian decipherment in 'such a masterly manner that all

adverse criticism of a serious character was silenced once and
The Phonetic for all. Itunnecessary to refer here to the great works to
is

t ^ e publication of which he devoted the remaining forty-eight

years of his life, for they do not concern the question under
discussion.
Whilst Lepsius was perfecting Champollion's system, Birch
was studying the whole question of Egyptian decipherment from
an entirely different point of view, namely, that of a Chinese
scholar. It will be remembered that so far back as 1764 Joseph
1
ZWEI SPRACHVERGI.EICHENDE ABHANDLUNGEN. /. Ueber die Anordnung

und Verwandtschaft des Semitischen, Indischen, Aethiopischen, Alt-Persischen

und All-Aegyptischen Alphabets. II. Ueber den Ursprung und die Verwandtschaft
der Zahlworter in der Indo-Germanischen, Semitischen, und der Koptischen Sprache.
Berlin, 1835-6. 8vc.
 Introduction. xv

i
|
O
ft!

ea f
i

T
c
:S
U
*

i
1

ai
o

KI
li

s
sa
S i OH

1" <
O
s t!

<j \.

N 6
A
^
H-J -4
 XVI Introduction.

de Guignes (1721-1800), an eminent Sinologist, tried to prove

that the epistolographic and symbolic characters of the Egyptians
Theories were to be found in the Chinese characters, and that the Chinese
of de nation was nothing but an Egyptian colony. Following in his
Guignes the
Sinologist steps, M. le Comte de Palin (or Pahlin) held that the Chinese
and Palin. and Egyptian characters were identical in origin and meaning 1
j

he believed that if either the ancient forms of Chinese characters,

or those which their values indicate, were given to them, true

hieroglyphs similar to those that exist on the Rosetta Stone

would very often be found. And he thought that if the Psalms
of David were translated into Chinese, and they were then written
in the ancient characters of that language, the inscriptions in

Egyptian papyri would be reproduced.

2
Now whatever may have
been the opinions held by Young and Champollion about the
relationship of the Chinese language to the ancient Egyptian
language, or the similarity of the principles on which Chinese
and Egyptian writing had been developed, these scholars could
neither affirm nor deny effectively the statements of de Guignes
and de Palin, for both of them were ignorant of the Chinese
language. With Birch the case was very different, for he studied
Chinese under a competent master when still at the Merchant
Taylors' School, with the direct object of obtaining an appointment
in the Consular Service in China. The friend of the family who
had promised to obtain this appointment for him died un-
expectedly in 1831, with the result that Birch remained in
England. He continued his Chinese studies, and began to read
Birch's the works of Young and Champollion, thinking that his knowledge
Chinese
of Chinese would enable him to read the Egyptian texts easily.
studies.
In 1834 he became an assistant in the Public Record Office, and
worked in the Tower until January, 1836, when he entered the
service of the Trustees of the British Museum. There he was
able to make use of his knowledge of Chinese and Egyptian, and
his first official task was to arrange and describe the Chinese
coins. 3 When this work was completed he was directed to describe
1
See his Essai sur le moyen de parvenir a la lecture ei a I' intelligence des

Hieroglyphes Egyptiens in Memoires de I'Academie. torn. XXIX, 1764 ;

torn.

XXXIV, 1770.
See De
Palin, N. G., Lettres sur les Hieroglyphes, Weimar, 1802 ; Essai sur
les Hieroglyphes, Weimar, 1804 ; Analyse de I' Inscription en Hieroglyphes du

Monument trouve a Dresden, 1804

Rosette, Nouvelles Recherches, Florence, 1830.
;

*
Some of the descriptions which he wrote at this time are still in the coin
trays of the Department of Coins and Medals, and by the courtesy of my colleague,
the Keeper of the Department, Mr. G. F. Hill, I have been able to examine them.
 Introduction. xvii

the Collections of Egyptian monuments and papyri for the official

Guide to the British Museum, and his account of them was
" "
published in the Synopsis for 1838. Long before he entered Birch's idea
the Museum he conceived the idea of compiling a Hieroglyphic of a
_,. .
Hieroglyphic
Dictionary, and began to write down, each on a separate slip of Dictionary.
paper, the hieroglyphic words which he found in the texts
1 2 5
published by James Burton, Gardner Wilkinson, Champollion,
4 5
Rosellini and Salvolini.

"
BIRCH'S SKETCH OF A HIEEOGLYPHICAL DICTIONARY."
This work of word-collecting had been somewhat interrupted
by his duties in the Public Record Office in 1834-5, but soon
after he entered the Museum he took it up with redoubled zeal,
and he copied every hieroglyphic text and transcribed every
hieraticpapyrus which the Museum possessed. In 1837, the year
in which Lepsius published his famous Letter to Rosellini, Birch
revised his slips carefully, and decided to attempt to publish a
'

Hieroglyphical Dictionary." In those days no fount of hiero-

glyphic type existed, and lithography was expensive, and publishers
were not eager to spend their money on a dictionary of a language
of which scarcely a dozen people in the whole world had any

knowledge. At length Messrs. William Allen & Co., of

real Publication'

Leadenhall Street, London, were induced to consider the publica- sketch of a

tion of a hieroglyphic dictionary, but they decided to issue first Hierpglyphical
of all a few specimen pages, with a short Preface by Birch, with
the view of finding out how far the work would be supported by
the learned and the general public. Thereupon Birch prepared
for the lithographer twelve small quarto pages containing ninety-
three words, and having written a Preface of two pages to explain
his system of arrangement of the words, they were published in
"
the autumn of 1838 under the title of Sketch of a Hieroglyphical
Dictionary. Part I. Hieroglyphs and English. Division I.

Phonetical Symbols. Vowels."

In his Preface Birch says that he has drawn up his work to
help the student of hieroglyphs in his researches, and that he
"
intends it to be used as a manual which all who appreciate the

value of the phonetic system may use, and by which, at one glance, Birch's
Phonetic
may be seen the extent of the discoveries of Dr. Young and
system.
1
Excerpta Hieroglyphica. Cairo, 1825-1837, fol. (privately printed).
2
Ma.teria Hieroglyphica. Malta, 1824-1830 (privately printed).
5
Lettres ecrites d'Jigypte et de Nubie e.n 1828 et 1829. Paris, 1833.
/ Monumenti dell' Egitio e della Nubia. Pisa, 1832 ff.
8
Campagne de Rhamses le Grand contre les Sheta et leurs allies. Paris, 1835.

6
xviii Introduction.

'

' .or*-.,

/re
'&uej'
v

7^J> BJ* aje- LLZ.)

me.

B
\

f P-

A i>age of Birch's 5^/rA ^/"a Hieroglyphical Dictionary. London, 1838.

 Introduction. xix

6.

i ^

" ~
>

J &a#e> <&UM& &*&*, - KW! (Jlit.

6 ^ 1 H (K.

j7lit.C*ul.t.

\\o

-6 /?

tr

6-

na

-M ?\^ ^v B, OTT A
'n>fA*fy/iu(c?l
t Mom f-tte ?'p T. /
A page of Birch's Sketch of a Hieroglyphical Dictionary. London, 1838.
62
 XX Introduction.

M. Champollion, and of their application to the monuments of the

Egyptians." The dictionary does not claim even comparative
"
perfection, but it has been judged that the publication of such
a work might be of slight service to those who are desirous of
possessing, in a compendious form, the results of much labour,
comparison and instruction." The matter contained in the work
"
is not entirely original, but the arrangement is, and if not

His scientific, [it is] perhaps the only one by which tyros could at
ideophonetic
once find the particular group or word which they seek. It may
arrangement.
be termed ideophonetic, as it embraces both principles of ideal
and phonetic classification, and its arrangement has been borrowed
from a language very cognate in its construction the Chinese."
The hieroglyphical and English part of the Dictionary was
"
to be divided into two parts. Part I was to contain words com-
mencing with symbols, representatives of sounds, or phonetic,"
"
and Part II words whose initial character is the equivalent of
"
Arrangement an idea, or ideographic." Part I was to be subdivided into
of the
proposed symbols, having the power of vowels or consonants, the vowels
Dictionary. forming (on account of one symbol frequently having the force
of many) one and the consonants, according to their
large class,
position in the Coptic alphabet." That is to say, Division I of
Polyphonous Part I was to contain symbols or characters some of which Birch held
symbols. to be polyphonous, and Division II symbols to which he had given
consonantal values, and these were to be arranged in the order
Natural of the letters of the Coptic Alphabet. The internal classification
classification of the characters or symbols was to be strictly ideographical,
of symbols. "
taking the symbols in their arrangement, according to the
rank they hold in natural and other sciences, as the human form,
limbs, animals, inanimate objects, etc." At the end of the
The tabulated Dictionary Birch intended to give "all the symbols in a similar
symbols to
form the key. classification, and in a tabular view," and this section was to
form the key to the whole work. With the view of illustrating
the way which he intended his Dictionary to be used, he says,
in
"
Suppose, for example, it were required to find the meaning
of a group beginning with a human eye [<a>-] as the eye is a

component part of the human body, it will be found in that

division in the table, and there be affixed to the depicted eye,
will

v[ide Nos] 13-43." In this group of words will be found all those
words in which an eye [<s^] is the and the eye
first character ;

generally represents a vowel. These remarks be clear to the

will
"
reader after examining the two pages from Birch's Sketch of
a Hieroglyphical Dictionary," which are reproduced on pp. xviii
 Introduction. xxi

and The twelve-paged specimen which he published only

xix.
illustrates the plan and arrangement of what he called the
'

Phonetic Division" of his Dictionary, and it is much to be

regretted that he did not issue specimens of the other Divisions.
The above extracts from Birch's Preface and the specimen pages First

which are here given prove beyond all doubt that^ he had grasped application of
" "
the importance of the phonetic principle for lexicographical principle to

purposes, and that he was the first to apply it to the arrangement ^ Egyptian
of the words of the Egyptian language. He says that he borrowed
" "
[the idea of] his ideophonetic arrangement from the Chinese,
a statement which should be noted. My colleague, Mr. L. Giles,
the Sinologist, informs me that though the Chinese had no alphabet
they developed a phonetic principle. Some eighty per cent, of
the characters of the language are made up of two parts, one
part serving as a phonetic and giving a clue to the SOUND of the
"
word, and the other as a classifier," which gives a clue as to
its MEANING 1
the "classifiers" 2 are in number about 214, and
i classifiers and
the phonetic symbols between 1,600 and 1,700. In the case of determina-
" " tives.
Egyptian the signs which are now called determinatives are
"
the equivalents of the classifiers," and the alphabetic characters
are the equivalents of the phonetic symbols in Chinese texts.
" "
Sad to relate, Birch's Sketch did not meet with sufficient
encouragement to induce the publisher to continue the publication
"
of the Hieroglyphical Dictionary," and no more parts appeared.

"
CHAMPOLLION'S DICTIONNAIRE EGYPTIEN EN ECRITURE
HlEROGLYPHIQUE."
Nothing more was done in the field of
Egyptian lexicography champollion's
"
" Dictionnaire
until 1841, when the Dictionnaire Egyptien en ecriture hiero-
"
glyphique of Champollion appeared at Paris under the careful
" "
editorship of Champollion-Figeac. In a lengthy Preface the
editor describes the history of the Dictionary and the plan on
which arranged, and the untoward events which delayed its
it is

publication and from it the following summary has been made.

;

Even before 1822, the year in which Champollion published his

1
See his article on the Chinese Language in the Encyclopaedia Britannica,
last edition.
1
A list of them is given in Dr. J. Marshman's Elements of Chinese Grammar.
" "
Serampore, 1814. 4to, pp. 9-14. The phonetic stage in Chinese writing is

described and discussed in W. Hillier, The Chinese Language and how to learn it,
2nd edit., London, 1910, p. 3 ff .
;
and in Dr. H. Allen Giles' China and the Chinese,

New York, 1902, p. 29 ff., and 35.

 xxii Introduction.

Lettre d M. Dacier 1 relative a

Alphabet des Hieroglyphes Phonetiques
I'

employes par les Egyptiens pour inscrire sur leurs Monuments les
litres, les noms et les surnoms des souverains Grecs et Romains, he

had made one list containing all the hieroglyphic characters he

had found, and another list containing all the characters the
meaning of which appeared to be manifest. He wrote each
character on a separate card, and afterwards tabulated them
systematically. Already in 1818-19 he had made a manuscript
Champollion's ji s t o f hieroglyphic words entitled, Premier essai d'un Dictionnaire
classification _,
of des Hieroglyphes Egyptiens, adding the legend, Davus sum, non
hieroglyphic
characters.
(Edipus. When later he learned to distinguish three classes of
characters, figurative, symbolic and phonetic, and was able to
prove that they were employed simultaneously in the texts of
all began to compile an Egyptian Dictionary. He
periods, he
first wrote each word on a separate slip of paper, or card, and

then copied each on to a separate sheet of small folio paper,

ruled in five columns. Col. i gave the character in outline and
its hieratic form, Col. 3 its graphic character
2 its name, Col.

(symbolic, figurative or phonetic), Col. 4 its actual meaning or

value, and Col. 5 a reference to the text in which it had that
value. Thus the Dictionary existed in duplicate, in slips and
Rosellini's * n and it had assumed very large proportions before
sheets,
copy of Champollion went to Egypt in 1838. At this time Rosellini,
Champollion's .~, , , . .

Egyptian
wno was a great friend of Champollion long before he became
Dictionary. hj s fellow traveller, was allowed to make a copy of the Dictionary,

presumably for his own use. It must be this copy which he

bequeathed to the Biblioteca dell' Imperiale e Reale Universita of
Pisa, and which is thus described in the Inventory of the bequest
"
by Dr. Giuseppe Dei :* No. 4 casette, divise in caselle contenenti
il non ultimato ma molto avanzato Dizionario dei Geroglifici,
eseguito in parecchie migliaia di cartelle fatte per ordine alfabetico
pei caratteri fonetici, e metodico per i
figurativi e ideografici
simbolici."
When Champollion went to Egypt he took with him both
copies of his Dictionary, and while in that country he added to
both very considerably MM. Salvador Cherubini and Lenormant
;

wrote many slips for him, and their contributions formed part of
the original manuscript. On his return from Egypt he con-
tinued his labours on the Dictionary and added largely to it.

1
Born 1742, died 1833. He was the Permanent Secretary to the Academic
des Inscriptions et Belles Lettres, and was well known as a classic and historian.
Biographia del Cav. Prof. Ippolito Rosellini. Florence, 1843, p. 15.
 Introduction. xxiii

Champollion died on March 4th, 1832, and when his brother Disapearance
of
wished to take steps to publish the Dictionary he found that as of portions
"
a result of funestes conseils des plus funestes passions," one MSS.
half of each copy of the Dictionnaire had been carried off, but

by whom Champollion-Figeac does not say in his edition of the

Dictionnaire. All that he says
on the subject there is that in
spite of all opposition he succeeded in 1840 in regaining pos- Their
session of 329 folios of the copy of the Dictionnaire, which was recovery by
written out fairly on sheets of paper, and a large number of the
Figeaf ^
slips belonging to the copy, which was kept purposely in slip 1840.
form. And that having these in his hands he felt justified in
thinking that he was in possession of both manuscript copies
of the Dictionnaire in a nearly complete state. In a footnote
he refers to a pamphlet in which he tell us how he regained
possession of the parts of the two manuscript copies of the
Dictionnaire which had disappeared, and as the pamphlet is
now very rare, and his story is not generally known, I summarise
it here.

Champollion-Figeac's pamphlet is entitled, Notice sur les

Manuscrits Autographes de Champollion le Jeune perdus en I' Anne e
1832, et retrouvcs en 1840. Paris, March, 1842. He says that
when in April, 1832, he set to work to arrange his brother's literary-
effectswith the view of offering the MSS. to the Government, porti ns of
he found at once that several of the most important of them were Champollion 's
missing. He devoted himself to the task of making enquiries m issing.
for them among but they could give him
his brother's friends,
no information about them, and the only result of his labour
was to make widely known the fact that they were lost. The
savants of the day, remembering how freely Champollion lent his
writings to his intimate friends, hoped that they were not lost
but only mislaid by some friend who had forgotten all about them.
A year passed, and nothing was heard of the lost manuscripts.
Meanwhile Champollion-Figeac began to suspect that one of his champollion-
brother's friends, a man who was
peculiarly indebted to him, had Figeac's
r A sea-rch for the
them in his possession. This friendj was a young T4.
on.-
-
t 11
Italian called same

Salvolini, a native of Faenza, who came to Paris to study Egyp-

tology in 1831, and who became

a close friend of Champollion and
his family. Champollion-Figeac's suspicions were aroused by the suspicion falls

fact that a few months after the death of his brother, Salvolini on Salvolini.

sent him a prospectus of a work on the inscriptions on the Rosetta

Stone, the Book of the Dead, etc., which he intended to publish
in three volumes quarto. That a young man, 22 years of age,

b 4
 xxiv Introduction.

who had only studied Egyptian for a year could produce an

elaborate work on difficult Egyptian texts in three volumes
quarto was absurd on the face of it, and as Champollion-Figeac
knew that his brother had written monographs on the very texts
that were mentioned in the prospectus, he came to the conclusion
that Salvolini had stolen the missing manuscripts. This was

Effrontery of quite possible, for Salvolini had had free access to the study of
Salvolini.
Champollion, and was constantly in his house during his last
illness. In August, 1833, at a public meeting of the Academic
des Inscriptions Silvestre de Sacy solemnly called upon the man
or men who had the missing manuscripts in their possession
to restore them to their author's family, and Salvolini had the

audacity to join him in mourning the loss of them, and with tears
in his eyes he implored the man who had them to give them up.
And at that moment he was announcing the publication of them
under his own name ! Still nothing was heard of the missing
Salvolini's manuscripts. In February, 1838, Salvolini died, aged 28. Cham-
nS "~
anlf o?ath Pollion-Figeac tried to find out what papers he had left behind,
and was told that they had been claimed by a foreign messenger,
and that they had been sent beyond the Alps. As a matter of
fact, they had never left Paris, where they remained forgotten
in some rooms. When Salvolini died his relatives commissioned
Verardi the an artist, Luigi Verardi, to wind up his affairs, and when this
artist offers
Salvolini s gentleman examined the effects the manuscripts on which was
MSS. to inscribed the name of Francois Salvolini seemed to be the most
Lenormant.
vai uable parts of them. Verardi really believed that the manu-
scripts were the work of Salvolini, and wishing to do the best he
could for his friend's family, tried to sell them, but no one would
buy them. Finally, not knowing what else to do with the manu-
scripts, he wished to show them to Charles Lenormant, the friend
and fellow traveller of Champollion, and to take his advice on
the subject. At first Lenormant refused to look at them, but
after a tune, to oblige his friend Verardi, he agreed to do so.

Lenormant As soon as Lenormant began to turn over the leaves of the bundles
recognises the o f manuscripts which bore on them Salvolini's name, he recognised
MSS. stolen at once two of the works of Champollion, the loss of which had
by Salvolini. been publicly deplored by Silvestre de Sacy at the meeting of
the Academie mentioned above. There was no longer any doubt
about the matter. Salvolinihad stolen the manuscripts of his
friend and master, and as he made no response to de Sacy's appeal
for their restoration, it was quite clear that he had intended to

keep them. With the manuscripts of Champollion were several

 Introduction. xxv

papers that were the work of Salvolini, but when Lenormant

showed Verardi a whole volume which Champollion had written
in French with his own hand, and pointed out to him the title,
"
Storia d'Egitto par F. Salvolini," which Salvolini had written
on the title sheet, Verardi was convinced that he had been
deceived by his dead friend. He realised quickly that Cham-
pollion's manuscripts must be given up to his heirs, and showed
himself amenable to Lenormant's representations. Lenormant Lenormant
the
agreed to give him 600 francs for the documents, and with this purchases
MSS. from
sum Salvolini's family had to be content. Lenormant took Verardi.
possession of all Champollion's stolen manuscripts, and handed
them over to the Government, who, by a special resolution passed
on the 24th of April, 1833, had ordered their acqusition in the
interests of science. Salvolini published the first volume of the
" "
Analyse Grammaticale in 1836 the second and third volumes
;

did not appear. His papers fill five volumes. See Catalogue
des Papyrus gyptiens de la Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, No.
331, MS. 4to. See also the two letters to M. C. Gazzera in Des
principales expressions qui servent a la Notation des Dates sur les

Monuments de I'Ancienne tigypte. Paris, 1832-3. 8vo.

Champollion's manuscripts, however, needed a great deal of
alteration and arrangement before they could be printed. And
their editor describes in detail how he was
himself obliged to make
a copy of the Dictionary in which he incorporated the contents
of both the slips and the folios, as well as very many important

particulars from his Grammaire Egyptienne. Having ChampoUion-

brother's
written out all his material, he had to decide how to arrange h/f brother's
the words. This was no easy matter, and finally he adopted MSS.
"
the system which was foreshadowed in his brother's Memoire
sur l'6criture Hieratique," and was printed in 1821. At that
time Champollion was endeavouring to classify and arrange the
Egyptian hieroglyphs, and found great difficulty in doing so.
He believed that the ancient Egyptians must have had some
system of arrangement for them, though he had no support for
this view, and no evidence on the subject was forthcoming from
native sources, and none from the works of classical writers.
"
Finally he adopted a methodical, or so to say, natural classi- Champollion's
fication," that is, he grouped into sections the figures of men, ci^ifcation
human members, animals, birds, fish, reptiles, plants, etc. This of hieroglyphs
e on the
method was a modification the system of arrangement of
of
op tfc
"
words in their Vocabularies by the Copts, for Champollion argued Scala."

that if the Copts, who are racially the descendants of the ancient
XXVI Introduction.

o u h H ^-~ ~
T" Vt Sd
* **
^- o o

HH.^ 1 n
; V

c\
o V

oq >. EH

N cc

O 6- 5 PS

sr*

"

J
 Introduction, xxvii

Egyptians, and whose language is substantially the same as that

of the ancient Egyptians, arranged their Vocabularies in this way,

they must be reproducing a system that had been in use among

theirremote ancestors thousands of years earlier. Champollion-
Figeac accepted his brother's arguments, and arranged the words
of the Dictionary according to the order of the Sign-list composed
by him, and printed in his earlier work.
The following paragraph will explain the general system of The Coptic

arranging words in a Coptic Vocabulary, the common native names

for which are JW.OTKI or JULOKI, and 6"Xo(T or cTXootf~e i.e. Scala, ,

" " "

steps or stair." A example
typical of such a Scala is given
in the bilingual Coptic and Arabic MS. in Brit. Mus. Orient 1325,
fol. 90 ff,
1
where we find the Scala Magna (Copt, 'fnicg'f 1&- JULOKI,

Arab, juln J) of Ibn Kabr. 2 It is divided into ten Gates or The Ten Gates
of the
<
Doors (po= | ), and each gate contains several Chapters "Scala."
(Ke4>A.Xeon) The First Gate (fol. goA) contains four Chapters.
.

The First Chapter gives the names of the Creator, nipi.it tvre
npeqctoirr, the names of the Son from the Holy Scriptures, and
the names of the Holy Spirit. The Second Chapter gives the
names of the world which is above, nKocJUtoc exc<L TIUJUM, and
of its orders iteqx^ic iteju. iteqTi-VJULA.. The
and ranks, rtejut

Third Chapter gives the names of the Firmament, and its towers,
and its stars, nicTep<LouM.i. itejw. neqmrproc neju neqeou&oj.
and towers of the second station moon, and the stations of the

mmrproc JUUUUL&I & mxjioitH irre 'f jute-nog,. The Fourth

deals with the world as it exists and its physical con-
Chapter
stitution and its Elements, niKocjmoc GT cyon HCJUL neq^nrcic
next iteqcToixJOit.. The Second Gate (fol. 97 A) contains seven Summary of
their contents -

Chapters, and deals with men, their worship, their qualities,

occupations, clothing, etc. Then follows a series of
grades,
Chapters giving the names of beasts and animals (fol. n8A),
birds (fol. ugA), the monsters and fish of the sea (fol. I2OA),
trees and fruits (fol. I2IA), scents and unguents (fol. I22A),
seeds and grain (fol. I25A), precious metals, stones, etc. (fol. I27A),
colours, names of countries (fol. I28A), rivers (ISOA), churches

(Gate VII, fol. 1306), persons mentioned in Holy Scripture (fol.

I32A), foreign words in Holy Scripture (Gate IX, fol. 1353),
miscellaneous series of words (Gate X, fol. 1383).

1
For a full description of the MS. see Rieu, Catalogue of Arabic MSS.,

Supplement, No. 47, and Cram, Catalogue of the Coptic Manuscripts in the British

Museum, No. 920.

*
See also Kircher, Lingua Mgyptiaca. restituta, p. 41.
 xxvii Introduction.

v
60

ocuto K

Jj ^
ctjj
->w '

*
) ^ )
^Vj^i

x. S- ^67.
HT
g pA.1 g

*AX> vH

(a'

Aire tr

t t*
\T~\\ W&S. f (J5

X, Hj X
4^, IMMJL^U4.
ffil y
[ c.|ku.
i-^-^u-^O-, vn^i^O^^w^My G.

H^* Vc> 4
^=~^
x ixx
x/
/^W
^
TtT hoMvvw*' *<x.
..xx
j

I . ..
*
.fTN ri

III T VW****r 4&.

A page of Champollion's Dictionnairc J&gyptien. Paris, 1842.

 Introduction. xxix

&= >?"

|II 1 III rtcnfcio -1Mvi/> >ufaA . G.

7 i

sll g
- M

,
ne-rtcu ner
^,
4ou ^^ oo k&S . (j. la^.
fl\

I
g,'^" i

r^4. -"^JI

29
A-l^t
uo

'
C AA^AVW .- <u?W-- CAvA %_
"^^
*
'
'
< .
i

Tajopir,

B ;
ITATTe
("OOTIT) j
tl/ AVi^vvwAT ;
<?

" TTATT6 ^
(OOTIT) ; f^^awvv*.**-,

III oJ=fv_ n (iTTfc ^

-

gArlU-ATOI

III
(^tVtM^^!^MVl^X>^^VcyiVU^
-voe^

'*
^

A page of Champollion's Dictionnaire Egyptien. Paris, 1842.

 XXX Introduction.

Such was the arrangement of words in the model which

Champollion-
Figeac
Champollion-Figeac took as a guide for the arrangement of words
accepts the in his brother's Egyptian Dictionary, and he asks the question
arrangement '

of the L'exp6rience ou le raisonnement indiquaient ils une autre

" "
Scala." methode ? Experience, he says, suggests a single example only,
namely the Chinese, but having described at some length the
differences that exist between the Chinese and Egyptian languages,
he decides that even ifand a similitude between these
analogies
He rejects two languages did exist originally they do so no longer. The
the Chinese
Chinese Dictionary must not be employed as the model for a
arrangement
of characters.
Hieroglyphic Dictionary, only the Coptic Scala is any use for this
purpose. Champollion-Figeac then goes on to mention that
another system has been proposed and even tried, namely that
"
advocated by Samuel Birch in his Sketch of a Hieroglyphical
Dictionary." Having examined the Preface to this work he
"
says, Though the specimen, which I owe to the courtesy of Mr.
Birch, is brief, it seems to me to be sufficient to make clear the
defect in the general plan adopted by this scholar. The phonetic
characters are divided into vowel characters and consonantal
characters the symbolic or ideographic characters are separated
;

and form a section by themselves. He who would search for

He discusses the value of one of the eight hundred Egyptian characters would
Birch's plan
and then be obliged to know first of all whether it is a symbolic or
rejects it
phonetic character, and when the character forms one of this
second series, to know also whether its value is that of a vowel
or a consonant, that is to say, to know beforehand all that he
seeks to learn in the Dictionary. The general table proposed by
Mr. Birch will undeubtedly facilitate his searchings, but would it
not be more advantageous to spare students (i) the labour of

searching ;
the trouble of finding the human eye belonging to
(2)
the vowel I, the arms belonging to the vowel A, the leg belonging
to the consonant B, the two arms raised belonging to the con-
sonant the hand belonging to the consonant T, the mouth
K,

belonging to the consonant R, the head full-faced belonging to the

aspirated consonant & and (3) the inextricable confusion of
;

forms and expressions that results from the mixing-up of the

members of the human body with quadrupeds, and fish and flowers ?
On the other hand, would not all the analogous characters which
the natural or rational system would write in the same series, or
the members of the human body, or animals, or vegetables, placed
together and each species grouped in a single chapter, characterise
more clearly a system which is truly natural and, in consequence,
 Introduction. xxxi

preferable to any other ? This is the actual system which was jje pleads
of our Dictionnaire Hieroglyphique, and for Birch's
adopted by the author
MT T>- -11 suffrage for
it is necessary to hope that Mr. Birch will not deny to it his u s brother's
suffrage.
1
... In the general order of the divisions system,

[of the Dictionnaire] the characters are placed according to the

order of merit of the object which they represent heaven before ;

the stars which appear therein man before all other animated
;

creatures ;
the products of the divine creation before the products
of human invention ;plants before objects of art and fantastic
emblems. Finally, the whole before its parts, and these even in champollion-
a certain order of relative pre-eminence, which is regulated by Figeac
. . .. ..... describes his
the customs or opinions of the world. Each hiero- nat ur al and . . .

"
glyphic character is followed by the groups of which it is the
rational

primitive character, the key-character, and in the arrangement

of these groups, the order of priority adopted for the general
classification of the characters has been followed. More- . . .

over, this order for the second character followed equally for
is

the third, the fourth, etc., just as is done for the second, third
and fourth letter of the words of our dictionaries arranged in the
2
order of the alphabet."
" " " "
However natural system may have
and rational this
been from Champollion's point of view, there is no doubt that
the beginner and student with only a limited knowledge of The "natural
hieroglyphs would find it very difficult to get from his Dictionary
much
11 *
"

help in reading even an ordinary historical inscription, or arrangement

f ^
1 1

1*1
a formula from the Book of the Dead. This will be apparent to
ijjjjjf
the reader if he will examine the extract from it which is printed contemporary
even after making due allowance for the im- Egyptologists-
on pp. xxviii, xxix,

perfect knowledge of the interpretation of hieroglyphs which Egyp-

tologists possessed in 1832. At all events Champollion's system was
not adopted by the Egyptologists of the day, though all admitted
his Dictionnaire to be a fine monument of research and learning.
"
Sketch of a Hieroglyphical Dictionary,"
In the Preface to his
Birch stated that he did not intend to proceed with the publica-
tion of hiswork until the second part of Champollion's Grammaire
figyptienne had appeared. This decision is easily understood
and it is only natural that he should wait to see what further
details of Champollion's incomplete works might be contained Birch finds
"
in manuscripts which Champollion- Figeac was publishing as the
natural^
r 1C
fast as possible. The last fascicule of the Grammaire figyptienne
^ ste ^
appeared in 1841, and Champollion's Dictionnaire Egyptian in unpractical.

1 *
Preface of Champollion-Figeac, pp. xxviii and xxix. Ibid., p. xxxii.
 XXX11 Introduction.

1842, and Birch and contemporary Lepsius spent some

his great

years in digesting these works. Birch told me more than forty

years ago that the more he studied the monuments, and the more
he copied hieroglyphic and hieratic papyri, the more he became
" "
convinced that Champollion's natural and rational system
of arranging words in the Egyptian Dictionary was hopelessly

unpractical. He had profound

respect for Champollion's learning
" "
and ability, but he could not give his suffrage to the Diction-
naire as Champollion-Figeac hoped he would. In the end he decided
once and for all that in continuing his lexicographical labours he
He finally
adopts a must adopt a purely phonetic, i.e., alphabetic arrangement, even
" "
phonetic
though it implied the rejection of the ideophonetic arrangement
alphabetic
arrangement which he himself had proposed in 1838. Moreover, his own
and rejects
his own study of the Sallier and Anastasi Papyri, which the British Museum
ideophonetic acquired about that time, convinced him of the fact that the time
system. for the publication of a really useful Egyptian Dictionary had not

Birch, yet come. Material out of which a dictionary might be compiled

Leemans and existed in abundance, but it was unpublished. What was most
Lepsius begin
to publish the wanted was good copies of texts on which scholars in every country
Egyptian could work, and the Trustees of the British Museum rendered
texts.
Egyptology great service when they published the wonderfully
good copies of the Sallier and Anastasi Papyri, made by Mr. Nether-
clift under the superintendence of Birch.
1
Dr. Leemans urged the
The Leyden Government of the Netherlands to publish the monuments and
Papyri. 2
papyri at Leyden, and they wisely did so, and Lepsius put an
end to vague talk about the Book of the Dead when he published
a facsimile of the famous Turin Codex, containing the Saite
The Turin Recension of this important work. Further, the last-named
Book of the Prussian Government of the
scholar, having persuaded
the Dead.
importance of collecting the fast-perishing inscriptions in

Egypt, was despatched to that country in 1842 to carry out

the work, and so was able to place at the disposal of

Egyptologists throughout the world his great Corpus of

The Egyptian texts and papyri, Nubian inscriptions, etc., called the
"Denkmaler." "
Denkmaler." 3

Papyri in Hieroglyphic and Hieratic Characters, etc., in the British Museum.

1
(i)

London, 1844, fol. (2) Select Papyri in the Hieratic

;
Character with prefatory
remarks [by S. Birch]. London, 1844, fol. A mass of valuable material was
published by Sharpe in his Egyptian Inscriptions from the British Museum and
other sources. London, 1837-41.
1
Monuments tigyptiens du Musee d'Antiquites des Pays-Bas a Leide [Parts
i and 2 contain facsimiles of Monuments and Papyri]. Leyden, 1841-2.
*
Denkmaler aus Aegypten und Aethiopien, 12 Bande, large folio, 1849-59.
 Introduction. xxxiii

BIRCH'S DICTIONARY OF HIEROGLYPHICS.

Birch's decision to adopt a purely alphabetic arrangement in
his Egyptian Dictionary was induced largely by the results of the
careful study of the alphabetic hieroglyphs which Edward Hincks
carried out after the appearance of Champollion's Dictionnaire
Egyptien. Whilst making this study he was in frequent com- Hincks's
researcnes
munication with Birch, who was greatly impressed with his clear-
-

ness of thought and the ease with which he recognised the

difficulties of the problem, and found their true solution. Birch
was at that time engaged in preparing a list of
Egyptian characters
1

for the first volume of Bunsen's "Aegyptens Stelle," and the

2
matter for the last three Sections in it, and, judging from Bunsen's
remark,
3
Birch's official duties left him very little leisure for the
compilation of his Dictionary. Hincks published the results of
Birch begins
his investigation in 1847,' and in that year Birch, as he himself
told me, began to write the slips for his Egyptian Dictionary, Dictionary of
and arrange them alphabetically in boxes. The work of
to Hieroglyphics,

publishing and reading new texts occupied him for several years,
but at length the large mass of material which he had collected
justified him in considering the publication of his work. There-
upon arose the two difficult questions Was the Dictionary to be
:

printed or lithographed ? Who would undertake the expense of

publication print it
? To was impossible, for there was no fount
of Egyptian type in existence. It might, of course, be litho-

graphed, but that pre-supposed the writing out of the whole

Dictionary on transfer paper by Birch himself, a work that would
require a vast amount of time and labour. As no immediate Typographical
c
solution of the difficulty seemed possible, Birch continued to
write slips and revise his manuscript.
Meanwhile Bunsen had published further additions to his

voluminous "Historical Investigation into Egypt's Place in

1
This listcontained about 830 characters, and was printed on eight plates
in the first volume of Bunsen's work (Hamburg and Gotha, 1845. 8vo).
"
2
Bunsen thanks his friends for their help (Vorrede, p. xxvi, Vol. I) und
Samuel Birch am Britischen Museum (in welchem ein grosser Theil der drei

letzten Abschnitte des ersten Buches geschrieben ist), sagen wir Dank mit

freudigen Wiinschen."
3
Ein vollstandiges Worterbuch des Hieroglyphenschatzes, mit alien Mannig-
faltigkeiten der Darstellung und mit Anfiihrung
des Textes der entscheidenden
Stellen, darf die gelehrte Welt von Herr Birch erwarten, sobald seine amtlichen
Beschaftigungen ihm die Mussc dazu gewahren (Vol. I, p. 646).
4
See his paper, An attempt to ascertain the number, names and powers of the
of the Hieroglyphic ancient Egyptian Alphabet, grounded
letters on the establishment
characters the Transactions of the Royal
of a new principle in the use of phonetic in

Irish Academy. Dublin, 1847. 4to.

C
 XXXIV Introduction.

An English
Universal History," which excited general interest not only on the
edition of
Continent, but in England, and an English edition was called for.
Bunsen's
"
Aegyptens Negotiations with Messrs. Longman were entered into, presumably
"
by Bunsen himself, and the outcome of them was that, at a very
Stelle called
for.
heavy cost, they undertook to cast a fount of hieroglyphic type
in order to print Birch's Egyptian Sign-List, Grammar, Dictionary
and Chrestomathy as essential portions of the English edition
of the first and fifth volumes of Bunsen's work.
1
Thus a firm of
A fount of publishers undertook to perform, at their own private expense,
hieroglyphic a task which abroad would have been heavily subsidised by the
type cast in
London. Government. The designs for the bold, handsome type (see a speci-
men page ofthe Dictionary on p. xxxvii) were drawn by Mr. Joseph
Bonomi, the matrices were cut by Mr. L. Martin, and the casting
was carried out by Mr. Branston, all under Birch's direction.
When the printing of Birch's Egyptian Dictionary began I have
been unable to find out, but I remember his saying that it took
nearly three years to pass the sheets through the press, even after
the greater number of the types were cast and ready for use.
"
The English translation of the fifth volume of Egypt's Place
"
in Universal History appeared in the first half of the year 1867,

and the date stamp of the copy in the British Museum

official
"
Birch edits reads n
Ju[ly] 67." It was seen through the press by Birch
the fifth
volume of after the death of Bunsen and Cottrell, the English translator,
"
Bunsen's and in the Preface Birch says that a few words are required to
work.
indicate the additional labours which have been bestowed upon
it, and the introduction of certain portions which are not to be
found in the German Edition." The first 122 pages were revised
by Bunsen, who was enabled to use the English translation of the
Turin Codex of the Book of the Dead which Birch had made and
placed in his hands. The Hieroglyphic Grammar, Chrestomathy
and Dictionary, which according to the original plan of the work

Writing at Highwood on September 27th, 1847, Bunsen says in the

1

"
Postscript to the first English edition of Vol. I, This English edition owes many
valuable remarks and additions to my learned friend, Mr. Samuel Birch, par-
ticularly in the grammatical, lexicographic, and mythological part. That I
have been able to make out of the collection of Egyptian roots, printed in the
German edition, a complete hieroglyphical dictionary, is owing to him. To him
also belong the references to the monumental evidence for the signification of an

Egyptian word, wherever the proof exhibited in Champollion's dictionary or

grammar is not clear or satisfactory. Without any addition to the bulk of the
volume, and without any incumbrance to the text, the work may now be said to
contain the only complete Egyptian grammar and dictionary, as well as the only
existing collection and interpretation of all the hieroglyphical signs ;
in short,
all that a general scholar wants to make himself master of the hieroglyphic system

by studying the monuments."

 Introduction. xxxv

were to form parts of the fifth volume, were not completed when
Bunsen died on November 28th, 1860. The unfinished translation
of the comparative vocabularies was completed by Birch and
Dr. Rieu, Assistant Keeper of Oriental Manuscripts in the British The
'

Museum, who also inserted Bunsen's additions and corrections, vocabularies

Birch's translation of the Book of the Dead, together with his completed by
'

Introduction, fills 209 pages (pp. 125-333), the Egyptian Dictionary Ricu
fills 250 pages (pp. 337-586), and the Hieroglyphic Grammar and
Chrestomathy 153 pages (pp. 589-741).
fill original Thus the
matter .supplied by him to the fifth volume fills 612 pages, or nearly
three-quarters of the whole volume. The number of entries on a Birch's

page of the Egyptian Dictionary averages eighteen, and the total

number of entries is therefore about 4,500. volume.
" "
The Dictionary," Birch says phonetic in his Preface, is

in its arrangement, the words being placed under the phonetic

value[s] of the signs at the time of compilation. It is important

to remember as Egyptologists give a different power to a

this,
few signs, or regard others as polyphone[s]. The ideographic and
determinative hieroglyphics, having been already given in the
first volume, 1 have not been repeated in this, and the student

must seek them in their appropriate places. It is also to be borne

in mind that the meaning of all Egyptian words has not yet been

determined, and that the researches of Egyptologists continue to

enrich the number of interpreted words. A reference to the place
where it isgiven with each word, but it was not possible,
found is

without exceeding the limits of this work, to give in every instance

the name of the scholar who discovered its meaning [here follows

"
1
Bunsen says Place," Vol. I, p. 503), I have, together with
(" Egypt's
Mr. Birch, submitted to the test of accurate criticism all the hieroglyphical signs
hitherto collected and explained, and have classified each of them in its proper

place, according to that arrangement. [The general arrangement is laid down in

the text.] At the same time I have requested that gentleman to add his own
valuable remarks to this collection, so as to complete and correct it. ...
Through his assistance I am enabled to give, not only a more critical, but also a
more complete exposition of the hieroglyphical signs, than has hitherto been
embodied in previous works, all of which are very expensive, and some very
rare. Where the Grammar or Dictionary of Champollion is not quoted, the
interpretations are supplied by Mr. Birch from other
and authorities or his
signs
own researches. . The arrangement is the natural one, proposed and
. .

adopted by Champollion, in the early stages of the study of hieroglyphics viz., :

signs of astronomical or geographical objects human forms, animals from

;
the

quadruped down to the worm plants, stones, instruments, etc., and signs as
yet undeciphered." The List contains A. IDEOGRAPHICS, 890 characters.
:

B. DETERMINATIVES, 201 characters. C. PHONETICS, C. I, 153 characters ;

C. II, 135 characters. D. MIXED CHARACTERS, 70 characters.

C 2
 xxxvi Introduction.

Contemporary mention of Hincks, Goodwin and Le Page Renouf in England,

Egyptologists, chabas, E. de Rouge, Deveria in France, H. Brugsch, Diimichen,
Lauth, Lepsius and Pleyte in Germany, as being the men to whom
the advance of the study of Egyptology is
principally due]. The
advantage of [Messrs. Longmans'] hieroglyphic type to the present
volume cannot be too highly appreciated, as it has rendered it
practicable to print the Egyptian Dictionary, the Grammar, and
the Chrestomathy in a form which renders the study of the
hieroglyphs accessible both to the student and general enquirer.
. The Dictionary is the only one hitherto printed in this country,
opinion of his nor has any hieroglyphical dictionary appeared elsewhere, except
Dictionary of that of Champollion, published in 1841 [read 1842], which contained
only a few of. the principal words. Its phonetic arrangement will,
it is hoped, render it particularly easy of consultation. It has

been a great labour to compile and print it, and the execution of
it has been a task of many years. Other Egyptologists, indeed,
have attached vocabularies to their labours on particular inscrip-
tions, but no dictionary on a large scale has as yet been attempted,

although the absolute want of one has been long felt." This
Preface dated April isth, 1867. The publication of the first
is

Egyptian Dictionary arranged on phonetic, i.e., alphabetic,

principles, and printed in hieroglyphic type, was a great triumph
for English Egyptology and the craft of the typographer, and to
Birch the compiler and Spottiswoode the printer, and Longmans
the publishers, every Egyptologist owes a debt of gratitude.
But it is quite impossible to hide the fact that the inclusion
of Birch's Egyptian Dictionary in the fifth volume of the English
Birch's translation was a great misfortune for the Dictionary itself and
Egyptian f or ^e beginner in
Egyptology for whom the work was primarily
falls "flat." intended. There was an interval of seven years between the
publication of the fourth and fifth volumes of the English transla-
tion of Aegyptens Stelle in der Weltgeschichte, and there seems to
be no doubt that public interest in Bunsen's scheme of chronology
drooped when its author died in 1860, the year which saw the
appearance of the fourth volume, and was practically dead when
the fifth volume was published in 1867. According to Birch,
"
the volume fell flat," and its editor and publishers were greatly

disappointed. Whether the edition was a small one or not I have

no evidence to show, but it was certainly the fact that for some
reason or other copies of the volume were difficult to get in the
"
early seventies." It was said at the time that the publishers,
" "
being dissatisfied with the sales, had disposed of the sheets
 Introduction. xxxvn

DICTION \RY OF HIEROGLYPHICS. 423

MA ME
m&tt. Open, unwind, on m&khi. Balance S S. r
fold. Br M Ixvii 2.4 6 B. M.

mat t Unfold L T mnkk i I Balance P

SB. -5. 127; L T 125 9

m/cf Unfold unwind. mt'Mia Go E R 6655

L. T ix 17 5>i

A Cn
^k J f J T malm Road L. au'tkha Balance
JFV<- D Hi 5. S. c B M.

A M
Balance
J!kU- ma t Many Dr li. 61 P. Br , L. T 1

JTV i 16.

ma/iAa. Ba
%> t W \ ,,-i(a Spine L T xxxix lance P
_JTV% JBv IDS 4 I Br. 217,
L. T I. I

malm. Rope, pole L. T

I xxxm 89. S. Balance Ch I d
stick 1 Br 3i7; L. T 89 5 M- d'Or p. 34.

m/ai r. Girdle.
yW P- S. 118;
82.9.
L.T ^IfeM m.
JFV -SV
m&kha.
cxi. 17.
Strangle. S P

mt'tkhau. Despoil, strangle,

mntai. Tie. L. T .mJ 4*1.
Im. kidnap. Goodwin, R.A
82. 4. JFV i-SV V 1861, p. 133.

mat en. Road. L. T xl mdkhai. Balance C. 73

109.9

mat Pass E. R. 6655. makken. Vessel, boat.

L. T. xxxvui. 106. 3

it&t t. Cabin, fore-

castle. L. T. Ixi. m&sh. Archer E S 866
145. e ;
Ixxiv. 153 9.

mAtennu.

A-~w. y I ^ Road, path.

Ch. P. H.
221.
A m&sha.
xiii. 1.
Walk. D. O.

miitai. A mercenary. L. K. *^^ m&sht. Battle, slaughter

xlvi. 600. c. L. D. iv. 90. a.

mutai. A mercenary. L. K. vl maa. Come (?). M. d. C

xlvi. 603. a. xxi. hor. 2.

matab.t. Hatch. E. R. mofi. Neck. D. HO.

9900; L. T. xxxvi. 99. 17.

ma-tabu. Plank, masliau. (Uncer-

hatch. L. T. tain.) S. P.
XX. ; xvi. 99. tliv. 7.
17;xlv. 123.3.
?
*iJ I
maiabtt. Plank, hatch.
9900. p. 9.
E. R.
U
mefka. Copper. D. 140.

mata. Phallus. L. T. me/ibid). Humble.

Ixxix. 164. 12. M. ccxx. See hbi.

A page of Birch's Dictionary of Hieroglyphics. London, 1867.

 xxxviii Introduction.

of a large number of copies. The natural result was that when

people found out that the volume contained Birch's Dictionary
and Grammar and Chrestomathy the copies that found their
way into the market fetched relatively very high prices, or at all
events prices which effectively placed the book beyond the reach
of the ordinary student. When I attended Birch's Egyptian
classes 1875-76 and needed the book urgently, I was obliged
in
Bunsen's fifth to trace each page of it on a separate sheet of tracing paper,

tomb'of omitting the references, and when these sheets were bound I
Birch's used them for some years with great benefit. Moreover, the

Hieroglyphics
^h volume of the English translation of Bunsen's work formed a
veritable tomb for Birch's Dictionary. The title-page of it sets
" "
forth quite clearly that the Historical Investigation was by
Bunsen, and that it was translated from the German by Charles
"
H. Cottrell, Esq., M.A., and that it contains Additions by
Samuel Birch, LL.D." But who could possibly imagine from this
last remark that Birch's contribution was 594 pages, i.e., nearly
three-quarters of the whole volume, or that his contribution
included an Egyptian Dictionary, the first ever published
arranged on phonetic principles (!), and containing about 4,500
entries of Egyptian words, and names of gods and places, with
references and translations, and an Egyptian Grammar and

Chrestomathy Or, again, take the case of the student who wants
?

to consult these works and who, hearing that copies of them are to
be seen in the British Museum Library, goes to the Reading Room
to see them. He turns up the entry Birch, Samuel, LL.D., of the
British Museum, in the Great Catalogue, but fails to find any mention
of the Dictionary of Hieroglyphics or Grammar and Chrestomathy,
because they are not mentioned in any one of the columns of names
of the other books and papers which Birch wrote. All that he will
find connecting Birch with an Egyptian Dictionary is the entry,
"
Sketch of a Hieroglyphical Dictionary, London, 1838," and unless
" "
he receives further instruction he will conclude that the Sketch
published in 1838 is useless to him, and that Birch's Egyptian Die-
tionary never appeared. The same is the case with Birch's transla-
Birch's

of
^ on f tne Bk
of the Dead, the first ever made and published,
the Dead and which also appeared in the fifth volume of " Egypt's Place," and his
List of Hieroglyphic Characters which appeared in the first volume,
Hieroglyphics.
firstwith plates of characters, and secondly with the hieroglyphic
characters printed in the new type. The only mention of Birch
in the Great Catalogue in connection with the Book of the Dead
is contained in the title of the Trustees' publication of the texts
 Introduction. xxxix

on the coffin of Amamu. The fault lies not with any of the
generations of the learned and devoted men who have spent their
lives compiling that wonderful Great Catalogue, with its
in
millions of entries of books in every printed language of the world,
but with those who buried in their own books Birch's greatest
works so effectually that they have no mention under his name in

the authors' great Book of Life, the British Museum Catalogue.

In his admirable Bibliography, The Literature of Egypt and the
Soudan, 2 vols., London, 1886, 4to, Prince Ibrahim Hilmy rightly
mentioned the translation of the Book of the Dead, and the

Dictionary of Hieroglyphics and the Hieroglyphic Grammar under

the entry Birch, Samuel, LL.D., etc. But even so, he refers the
reader for particulars of these works to the entry Bunsen, C. C. J.

"
HEINRICH BRUGSCH AND HIS HIEROGLYPHISCH-DEMOTISCHES
WORTERBUCH."
The publication of Bunsen's Aegyptens Stelle in der Welt-

geschichte in 1845 fired the imagination of a young German called

Heinrich Brugsch, 1 who was at that time a pupil in the Real Brugsch's
Gymnasium at Cologne, and he devoted himself ardently to the demotic.

study of the Egyptian inscriptions in the demotic character. In

1849 he published the paper, Die demotische Schrift der alien Aegypter
und ihre Monumente, in the Zeitschrift of the German Oriental

Society (Bd. Ill, pp. 262-272), and in 1850 he received his Doctorate His editions of
from the University of Berlin for his Thesis De Natura et Indole demotic texts
Linguae Popular is Aegyptiorum, Berlin (Diimmler, 1850, 8vo).
In the same year he published Die Inschrift von Rosette, nach ihrem
Aegyptisch-demotischen Texte sprachlich und sachlich erkldrt, with
an Appendix containing a series of hitherto unpublished demotic
texts. In 1851 he published the hieroglyphic text of the Rosetta
Stone, with a Hieroglyphic-Coptic-Latin vocabulary and a list of
2

hieroglyphic characters, and after a Mission to Egypt in 1853-54 His Grammar

he published his famous Grammaire Demotique.
3
Ten years later f demotic,
4
he published his epoch-making work on the Rhind Papyri, and
proved himself to be an expert in translating very difficult hieratic
and demotic texts. Brugsch did not confine his studies to demotic,
and between 1855 and 1865 he was engaged in drawing up a
1
Born and died in Berlin (February i8th, 1827 September Qtb, 1894).
1
Inscriptio Rosettana Hieroglyphica. Berlin, 1851. 4to.
3
Grammaire Demotique, contenant les Principes Generaux de la Langne et

de I'Ecriture Populaire des Anciens Egyptians. Berlin, 1855. 4to.

Henry Rhind's Zwei Bilingue Papyri,

4 hieratisch und demotisch, iibersetzt

und herausgegeben. Leipzig, 1865. 4to.

 xl Introduction.

1
His mission to History of Ancient Egypt under its native kings, and in pub-
Persia.
lishing a series of geographical texts, etc. He was attached to 2

the Mission to Persia of the Baron Minutoli in 1850-51, and served

as Prussian Vice-Consul in Cairo from 1864 to 1866, but in spite
these posts he managed to find
of the official duties attached to
time to undertake the compilation of a Hieroglyphic Dictionary.
It is more than probable that he knew that Birch was engaged on

a similar task, but if he had this knowledge, it did not prevent

him from making arrangements for the publication of his work.
That Birch knew of these arrangements is quite certain, for his
Race for name appears in the list of subscribers issuedpublisher. by the
priority Each scholar naturally wished to be the first in the field with
between
his Egyptian Dictionary, so that he might claim the credit of
Brugsch and
Birch.
being the first to publish a really large collection of ancient Egyp-
tian words arranged alphabetically. In this race for priority
Birch was the winner, for he dated his short Preface to the fifth
" "
volume of Egypt's Place on April I3th, 1867, and his whole
Dictionary was then printed off. In the other case only the
first volume of Brugsch's Hieroglyphic-Demotic Dictionary, con-

taining the letters "v\, ^\ and *|, was printed off at that
fl, _ a,

time, and the publisher's advertisement on the cover is dated

"
Ende April 1867," though Brugsch's Preface is dated Marz 1867.
The Hieroglyphic-Demotic Dictionary 3
of Brugsch is, with
the exception of the Introduction, lithographed throughout.
Brugsch's
Hieroglyphic The volumes form the Dictionary proper and con-
first four
Demotic
tain 1,707 pages, and the last three form the Supplement,
Dictionary.
and contain 1,418 pages. The number of words treated in the
Dictionary proper not counting the additions in the
is 4,637,
Supplement, which were derived from newly published texts.
Whilst writing out his Dictionary for the lithographer, Brugsch's
object seems to have been to make the work as large as possible.
He states his views on points of Egyptian Grammar at great
but unequal length, and many of his paragraphs are filled with
1
Histoire d'Agypte sous les Rois indigenes. Paris, 1859.
Geographische Inschriften Altiigyptischer Denkmiiler, Bande I-III, Leipzig,
2

1857-60 Die Geographic der Aegypter nach den Denkmalern. Leipzig, 1860.
;

4to.
3
The full title reads :
Hieroglyphisch-Demotisches WMerbuch enthaltend in

wissenschaftlicher Anordnung die Gebrduchlichsten Worter und Gruppen der heiligen

und der Volks-Sprache und Schrift der alien Aegypter nebst deren Erklarung
in Franzosischer, Deutscher und Arabischer Sprache und Angabe ihrer Verwand-
schaft mit den entsprechenden WMern des Koptischen und der Semitische Idiome, 7
Ba'ude, Leipzig, 1867-1882, 4to, Vol. I, 1867 ; Vols. II-IV, 1868 ; supplement.
Vol. V, 1880 ; Vol. VI, 1881 ; Vol. VII, 1882.
 Introduction. xli

extracts from Egyptian texts followed by translations and wordy

comments. In some respects work
his resembles an Encyclo-
paedia of Egyptology rather than a Dictionary, and contains a
great deal of information which, it seems to me, should have
been given elsewhere. As no publisher could afford to defray the
cost of printing the Dictionary, even on the Continent, where great

scholarly works are often subsidized by the Government, it was

decided to reproduce Brugsch's manuscript by lithography, which
in those days was a tolerably inexpensive method of publication Brugsch's ;

and Brugsch undertook to write the transfers for the lithographer knowledge of
with his own hand. Thus he was given practically a free hand Egyptology,
by his publisher, and a Dictionary containing 3,125 pages is the
result. The amount of Egyptological knowledge which he dis-
plays in this truly great work is marvellous, and his familiarity
with the contents of the most difficult texts, whether hieroglyphic,
hieratic or demotic, is phenomenal. He was the greatest Egyp-
tologist that Germany had produced, and his energy and zeal and
devotion and power of work must ever command our warmest
admiration. Brugsch, like Birch, arranged the words in his
Hieroglyphic Dictionary alphabetically, and it is an interesting
fact that both scholars, apparently independently, came to the
" "
conclusion that Champollion's natural and rational system of He rejects
arrangement must be rejected. Birch, as we know from his Champolhons
"
Preface to the fifth volume of Egypt's Place," had no high rational-"
arran g ement -

opinion of Champollion's Dictionnaire Egyptien as a Dictionary,

"
for he says that it contained only a few of the principal words."
Brugsch dedicated his Dictionary to the Manes of Champollion,
and in his Introduction says that Champollion's Dictionary, which
was published five and twenty years ago, after its author's death,
under the name of Dictionnaire Egyptien, could and can lay claim
to-day at the very least to this name. He goes on to say that
it was published without the will and intention of the immortal Brugsch's
French scholar, and that it consists of little more than an epitome Pinion (
.
Champollion s
of the words and groups in his Grammaire Egyptienne, and that Egyptian
Dlctionar y-
it contains mistakes of which the master, had he been alive, would

never have allowed himself to be guilty. 1

"
1
Das unter dem Namen eines Dictionnaire Egyptien vor fiinf und zwanzig
Jahren nach dem Tode Champollion's veroffentliche Worterbuch konnte, und
kann am allerwenigsten heut zu Tage, Anspruch auf diesen Namen machen.
Ohne Absicht und Willen des unsterblichen franzosischen Gelehrten publicir ,

entha.lt esbeinahe nur einen Auszug der Worter und Gruppen der Grammaire
Egyptienne, dazu mit Irrthumern, deren sich niemals der lebende Mcister schuldig
gemacht haben wiirde." Einleitung, p. III.
 xlii Introduction.

Whilst Birch was preparing the manuscript of his Dictionary

for the printer, and seeing the sheets through the press, other
Egyptologists, e.g., Goodwin, E. de Rouge, Chabas, Deveria,
Diimichen, Lepsius and Pleyte were actively engaged in publishing
Birch and translating hieroglyphic, hieratic and demotic texts. And
contemplates
a second long before he had finished printing his Dictionary, Birch had come
edition of his to the conclusion that he must prepare a second edition in which
Dictionary of he could give all the new words and forms that appeared in the
Hieroglyphics.
newly published texts. As he read these texts he noted every
word and form that ought to be in the new edition, and he con-
tinued to write slips for many years. Those who have visited
him in his room in the British Museum may remember the glass
box containing slips for this new edition this always stood in
;

front of his inkstand and was added to daily. More than one
publisher was ready to publish the new edition of his Dictionary,
but his multitudinous duties and advancing years prevented him
from reading all the texts that were published. And he did not
see that if ever he was to publish the new edition he must at some
time or other cease from the writing of slips and adding to his
manuscript, and so he rejected the advice both of his publisher
and his friends, and continued to write ever more and more slips.
Maspero's In 1882 Maspero began to publish the hieroglyphic inscriptions
edition oi
from the Pyramids of Sakkarah in the Recueil de Travaux, and
the Pyramid
Texts. in them Birch found whole paragraphs Egyptian text similar
of
to passages in the funerary texts on the coffin of Amamu, which
he was preparing for publication by the Trustees. Naturally
he was anxious to include in his new edition as many as possible
of the words and forms from these very ancient texts, and he set
to work to read them and to extract from them additional matter
for his Dictionary. He found his task more difficult than he
imagined it would be, for though he doubted the accuracy of
many of the readings of Maspero's text, he had no means in the
" "
shape of photographs or paper squeezes whereby to control
them. Moreover, he was seventy years of age and his health
was failing. But he struggled on gallantly and continued to write
Birch dies and slips for the new was certain
edition of his Dictionary (which he
leaves his
he would live to see) until death overtook him on December 26th,
manuscript
for the second 1885. When his books and literary effects were being sold
edition
several boxes containing many thousands of slips were put up
unfinished.
to be bid for as a separate lot, and a bidder bought them
for ten shillings. Thus the labour of twenty years was
wasted.
 Introduction. xliii

"
PIERRET'S VOCABULAIRE HIEROGLYPHIQUE."
The difficulty of obtaining copies of Birch's Dictionary of Hiero-
glyphics, and the expense of both that work and Brugsch's Wor-
terbuch practically left the students of the ancient Egyptian

language without a dictionary. The first scholar who made any

serious attempt to help the beginner and the advanced student
out of their difficulty was Paul Pierret, Conservateur adjoint
des Antiquites Egyptiennes au Musee du Louvre, and he set to
work to compile the handy and comparatively inexpensive
Vocabulaire Hieroglyphique, 1 which so many students have found Pierrot's

to be a useful book of reference. It consists of 759 lithographed

pages in which the words are arranged alphabetically, and an

index to all the French words by which the hieroglyphic words
are translated in the volume, which fills forty-eight double-
columned pages. a condensed form, the substance
It contains, in

of the Dictionaries of Birch and Brugsch, and most of the 987

royal names which Lepsius published in his Konigsbuch der alien

Aegypter, Berlin, 1858, fol., and most of the 2,000 geographical
names given by Brugsch in his Dictionnaire Geographique, Leipzig,
2
1877, fol. In his Preface Pierret calls attention to the fact that
Brugsch's Dictionary cost 600 francs, and this was without the Inclusion of

Siipplement, which cost about 500 francs more when it was

completed in 1882. He his inclusion
geographical names,
justifies of
names in his Vocabulaire by pointing out what every one has
found who has tried to use the Dictionnaire Geographique, how
"
a given name in that
difficult it is to find merveille d'erudition."
"
He claims no special merit for his Vocabulaire, and says, Mon
but de fournir aux commensants un moyen d'aborder directe-
est
ment les textes, et a tous un manuel commode et pratique."
There is no doubt that he succeeded in his aim.

"
SlMEONE LEVl'S VOCABOLARIO GEROGLIFICO COPTO-EBRAICO."
For a few years after the appearance of the last volume of
Brugsch's Worterbuch in 1882 no attempt was made to publish
in a collected form the lexicographical material that could be
collected from the editions of hitherto unpublished texts, which
were appearing frequently in England, France, Germany, Russia
and Italy. But meanwhile this material was being diligently
1
Vocabulaire Hieroglyphique comprenant les mots de la Langue, les Noms
geographiques, divins, royaux et historiques, classes alphabetiquement. Paris, 1875.
8vo.
*
His Supplement to this work, containing 1,420 pages, appeared in 1879-80.
 xliv Introduction.

collected by one scholar at least who was dissatisfied with the

existing Egyptian Dictionaries, and was determined to publish a
new one. This was Simeone Levi, an Italian Egyptologist, who
was well known for the very useful list which
of hieratic characters
of Pa Uatch-ur en Metchut
1
Levi's he published in 1880. Under the title
Egyptian-
Italian
/^l^ ^"IK^I^
T ^ L /wwv '

A ~")^'' i- e -> The Great Sea of Words,

Dictionary.
he began to publish a Coptic-Hebrew Hieroglyphic Vocabulary
with translations of the hieroglyphic words in Italian and numerous
quotations of Coptic and Hebrew words which he held to be
8
cognate to the ancient Egyptian words.
The Vocabolario proper consists of six parts folio, which were
published in 1887-88 and contain 1,705 lithographed double-
columned pages the Supplement consists of two parts, and
;

contains 696 pages Part I was published in 1889, and Part II

;

in 1894. In a very closely written Preface, which fills 30 pages,

Signor Levi discusses the grammar and the structure of the ancient
Levi holds Egyptian language, which he treats as though the speech that is
Egyptian to revealed to us by the hieroglyphic, hieratic and demotic texts
be a Semitic
language. belonged to the Semitic family of languages. It was a mistake
on his part to do this, for he assumed to be a fact that which has
never been proved to him Egyptian, Coptic and Hebrew are
;

substantially forms of one and the same language. He adopted

an unusual arrangement of the alphabet, placing h rO and h y.

after tch ~Y and t <=>

,
or
|,
and t ^^> after sh rm, and kh (x)

and T at the end of the alphabet, etc. Thus the arrangement

and the values of the letters of his alphabet are as follows :

a - u
(|a-M or|.
\\

or o or or ua ur

His Egyptian-
Hebrew
alphabet. r,l

sh = a?, o, |,
s= t = n, D- d = i.
^ z

2,T- rah = n- = n- /i, Uq-p. k - 3. S g - a-

j(h
" n>3 '
-

I x 1

Raccolta dei Segni leratici Egizi nelle diverse Epoche, con

1
i correspondent
Geroglifici ed i loro differenti
valori fonctici. Turin, 1880. 410.
2
Vocabolario Geroglifao Copto-Ebraico :
opera che vinse il grande premio
reale di linguistica conferito nell' anno 1886 dalla R. Accademia dei Lincei, e
delta ginn!a del superiore della
piibblicalo dopo incorraggiamcnto consiglio
islruzione piibblica. Turin, 1887-1894.
 Introduction. xlv

This system seems to represent an attempt to show that the

ancient Egyptians adopted the Hebrew alphabet. By some
curious oversight Levi failed to find an equivalent for the Hebrew
letter y.

"
HAGEMANS LEXIQUE FRANqAis-HiEROGLYPHiQUE."
The list Egyptian Dictionaries ends with the
of published

Lexique Franfais-Hieroglyphique that was compiled by M. G. Hagemans

e
Hagemans and was published at Brussels in 1896. It is an octavo ^ "p t an j

volume of 923 lithographed, double-columned pages, which Lexicon,

contain a French-Egyptian Dictionary and Supplement, a hiero-
glyphic, hieratic-demotic alphabet, and a list of determinatives.

THE PRESENT EGYPTIAN DICTIONARY.

probably be admitted by all that the compiler of an
It will

Egyptian Hieroglyphic Dictionary should know at first hand

every collection of Egyptian monuments and papyri in the world,
that he should have visited every great Museum on the Continent
and Egypt, England and America, and copied, or collated with
in

printed editions, every hieroglyphic, hieratic and demotic text

of importance, that he should know well the histories of Egypt Qualifications
written by classical writers, and the works of the Arab geographers,
Writing an
and Coptic in all its dialects, and that he should have had at his Egyptian
OIW
disposal unlimited time, in short that he should have been able
to devote his whole life to the
making of his Egyptian Dictionary.
That he should also have one or more assistants to help him in
his laborious task also goes without saying. I am conscious that,
unfortunately, I possess none of the qualifications necessary for
such a great work except in a very limited degree. Neverthe-
less I have written this Dictionary and how I came to do so the

following paragraphs will show.

Between the years 1880 and 1883 the Natural History
Collections were removed from the British Museum, Bloomsbury,
to the new
buildings which were specially constructed to receive
them South Kensington. Thereupon several of the rooms of
at
the First and Second Northern Galleries, and the long room that-
ran parallel to the fourth room of the First Northern Gallery
and had contained the studies and workrooms of the Natural Rearrange-
History Staff, were allotted to the
Department of Oriental Egyptian
Antiquities. When Dr. Birch, Keeper of the Department, had Collections in

removed the Collections of Egyptian and Semitic Antiquities Museum,

into them, and rearranged the Egyptian Collections, he took
 xlvi Introduction.

in hand a task which he had contemplated for many years, namely,

the compilation of a detailed description of the Egyptian hiero-

glyphic and hieratic funerary papyri. The English translation

of the Saite Recension of the Book of theDead according to the
Turin Papyrus, which he published in 1867, had aroused universal
1 -

The Theban interest, and he was urged to supplement it with a version of the
Recension of
older Theban Recension translated from the rich collection of
the Book of
the Dead. XVIIIth dynasty papyri in the British Museum. The smaller
papyri had been cut up into sections and mounted under sheets
of glass, and were at that time arranged in drawers in the Table-
Cases in the public rooms. The longer papyri, i.e., those which
measured from 5 to 30 feet in length, had been mounted in black
glazed wooden frames and hung upon the walls of the North-West
Staircase. But as in this position it was well-nigh impossible to
consult them, and as it was feared that they might suffer injury
through damp, they were taken down and, where possible, were
cut up into sections, mounted under sheets of glass and stored
with the shorter papyri. During the general rearrangement of
the papyri which followed these alterations Birch seized the
Naville's opportunity of re-examining and describing with minute care the
edition of the
Book of the papyri which Professor Naville had selected as authorities for the
Dead. text of his edition of the Theban Recension of the Book of the
Dead, and he directed me to assist him in this work. He was
chiefly anxious to collect variant readings, and unusual forms of
words, and new words, and to make lists of the papyri in which
particular Chapters appeared. The work was long and difficult,

chiefly because we possessed no concordance of the words of the

Theban Recensions, and therefore could not easily identify the
Chapters in which they occurred in mutilated papyri. So long
as we were dealing with papyri containing the Saite Recension
" "3
we found Lieblein's little Index very useful, but for identifying
Chapters and passages in the Theban Recension it afforded no
Birch's help. Having grouped the funerary papyri chronologically, i.e.,
proposed
concordance according to dynasties, Birch began to write his descriptions of
to the the papyri, and he directed me to make a concordance to them,
funerary and intended to incorporate the slips that I wrote with those which
papyri. "
he was heaping up as material for the new edition of his Dictionary
1
For the Egyptian text see Lepsius, Das Todtenbuch. Leipzig, 1842.
*
In the fifth volume of Egypt's Place in Universal History. London, 1867,
pp. 161-326.
5
Lieblein, J., Index Alphabetique de tous les Mots contends dans le Livre des
Marts public par R. Lepsius d'apres le Papyrus de Turin. Lithographed. Paris,
1875. 8vo.
 Introduction. xlvii

of Hieroglyphics," which he fully believed he would one day

publish (see p. xlii).
When had been engaged on this work, officially and un-
I

officially, for nearly two years, Birch died, but I continued to write
slips for the concordance to the Theban Recension, and began
to collect words from the Brernner (Rhind) Papyrus (Brit. Mus.
No. 10,188), and other funerary works. It was now quite certain
" "
that the new edition of Birch's
Dictionary of Hieroglyphics
could never appear, and my friends advised me to go on collecting
" "
Egyptian words with the view of publishing a Vocabulary
"
on much the same lines as Pierret's Vocabulaire." By that time
the slips which I had written amounted to many thousands, and I abandon
I soon found that the work of arranging them and of incorporating the dea 01 ,
1
.

the new ones consumed a vast amount of time. It was impossible concordance

to continue the on which I had begun, and I * tlle

work on the scale
funerary
foresaw that the task of making a concordance to Egyptian papyri,
literature could not be carried out by any man who could not
devote his whole time to the work.
Between 1888 and 1892 the British Museum acquired
the Papyrus of Ani, the Papyrus of Nu, the Papyrus of Nekht
and other remarkable Codices of the Theban Recension of the
Book of the Dead. The first edition (500 copies) of the Facsimile
of the Papyrus of Ani was sold in less than two years, and
it became a part of my official work to prepare a second and

more correct edition of the Facsimile and to write the volume Vocabulary to
of English text which was published with it in 1894. I made a
JJePapyrosof
Vocabulary to the Egyptian text, but want of space prevented
its inclusion in the volume of English translations. I then began

to make a Vocabulary to the Papyrus of Nu, and in working

through it I was so much impressed with the importance of this

Codex that I decided to publish an edition of the Theban The Papyrus
of Nu
Recension, and to make it and the Papyrus of Nebseni the principal
-

authorities for the Egyptian text. I have described the Papyrus

of Nu at length elsewhere, 1 and it is only necessary to say here

that contains 131 Chapters, i.e.,
it more than any other copy 2
of the Book of the Dead now known. The whole papyrus is

carefully written, Nu himself probably having been the scribe.

The father of Nu was called Amen-hetep and his mother Sen-
seneb, andprobable that she was no other than the lady
it is

Senseneb, the wife of Nebseni the scribe, whose copy of the Book

my Tlw Chapters of Coming

1
See Forth by Day, Vol. 1, p. xii. London, 1898.
a
The Papyrus of Nebseni contains 77 Chapters.
 xlviii Introduction.

of the Dead in the British Museum (No. 9900) has so much in

My edition of common Taking 115 Chapters from the Papyrus

with that of Nu.
& T1
^ ^ u> 2 5 f rom tne Papyrus of Nebseni, 27 from the Papyrus of
R slon'of
the Book of Ani, and some half-dozen hymns, etc., from the Papyri of Hunefer,
Mut-hetep and Nekht, I prepared an edition of the Egyptian texts
and translated them. When I ventured to suggest to Messrs.
Kegan Paul, who undertook to publish the edition, that text
and translation should be accompanied by a Concordance they
demurred, saying that no one wpuld buy the Concordance, or
Vocabulary, for no one wanted such a thing. Finally they
decided to print 750 copies of the Egyptian text and Vocabulary,
and 1,000 copies of the Translation, thinking there would be a larger
demand for it than for the first two volumes of the work. Two
years later they wrote to me
saying that the whole edition of the
Egyptian text and Vocabulary was sold, and that as about 230
copies of the Translation were unsold they had decided to sell
"
themremainder," and they did so. Thus it was proved
as a
that there was a considerable demand for an Egyptian Vocabulary
My to the Theban Recension of the Book of the Dead, and that there

ofth Theban
were students who would not buy the Translation unless they
Recension. could have the Vocabulary with it. In printing the Vocabulary
I adopted a plan hitherto untried. I placed the transliteration of
the Egyptian words in the first instead of in the second column
as was usual, for it seemed to me that it would enable the beginner
to find the word he wanted more easily and quickly. This plan
has been much approved and as
has been adopted
of in England, it
" "
in an Aegyptisches Glossar published in Berlin in 1904 it has
evidently seemed useful to the practical Teutonic mind.
The success of the Vocabulary to the Book of the Dead
and the encouragement of many friends emboldened me to write
1
an Egyptian Hieroglyphic Dictionary, and with this object
in view I began to collect words from Egyptian literature
The collection generally. I first laid under contribution the Dictionaries of
of material
Birch, Brugsch and Pierret and as far as possible, all
verified,

Dictionary. doubtful readings. From the Vocabularies published with editions

of special texts I obtained much material, and from my own
reading of texts, both published and unpublished, I obtained a
1
As Brugsch died in 1894, all hope of a new edition of his Wcrterbuch had
to be abandoned. His private copy of this work was purchased by the British
Museum, and is now in the Library of the Department of Egyptian and Assyrian
Antiquities. It is interleaved and in several volumes, and the extensive notes

and additions in his own handwriting suggest that he contemplated the issue of
a new edition.
 Introduction. xlix

great deal more. The work was that I filled many

result of all this
boxes and drawers with slips on each of which a word was written,
with its certain or problematical meaning, and a reference to the
text or monument where it was to be found. In 1908 I had
written over three hundred thousand slips, and in spite of the
constant help of my wife in arranging them and in making incor-
porations, I realised that the publication of such a mass of material
was impossible. No one man could write the fair copy of it for
press, and no publisher could afford to undertake its publication.
I therefore set to work to revise the slips, and to destroy all that

had redundant references, and references to words the meanings

of which were commonly accepted. In this revision I got rid of
more than one-half of the slips, but even then the compilation Revisions
c
was far too large, and further revision was necessary. I then
cut out all the numerous quotations from texts, and nearly all
comments, abbreviated the references to published works, and,
at the risk of making a somewhat bald Egyptian Vocabulary,

eschewed, except in very rare cases, any attempt to discuss

theoretical renderings of words. This second revision was com-
pleted in 1913, and the slips which I proposed to print numbered
nearly 28,500.
The question of publication then arose. During the early
stages of the writing of this Dictionary an understanding
existed between Mr. Blackett, Manager of Messrs. Kegan,
Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co., and myself that his firm would
endeavour to include it among their publications, but by the
time the manuscript was ready for the printer, he had left their Difficulty of
service, and they were not in a position to fulfil his wish. I talked finding a

the matter over with Mr. Horace Hart, Printer to the Oxford
University Press, and showed him the manuscript of the
Dictionary, and, having made
a rough calculation of the probable
cost of printing it, he came to the conclusion that no publisher

ought to undertake the work without a subsidy. He thought p r n ti n g i in

that the cost of production might be lowered by printing it in Vienna
Vienna, and spoke highly of the Austrian firm of Messrs. Adolf
Holzhausen, who had already printed several books of mine,
and with whose excellent typography I was well acquainted.
Further enquiry made by me among printers and publishers
showed the correctness of Mr. Hart's opinion, and I accepted it
.

as final. I decided that it was unwise to attempt to reproduce

my manuscript by lithography, because works of reference

printed by lithography are often very unsatisfactory and difficult
 1 Introduction.

to use, and I lacked the skill of Brugsch in writing the

transfers.

A friend offers Soon after my conversation with Mr. Hart I had the oppor-
to defray the
cost of
tunity of placing my difficulty before a friend an English gentle-
printing the man who has been all his life intensely interested in the ancient
Dictionary.
languages of the Near East, and has proved himself to be a
generous patron and supporter of English archaeological enterprise
in Egypt and Western Asia for many years past. This gentleman,
who persists in his determination to remain
anonymous, gave
me a sympathetic hearing, and a few days later wrote and offered
to defray the cost of printing the Dictionary in Vienna. With
heartfelt gratitude accepted this munificent offer, and made
I

preparations to take the manuscript, which filled seven large

tray-boxes, each about two feet three inches in length, to Vienna
in May, 1914. The completing of a piece of work on which I
was then engaged made it necessary for me to postpone my
journey from the spring till the early autumn, when I hoped
to conclude my
negotiations with Messrs. Holzhausen speedily,
and to begin to print before the end of the year. The delay
was providential for the Dictionary, for the Great War broke
out early in August, and my manuscript was safe in England ;

had it been in Vienna it would have been impossible to regain

possession of it and even if I had
for a very considerable time,

eventually succeeded in recovering it, its publication must have

been delayed for some years. As things were, I was able,
The printing with the consent of my friend and benefactor, to open
of the
negotiations with Messrs. Harrison and Sons for. the printing
Dictionary
begun in of the book, and very soon after their completion the printing
England. began.
The present Dictionary of
Egyptian Hieroglyphs contains
Contents nearly twenty-three thousand forms of Egyptian words collected
of this
from texts of all periods between the time of the Illrd Dynasty
Dictionary.
and the Roman Period. Strictly speaking, the words belonging
to each of the great periods of Egyptian literature should have
been printed in separate sections, but the time for making such
a series of Egyptian Dictionaries has not yet arrived, it seems to
me. Birch excluded from his Dictionary the names of deities
and the names of places, and printed lists of them as Appendices
"
to his Dictionary of words. Pierret included in his Vocabu-
"
laire the names of deities, kings and places, and made it to
contain practically all the essential parts of the Hieroglyphic
"
Dictionaries of Birch and Brugsch, Champollion's Pantheon
 Introduction. li

" "
Iigyptien,"
1
Lepsius' Book of Kings," 2 and Brugsch's Geo-
graphical Dictionary."
3
And
Brugsch, expecting the student to
refer at first hand to these works, devoted all the space in his
Worterbuch to registering and explaining Egyptian words. Though
there is much
to be said in favour of following this plan strictly, Names of gods
I have nevertheless included in the ofDictionary words and goddesses
Egyptian
the names of allthe gods and goddesses, and other mythological
beings that I have been able to collect, and thus the total number
of entries in this section of the book amounts to 23,889.
"
Pierret's instinct, which told him that a Vocabulaire Hiero-
"
glyphique that was intended to help beginners in the study of
Egyptology, ought to contain the names of kings, was undoubtedly
correct, but it seems to me that he made a mistake in scattering
" "
them throughout his work. As the Konigsbuch of Lepsius,
" " 4
and the Livre des Rois of Brugsch and Bouriant are out of Names
" "
print and scarce, and the edition of my own Book of Kings 6
is rapidly becoming exhausted, I have printed a full list of the

names Egyptian kings as Part II of this work. This was

of

necessary, for of Das Handbuch der Aegyptischen Konigsnamen by

Pieper and Burchardt only one part has appeared (Berlin, 1912, 8vo),
and few students can ever hope to possess the splendid but
expensive Le Livre des Rois de I'figypte, which Gauthier has
published in the Memoires of the French Archaeological Institute
of Cairo, in five parts, folio (Cairo, 1902-16). My List contains
439 entries, which give the names of all the known kings, from
Mena, the first king of all Egypt, to the Roman Emperor Decius.
It includes all their principal Ka and Nebti names, and their

names and titles as the Horus of Gold, the King of the South and
North, and the Son of Ra. It illustrates at a glance the develop-
ment of the use of these names and titles, which in many cases
" "
resemble the strong names that were adopted by the kings

1
Collection des personnages mythologiques de I'ancienne Egyple, d'apres les
Monumens ; avec un texte explicatif par J. F. C. et les figures d'apres les dessins
de L. J. J. Dubois. Avec go planches en couleur. Paris, 1823-25. 4to.
8
Konigsbuch der alien Aegypter. Berlin, 1858. Fol.
3
Dictionnaire de I'Ancienne Leipzig, 1877. Fol.
Geographique Egypte.
Supplement. Leipzig, 1879-80. Fol.
4
E. et Urbain Bouriant, Le Livre des Rois, contenant la Lisle
Brugsch-Bey
Chronologique des Rois, Reines, Princes, Princesses, et Personnages Importants
de I' Egypte depuis Mines jusqu'a Nectanebo II. Cairo, 1887.
6
The Book of the Kings of Egypt or the Ka, Nebti, Horus, Suten Bat and Ra
names of the Pharaohs with from Menes, the first dynastic king of
transliterations,

Egypt, to the
Emperor Decius, with Chapters on the Royal Names, Chronology,
etc. 2
London, Vols., 1908. 8vo.
rf 2
 Hi Introduction.

of Dahomey. Some of the abnormally long strings of bombastic

epithets which the later Pharaohs loved to see prefixed to their
names as Kings of the South and North I have omitted, for they
only contain quite ordinary titles.
The importance to the beginner of having a list of geographical

Geographical names available for handy reference is so obvious that no

names
included. apology is needed a section of this work to a register
for devoting
of the names of countries, districts, localities, cities, towns, etc.,
in Egypt, the Egyptian Sudan and Western Asia. Brugsch's
Dictionnaire Geographique, Leipzig, 1887-80, and the three volumes
of his Geographische Inschriften Altagyptischer Denkmaler, Leipzig,

1857-60, contain a vast amount of information, but the facts

needed re-stating and supplementing in the light of the studies
of modern Egyptologists. In drawing up the Geographical List,
which forms Part III of this Dictionary, and contains nearly
3,500 entries, I have derived much help from Miiller's Asien und
Geography of Europa nach Denkmalern, Leipzig, 1893, and
Altagyptischen
Egypt, Syria
and Palestine. Burchardt's Die Altkanaanaischen Fremdworte und Eigennamen im
Aegyptischen, Leipzig, 1909-10. In the first of these the writer
has treated the geography of Egypt and her colonies historically
and chronologically, and has grouped, in a clear and systematic
manner, all the facts that were available at the time when he
wrote the book. In the second, the author collected a mass of
material of the utmost importance for the student of Egyptian
Geography and Philology. His work is of peculiar value because
he possessed a good working knowledge of Hebrew and other
Semitic dialects, and was able to use it authoritatively in dealing
with Egyptian forms of Semitic words and place-names. Every
Egyptologist must lament the untimely death of this sound
scholar. I have also obtained much help in identifying the

original names of Syrian and Palestinian places mentioned in

The Tall Egyptian texts from Knudtzon's Die El-Amarna Tafeln, Leipzig,
al-'Amarnah 1907, and Winckler's complete edition of the texts from the
Tablets.
Tall al-'Amarnah Tablets (Der Thontafelfund von El Amarna,
Berlin, 1889). Wherever possible I have added the cuneiform
originals in the Egyptian Geographical Lists from the Tall al-
'Amarnah Tablets and from the historical inscriptions of the
kings of the later Assyrian Empires which flourished between

1350 and 620 B.C. The exact positions of scores of places must
always remain unknown because their conquerors, whether
Egyptian or Assyrian, often destroyed cities and towns utterly,
and in a generation or two their sites would be forgotten.
 Introduction. liii

The last section Dictionary contains a series of The English

of this
Indexes. The First Index contains a complete alphabetical list
of all the English words, with references, which are used to
translate the Egyptian words, and forms a kind of English-
it

Egyptian Dictionary. I have found the French Index in Pierret's

Vocabulaire Hic'roglyphique very useful in reading Egyptian texts,
and I hope that mine, which is much larger and fuller, and
contains over sixty thousand references, will be acceptable to
the beginner.
The Second Index ought to assist in the identification of

royal names when they occur in mutilated texts. In it many

of the prenomens, which begin with Ra or some other god's
r 7-\i The Index of
name, are given under two forms
,
; thus I O esa J I, the prenomen
Kings' names.
of Seti I, be found both under Ra-men-Maat and Men-Maat-
will
Ra. The Hebrew and Greek forms of Egyptian royal names,
the identifications of which are tolerably certain, are also given.
The Third Index contains a list of geographical names, The
with references, under the ordinary forms in which they are Geographical

found in English books. These are followed by lists of the

forms in which they occur in Coptic Literature, in the works
of Greek writers, in the Hebrew Bible, in Semitic texts, and
in the cuneiform inscriptions, both Assyrian and Persian.
The Fourth Index contains a list of all the Coptic words, Coptic. Index,
with references, that occur in the Dictionary, and the Fifth
Index consists of lists of all the non-Egyptian words, Hebrew,
Syriac, Arabic, Ethiopic, Amharic and Greek, that are quoted Index of
Semitkwords.
or referred to in it.
The system on which the words arranged in the
are

Dictionary is alphabetical, like that followed by Birch in his

' ' ' ' ' ' ' '

Dictionary of Hieroglyphics, and by Brugsch in his Worterbuch, The

and by the makers of Vocabularies to editions of special texts, of ^e words
e.g., by Stern
1
and Erman 2 in Germany, Lieblein 3 in Norway,
4 6 6 7
Piehl in Sweden, Schiaparelli in Italy, Maspero and Moret in

"
1
See the Vollstandiges Hieroglyphisch-Lateinisches Glossar," by L. Stem
in Vol. II of Ebers, Papyros Ebers, das hermetische Buck conservirt in der Uni-
versitats-Bibliothek zu Leipzig. Leipzig, 1875. Fol.
-
Die Marchen des Papyrus Westcar, 2 vols. Berlin, 1890.
3
Index alphabetique de tons les Mots contenus dans le Lime des Marts. Paris,
1875. 8vq.
4
Dictionnaire du Papyrus Harris, No. i. Upsala, 1882. 8vo.
5
II Libra dei Funerali. Turin, 1880-83. Fol.
6
Les Memoires de Sinouhit. Paris, 1908. 4to.
7
Le Rituel du Culte Divin Journalier. Paris, 1902.
d 3
 liv Introduction.

France, by and by Griffith and Thompson 2 in their

Griffith,
1

3
Demotic Glossaries, and by myself in England. In the case of
several words belonging to the late period here and there incon-

sistency will be found, but this is due chiefly to the fact that
many signs which had syllabic values under the Middle and New
Empires were used as mere letters in the late texts. And Egyp-
tian scribes were themselves inconsistent in their spellings.
Translitera- Throughout this book the transliteration of the Egyptian word
pi ace d nrs t m the entry, according to the plan followed in
tion.
js

my Vocabulary to the Theban Recension of the Book of the

Dead. Then follows the Egyptian word in hieroglyphs, frequently
with a reference to the text where it is found, and therf the
meaning. Now, the exact meaning of many words is unknown,
and can only be guessed at by the context. In some cases the
context makes the meaning of an unknown word comparatively
certain, but mothers, especially where no probable Coptic equivalent
is forthcoming, it does not, and then any meaning suggested
is little else than the result of guesswork. In many cases, then,
the English words that are set down as translations of rare and
difficult Egyptian words must only be regarded as suggestions
The meanings as to the probable meanings. This is especially the case with
ofmany words certain words in the Pyramid Texts. The meaning of some of
them tolerably clear from the determinatives, but there are
is

a considerable number of words in these difficult documents for

which no one has so far proposed meanings that may be con-
sidered correct. The spells and magical formulae which abound
in these Texts are not only difficult to translate because of the
words of unknown meaning in them, but also because it is not
always clear where one word ends and the next begins. Even
Maspero found himself unable to translate whole sentences and
passages in them, and as none of the translations of them pro-
mised by German scholars has yet appeared, it seems as though
the difficulties which they belittled in describing Maspero's edition
of the Pyramid Texts have vanquished them.
"
Order of the The order of the letters in Birch's " Dictionary of Hieroglyphics
letters.
ig ag f on ows :
_ 1K
|]
1
*_, 8 ra
fl|
JjcSS
1
^^, ffi,
J,
-*3 A
,
(JA

*
, D, <=>, , es., s=a, o, |, |, ^, <*, ,

[1, ~^,
1
Catalogue of the Demotic Papyri in the John Rylands Library, Vol. III.
Manchester, 1909.
'
The Demotic Magical Papyrus of London and Leiden, Vol. III. London,
1909.
*
Vocabulary to the Theban Recension of the Book of the Dead. London, 1898.
 Introduction. Iv

In other words, he tried to make their order approximate to that of Birch,

the letters of the English Alphabet.

1

In E. de Rouge's Egyptian Alphabet (Chrestomathie gyp- E. de Rouge .

tienne, Part I, Paris, 1867) the order of the letters is as follows :

fl' Ik'
'
-*'
V)'
XN>
. ^' e> ^' J' %*' D>
^'^' ^*' U) ffl '

s=>, ci, A, c=^3, ~"Y J, V\, ^=, ^,-wwvA, O,<c=>,^a,, * , l'i

on, TtTtT, , T, ,
|, ].
rD- In Stern's "Glossar" the order is Stern,

as follows: o, ^i-^, m, ^^*, ffl, -2^,

'^, (|, J, |, \\,()(|, j^,

The order followed in this Dictionary is: "^v, ti, a, Qd ,

_TP\S' 1 |] DllQ^C.
or \\,
^ or Q,
J,
a, ^=^,
^^, , <=> or _2^, ra ,

$,

, C3n, zi, ^^^6, ffi, o or Jli

Among the words given in this Dictionary are many which

are derived from demotic texts. As my knowledge of this
branch of Egyptology is
rudimentary I have relied for the cor-
rectness of their transcription into hieroglyphs chiefly upon the
works of that erratic genius, E. Revillout, and Professor F. LI.
Griffith.These scholars have shown that Demotologists are Demotic
able to transcribe demotic texts into hieroglyphs, and Birch's words:
view that they were unable to do no longer tenable. this is

About the correctness of the meanings of many demotic words

given by them there can be no doubt, for the equivalents of a
great number of them, and their counterparts in form, are to
" "
be found even in the existing Coptic Scalae and in the printed
Coptic Vocabularies and Dictionaries of Peyron, Tattam and
Par they.
The references to original documents and to published
editions of them in this Dictionary are, in respect of number,
unsatisfactory. They represent a compromise, and will suffer
the fate of all compromises, that is to say, they will satisfy
nobody. In the great collection of slips which I made first of
all there were to some words as many as sixty
references, and
the slips that contained only from six to twelve references were

very few. To print all these was manifestly impossible, for the
references would have occupied far more space than the Egyp- References to
tian words and their meanings. It seemed at first that each publications,

word ought to be followed by a reference, but even so the

 Ivi Introduction.

references required as much space as the Egyptian words, and

I decided that many references to the older
printed literature
must be cut out, and only a limited number to recent publica-
tions admitted. Further, it was clear that the names of authors
and their papers printed in the Recueil de Travaux, the Transac-
tions and Proceedings
of the Society of Biblical Archaeology, the

Archceologia of the Society of Antiquaries of London, the Aegyp-

and other scientific journals of the kind, would
tische Zeitschrift,

have to be omitted, and the name of the journal quoted in an

abbreviated form. A list of the abbreviations of the titles of all
books actually quoted will be found on pp. Ixxv-lxxxvii. This is
followed by a list of all the principal books that have been used or
consulted in the writing of this Dictionary, so that the beginner
may know to what books to turn in the prosecution of his studies.
Coptic forms Following the meaning of the word and at the end of the
of Egyptian
entry often given the equivalent of an Egyptian word in the
is
words.
latest stage of the language, i.e., Coptic. In selecting these Coptic
equivalents I have not copied them straight out of a Coptic
Dictionary, but have satisfied myself that they bear the meaning
which the Egyptian words have in passages in the Coptic versions
of the Bible, and in Coptic patristic literature generally. Had
the great Corpus of Coptic words upon which Mr. W. E. Crum
Mr. Cram's has been at work for so many years been available 1 the number
Coptic of Coptic equivalents quoted would probably
in this Dictionary
Dictionary.
have been quadrupled. The Hebrew, Syriac, Arabic and other
Semitic words quoted in the entries stand in a different relation-

ship to the Egyptian, for they merely represent borrowings of

words, usually by the Egyptians from the Semites, whilst the
true Coptic words are native Egyptian. They seem to me to
stand in quite a different category from the pronouns which were
borrowed at a very early period by the Egyptians from the people
"
whom, for want of a better nama, we may call Proto-Semites."
Borrowed And the greater number of them were certainly introduced into
Semi tic words.
Egyptian texts after the Egyptians founded Colonies in Syria
and Palestine by scribes who either knew no Egyptian words
that were exactly suitable for their purpose, or who wished to
ornament their compositions by the use of Semitic words or to
show their erudition.
1
When the Great War broke out in 1914 Mr. Crum was in Vienna, and had
his enormous mass of material with him. He succeeded in leaving the city, but
his manuscripts remained there for a considerable time afterwards, and his work
has been hampered in consequence, and the publication of his Coptic Dictionary
delayed for five years.
 Introduction. Ivii

In the transliterations of the Egyptian words in this Die- Difficulties of

tionary, I have followed the order of the letters of the Egyptian

words, but I cannot think that these transliterations always
represent the true pronunciation of the words. Thus in the word
'
aaam Q"|S^. t^^I> a plant, it is impossible to think that the
Egyptians took the trouble to pronounce two long vowels having
exactly the same sound and to give ^K\ its value, always supposing
it had a phonetic value in this word. The analogies in Coptic
suggest that we should read the word simply am, nevertheless
"
the scribe wrote tav- Again in the word Nenui[t] or

Nui[t] '
rv
-^0_yOu^ ' the primeval watery mass, we have
n wwv* -f- en f^ >
+ n + nu O, i.e., four n sounds ;
that
any Egyptian ever took the trouble to pronounce all of them
in this word is inconceivable. It is possible that the scribe

wished the reader to understand that one n had to be pronounced

like the Spanish n or the Amharic ^, and wrote n four times
to make certain that he did so. In many transliterations of

Egyptian words have added the letter e, not because I think

I Addition of
the letter e'
it represents the vowel which the Egyptians used in these
places, but merely to make the words pronounceable and therefore

easy to remember. Thus the word

A
5
A
^&, or
f^ \ A
8 5
A I
&,
ri
is

transliterated hesby me, but the Coptic equivalent /c shows

that the vowel sound between the two consonants was not an e,
but something like an o. On the other hand in 8 5 H "to ;
A A I

submerge," the Coptic equivalent ,<&.cie suggests that in this

word at least the vowel sound was that of some kind of a.
/vww\ pa i pa n

And in netchem > or

jfl' "sweet," "pleasant,"
the

Coptic equivalent itoirTJUL suggests the first vowel sound in the Evidence of

word was u or o and the second that of some kind of e or a.

Without vowels of some kind how can the name of the god

be pronounced ? In transliterating ~ Ihave written en or ne,

and there good authority for doing so,
is namely the most ancient
Coptic papyrus Codex of the Book of Deuteronomy and the Acts
1
of the Apostles. Thus in &H naei HTeKAiutT&ijL&A.X (Deut. 13, 10)
the line over the Hs and the JJL proves that the reader had to
1
Brit. Mus. MS. Oriental No. 7594. It was written not later than the
middle of the fourth century of our Era. See my Coptic Biblical Texts in the
Dialect of Upper Egypt. London, 1912. 8vo.
 Iviii Introduction.

supply some vowel when pronouncing these an a

letters, either
or an e, probably the latter. And this was the case with
several other letters besides it and JUL, for we have 4/reTitoiruxyfi
(Deut. i, 41), Jiinp (ibid. TeTHonruxyq
42), (ibid.}, A.TTIW nr
TS&oq (ibid. 4, 15), HiteKpAxnTpe (ibid. 20), JU.K rteTit ,xXo
(ibid. 23), nrto-rre GT ortg (ibid. 26), K&.T&. TG&IH THpc (ibid. 5, 33),
e TOOTK (ibid.), cy&-n rqqo ro-r e &oX <Lirc tteirppiooT (ibid. 8, 24),
r r

nv TJUU p uto&cy (ibid. 25, 19), &tt otoupx (Acts 5, 23), nrti/r
n xnci-re (Acts 10, 3), etc. From these examples we see that lines
were written over the letters &, X, JUL, rt, n, p, c, T, K, v, q, cy, &
and x, and that in certain positions in words a helping vowel was
necessary for their pronunciation.
Separate The whole question of the use of the separate vowels which
words. we nn d in Egyptian words is one of considerable difficulty, and
it seems to me
quite clear from the statements that are made
on the subject by Egyptologists that no one has yet succeeded in
solving the problem. It is quite obvious that the scribes syste-

matically wrote certain words without vowels and expected the

reader to supply them, e.g., the name of the god j(efl
PTH.

Now, impossible to pronounce this name without adding one

it is

vowel at least, but there is nothing in Egyptian to show what

Egyptian that vowel must be or where
it is to be placed. In the case of
abbreviations
of words and
p^ the Greeks, spelt the who
name 4>(9a, or 4>0o, supply the

names. vowel, and suggest that the Egyptians pronounced it something

"
like Ptah." Or, take the name of the god Horus, which the

Egyptians wrote
without adding any vowel.
HER
f,^^. ^1- ^
The transcriptions of the name in
^> ^=> $ an(* I
^^'
Hebrew (Tin), Coptic (/p) and Greek fllpos) prove that the
missing vowel is o, but the Egyptian forms of the name give no
indication of this fact. In the Pyramid Texts we find the form
^
%> J^ (M. 454) which was held by one Egyptologist to
|
prove that the god's name terminated in u ; but, according
Vowels placed to M. Naville's view, which is probably correct, the is really

of words the vowel that is wanting in the name, which we ought to read
" "
Hur," or Hor," as in Hebrew, Coptic and Greek. This same
scholar thinks that another example of the use of the in this
^
way is found in = %>fl or ^^efl, variants of =^=, D
9= =fi=
oDJTU )

^DU ,

As the Coptic form

and "ffl. of the word is
dO~", A^D oDU
g,orrn, the ancient Egyptian form of the word clearly included
 Introduction. lix

the vowel o, and this is proved by the

*
or e in the first two

forms of quoted above. It has seemed to me for several

years past that the vowel signs which we find in many Egyptian Vowels as
of
words were intended not to be read necessarily as parts of the indications
... . . .
the meanings
words, but only to indicate or limit their signification. But the of words or
vei"bal forms,
subject is too large to discuss in an Introduction to a Dictionary,
and demands a book Meanwhile, I understand that
to itself.

M. Naville is preparing a volume on the whole question, and as

there is every reason to believe that he will present in a new light

many important facts

bearing upon Egyptian phonetics, its

appearance is eagerly awaited.

The system of transliteration which I have used in this The Egyptian
habet in
Dictionary is a modification of that which was employed by Birch
^gg
and some of the older Egyptologists, and by Brugsch until the
last years of his life. The following is the transliteration of the
letters of the Egyptian Alphabet which Brugsch printed in the
first volume of his Worterbuch (1867) :

J ra

\\ m or

m
u ua (w)
f] >

In 1880, the following modification of this Alphabet appeared The Egyptian

a
in the fifth volume of his Worterbuch (Folge und Umschreibung l8s
der alphabetischen Zeichen) :

a. Vowels and half- vowels :

a. ( & (N). - o a (y). \\ i. I, y (.). u, o.

f]
u >
w CO-
1Y
A Introduction.
1

1
c. Consonants :

Jb,v (l )
 Introduction. Ixi

In 1894 Dr. Erman proposed some modifications of this The Egyptian

system of transliterating the Egyptian Alphabet, and printed the A lp habe t in

following (Egyptian Grammar, London, 1894, p. 6) :

f ffi g
}'
m t

t
P-T
w s d

ra h k d
J
h k y \\

In 1911 he made the following changes and addition (Aegyp- The Egyptian
tische Grammatik, Berlin, IQII, p. 20) :
Alphabet m
1911.

ft
lory. - o'=y. <=>r=-^andS- Hlh = n- |^"C
= fcj. A k = p.

~"
d = t2-
")=-d.

\\ = y (little yodh).

From these we see that Dr. Erman introduces the sign * as

a letter of the Egyptian Alphabet, and distinguishes between the
two sibilants >
and R; that he gives y as an alternative
value to and regards \\ as a "little yodh," and that he retains
(j,
'

I, I and as the transliterations of

~^, (j
and o
respectively.
It is also to be noted that his system includes the letters b, h, s, t,
and d, making with I and I seven new characters which must
be specially cut for the compositor's use. There are many objec-
tions that might be urged against this system of transliteration, but
the innovations in it are not worth discussion. It is sufficient to

say that when the actual mistakes in the older system that was used
by Birch, Lepsius, Brugsch and others are eliminated it remains,
in my opinion, the best that has yet been proposed. The modi-
fications which I have made in it for the purposes of this book
are not in any way intended to be
improvements or even cor-
rections ; they were made
solely with the view of simplifying Th
the transliteration for the use of the .beginner, and of reducing simplified
the labour of the compositor. I have tried to get rid of as many transll ter-
J ation used
letters with diacritical marks as possible, because they often in this book.
 Ixii Introduction.

break off in the process of printing ;

but I have retained a
for ,
a for D, h for and t for es* three of these, a, h and t,
1 A ;

are familiar to every student of Oriental languages. I have

'

rejected \ and I and and letters with lines or a semi-circle under

;

them, i.e., h, h, t, d, and s with an accent (s), I have eschewed

entirely for the reasons given in the following paragraphs.
Maspero with infinite pains collected in his Introduction
a V Etude de la Phonetique gyptienne, Paris, 1917, a number of
Maspero on examples illustrating the various vowel sounds which the
Egyptian
phonetics. Egyptians themselves gave to the signs %, ,
(]
and D. And
-irSs 1

from his conclusions it is clear that even though we transliterate

*g\
_CESS
by A, the A will not represent all the various modified sounds

which the human mouth can give to that letter 1 and this is also j

the case with and a.

According to him the primitive phonetic
fl

" "
value of the sign
(j
in Pyramid times was un A moyen like

the French A in patte, cage, that is to say, an A, or an open A

which borders on fi as in the popular pronunciation Montp^Lnasse

for MontpA.rnasse ;
">\ A is A grave bordering on O, as in the
and popular Parisian pronunciations g(V for gAre, or in the English
All, wOs for D is A
guttural which recalls the sound of
ze>As|
y = but does not correspond to it exactly and turns sometimes
c,

to the A aigu, and sometimes to the A grave. In fact, we see

"
that in archaic Egyptian varies de la langue les phonemes
posterieure ne s'etaient pas produits encore, et qu'il n'y avait
sous chacun d'eux, ainsi que sous chacun des signes reconnus

pour consonnes par tous les savants

J, a, *^, ^=^, rn> etc.,

qu'un phoneme unique, ou, si Ton veut, les groupes de nuances

vocaliques que nous avons 1'habitude de designer par un signe
unique." Accepting these conclusions heartily it has seemed to
me quite unnecessary to use any other signs to represent <g\ > Q
and o than a, a and a
respectively.
"
1
Si done nous disons que le signe A anglais figure une voyelle, il
n'y a
"

pas de raison pour que les signes Ij, j^, ne figurent pas des voyelles. Bien
entendu, je n'ai
prevention d'affirmer que, si
pas la ^^ par exemple sonnait A, il

n'y avait sous ce signe qu'un seul des A possibles. chaque modification Comme
de forme dans la bouche humaine produit une voyelle ou une nuance de voyelle
differente, le nombre des voyelles et de leurs nuances est tres considerable aussi ;

les signes que nous appelons signes-voyelles communement A, E, I, etc., repr6-

sentent en r^alite" des groupes de nuances vocaliques differant tres legerement

1'une de 1'autre et Ton considerera les signes qui representent chacun d'eux,
"
(], ^^, , en Egyptien comme couvrant chacun de ces groupes (p. 119).
 Introduction. Ixiii

The sign ^ is transliterated u throughout ; it is no doubt The sign

equivalent both to T and i, and I think it is a mistake to trans-

literate it always by w. The correct transliteration of or The

-%^[, sign
A is a matter of That
^?>
.r?^
Ib^ D
_B^
r r Ibc
-B*^
>
difficulty.
J 4bv>
jy&
was sounded in some way different from t\ is clear, otherwise it

would appear in words more frequently. It seems possible that

the sign A o or - o added to the t\ was intended to show that
the 1\ was to be pronounced in one of the many ways in which
m is sounded in African languages, but what that way was is
not evident. When j|v> occurs at the end of an Egyptian trans-

cription of the name of a locality in Palestine or Syria it may

n
represent ma. In this book I have often transcribed 4^ by m'. O
And as regards ~w, when the Egyptian wrote
rv
r-^ the n w,as

probably pronounced like the Spanish n or the Amharic *? gn.

The signs and are transcribed throughout by kh and
kha respectively. According to some authorities is represented an d o .

in Coptic by g, and *-=*

by >, but the Copts did not observe
this distinction carefully, for we find in Coptic texts &HI&I and
4>w&i, ,ejixc and and <)urr5, etc.
a^ejULc, ,pe and >pe, g/JU-rS
The absoluteness of the statement that *-=> can become in Coptic o-=> and ,.
and
, &
but never cy, but that can become & or cy, or > or cy,
has been disproved by Maspero, 1 and nothing more need be said
about it here. In this Dictionary the words beginning with
and those beginning with are separated into two distinct<

groups for the convenience of the beginner, but it has been

thought unnecessary to use any specially distinctive signs for
and **-=>. As he will always have the Egyptian text before him,
he can make no mistake. The x is, of course, dropped.
In 1892, Professor Hommel
pointed out in the Zeitschrift fur
Aegyptische Sprache (Bd. 30, s. 9 ff) that the Egyptians used
two sibilants which were represented bv the signs and The sibilants
fl,
A n
and the fact dispute, as all will admit.
is
beyond But the texts
prove conclusively that they ceased to distinguish between them
in writing, except in the case of a few words at an early period,

and that they used and M indiscriminately when they wished

to express the letter s. There is no doubt that " must sometimes
have had a somewhat different sound from |l
for we find the

1
Introduction a I' Etude de la Phonetique Egyptienne, p. 46 ff.
 Ixiv Introduction.

"
word for "jackal written *
"^ J "^ or "
J "^ sa b or sb,

and the Hebrew word for the animal is zetbh INT. But we also

find a form beginning with the , thus fl

^ J '^ , and, as several
variants of this form begin also with , the form that begins with
fl

-^rarely
" not a very sure ground for the statement that
is t. The =
z sound must have been very rare in Egypt, for most of the words
'
1

under ^ Dictionaries are of Greek origin

in the Coptic ^umT ;

for ccortT (see Parthey's Vocabularium) seems to have been the

result of careless pronunciation. When the Egyptians merged the
sound of " in that of fl is not known, but the merging must
have happened long before the Christian Era began, for the Copts
represent both signs by c. And the Egyptian transcriptions of
and Canaanite geographical names prove that both and repre-
fl fl

=D and ttj. sent D and ttf. In their transliterations of the signs and
the German Egyptologists by /, but in
distinguish by s and fl

this Dictionary I have followed the example of Birch and Brugsch

and Maspero, and regarded them as having practically one and the
same sound. Nevertheless, remembering the large number of
words that begin with the signs and P and with the view of ,

simplifying the task of the searcher who may use this Dictionary,
I have printed all the words beginning with in one section,

and all those beginning with fl in the section following.

A By transliterating A
a letter with a diacritical point (k)
by q,

n_ has been got rid of and, though the transliterating of S by g

does not seem quite satisfactory, I have followed the example
o and |=t. of the older Egyptologists in this particular.
1
The signs c, and
s=a = th. \ are both transliterated by t, and by using th for s=s the Greek
9 and a letter with a line under it .(/)
are eliminated. In the
case of c^s have retained the transliteration / and have not
I

adopted d by which it is now sometimes transliterated. Maspero

has shown that in Semitic geographical names in the XVIIIth

dynasty =
often represents the Hebrew "T, e.g., in ;r fl
c

Heb. BTTj?, and (1(1 ""J\

^, ]T\1, but other names show
that T is represented in Egyptian by |,
t, e.g., | (j jjj
\v
Heb. ptoOT. At a later period c=3 is transliterated by to, e.g.,

In one Coptic word, KA.cy, "reed," the K represents Z5, for the hiero-
1

*ft V 1

glyphic form is vX Q \\oa3N

see Erman, Aegyptisches Glossar, p. 139,
_o!Si. i i i
;

and Maspero, Introduction, p. 39.

 Introduction. Ixv

in the name ^ _Q r] Jj ^ .
the Aramean transcription of which is < := -^ = d Or)

and in the name c^^^N, Abydos, the Aramean

transcription of which is ttiiN- In the Greek period c^
represents the Greek T, as in KXeoTraT-pa fl
}
c^> \\ ^ ,
yj^ft 1 U \ <r~ ~^>
_CC-S- \J

and A, as in Aio? -=^> M

1 1
"\\
fT^S*
-Jf)
v I
A, In the Coptic

period, when hieroglyphs were no longer in use, the

the
scribes wrote all the names which in the old language had
a & or a <^> with 6. 1
Finally, as Maspero admits that the sound
of <=> was not exactly that of the Greek A or the Arabic j,
I have thought it best to retain t as the transliteration of c^>.
It is possible that the sound of the Greek A did exist at one time
in Egyptian, but when the Copts formulated their alphabet it had
disappeared from the mouths of ordinary folk..
There remains to mention now only the transliteration of T , =
=ts
^~~\ which in some recent works appears as t' or d with a line tch.

under it, d. In the transcription of Semitic geographical names

^ .

,j AA/WV\ * ^
n ^

1. P ?
represents both 2 and t\ and
'
T, e.g.,
^ |

4 K^. t!^ i > "^- But there is abundant proof that it may be
rr\S> \\ '
\\

correctly transliterated by both ts and tch, and I have adopted

"
the latter, which is pronounced like the ch in child," or the c
"
in cicerone."

EGYPTIAN AN AFRICAN LANGUAGE FUNDAMENTALLY.

During the years which spent in collecting the materials The

I alleged

for this Dictionary I looked eagerly in the texts for any evidence
Egyptian to
that would throw light on the relationship of the ancient Egyp- the Semitic
tian language to the Semitic languages and to the languages of
North Eastern Africa. Though the subject is one of considerable
importance philologically, it has, never been, in my opinion,
properly discussed, because the Semitic scholars who have written
about have lacked the Egyptological knowledge necessary for
it

arriving at a decision, and the Egyptologists, with the exception

of the lamented Burchardt, have had no adequate knowledge of
Semitic languages and literature. Benfey came to the conclusion
that the ancient Egyptian language had close affinity with the Benfey's
Semitic family of languages, but then he also said that the Semites Pinion -

belonged to a great group of peoples which not only included the

1
Introduction, p. 30, Notre <r^ est done, je pense, 1'intradentale faible A,
et il est k
"
x ce qui s=> a etc un moment a
-^
d .

e
 Ixvi Introdiiction.

1
Egyptians, but all the peoples of Africa, which is obviously
absurd. Although his excursions into Coptic had disastrous
results so far as his reputation was concerned, his view that there
was a close affinity between the Egyptian and Semitic
languages
found acceptance with many scholars, among them being E. de
Roug, Ebers and Brugsch, all of whom were Egyptologists.
"
Birch's view was that
greater portion of the words
the
[in the ancient Egyptian language] are an old form of the Coptic ;

others, no longer found in that tongue, appear (to be) of Semitic

origin, and have been gradually introduced into the language
Brugsch on from the Aramaic and other sources. A few words are Indo-
the Semitic
origin of the
Germanic." 2 Brugsch stated categorically that the oldest form
Egyptian of the ancient Egyptian language is rooted in Semitic, and he
language.
prophesied that one day philological science would be astonished
at the closeness of the relationship which existed between Egyp-
tian and the Semitic languages. He was convinced that they had
a mother in common, and that their original home was to be
3
sought for on the banks of the Tigris and Euphrates. Brugsch
held these views practically to the end of his life, for in his Die
Aegyptologie, Leipzig, 1891, p. 91, he quotes from his Worterbuch
Stern's the words which he wrote in the preface in 1867. Stern, the
opinion.
eminent Coptic scholar, also declared that the Egyptian had an
affinitywith the Semitic languages, which shows itself in the
pronominal formations and in the roots which are common to
all, but thought that it separated itself from its Asiatic sisters
at a very early periodand developed along lines of its own. 4
These views, which the older Egyptologists expressed in
general terms, were crystallized by Erman in a paper which he
contributed to the Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenliindischen
1
Benfey, Uber das Verhaltniss der Aegyptischen Sprache zum Semitischen
Sprachstamme. Leipzig, 1844.
'
Bunsen, Egypt's Place, Vol. V, p. 618.
*
Es steht mir namlich fest, dass die altagyptische Sprache, d. h. die alteste
Gestaltung derselben, im Semitischen wurzelt. Im voraus kann ich es
. . .

weissagen, dass die Sprachforschung eines Tages erstaunt sein wird iiber das
enge Band der Verwandtschaft, welches die agyptische Sprache mit ihren
semitischen Schwestern zusammenkniipft, und iiber die mir jetzt schon feststehen-
de Thatsache, dass alle cine gemeinsame Mutter haben, deren Ursitze an den
Ufern des Euphrat und Tigris zu suchen ist." Worterbuch, Bd. I, p. ix.
1
Es bestcht eine alte verwandtschaft zwischen der agyptischen, welche dem
hamitischen stamme angehort, und den semitischen sprachen, wie sich unver-
kennbar noch in der pronominalbildung und in manchen gemeinsamen
wurzeln zeigt ; doch scheint sich das agyptische von den asiatischen schwestern
friih getrennt zu haben und seinen eigenen weg gegangen zu sein, Koptische
Grammatik, p. 4.
 Introduction. Ixvii

1
Gesellschaft in In this he pointed out in a. systematic
iSga.
manner the details of Egyptian Grammar that have their counter-
parts in the Semitic languages, and printed a List of the words
that were common to the Egyptian and Semitic languages. Most of Recent views
these words had been remarked upon by Brugsch in his Worterbuch, based on
.
Brugsch s
but Erman's List heightens their cumulative effect, and at the opinion.
first sight of it many investigators would be inclined to say
"
without any hesitation, Egyptian is a Semitic language." A
very comparative philologist of the Semitic Languages,
able
Carl Brockelmann, impressed by the remarks of Brugsch quoted
above and by this List, says that Egyptian must certainly be
included among the Semitic Languages, and that the more the
oldest form of it, such as that made known by the Pyramid
Texts, investigated, the more convincingly apparent becomes
is

its similarity to the Semitic Languages. Like Brugsch, he thinks

that it separated itself from its sister tongues thousands of years

ago, and went its own way.

According to him the Egyptian
language developed more quickly than the languages of the
other Semites, which was due partly to the mixing of the people
caused by the invasion of the Nile Valley by Semites, and the
rapidity with which the Egyptian civilization reached its zenith,
much in the same way as English has gone far away from the other
Germanic languages. 2 Wright thought that the connection
between the Semitic and the Egyptian languages was closer than
that which can be said to exist between the Semitic and the
Indo-European. But he called attention to the fact that the
majority of Egyptian roots are monosyllabic in form, and that Monosyllabic
they do not exhibit Semitic triliterality. He was prepared to
" "
admit that the not a few structural affinities might perhaps roots.

be thought sufficient to justify those linguists who hold that

Egyptian is a relic of the earliest age of Semitism, i.e., of Semitic

1
Das Verhaltniss des Aegyptischen zu den semitischen Sprachen (Bd. XLVI),
ff.
p. 93
2
Es scheint sehr vieles dafiir zu sprechen, dass die
Aegypter eigentlich in
diesen Kreis hineinzubeziehen sind. Je mehr
Forschung den altesten
die
Formenbau des Aegyptischen, wie er in den Pyramidentexten vorliegt, er-
schliesst, desto iiberraschender tritt Aehnlichkeit mit dem Semitischen zu Tage.
. . Durch die Vermischung der einwandernden Semiten mit den alteren,
.

anderssprachigen Bewohnem des Niltals und durch die friihe Bliite ihrer Kultur
seidas Aegyptische viel schneller und durchgreifender fortentwickelt, als die
Sprachen der anderen Semiten, ahnlich wie das Englische sich unter denselben
Umstanden so weit von den anderen germanischen Sprachen entfernt hat.
Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen. Berlin, 1908,
P- 3-

e 2
 Ixviii Introduction.

speech as it was before it passed into the peculiar form in which

we may be said to know it historically. 1
Now
no one who has worked at Egyptian can possibly doubt
that there are many Semitic words in the language, or that many
of the pronouns, some of the numbers, and some of its gram-
matical forms resemble those found in the Semitic languages.
But even admitting all the similarities that Erman has claimed,
it is still impossible to me to believe that Egyptian is a Semitic

language fundamentally. There is, it is true, much in the Pyra-

Egyptian mid Texts that recalls points and details of Semitic Grammar,
e
ln"AfrTc a
but after deducting all the triliteral roots, there still remains a
language. very large number of words that are not Semitic, and were never
invented by a Semitic people. These words are monosyllabic,
and were invented by one of the oldest African (or Hamitic, if
that word be preferred) peoples in the Valley of the Nile of whose
written language we have any remains. These are words used
to express fundamental relationships and feelings, and beliefs which
are peculiarly African and are foreign in every particular to
Semitic peoples. The primitive home of the people who invented
these words lay far to the south of Egypt, and all that we know
of the Predynastic Egyptians suggests that it was in the neigh-
bourhood of the Great Lakes, probably to the east of them. The
whole length of the Valley of the Nile lay then, as now, open to
Perpetual peoples who dwelt to the west and east of it, and there must
n Sr
always have been a mingling of immigrants with its aboriginal
Valley. inhabitants. last borrowed many words from the new-
These
" "
comers, especially from the proto-Semitic peoples from the
country now called Arabia, and from the dwellers in the lands
between the Nile and the Red Sea and Indian Ocean, but they
Borrowings continued to use their native words to express their own primitive
ideas, especially in respect of religious beliefs and ceremonies.
pToTo-Sernitic.
Words like tef "father," sa "^ "son," sen aI "brother,"
3.- _/j

df *^. "flesh," qes ^ "bone," tep "head," db V "heart,"

a

dakh
n
"hand,"
A
fetes
"
"^[1 "self," ka (J double," ba "soul,"
and scores of others that are used from the
^
*^* "spirit,"
earliest to the latest times, are African and have nothing to do
with the Semitic languages. When they had invented or borrowed
Addition of the art of writing, they were quick to perceive the advantage of
addin S to their pictures signs that would help the eye of the
1
Lectures on the Comparative Grammar of the Semitic Languages. Cambridge,
1890, pp. 33-34.
 Introduction. Ixix

reader, and convey mind an exact conception of what the

to his
writer intended to express. The names of the cardinal numbers
show that the people who invented the words quoted above Borrowing
" " "
counted by fives, for they have words for one _j| two ,

L
a
"three" A,
Q "four"
"^
< =^3
Vn
and "five" e=>^,
_n&
and their

next number is "ten" n . When they came in contact with the

" "
Semites they borrowed from them the numbers six N I
,

Heb. Borrowing of
Heb.ttW, "seven" 0^''',
Mil
Heb. 3Dtt5, "eight" ~N~W Illl
,

the pronouns
" "

borrowed
and
t &
nine D
(1 ^^l',",
1 '

Heb. yvn. In a similar manner they

as a sign of the feminine, and several of the pronouns, feminine.
d
^ e sign

and at a much later period many of the Semitic words that were
current at the time in Syria and Palestine. And it has always
seemed to me that some of the aboriginal words of the primitive
Egyptians found their way into neighbouring countries, where they
still live. Thus the common Egyptian word khefti *^,
"
enemy," which has its equivalent in the Coptic shaft cy-i-crr,

is also found in Amharic under the form shafta f\(tf-- The Survivals in
,-^=^1 Amharic.
Egyptian word teng ffi 4> 4f> "pyg m y>" seems to be preserved
The Egyptian word tuat * \^
'

in the Amharic denk K'M* :

JlC>s (jj
"
morning," seems to survive in the Amharic tuwat (]\,^ : ;
and with
" "
the Egyptian So. (?) or v& man," person," may be com-
" "
pared the Amharic saw f\(fr: man woman," person."
or
As none of the literature of the peoples who lived on each
side of the Valley of the Nile has been preserved, we have no means
of finding out how much they borrowed linguistically from the
Egyptians or the Egyptians from them, but I believe the Egyptians
were as much indebted to them as to the Semites. I do not for Value of

one moment suggest that such literature as the modern inhabitants stidlmT
of the Valley of the Nile and the neighbouring countries possess,
dialects for

whether it be those on the east or those on the west of the Nile,

can be utilized for explaining ancient Egyptian texts, but the
comparatively small amount of attention which I have been able
to devote to the grammars and vocabularies of some of the

languages now spoken in the Eastern Sudan has convinced me

that they contain much that is useful for the study of the lan-

guage of the hieroglyphs. The ancient Egyptians were Africans,

and they spoke an African language, and the modern peoples of
the Eastern Sudan are Africans, and they speak African lan-
guages, and there is in consequence much in modern native
e 3
 Ixx Introduction.

Sudani literature which will help the

student of ancient Egyptian
in his work. From the books of Tutschek, 1 Krapf, 2 Mitterutzner,
3

and from the recently published works of Captain Owen 4 and

5
Westermann, a student with the necessary leisure can collect a
large number of facts of importance for the comparative study
of Nilotic languages both ancient and modern.

THE INTRODUCTION, INDEXES, SEMITIC ALPHABETS, ETC.

The In the introductory section of this book I have given a list
Introduction.
of the commonest Egyptian signs, with their values as phonetics
and determinatives, arranged practically according to the Lists
of Egyptian Hieroglyphic Signs published by the eminent printing
7
firms of Theinhardt in Berlin, 6 Holzhausen in Vienna, and
Harrison & Sons in London. 8 Certainly none of these lists is
absolutely correct since the classification of several of the signs
is the result of guesswork, for the simple reason that Egyptolo-

gists do not know what objects certain signs are intended to

Lists of represent. The only native Egyptian List of Hieroglyphs known
Hieroglyphic was published by Griffith, Two Hieroglyphic Papyri from Tunis,
signs by
Champollion, London, 1889, 4to, but this does not help us much in the identi-
Birch, E. de
fication of the hieroglyphs. The first printed List of Hieroglyphs
Rouge and
Brugsch. was published by Champollion in his Grammaire gyptienne,
Paris, 1836, and contains 260 hieroglyphs. In 1848 Birch pub-
lished a fuller List with detailed descriptions (see above p. xxxiii)
in the first volume of the German and English editions of Bunsen's
"
Aegyptens Stelle." This he revised and enlarged, and re-
published in 1867, in the second edition of the first volume
of the English edition, pp. 505-559. It contained 890 hiero-

glyphs and 201 determinatives were grouped separately. In 1851

E. de "Rouge issued a List of hieroglyphs in his Catalogue des signes
hieroglyphiques de I'Imprimerie Nationals, Paris, 1851, and he
reprinted it with explanations and descriptions in the first part

1
Grammar of the Galla- Language. Munich, 1845 ;
and his Lexicon. Munich,
1841.
2
Vocabulary of the Galla -Language. London, 1842.
3
Die Dinka-Sprache in Central Afrika (with Worterbuch). Brixen, 1866.
1
Bari Grammar and Vocabulary. London, 1908.
The Shilluk People : . their Language and Folklore. Berlin, 1912 ;
Die
Sudansprachen. Hamburg, 1911 ;
The Nuer Language. Berlin, 1912.
6
Lisle der Hieroglyphischen Typdn aus der Schriftgiesserei. Berlin, 1875.
This list was arranged by Lepsius.
7
Hieroglyphen. Vienna (no date). This List contains all the unusual types
which were specially cut to print Maspero's edition of the Pyramid Texts.
'
List of Egyptian Hieroglyphics. London, 1892.
 Introduction. Ixxi

of his Chrestomathie figyptienne, Paris, 1867. This contained

about 340 hieroglyphs. A much fuller and more accurate List
was published by Brugsch, Index des Hieroglyphes Phonetiques y
f

compris des valeurs de I'Ecriture Secrete, Leipzig, 1872, and it

contained 600 signs and their phonetic values, accompanied by
references to pages of his Worterbuch, and 147 determinatives.
After the Lists given by Rossi in his Coptic Hieroglyphic Gram-
mar and by von Lemm in his Egyptian Reading Book, no further
1 2

he sele cted
attempt was made to discuss hieroglyphs
Jr generallyJ until Griffith J
Lists of Rossi,
described 104 Egyptian characters in Beni Hasan III, London, von Lemm,
1896. Two years later he published A Collection of Hieroglyphs, Griffith and
London, 1898, which contained descriptions and identifications of

by really good coloured pictures of the

192 hieroglyphs illustrated
objects which they represented, copied chiefly from coffins and
tombs of the Xllth dynasty. The most recently published List
of Hieroglyphs is that given by Erman in the third edition of
his Aegyptische Grammatik, Berlin, 1911. It contains about 660
hieroglyphs, not reckoning variants, selected from Theinhardt's
List. In the List of Hieroglyphs given in the present work I have
followed their order in the List of Messrs. Harrison & Sons, but
have been obliged to alter the numbers of the characters. I
have given all the ordinary phonetic values which the signs have
when forming parts of words generally, but have made no attempt
to give the word- values when they are used as ideographs. The
values which many of the signs had when used in the so-called
"
enigmatic writing," and in the inscriptions of the Ptolemaic
Period are not given. Want of space made it impossible to
include in this Introduction a list of the hieratic forms of hiero- Lists of
for these the beginner is referred to Pleyte's Catalogue nieratic signs.
glyphs ;

Raisonne de Types gyptiens Hifyatiques de la Fonderie de N.

Leyden, 1865 (which contains 388
Tetter ode, signs), and the works
4
of Simeone Levi 3 and G. Moller.
have also given in the Introduction reproductions by photo-
I

graphy of the Egyptian Alphabet as formulated by Young,

1
Grammatica Copto-Geroglifica con uri appendice dei principali segni sillabici
e del loro significato. Rome-Turin-Florence, 1877. It contains 386 phonetic signs
and 124 determinatives.
1
Aegyptische Lesestucke.
3
Raccolta dei Segni leratici Egizi nelle diverse epoche con i corrispondenti

Geroglifici ed i loro differenti valori fonetici, Turin, 1880 (contains 675 signs).
4
Hieratische Paldographie. Die Aegyptische Buchschrift in ihrer Eni-
wickelung von der Fiinften Dynastie bis zur Romischen Kaiserzeit. Part I, Leipzig,
1909 (contains 719 signs) Part II, Leipzig, 1909 (contains 713 signs)
; ;
Part III,
Leipzig, 1912 (contains 713 signs).
e 4
 Ixxii Introduction.

Champollion, Lepsius, and Tattam, and reproductions of pages of

Reproductions Birch's Sketch of a Hieroglyphical Dictionary, Young's Rudiments of

some early
an Egyptian Dictionary in the ancient Enchorial Character, Cham-
Egyptological pollion's Dictionnaire figyptien, and Birch's Dictionary of Hiero-
works.
glyphics. These works are not to be found in every public, still
less private, library, and I believe that many a reader will examine

and study them, if only from the point of view of the bibliographer.
The indexes to the Coptic and to the non-Egyptian words
and geographical names which are at the end of the book will show
that a considerable number of Coptic,
Hebrew, Syriac, Arabic,
Ethiopic, Amharic, Assyrian and Persian words and names are
Semitic quoted in this Dictionary. The beginner who wishes to examine
alphabets. these words will need to learn the alphabets of the principal
Semitic languages, and as I know of no Egyptological work in
which they are to be found, I have included them in this Intro-
duction, and they follow the List of Egyptian Hieroglyphs.

APOLOGIA AND THANKS.

In the preparation of the manuscript of this Dictionary
for the printer I have not spared labour, or trouble, or time or

attention, and I have made every effort during the proof reading
to reduce misprints to a minimum. I have copied too many
texts in the course of my know how easy it is for the
life not to
and
attention to be distracted, the eye to be deceived, and the
hand to write something which it ought not to write when doing
work of this kind. The professional copyists of the Book of
The mistakes the
Dead, and the monastic scribes who laboriously transcribed
of scribes and
transcribers, Coptic, Syriac, Arabic and Ethiopic texts in Egypt, Ethiopia
their errors
and Syria, made many mistakes, mis-spelt the words of the arche-
and omissions.
types in their copies, omitted whole lines, and made nonsense
of passages by omitting parts of words and mixing together
many
the remaining parts. It seems to me obvious from these facts

that every one who undertakes a long and very tedious work
like the making of an Egyptian Dictionary, must be guilty of
the perpetration of mistakes, blunders, and errors in his copying,
however careful he may be. In my work there will be found incon-
misunderstandings, and misprints, and probably down-
sistencies,

right misstatements, and as Maspero said in his edition of the

"
Pyramid Texts, je le regrette sans m'en etonner. C'est . . .

une infirmit6 de la nature humaine dont on par prendre son

finit

parti, comme de bien d'autres." Notwithstanding such defects

I hope and believe that this Dictionary will be useful to the
 Introduction. Ixxiii

beginner, and will save him time and trouble and give him help,
and my
if
hope and be realized, the purpose of my friend
belief
who made the printing of the book possible will be effected, and
my own time and labour will not have been wasted. Many,
many years must pass before the perfect Egyptian Hieroglyphic
Dictionary can, or will, be written, and meanwhile the present
work may serve as a stop-gap.
It is now my pleasant duty to put on record my thanks and

gratitude to those who have enabled me to produce this book. Thanks to

First and foremost they are due to the gentleman, who having5 * hose wh
have made the
discussed with me my plan for the proposed Dictionary and publication
fthls
suggested certain modifications of it and additions to it, decided
Dictionary
to defray the entire cost of its production. In spite of my possible.
entreaties he persists in remaining anonymous, and wishes to be
known only as an English gentleman who
interested in every-
is

thing that concerns the history, religion, language and literature

of ancient Egypt, and in the language and literature of the Copts,
that isto say, of the Egyptians who embraced Christianity. He
is also deeply interested in the exploration of Western Asia,
and has supported all the endeavours made by the
liberally
English to excavate the sites of the ancient cities mentioned in
the Bible. Owing to the great advance in the price of materials,
and the various wages in the printing trades that have
rises in

taken place during the War, twice or thrice I was on the verge
of being obliged to stop the printing of this book, but my friend
decided that the work should go on, and that the original plan
as approved by him should be neither altered nor curtailed, and Great rise in

he furnished the means for continuing the work. What this wages and
means will be evident from the fact that since we began to print production
in July, 1916, the cost per sheet has increased by not less than of th is
. .

125 per cent. ! In addition to this generous act I am indebted

to my anonymous friend for ready help and sympathy during
the last forty years.
I owe my wife many thanks for constant help in the sorting
and incorporation and
of slips, for assistance in the reading of

proofs. She has also read for and with me the proofs and revises
of every sheet of the book, and its completion is due largely to
her help and encouragement.
To Mr. Edgar Harrison, partner in the firm of Harrison & Mr. Edgar
Sons, I am indebted in another way. From start to finish Harrison,
he has taken the deepest interest in the printing of the
Dictionary, and has done everything he could, both officially
 Ixxiv Introduction.

and privately, to forward my work. During the War, when the

resources of the Firm were strained to their utmost to carry out
the urgent work which was thrust upon them by the Govern-
ment, and when every available hand was pressed into this service,
he somehow managed to keep going the composition of this book,
and found means of machining each sheet when ready for press.
Besides this, he had many hundreds of new characters cut, and

Messrs. spared no trouble in reproducing my manuscript, and when-

Harrisons' ever necessary he cast great quantities of new type to enable
fount of
the composing to continue, and so avoided delay during the
Egyptian
type. distribution of the type of worked-off sheets. At the present
time his fount of Egyptian type is the largest and most compre-
hensive and complete in the world. At my request he has pre-
pared a list of his Egyptian Hieroglyphic types which will be
found at the end of the volume. On the Continent great printing
firms like Harrison & Sons, who enlarge and complete their founts
of Oriental types, receive subsidies from Governments, or from
Academies, but in England no subsidies or contributions are

given to printers, and the satisfaction which they feel when they
have done a public-spirited act of this kind is their sole reward.
That Messrs. Longman cast at their own expense the fount of
"
solid Egyptian type that was used for printing Birch's List
"
of Hieroglyphics," and his Dictionary of Hieroglyphics," and
that Messrs. Harrisons have cut, at their own expense, the very
extensive and complete fount of linear hieroglyphic types used
in the printing of the present work, will ever redound to the credit
of the great company of English publishers and master-printers.
Dedication the coloured border was drawn by Mr. Alfred Caton.
:

Messrs. Finally, I mention with gratitude the help which I have

Harrisons'
received from Mr. A. E. Fish, the able compositor in the employ
Oriental
compositor. of Messrs. Harrisons who type of this Dictionary. He has
set the
shown great zeal and interest in the work, and his skill and great
experience have triumphed over many difficulties, and made
the proof reading easier. He is a worthy successor of Mr. Mabey,
Messrs. Harrisons' great Oriental Compositor, who set the type
for George Smith's monumental work The History of Assur-

banipal, London, 1871, and of Mr. Fisher who set the type for
my text volume of the Book of the Dead, London, 1894, published

by the Trustees of the British Museum.

ERNEST WALLIS BUDGE.

BRITISH MUSEUM,
February 25th, 1920.
 A LIST
OF THE PRINCIPAL WORKS USED IN THE PREPARATION
OF THIS DICTIONARY, AND OF THE ABBREVIATIONS
OF THEIR TITLES BY WHICH THEY ARE INDICATED.
 A LIST
Of the principal works used in the preparation of this Dictionary,
and of the abbreviations of their titles by which they are
indicated :

I Urkunden des Alien Reichs bearbeitet von K. Sethe.

Leipzig, 1903. Large 8vo.
II Hieroglyphische Urkunden der Griechisch-Romischen Zeit
bearbeitet von K. Sethe. Leipzig, 1904. Large 8vo.
III Urkunden der alter en Aethiopenkonige bearbeitet von K.
Sethe. Leipzig, 1908. Large 8vo.
IV Urkunden der 18 Dynastic, Bdnde III und IV bear-
beitet von K. Sethe. Leipzig, 1906-09. Large 8vo.
(In the Series Urkunden des Aegyptischen Altertums.
Edited by G. Steindorff.)
Abbott Pap. . . Brit. Mus. Pap. No. 10183. The hieratic text was
published by Birch in Select Papyri. London, 1860.
Vol. ii, pis. 9-19.
A. E Wilkinson, J. G., The Manners and Customs of the
Ancient Egyptians. Ed. Birch. 3 vols. 1878. 8vo.
Alex. Stele Mariette, A., Monuments Divers, pi. 14.
Alt-K Burchardt, M., Die Altkanaandischen Fremdworte und
Eigennamen im Aegyptischen. Leipzig, 1909-10. 4to.
Amamu Birch, S., Egyptian Texts of the earliest period from
the Coffin of Amamu in the British Museum. London,
1886. Folio.
Amen. The Book Precepts of Amen-em-apt, the son of
of
Ka-nekht, according to the Papyrus in the British
Museum (No. 10474).
Ambers t Pap. Newberry, P. E., The Amherst Papyri. London,
1899. 4to.
Anastasi I-IX. The Anastasi Papyri in the British Museum. Published
by S. Birch. Select Papyri in the Hieratic Character
from the Collections of the British Museum. London,
MDCCCXLIII. Folio. PL 35 ff.
Annales Annales du Service des Antiquites de l'gypte. Cairo,
Vol. i.
1900. 4to. In progress.
Aram. Pap. Ungnad, A., Aramdische Papyrus aus Elephantine.
Leipzig, 1911. 8vo. (No. 4 of Hilfsbucher zur
Kunde des alien Orients.)
Asien Miiller, W. Max, Asien und Europa nach altdgyptischen
Denkmdlen. Leipzig, 1893. 8vo.
A. Z Zeitschrift fur Agyptische Sprache und Alterthumskunde.
Leipzig. 4to. Vol. i, 1863. In progress.
Banishment Stele The text is found in Brugsch, Reise, pi. 22.
Barshah .
Newberry, P., El-Bersheh. Part i
by Newberry and
Fraser : Part ii
by Newberry, Griffith and Fraser.
London (undated). 4to.
Ixxviii Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary.

B. D. The hieroglyphic text of the Theban Recension of the

Book of the Dead. See E. A. Wallis Budge, The
Chapters of Coming Forth by Day. Edited with
a translation, vocabulary, etc. London, 1898.
3 vols. 8vo.
B. D. (Ani) THE BOOK OF THE DEAD Papyrus of Ani, edited by
:

E. A. Wallis Budge. London, 1890. Folio.

B. D. (Nebseni) Birch, S., Photographs of the Papyrus of Nebseni in the
British Museum. London, 1876. Folio.
B. D. (Nu) THE BOOK OF THE DEAD Facsimiles of the Papyri of
:

Hunefer, Anhai, Kerasher, and Netchemet, with supple-

mentary text from the Papyrus of Nu. London,
1899. Folio.
B. D. (Saite). . . The hieroglyphic text of the Book of the Dead accord-
r\ *f\. o <VVVVVN o
ing to the Papyrus of Auf-ankh (I v\*^=_ T ^ wr-
it was published by R. Lepsius, Das Todtenbuch der
Aegypter nach dem hieroglyphischen Papyrus in Tttrin.
Leipzig, 1842.
B. D. G. Brugsch, H., Dictionnaire Geographique de I'ancienne
gypte. 2 vols. Leipzig, 1877-1880. Folio.
Beh. Rawlinson, H. C., The Persian Cuneiform Inscription
at Behistun decyphered and translated. London,
1846. 8vo. (Forming vol. x. of the Journal of the
Royal Asiatic Society.) See also The Sculptures and
Inscriptions of Darius the Great on the Rock of
Behistun in Persia. Edited and translated by the
late Prof. L. W. King, assisted by Mr. R. C. Thomp-
son. London, 1907. 4to.
Beni Hasan Newberry, P. E., and G. W. Fraser, Beni Hasan.
2 vols. London, 1893. 4to.
Berg. I, Berg. IT. von Bergmann, Ernst Ritter, Der Sarcophag des
Panchemisis in the Jahrbuch der Kunsthistorischen-
Sammlungen des allerhochsten Kaiserhauses. 2 vols.
Vienna, 1883-4. 4to.
Bibl. Egypt. . .
Bibliotheque gyptologique jubilee sous la Direction de
G. Maspero. Paris, 1893 (vol. i). 8vo. [At least
forty volumes have appeared.]
Book of Breathings Brit.Mus. Pap. No. 9995, Budge, E. A. W., BOOK OF
THE DEAD Facsimiles of the Papyri of Hunefer, etc.
:

London, 1899. Folio.

Book of Gates . .
Bonomi, J., and Sharpe, S., The Alabaster Sarcophagus
of Oimenepthah I now in Sir J. Soane's Museum.
,

London, 1864. 410 Budge, E. A. W., The

;

Egyptian Heaven and Hell. London, 1906, vol. ii.

Brugsch, Rec. . .
Brugsch, H., Recueil de Monuments gyptiens.
Leipzig. Parts i and ii. 1862-3. 4to.
Briinnow Briinnow, R. E., A Classified List of all simple and
Compound Cuneiform ideographs, etc. Parts i-iii.

Leyden. 1887-89. 4to. The INDICES were pub-

lished in 1897.
 Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary. Ixxix

Bubastis Naville, E., Bubastis (1887-1889), being the Eighth

Memoir of the Egypt Exploration Fund. London,
1891. 4to.
Buch Bergmann, E. Ritter von, Das Buch vom Durchwandeln
der Ewigkeit (in Sitzungsberichte der Philosophisch-
historischen Classe. Bd. Ixxxvi). Vienna, 1877,
p.369 ff.
Cairo Pap. Photographs of Egyptian Papyri in the Egyptian
Museum, Cairo.
Canopus Stele See Lepsius, Das bilingue Dekret von Kanopus, Berlin,
1866, folio and the facsimiles of the Hiero-
;

glyphic, Greek and Demotic texts published by

Budge, E. A. W., The Decree of Canopus. London,
1904. 8vo, pp. 35-H4-
Chabas Mel. Chabas, Melanges
F., gyptologiques ; ler Serie, Paris,
1862, 8vo 2me ; Serie, Chalon, 1864, 8vo ;

Serie, Paris and Chalon, vol. i, 1870, vol. ii, 1873.

Champ. Mon. . .
Champollion, J. F., Monuments de l'gypte et de la
Nubie, vols. i-iv. Paris, 1822. Folio.

Coptos Petrie, W. M. F., Koptos. London, 1896. 4to.

Coronation Stele The text of this stele was published by Mariette,
Monuments Divers, pi. 9 Schaefer, Urkunden III,
;

p. 81 and Budge, E. A. Wallis, Annals of Nubian

;

Kings, p. 89 ff.
Culte Divin Moret, A., Rituel du Culte Divin. Paris, 1902. 8vo.
Decrets Weill, R., Les Decrets Royaux de I'ancien Empire
Bgyptien. Paris, 1912. 4to.
De Hymnis Breasted, J. H., De Hymnis in Solem Sub Rege Ameno-
phide IV conceptis (lithographed).
Demot. Cat. . .
Griffith, F. LI., Catalogue of the Demotic Papyri in the
John Rylands Library. Manchester, 1909. Folio.
Denderah Mariette, A., Description Generate du Grand Temple.
Texte, Paris, 1880. 4to. PI. Vols. i-iv and a
supplementary volume. Paris, 1870-74. Folio.
Der al-B. Mariette, A., Deir el Bahari : documents topographiques,
historiques et ethnographiques recueillis dans ce temple.
Leipzig, 1877. Folio.
Der al-Gabrawi Davies, N. de G., The Rock Tombs of Deir el Gebrdwi.
Vols. i-iii. London, 1902. 4to.
Dream Stele v
. . Text originally published by Mariette, Monuments
Divers, pll. 7, 8 see also Sethe, Urkunden III, p. 57,
;

ff;
and Budge, E. A. Wallis, Annals of Nubian Kings.
London, 1911, p. 71 ff.

Dublin Pap. 4. Naville, E., Das Aegyptische Todtenbuch (Einleitung),

Berlin, 1886. 4to, p. 80.
Diim. H. I. Dumichen, Historische
J., Inschriften altagyptischer
Denkmdler. Leipzig, 1867 4to, and 1869 Folio.
Diim. Temp. Ins. Dumichen, J., Altdgyptische Tempel-Inschriften in den
Jahren 1863-1865 an Ort und Stelle gesammelt.
Leipzig. 1867. Folio.
Ixxx Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Ebers Pap Ebers, G., Papyros Ebers : das hermetische Buck uber
die Arzeneimittel der alien Aegypter in hieratischer
Schrift. Mit hieroglyphisch-lateinischem Glossar
von L. Stern. 2 vols. Leipzig, 1875. Folio.
Ebers Pap. Voc. Stern, L., Glossarium Hieroglyphicum quo papyri
Medicinalis hieratici Lipsiae asservati et a darissimo
Ebers editi. (Printed in the second volume of the
preceding work.)
Edfu Diimichen, J., Altdgyptische Tempel-Inschriften, vol. I.

Leipzig, 1867. Folio.

Edict Petrie, W. M. F., Koptos. London, 1896. 4to, pi. 8.
El Amarna Davis, N. de G., The Rock Tombs of El Amarna.
5 vols. (vol. i, 1903). London. 4to.
Eg. Res. Miiller, W. Egyptological Researches, Results of
M.,
a journey in 1904. Washington. Publication of
the Carnegie Institution. No. 53. 1902. 4to.
E. T Hieroglyphic Texts from Egyptian Stelae, etc., in the
British Museum. Pts. i-v. London, 1911 (pt. i).
Folio.
Excom. Stele . Stele of the Excommunication now in the Egyptian
Museum, Cairo. Published by Mariette, Monu-
ments Divers, Paris, 1872-89, folio, pi. 10 Schafer, ;

Klio, Bd. vi, p. 287 ff. and in Urkunden der alteren

;

Aethiopenkonige. Leipzig, 1908. Large 8vo.

Famine Stele . .
Brugsch, H.,Die biblischen sieben Jahre der Hungersnoth.
Leipzig, 1891. 8vo.
Festschrift. AEGYPTIACA. Festschrift fur Georg Ebers zum i Marz,
1897. Leipzig, 1897. 8vo.
Festschrift, Leemans. Pleyte, W. (and others), Etudes Archeologiques dediees
ct C. Leemans.
Leyden, 1885. 4to.
Gen. Epist. Maspero, G., Du Genre epistolaire chez les Iigyptiens
de I'epoque pharaonique. Paris, 1872. 8vo.
G.I Brugsch, H., Geographische Inschriften : Die Geo-
graphic des Alien Aegyptens. Leipzig, 1857. 4to.
Gnostic Griffith, F. LI., and Thompson, H. F. H., The Demotic
Magical Papyrus of London and Leiden. London,
1904-09. 8vo and folio.
Gol Golenischeff, W., Epigraphical Results of an excursion
to Wddi Hammdmat. St. Petersburg, 1887, pp. 65-79,
plates 1-18.
Gol. Pap. Golenischeff, W., Les Papyrus hieratiques 1115, m6A
et ni6B de I'Ermitage Imperial a St. Ptftersbourg.
St. Petersbourg, 1913. Folio.
Goshen. Naville, E., The Shrine of S aft el-Henneh and the Land
of Goshen. London, 1887. 4to.
Greene Greene, J. B., Fouilles exfcute'es a Th&bes dans I' annee
1855. Paris, 1855. Folio.
Harris I. Brit. Mus. Papyrus No. 9900. For the facsimile see
Birch, S., Facsimile of an Egyptian Hieratic Papyrus
of Rameses III in the British Museum (Great Harris
Papyrus). London, 1876. Long folio.
 Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary. Ixxxi

Harris 500 Brit.Mus. Pap. No. 10060. Facsimiles of several pages

of this papyrus have been published by Maspero,
Romans et Poesies du Papyrus Harris No. 500, Paris,
1879, and Chants d' Amour, etc., Paris, 1883.
Harris 501 Brit. Mus. Pap. No.
10042. See Chabas, F., Le
Papyrus Magique Harris, Chalon-sur-Saone, 1860.
4to Budge,
;
E. A. Wallis, Facsimiles of Egyptian
Hieratic Papyri in the British Museum. London,
1910. Folio, pp. 34-40.
Hearst Pap. . .
Wreszinski, W., Der Londoner Medizinische Papyrus
und der Papyrus Hearst. Leipzig, 1912. 4to.
.Hh Text of Her-hetep. A transcript of this text is given
by Maspero, Trois Annees de Fouilles, in Memoires
de la Mission Archeologique Franfaise au Caire,
1881-84. Paris, 1884. Folio, p. 137 ff.

Horapollo Leemans, C.,Horapollinis Niloi Hieroglyphica edidit,

item hieroglyphicorum imagines et indices
adjecit. Amsterdam, 1835. 8vo.
Hymn Nile Maspero, G., Hymne au Nil publie et traduit apres
les deux textes du Musee Britannique. Paris, 1868.
4to (lithographed) and Hymne au Nil. Cairo, 1912.
;

Hymn of Darius The text was published by Brugsch, Reise nach der
grossen Oase Khargah. Leipzig, 1878, pi. 25-27.
Hymn to Uraei Erman, A., Hymnen an das Diadem der Pharaonen
(in Abh. K. P. Akad. der Wissenschaften. Berlin,
1911. 4to).
I. H Birch, S., Inscriptions in the Hieratic and Demotic
Character from the Collections in the British Museum.
London, 1868. Folio.
Ikhernefert Schafer, H., Die Mysterien des Osiris in Abydos unter
Konig Sesostris III. Leipzig, 1904. 4to. [In vol.
iv of Sethe's Unter suchungen zur Geschichte und
Altertumskunde Aegyptens.]
Inscription of Darius. See under Hymn of Darius.

Inscrip. of Menu Lepsius, C. R., Denkmdler, Abth. ii, Bl. 150^ ; and
Golenischeff, Hammdmdt, pi. 15-17.
Israel Stele The inscription of Mer-en-Ptah, which is found on
the back of a stele of Amen-hetep III (now in Cairo) ;

published by Spiegelberg, A eg. Zeit., Bd. xxxiv,

p. i ff.

Itinerary Parthey and Pindar, Itinerarium Antonini et Hiero-

solymitanum. Berlin, 1848. 8vo.
Jour. As. Journal Asiatique. Paris. In progress.
Jnl. E. A. The Journal of Egyptian Archaeology, vols. i-iv. London,
1914 f. 4to. In progress.
Kahun Griffith, F. LI., Hieratic Papyri from Kahun and
Gurob. 2 vols. London, 1898. 4to.
Kubban Stele . Prisse d'Avennes, Monuments Iigyptiens. Paris, 1847.
Folio, pi. 21.
Ixxxii Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Lacau Lacau, Sarcophages anterieures au Nouvel Empire.

Cairo,1903-4. (A volume of the great Cairo
Museum Catalogue edited by Maspero.)
Lagus Stele Mariette, A., Monuments Divers, pi. 14.
Lanzone .
Lanzone, R. V., Dizionario di Mitologia Egizia,
pts. i-v. Turin, 1881 f. 8vo.
Lanzone Domicilio Lanzone, R. V., Le Domicile des Esprits ; Papyrus du
Musee de Turin. Paris, 1879. Folio.

Leemans Pap. Eg. Leemans, C., and Pleyte, W., Papyrus gyptien.
Leyden, 1839-1905.
Lib. Fun. Schiaparelli,E., // Libra dei Funerali ricavato da
Monumenti inediti e pubblicato. Tavole. Turin-
Rome-Florence, 1881, folio Schiaparelli, E., //
;

Libra dei Funerali degli antichi Egiziani tradotto e

commentato, vol. i, Rome-Turin-Florence, 1882,
folio. See also Atti della R. Accademia dei Lincei,
anno CCLXXXVII. 1890. Serie Quarta. Classe
di Scienze morale, storiche e filologiche, vol. vii.
Rome, 1890.
L. D. Lepsius, C., Denkmdler aus Aegypten und Aethiopien.
Berlin, 1849. 4 to an ^ twelve volumes of plates,
<

large folio.

Leyden Pap. Gardiner, A. H., The Admonitions of an Egyptian Sage

from a papyrus in Leiden (Pap. Leiden 344, recto).
Leipzig, 1909. 4to.

Lieblein, Diet. Lieblein, Dictionnaire de noms hieroglyphiques, vols.

1 and ii, Christiania, 1871, 8vo vols. iii and iv, ;

Leipzig, 1892, 8vo.

Litanie La Litanie du Soleil ; inscriptions recueillies dans les

tombeaux des rois a Thebes. Leipzig, 1875. 4to.
Louvre .14 This stele was published by Lepsius, Auswahl der
wichtigsten Urkunden des agyptischen Alterthums,
Berlin, 1842, pi. 9 Prisse d'Avennes, Monuments
;

gyptiens. Paris, 1847, pi. 7 and see Maspero,;

Trans. Sac. Bibl. Arch., vol. v, p. 555 ff.

Love Songs .
Miiller, W. Max, Die Liebespoesie der alien Aegypter.
Leipzig, 1899. 4to.
M. . The funerary texts of King Meri-Ra (Q "^JL
\\^ , i.e.,

Pepi I, and of King Mer-en-Ra I KD^xT^^J, pub-

lished by Maspero, Les Inscriptions des Pyramides de
Saqqarah, Paris, 1894, 4to and by K. Sethe,;

Die Altdgyptischen Pyramidentexte nach den Papier -

abdriicken und Photographien des Berliner Museums.
2 vols, 1908-1910, Leipzig. 4to.
Mar. Aby. Mariette, A., Abydos : description des fouilles. Vol. i,

Paris, 1869. Vol. ii, Paris, 1880. Folio.

 Principal Works, used in Preparation of Dictionary. Ixxxiii

Mar. Cat. Mariette, A.,

Catalogue general des Monuments
d'Abydos decouverts pendant les fouilles de cette mile.
Paris, 1880. Folio.
Mar. Kar. Mariette, A., Karnak : etude topographique et archeolo-
gique. Leipzig, 1875. Text 4to. With a volume
of plates, folio.
Mar. M.D. Mariette, A., Monuments divers recueillis en Egypte et
en Nubie. Paris, 1872-89. Folio. [With text by
Maspero.]
Mar. Pap. Mariette, A., Les Papyrus Egyptiens du Musee de
Boulaq, 3 vols., Paris, 1871-6. Folio.
Mastabah Mariette, A., Les Mastabas de I'Ancien Empire. Paris,
1882-85. Folio. [The work was edited by
Maspero.]
Meir Blackman, A. M., The Rock Tombs of Meir. London,
1914. 4to.
Mendes Stele . .
Naville, E., The Store-city of Pithom and the Route of
the Exodus. London, 1885. 4to. Another tran-
script of the text will be found in Aeg. Zeitschrift,
Bd. xxxii, 1894, p. 74 ff.
Merenptah I . .
Diimichen, J., Historische Inschriften, Bd. I, Bl. 2ff;
Mariette, A., Karnak, pll. 52-55 ;
and de Rouge,
ff.
Inscriptions Hieroglyphiques, p. 179
Methen Lepsius, Denkmdler, Abth. II, Bll. 3-7 Schafer, ;

Aegypt. Inschriften aus den Konigl. Museen zu Berlin,

Bd. I, Bll. 68, 73-87 Sethe, Urkunden, i, p. i ff.
;

Metternich Stele Golenischeff, *W.,Die Metternichstele in derOriginalgrosse

zum ersten Mai herausgegeben. Leipzig, 1877. 4to.
Mission I, etc. Maspero, Memoir es de la Mission Archeologique Fran-
faise au Caire. Paris. Folio. Vol. i was published
in 1884.
Moeller G. Die Beiden Totenpapyrus Rhind des Museums zu
Edinburgh. Leipzig, 1913. 4to.
Moeris Lanzone, R. V., Les Papyrus du Lac Moeris. Turin,
1896. Folio.

Mythe Naville, E., Textes relatifsau Mythe d'Horus recueillis

dans le temple d'Edfou. Geneva and Basle, 1870. Folio.
N. The funerary texts of King Nefer-ka-Ra Pepi II
( I
LJ
j
f a a 1| (|
1 published by Maspero, Les In-
scriptions des Pyramides de Saqqarah, Paris, 1894, 4to,
and by K. Sethe, Die altiigyptischen Pyramidentexte
nach den Papierabdrucken und Photographien des
Berliner Museums. 2 vols. 1908-1910. Leipzig. 4to.
Nastasen Lepsius, Denkmdler, Abth. V, pi. 16 Schafer, Die ;

dthiopische Konigsinschrift des Berliner Museums ;

Regierungsbericht des Konigs Nastesen des Gegners
des Kambyses, Leipzig, 1901, 4to and Budge, E. A. ;

Wallis, Annals of Nubian Kings, London, 1911, p. 140.

Ixxxiv Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Nesi Amsu Budge, E. A. Wallis, On the Hieratic Papyrus of Nesi-

Amsu, a Temple of Amen- Ra at Thebes,
scribe in the
about 305 London,
B.C. 1891, 4to. (From THE
ARCH^OLOGIA, vol. Hi) and Budge, E. A. Wallis,
;

Facsimiles of Egyptian Hieratic Papyri in the British

Museum. London, 1910. Folio.
Northampton Report Compton, W. G. S. S. (Marquis of Northampton), and
Newberry, P. E., Report on Excavations made at
Thebes. London, 1908. 4to.
Obel. Hatshep. Lepsius, C., Denkmdler, Abth. Ill, Bll. 22-24.
Ombos Morgan, J. de, Catalogue des Monuments et inscriptions
de I'^gypte antique, vols. ii and iii. Vienna, 1894-
99- 4to.
The funerary texts of King Pepi I f [] (jt]J published by
Maspero, Les Inscriptions des Pyramides de Saqqarah,
Paris, 1894, 4to, and by K. Sethe, Die altagypt-
ischen Pyramidentexte nach den Papier abdriicken
und Photographien des Berliner Museums. 2 vols.
1908-1910. Leipzig. 4to.
Paheri Tylor and Griffith, Annas el Medineh .... The
Tomb of Paheri at El Kab. London, 1894. 4to.
Palermo Stele . .
Schafer, H., Bin Bruchstiick altdgyptischer Annalen
(Aus dem Anhang zu den Abhandlungen der Konigl.
Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin vom
Jahre 1902). Berlin", 1902. 4to.

Pap. Anhai Budge, E. A. Wallis, THE BOOK OF THE DEAD :

Facsimiles of the Papyri of Hunefer, Anhai, Kcrasher

and Netchemet, etc. London, 1899. Folio.
Pap. Ani Facsimile of the Papyrus of Ani in the British Museum
(ed., E. A. Wallis Budge), 2nd edition. London,
1890. Folio.

Pap. Hunefer . .
Budge, E. A. Wallis, THE BOOK OF THE DEAD : Fac-
similes of the Papyri of Hunefer, Anhai, etc. London,
1899. Folio.

Pap. Roller . .
Gardiner, A. H., The Papyrus of Anastasi I and the
Papyrus of Roller. Leipzig, 1911. 4to.
Pap. Mag. Chabas, F., Le Papyrus Magique Harris. Chalon-sur-
Saone, 1860. 4to.
Pap. Mut-hetep Brit. Mus. Pap. No. 10010. See Budge, E. A. Wallis,
BOOK OF THE DEAD ;
Chapters of Coming Forth by
Day, vol. i, p. xv. ff.

Pap. Nekht . . The Papyrus of Nekht in the British Museum (No.

10471) unpublished.
;

Pap. 3024 Lepsius, C., Denkmdler, Abth. vi, Bll. 111-112, and
see Erman, A., Gesprdch eines Lebensmiiden mit
seiner Seele. Berlin, 1896. [From the Abhand-
lungen of the Konigl. Preuss. Akad. der Wissen-
schaften zu Berlin for 1896.]
 Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary. Ixxxv

Peasant Die Klagen des Bauern, by F. Vogelsang and A. H.

Gardiner. Leipzig, 1908. 4to (Berlin Museum ;

Hieratische Papyrus, 4, 5 ;
Litterarische Texte des
Mittleren Reiches).

Piankhi Stele For the text see Mariette, A., Monuments Divers
recueillis en gypte et en Nubie, Paris, 1872-89,
folio, pll. 1-6 ; and Schafer, Urkunden, iii.
Leipzig,
1905. 4to, p. i ff.

Piehl Piehl, E., Inscriptions hieroglyphiques recueillies en

Europe et en hgypte, Leipzig and Stockholm, pts. i
and ii, 1886 ;
2nd Series, 1890-92 ; 3rd' Series,
1895-1903. 4to.
Pierret Inscrip. Pierret, P., Recueil d' inscriptions inedites du Musee
Egyptien du Louvre (in tudes gyptologiques. Paris,
1873-78. 4 to).
Precepts of Amenemhat The text will be found in Sallier Pap. No. II, pp. 1-3,
Sallier Pap. No. I, p. 8, etc. see the article on the ;

Millingen Papyrus by Griffith, F. LI., in Ae. Z., Bd.

34 (1896), p. 35 ff; Maspero, Les Enseignements
d' Amenemhatt i" d son fils Sanouasrit i", Cairo, 1904.

Prisse Mon. Prisse d'Avennes, Histoire de I' Art gyptien d'apres

les Monuments depuis les temps les plus recules
jusqu'd la domination Romaine ; Texte par P.
Marchandon de la Faye. Text (large 4to) and plates
(folio). Paris, 1879.
Prisse Pap. For the hieratic text see Prisse d'Avennes, Fac-simile
d'un Papyrus Egyptien en caracteres hieratiques.
Paris, 1847. Folio.

P.S.B.A. Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology, vols.

i xl. 1879-1918. Large 8vo.
Ptol Miiller, C., Claudii Ptolemaei Geographia, 2 vols. Paris,
1883. The Tabulae to the above were published
at Paris in 1901.

Qenna Pap. Facsimile of the Papyrus of the merchant Qenna,

A IWWV\ fi\

dj "VM' published by Leemans, C., Papyrus

gyptien Funeraire Hieroglyphique (T. 2) du Musee
d'Antiquites des Pays Bas d Leide. Leyden, 1882.
Folio.

Quelques Pap. Maspero, G., Memoir e sur quelques Papyrus du Louvre.

Paris, 1875. 4to.
Rawl. Rawlinson, Sir H. C., Cuneiform Inscriptions of Western
Asia, vol. i, 1861 vol. ii, 1866 vol. iii, 1870
; ; ;

vol. iv, 1874 vol. v, 1880-84.

;
London. Folio.
R. E. Revue Egyptologique, ed. Revillout see under Rev. ;

Rec. Maspero, Recueil de Travaux relatifs d la Philologie

et I' Archeologie Egyptiennes et Assyriennes, vol. i.

Paris, 1880. In progress^

Ixxxvi Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Rechnungen . .
Spiegelberg, W., Rechnungen aus der Zeit Seti I, 2 vols.
Strassburg, 1896.
Reise Brugsch, Reise nach der grossen Oase Khargah in der
Libyschen Wuste. Leipzig, 1878. 4to.

Respirazione . .
Pellegrini, II Libro della Respirazione. Rome, 1904.
Rev Revue Egyptologique publiee sous la direction de MM.
Brugsch, F. Chabas, and Eug. Revillout. Premiere
Annee. Paris, 1880. The last volume (vol. xiv)
appeared in 1912.
Rhind Math. Pap. Brit. Mus. Pap. No. 10057. Budge, E. A. Wallis,
Facsimile of the Rhind Mathematical Papyrus in the
British Museum. London, 1898. Folio.

Rhind Pap. Birch, Facsimiles of two papyri found in a tomb at

S.,
Thebes .... and an account of their discovery,
by A. H. R. London, 1863, long folio Brugsch, ;

Rhind' s zwei Bilingue Papyri hieratisch und de-

motisch. Leipzig, 1865. 4to.
Rosetta Lithograph copy of the Rosetta Stone published by the
Society of Antiquaries. London, 1803. Large folio.
See also the photographic facsimile in Budge, The
Rosetta Stone, vol. i. London, 1904.
Ros. Mon. Rosellini, I., I Monumenti dell' Egitto e della Nubia,
vols. i-ix (text), Pisa, 1832-44, 8vo, and vols. i-iii,
pll., large folio. [The original prospectus of this
work was published in French and Italian in 1831,
and was signed by Champollion le Jeune and
Rosellini.]

Rouge, Chrest. Rouge, E. de, Chrestomathie gyptienne ; Premiere

partie (lithographed), Paris, 1867, 4to ;
Deuxieme
Fascicule, Paris, 1868, large 8vo ;
Troisieme
Fascicule, Paris, 1875, large 8vo.

Rouge, E. de Inscriptions et Notices recueillies a Edfou, vols. i and ii.

Paris, 1880. 4to.

Rouge, I. H. Rouge, E. de, Inscriptions Hieroglyphiques copiees en

Egypte. Paris, 1877-79. 4 to -

Royal Tombs Petrie, W. M. F., The Royal Tombs of the First Dynasty,
3 vols. London, 1900-1. 4to.
Sallier I Brit. Mus. Pap. No. 10185. Facsimiles of the hieratic
texts published by Birch, Select Papyri. London,
1843-
Sallier II Brit. Mus. Pap. No. 10182. Facsimiles of the hieratic
texts published by Birch, Select Papyri. London,
1843-
Sallier III Brit. Mus. Pap. No. 10183. Facsimiles of the hieratic
texts published by Birch, Select Papyri. London,
1843.
 Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary. Ixxxvii

Sallier IV Brit. Mus. Papyrus No. 10184. A

facsimile of the
hieratic texts was published by Birch, Select Papyri
in the hieratic character from the Collections in the
British Museum. London, 1843, pi. 144 ff. See also
Chabas, Le Calendrier de Jours Pastes et Nefastes
del' Annee Egyptienne. Paris and Chalon, 1863. 8vo.
San Stele Lepsius, C., Das Bilingue Dekret von Kanopus, pt. i.
Berlin, 1866. 4to.
Sarc. Seti I Budge, E. A. Wallis, The Egyptian Heaven and Hell,
vol. ii. London, 1906.
Scarabs of Amenhetep 1. Marriage with Ti (Budge, E. A. Wallis, Mummy,
III p. 242).
2. Wild Cattle Hunt (Eraser, G. W., P.S.B.A., vol. xxi,
p. 156).
3. Lion Hunt (Pierret, Recueil, vol. i, p. 88).
4. Marriage with Gilukhipa (Brugsch, Thesaurus,
P- I4I3)-
5. Making of an Ornamental Lake (Birch, Catalogue
of theAlnwick Collection, p. 137).
Shipwreck Goleriischeff, W., Le Papyrus No. 1115 de L'Ermitage
Imperial in the Recueil de Travaux, vol. xxviii,
p. 73 ff Le Conte du Naufrage, Cairo, 1912
; and ;

Erman, Die Geschichte des Schiffbriichigen in Aeg.

Zeitschrift, Bd. 43 (1906) i ff . .

Sinsin I Pellegrini, // Libra della Respirazione. Rome, 1904.

Sinsin II Pellegrini, Ta Sa-t en Sen-i-sen-i meh sen, ossia //
Libra Secondo della Respirazione. Rome, 1904.
Siut Griffith, F. LI., The Inscriptions of Siut and Der Rifeh.
London, 1889. 8vo.
Sphinx Piehl, K. (and others), Sphinx, Revue Critique em-
brassant le Domaine entier de I' Egyptologie. Upsala
and Leipzig. 8vo. Vol. i, 1897.
Sphinx Stele . .
Lepsius, C. R., Denkmiiler, Abth. iii, Bl. 68; and see
Erman's summary of the readings of all the copies
in vol. vi of the Sitzungsberichte of the Prussian
Academy, p. 428 ff.

Statistical Tab. Birch, S., Observations on the newly discovered frag-

ments of the statistical tablet of Karnak (Jnl. Soc. Lit.,
vol. vii).
Stat. Taf. Bissing, F. W. von, Die Statistische Tafel von Karnak.
Leipzig, 1897. 4to.
Stele of Herusatef Text originally published by Mariette, Monuments
Divers, pll. 11-13 see a l so Sethe,
> Urkunden,
vol. iii, p. 113 ff and Budge, E. A. Wallis, Annals of
;

Nubian Kings. London, 1911, p. 117.

Stele of Nekht Menu. For the texts see Prisse, Monuments Egypliens, pi. 17,
and Lepsius, C. R., Denkmiiler, Abth. iii, pi. 114 i.
For a transcript of the texts with English trans-
lations see Budge, E. A. Wallis, in T.S. B.A., vol. xiii,
p. 299 ff.

/3
 Ixxxviii Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Stele of Ptol. I For the text see Mariette, Monuments Divers, pi. 14,
and A.Z., 1871, p. i ff.
Stele of Usertsen III Berlin, No. 14753. Lepsius, Denkmiiler, Abth. ii,
Bl. 136 (i}.

Stunden Junker, H., Die Stundenwachen in den Osirismysterien.

Vienna, igio. 4to. (Denkschriften der Kaiserl. Aka-
demie der Wissenschaften in Wien, Phil-Hist. Klasse,
Band liv.)

Suppl. Brugsch, H., Hieroglyphisch-Demotisches Wdrterbuch

vols. v-vii. Leipzig, 1880-82. 4to.
T. The funerary texts of King Teta published by
Maspero, Les Inscriptions des Pyramides de Saqqarah,
Paris, 1894, 4to and by K. Sethe, Die Altdgypt-
;

ischen PyramMentexte nach den Papier abdrucken

und Photographien des Berliner Museums, 2 vols.
1908-1910. Leipzig, 4to.
Tall al-'Amarnah For the British Museum Collection of the Tall al-
Amarnah Tablets see Bezold and Budge, The Tell
el-Amarna Tablets in the British Museum. London,
1892. 8vo. For the texts of all the tablets in
Berlin, Cairo and London see Winckler, H., Der
Thontafelfund von El Amarna. Berlin, 1895. Folio.
For translations see Winckler, H., The Tell-El-
Amarna Letters, Berlin, 1896 and Knudtzon, J. A.,
;

Die El-Amarna Tafeln, Leipzig, 1907.

Tanis Pap. Griffith, F. LI., Two
Hieroglyphic Papyri from Tanis.
London, 1889. 4to.
Tell el-Amarna Tablets Bezold, C., and Budge, E. A. Wallis, The Tell el-
Amarna Tablets in the British Museum, with auto-
type facsimiles. London, 1892.
Theban Ost. Gardiner, A. H., Theban Ostraka, pt. i, Hieratic Texts.
London, 1913. 4to.
Thes. . .
Brugsch, H., Thesaurus Inscriptionum Aegyptiacarum>
Abth. i-vi in i vol. Leipzig, 1883-91.
Thothmes III . .
Birch, S., On a Historical Tablet of the Reign .of
Thothmes III recently discovered at Thebes. London,
1861. 4to (Archaeologia, vol. xxxviii).
Todt. (Lepsius) Lepsius, C. R., Das Todtenbuch der Aegypter nach dem
Hieroglyphischen Papyrus in Turin .... zum
ersten Mai herausgegeben. Leipzig, 1842. 4to.
Todt. (Naville) Naville, E. Das Aegyptische Todtenbuch der iSten bis
2Oten Dynastie. Berlin, 1886. Large 8vo. In three
vols. Vol. i, Text vol. ii, Variant Readings vol. iii,
; ;

Einleitung.
Tomb of Amenemliat Gardner, A. H., The Tomb of Amenemhet (No. 82) ;

illustrated by N. de G. Davies. London, 1915.

4to.
 Principal Works used in Preparation of Dictionary. Ixxxix

Tomb of Rameses IV, Lefebure, E., Les Hypogees Royaitx de Thebes ; Seconde
etc. Division. Publiees avec la collaboration de MM.
Ed. Naville et Ern. Schiaparelli. [In Memoires de
la Mission Archcologique Franfaise, vol. iii. Paris,
1890. Folio.]
Tomb of Seti I Bouriant, U., Loret, V., Lefebure, E., and Naville, E.,
Le Tombeau de Seti I. [In Memoires de la Mis-
sion Archeologique Franfaise, vol. ii, Les Hypogees
Royaux de Thebes. Paris, 1886. Folio.]
Tombos Stele. Lepsius, C. R., Denkmaler, Abth. iii, Bl. 5.

Treaty . .
Miiller,W. Max, Der Bilndnissvertrag Ramses' II imd
des Chetiterkonigs. Berlin, 1902. 8vo. (In Mitteil-
ungen der V order asiatischen-Gesellschaft. 1902-5,
7 Jahrgang.)
T.S.B.A. Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology,
vols. i-ix. 1872-1893. Large 8vo.
Tuat I, II, III, etc. The various sections of the Book Am-Tuat edited and
translated by Budge, E. A. Wallis. The Egyptian
Heaven and Hell, vol. i, London, 1906.
Turin Pap. Rossi, F.,Papyrus de Turin, Leyden, 1869-76. 4to.
Tutankhamen . .
Maspero, G., King Harmhabi and Toutdnkhamanou.
Cairo, 1912. Folio.

U. The funerary texts of King Unas

^? \ p J published
by Maspero, Les Inscriptions des Pyramides de Saq-
qarah, Paris, 1894, 4to, and by K. Sethe, Die
Altiigyptischen Pyramidentexte nach den Papier-
abdrucken mid Photographien des Berliner Museums.
2 vols, 1908-1910. Leipzig, 4to.
Verbum Voc. Sethe, K., Das Aegyptische Verbum in Altagyptischen,
Neudgyptischen und Koptischen, vol. i, Lautlehre ;

vol. ii, Formenlehre vol. iii, Indices (Vocabulary).

;

Leipzig, 1899-1902.
Wazir Newberry, P. E., The Life of Rekhmara, veztr of Upper
Egypt under Thothmes III and Amenketep II (circa
1471-1448 B.C.). London, 1900. 4to.
Westcar Die Mdrchen des Papyrus Westcar, 2 vols. Berlin,
1890. Folio. (Berlin Museum : Mitt, aus den orien-
talischen Sammlung, Hefte 5 and 6.)

Wild Cattle Scarab . .

Fraser, G. W., Notes on Scarabs, P.S.B.A., vol. xxi,
p. 148 ff.

Wort. .. Brugsch, H., Hieroglyphisch-Demotisches Worterbuch,

vols. i-iv. Leipzig, 1867-68. 4to.
Zodiac Dend. DESCRIPTION DE L'EGYPTE. Antiquites, vol. iv. Paris,
1822. Folio. Pll. 19 and 20.

/4
 Works also used in Preparation of Dictionary.

The following works, though not specially indicated, have also

been used in the preparation of this Dictionary :

Amelineau, E. . . . . Essai sur revolution historique et philosophique des

idees morales dans I' Egypte ancienne. Paris, 1895.
8vo.
Amelineau, E. . . . .
Geographic de I'
Egypte a I'epoque Copte. Paris, 1903.
8vo.
Amelineau, E. .. .. Les nouvelles fouilles d'Abydos. Paris, 1902. 4to.
Amelineau, E. . . . . Morale Egyptienne quinze siecles avant notre ere : etude
sur le Papyrus de Boulaq No. 4. Paris, 1898. 8vo.

Amelineau, E. . . . . Tombeau d 'Osiris. Paris, 1899. 8vo.

Arneth, J. . . . .
Aegyptische Sarcophages. Gottingen, 1853. 8vo.
Arundale, F., rnl Egyptian Antiquities in the British Museum. London
Bonomi, J. (no date). 410.
Ball, J. . . . . . .
Kharga Oasis. Cairo, 1900. 8vo.
Belmore, Earl of . . Collection of Egyptian Antiquities, 2 vols. London,
Long folio. 1843.
Belmore, Earl of Papyrus taken from a mummy at Thebes in 1819.
. .

Bergmann, E. Rittervon Hieratische und hieratisch-demotische Texte. Vienna,

1886. 410.

Bergmann, E. Rittervon Hieroglyphische Inschriften gesammelt. in . . .

Aegypten. Vienna, 1879. 4to.

Berlin Museum HIERATISCHE PAPYRUS (i) Rituale fur den Kultus des
. . :

Amon, Leipzig, 1901, folio (2) Hymnen an ver-

;

schiedene Goiter, Leipzig, 1905, folio (3) Schrift- ;

stucke der VI Dynastie aus Elephantine. Leipzig,

1911. Folio.

Bezold, C. . . . . Oriental Diplomacy. London, 1893. 8vo.

Birch, S. . . A Complete List of Hieroglyphic Signs according to
their Classes. [Being Appendix II of C. J. Bunsen's
Egypt's Place in Universal History, vol. i. London,
1867. 8vo. pp. 601-620.]
Birch, S. .. .. The Funeral Ritual or Book of the Dead. [In Bunsen,
Egypt's Place, etc., vol. v. London, 1867, pp. 123-
333-]
Birch, S. . . . .
Dictionary of Hieroglyphics, ibid., pp. 335-586.
Birch, S. . . . .
Hieroglyphic Grammar, ibid., pp. 582-741.
Birch, S. . . . .
Catalogue of the Collection of Egyptian Antiquities at
Alnwick Castle. London, 1880. 4to.
Birch, S. . . . . Rameses II, relating to the Gold
Historical Tablet of
Mines of Ethiopia. London, 1852. 4to.
Birch, S. . . . . The Papyrus of Nas-Khem. London, 1863. 8vo.
Birch, S. . . . . Two Egyptian Tablets of the Ptolemaic Period. Lon-
don, 1864. 4to.
 Works also used in Preparation of Dictionary. xci

Bissing, F. W. von. . . Geschichte Aegyptens im Umriss. Berlin, 1904. 8vo.

Boehl, F. M. T. Die Sprache der Amarnabriefe. Leipzig, 1909. 8vo.

Boinet, A. Dictionnaire Geographique de I' figypte. Le Caire, 1899.
8vo.
Borchardt, L. . . Das Grabdenkmal des Konigs Ne-user-Ra. Leipzig,
1907. 4to.
Borchardt, L. . . Das Grabdenkmal des Konigs Sa-hu-re. Leipzig, 1910-
13. 410.
Bouriant, U. . . Monuments pour servir a I' etude du Culte d'Atomou
en figypte (Memoires Inst. Franq. d'Arch. Orient,
du Caire, tome viii).
Bouriant, U. . .
Descriptions of Theban tombs in Memoires of the
Miss. Arch. FranQ. au Caire, tomes vii, xviii, etc.
Brocklehurst Papyrus Photograph of, in 10 sheets. London, 1883. 4to.
Brugsch, E., and Le Lime des Rois. Cairo, 1887. 8vo.
Bouriant, U.
Brugsch, H. AEGYPTOLOGIE : Abriss der Entzifferungen und
Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der Aegyptischen Schrift,
Sprache und Altertumskunde. Leipzig, 1891. 8vo.

Brugsch, H. Drei Fest-Kalender des Tempels von Apollinopolis

Magna in Ober-Aegypten. Leipzig, 1877. 4to.
Brugsch, H. Geographische Inschriften. Leipzig, vols. i-iii. 1857-60.
4to.
Brugsch, H. . .
Hieroglyphische Inschrift von Philae. Berlin, 1849.
8vo.

Brugsch, H. Inscriptio Rosettana Hieroglyphica. Berlin, 1851. 4to.

Brugsch, H. Neue Weltordnung nach Vernichtung des sundigen
Menschengeschlechtes, nach einer altdgyptischen Ueber-
lieferung. Berlin, 1881. 8vo.
Brugsch, H. Shai an Sinsin. Berlin, 1851. 4to.
Budge, E. A. Wallis . . The Book of the Kings of Egypt, 2 vols. London, 1908.
8vo.

Budge, E. A. Wallis . . The Book of the Opening of the Mouth, 2 vols. London,
1909. 8vo.
Budge, E. A. Wallis . . The Liturgy of Funerary Offerings. London, 1909.
8vo.

Budge, E. A. Wallis . . The Greenfield Papyrus. London, 1912. 4to.

Budge, E. A. Wallis . . The Meux Collection of Egyptian Antiquities. London,
1893. 4to.
Budge, E. A. Wallis . . The Sarcophagus of Ankhnesrdneferdb. London, 1885.
4to.
Bunsen, C. J. . .
Egypt's Place in Universal History. Translation by
Cottrell, vols. i-v. London, 1860-7. 8vo.
Burchardt, M., and Handbuch der Aegyptischen Konigsnamen. Leipzig,
Pieper, M. 1912 (pt. i). 8vo.
Burton, J. Excerpta Hieroglyphica, No. i, Qahirah (Cairo), 1825-
28. Long 4to.
XC11 Works also used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Cailliaud, F. Voyage a Meroe au fleuve blanc .... fait dans

les annees 1819-22, vols. i-iv text 8vo., and a
volume of plates, folio.
Cairo Cat. Catalogue general des Antiquites Egyptiennes du Musee
du Caire. The volumes chiefly consulted were :

Borchardt, L., Statuen und Statuetten von Konigen, etc.

Cairo, 1911.
Carter, H., and Newberry, P., Tomb of Thothmes IV.
Cairo, 1904.
Chassenat, E., ime Trouvaille de Deir-el-Bahari. Cairo,
1907.
Quibell, J. E., Archaic Objects. Cairo, 1905.
Reisner, G. H., Amulets. Cairo, 1907.
Daressy, G., Ostraca. Cairo, 1901.
Daressy, G., Fouilles. Cairo, 1902.
Daressy, G., Cercueils. Cairo. 1909.
Lacau, P., Sarcophages, 2 vols. Cairo, 1903-08.
Lacau, P., Steles. Cairo, 1909.
Lange, H. O., and Schafer, H., Grab- und Denksteine.
Cairo, 1903-08.
Maspero, G., Sarcophages. Cairo, 1908.
Chabas, F. L'Egyptologie, Serie Annees 1-4.
I.

Chabas, F. Une Inscription Historique du regne de Seti I. 1856. 410.

Chabas, F. Les Maximes du Scribe Ani, vols. i and ii.
Chabas, F. Voyage d'un gyptien en Syrie. Paris, 1866. 4to.

Champollion, J. F. Dictionnaire Egyptien. Paris, 1841. Folio.

Champollion, J. F. Grammaire Egyptienne. Paris, 1836. Folio.

Champollion, J. F. Monuments de I'Egypte et de la Nubie. Paris, 1847-73 ;

text, 2 vols., small folio, plates, four vols. in large
folio.

Davies, N. de G. The Mastaba of Ptah Hetep, 2 pts. London. 1900-

01. 4to.
Davies, N. de G. The Rock Tombs of El Amarna, 6 vols. London,
1903-08. 4to.
Delttzsch, F Wo lag das Paradies? Leipzig, 1881. 8vo.

Description de I'figypte Text, vols. i-xxiv. Paris, 1821-9. 8vo. Plates n

vols. Folio.

Deveria, T. Le Papyrus de Neb-qued. Paris, 1872. Long folio.

Diimichen, J. . .
Baugeschichte des Denderatempels. Strassburg, 1877.
4to.

Diimichen, J. . .
Geographic des alien Aegyptens. 1877. 8vo.

Diimichen, J. . . Zur Geographic des alien Aegyptens. Leipzig, 1894.

4to.

Diimichen, J. . . Der Grabpalast des Patuamenap, 3 parts. Leipzig,

1884-94. 4to.
Ebers, G. AEGYPTIACA :
Festschrift fur G. Ebers zum i Marz
1897. Leipzig, 1897. 8vo.
 Works also used in Preparation of Dictionary. xcm

Eg. Exp. Fund Atlas of Ancient Egypt. London, 1894.

Erman, A. Aegypten und Leben im
Alterthum.
Aegyptisches
Tubingen, 1884-7. 8vo.

Gardner, A. H. Die Erzahlung des Sinuhe und die Hirtengeschichte.

Leipzig, 1909. 4to.
Gardiner, A. H. The Inscription of Mes. Leipzig, 1905. 4to.
Gardiner, A. H. Inscriptions of Sinai.
London, 1917. Folio.
Garstang, J. . . Mahasna and Bet Khali af. London, 1902. 4to.
Garstang, J. Meroe. Oxford, 1911. 4to.
Garstang, J. . . Tombs of the Third Egyptian Dynasty. London, 1904.
4to.
Gauthier, H. . . Le Lime des Rois d'figypte, 3 parts. [Memoires of the
Inst. Franf. d'Arch. Orient. Cairo. Vol. xvii.]

Gayet, E. Steles de la Xllme dynastie. Paris, 1886. 4to.

Gensler, F. W. C. Die Thebanischen Tafeln Stundlicher Sternaufgdnge.
Leipzig, 1872. 4to.
Grebaut, E. . .
Hymne a Ammon-Ra. Paris, 1874. 8vo.
Griffith, F. LI. A Collection of Hieroglyphs. London, 1898. 4to.
Griffith, F. LI. Stories of the High Priests of Memphis. Oxford, 1900.
8vo.
Groff, W. N. fyude sur le Papyrus d'Orbiney. Paris, 1888. 4to.

Guieysse, P., and Le Papyrus funeraire de Soutimes. Paris, 1877.

Lefebure, E. Folio.

Hall, H. R. Catalogue of Egyptian Scarabs, vol. i. London, 1913.

4to.
Hall, H. R. Coptic and Greek Texts of the Christian Period. London,
1905. Folio.

Hammer, de . .
Copie figuree d'un rouleau de papyrus. Vienna, 1822.
Long 4to.
Hess, J. J. Der Demotische Roman von Sine Ha-m-us. Leipzig,
1888. 8vo.
Hess, J. J. Der Demotische Teil der dreisprachigen Inschrift von
Rosette. Freiburg, 1902. 4to.
Hess, J. J. . . Der Gnostische Papyrus von London. Freiburg, 1902.
4to.
Hoelscher, U. . . Das Grabdenkmal des Konigs Chephren. Leipzig, 1912.
4to.
Horrack, J. de . . Les Lamentations d'Isis et de Nephthys. Paris, 1866.
4to.
Ideler, J. L. . .
Hermapion sive rudimenta hieroglyphicae veterum aegyp-
tiorum liter aturae. Leipzig, 1841. 4to.
J6quier, G . . Le Livre de ce qu'il y a dans I' Hades. Paris, 1894.
8vo.

Je"quier, G. . . Le Papyrus Prisse. Paris, 1911. Oblong folio.

King, C. W. The Gnostics and their remains. London, 1864. 8vo.
XC1V Works also used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Lacau, P. Sarcophages anterieures au Nouvel Empire, Ease, i and 2.

Cairo, 1903-4. 4to.

Lacau, P. Stelesdu Nouvel Empire. Cairo, 1909. 4to.
Lanzone, R. V. Les Papyrus du lac Moeris. Turin, 1896. Folio.
Ledrain, E. Les Monuments gyptiens de la Bibliotheque Rationale,
vols. Paris, 1879-81.
i-iii. 4to.
Lefebure, E. . Le Mythe Osirien, pts. i and ii. Paris, 1874. 8vo.
Lefebure, E. . Traduction comparee des hymnes au soleil composant
le XVchapitre du Rituel Fune'raire JZgyptien. Paris,
1868. 4to.
Lefebure, E. . Les Yeux d'Horus : Osiris. Paris, 1875. 8vo.

Legrain, G. Le Lime des Transformations. Paris, 1890. 4to.

Lemm, O. von. Das Ritualbuch des Ammondienstes. Leipzig, 1882.
8vo.

Lepsius, C. R. Aelteste Texte des Todtenbuchs. Berlin, 1867. 4to.

Lepsius, C. R. . Auswahl der wichtigsten Urkunden des Aegyptischen

Alterthums. Berlin, 1842. Folio.

Lieblein, J. Index alphabetique de tons les mots contenus dans le

Lime des Marts public par R. Lepsius, d'apres le

Papyrus de Turin. Paris, 1875. 8vo.

"
Lieblein, J. Le Lime figyptien J|Ng
fl
^ @ ^\" & ]$ Q ue
mon
nomfleurisse. Leipzig, 1895. 8vo.
Mallet, D. Le Cidte de Neit a Sa'is. Paris, 1888. 8vo.
Mariette, A. . . Les Listes Geographiques des pylones de Karnak. Text
and plates. Leipzig, 1875. 4to.
Marucchi, O. . . // grande Papiro Egizio della Biblioteca Vaticano.
Rome, 1888. 410.
Marucchi, O. . . Obelischi Egiziani di Roma. Rome, 1898. 8vo.

Maspero, G. Une Enquete Judiciaire a Thebes. Paris, 1872. 8vo.

Maspero, G. . . Les Momies Royales de Deir el Bahari. [In Me'moires
of the French Archaeological Mission in Cairo,
vol. i.]

Maspero, G. . .
Sarcophages des fipoques Persanes et Ptole'maiques.
[See CAIRO CATALOGUE.]
Massey, A. Le Papyrus de Leyde I, 347. Gand, 1885. 4to.
Matter, J. Histoire Critique du Gnosticisme, vols. i-iii (text and
plates). Paris, 1828. 8vo.

Morgan, J. de . . Fouilles a Dahchour. Vienna, 1895, 1903. 4to.

Naville, E. The Cemeteries of Abydos. London, 1914. 4to.

Naville, E. Deir el-Bahari, pts. i-vi. London, 1893-1907. Folio.

Naville, E. The Eleventh Dynasty Temple at Deir el-Bahari.

London, 1907-14. 4to.
Naville, E. Festival Hall of Osorkon II. London, 1892. 4to.
Naville, E. Inscription Historique de Pinodjem III. Paris, 1863.
4to.
 Works also used in Preparation of Dictionary. xcv

Naville, E. Le Papyrus hierogyphique de Kamara et le Papyrus

hieratique de Nesikhonsou au Musee du Caire.
Paris, 1914. 4to.
Naville, E. Le Papyrus hieratique de Katseshni au Musee du
Caire. Paris, 1914. 4to.
Pellegrini, A. . . Nota sopra un' inscrizione Egizia del Museo di Palermo.
[In Atti e Memorie delta Societd Siciliana per la
Storia Patria. Palermo, 1896. Large 8vo.]
Petrie, W. M. F. Works published by the Egypt Exploration Fund, the
Egyptian Research Account, etc.
Piehl, K Dictionnaire du Papyrus Harris, No. I. Vienna, 1882.
8vo.

Pieper, M. Handbuch der Aegyptischen Konigsnamen. Leipzig,

1912. 8vo.

Pieper, M. Die Konige Aegyptens zwischen dem mittleren und neuen

Reiche. Berlin, 1904. 4to.
Pierret, P Le D^cret Trilingue de Canope. Paris, 1881. 4to.

Pierret, P Etudes Egyptologiques. Paris, 1874, 1878. 4to.

Pierret, P. Vocabulaire Hieroglyphique. Paris, 1875. 8vo.

Pleyte, W Chapitres Supple'mentaires du Lime des Morts, vols. i-iii.

Leyden, 1881. 4to.

Pleyte, W L' pistolographie Egyptienne. Leyden, 1869. 4to.
Pleyte, W Etude sur un rouleau magique (Pap. 348 Revers) du
Musee de Leide. Leyden, 1869-70. 4to.
Pleyte, W Etudes Archeologiques, lingiiistiques et
historiques
dediJes a C. Leemans. Leyden, 1885. 4to.
Pleyte, W Les Papyrus Rollin. Leyden, 1868. 4to.
Pleyte, W Papyrus de Turin. Leyden, 1869-76. 4to.
Quibell, J. E Naqada and Ballas. London, 1896. 4to.
Kiel, C Der Thierkreis und das Feste-Jahr von Dendera. Leip-
1878.
zig, 4to.
Rouge, E. de . . Etude sur une Stele Egyptienne. Paris, 1858. 8vo.
Rouge, E. de . . Recherches sur les Monuments qu'on pent attribuer aux
six premieres dynasties de Manethon. Paris, 1866.
4to.
Rouge, E. de . . Rituel Funeraire. Paris, 1861-76. Folio.

Rouge, J. de . .
Ge'ographie Ancienne de la Basse-Egypte. Paris, 1891.
8vo.
Sachau, E. Drei Aramdische Papyrusurkunden aus Elephantine.
Berlin, 1908. 4to.
Schack, H., Graf von Die Unterweisung des Konigs Amenemkat I. Paris,
Schackenburg 1883. 4to.
Schack, H., Graf von Aegyptologische Studien, vols. i and ii.
Leipzig, 1902.
Schackenburg 4to.
Schack, H., Graf von Das Buch von den Zwei Wegen der Seligen Toten, pt. i.

Schackenburg Leipzig. 1903. 4to.

XCV1 Works also used in Preparation of Dictionary.

Sharpe, S. Egyptian Inscriptions from the British Museum and

other sources. London, pt. i, 1837 pt- > ii, 1841 (First
Series) ;Second Series, 1855. Folio.

Spiegelberg, W. Aegyptologische Randglossen zum Alien Testament.

Strassburg, 1904. 8vo.

Spiegelberg, W. Correspondances du temps des Rois-Pretres. Paris,

1895. 4to.
Spiegelberg, W. Demotische Studien. Leipzig, 1901-10. 4to.
Steindorff, G. . . Das Grab des Ti. Leipzig, 1913. 4to.
Steindorff, G. . . Der Sarg des Sebk-o. Berlin, 1896. 4to.
Stern, L. The Hieroglyphic-Latin Vocabulary in vol. ii of the
Papyros Ebers. Leipzig, 1875. Folio.
Tylor, J. J. Wall-Drawings and Monuments of El-Kab, 2 vols.
London, 1896-98. Folio.
Weigall, A. E. P. A Report on the Antiquities of Lower Nubia. Oxford,
1907. 4to.
Weill, R. Recueil des Inscriptions Egyptiennes du Sinai. Paris,
1904. 4to.
Wiedemann, A. Sammlung Altdgyptischer Worter welche von Klassischen
Autoren umschrieben oder ubersetzt worden sind.
Leipzig, 1883. 8vo.
Wilkinson, J. G. Facsimile of an inscription on a sarcophagus or mummy
case. [Brit. Mus. No. 10,553.] Published by Budge,
E. A. Wallis, Facsimiles of Egyptian Hieratic Papyri.
London, 1910. Folio.

Wilkinson, J. G. Materia Hieroglyphica. Malta, 1828. 4to.

 A LIST
Of the most frequently used Hieroglyphic Characters with their
Phonetic Values, together with their Significations when employed
as Determinatives and Ideographs.

I.

MEN (Standing, Sitting, Kneeling, Bowing, Lying Down).

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

inactivity, inertness, inanition,

exhaustion.
address, cry out, invoke. As an
interjection, hai fD ^.Hfj. hi'\\^\\-

3-4 deprecate, propitiate.

5,6 tua * f\ _^, aau pray, worship, adore, entreat,

praise.

7 hen J^ praise, exult, chant.

8 qa A \^ ,
haa high, lofty ; exult, make merry.

9 go back, turn back, turn round.

10, 1 1 call, beckon.

12 see No. 7.

13

H an run.

ab qj dance, perform gymnastics.

17, 18
XCV111 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Signification as*
Number. Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or Ideograph.

19, 20 kes bow, pay homage.

21 run away or run after something.

22, 23 pour out, micturate, penq

24 make friends, be in league with

someone, heter \ ^ be on
;

brotherly terms with, sensen ||.

25 hide, to conceal, amen (j ^.

26 dwarf, pygmy, teng

tut
'

27,28 image, figure, statue, \\>

mummy, transformed dead
body, saku ~^ J \ ;
to stablish
a custom.

29 eternity.

30 ur ,
ser great, great one, a chief official,
prince.
"

3i old, aged, dau ,

senior
semsu

32 strong, strength, nekht

33 beat (?) strike (?)

34 shepherd (?) hunter (?)

35 to repulse, to drive away, seher

n<=><
36 to perform a ceremony (?)

37 shepherd.

38 the a/&z'-priest I) | 1)1].

39,40

strong, strength.

42 harper, play a musical instru-

ment.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. xcix

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

43 break up ground, plough,

44,45 present, make an offering,

46 mm pour out water,

,47 purificatory priest.

48 sow grain ;
to use a throw-net
in hunting.
49 skipping.

50 khus build.

5i work a boring tool (?),

drill.

52 qet build.

53 suspend, stretch out the sky,

54-55 fa carry, bear on shoulders.

56 = khesteb C^^J^l " I

o
, lapis lazuli.

57.58 qes restrain, bind.

59 = keg \ A, governor.

60, 6 1 statue of king.

62, 63 king of Upper Egypt.

64-65 king of Lower Egypt.

66,67,68 king of Upper and Lower Egypt.

69, 70 foreign potentate.

7i = ati I) 1 1] I) king, prince.

72 child, infancy.

73, f4 sit.

Z
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters,

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. ci

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph.
Determinative or Ideograph.

103 hide, conceal, amen l

Si.

104 uab priest.

105, 106,
pour out water, make a libation.
107

1 08 carry a load, #/<?/ ^ g, bear,

support, /a <
^.
109 var. of 2 (?)

IIO, III great but indefinite number.

I 12 write.

H3

II4.H5.
the blessed or holy dead.
116

117, 118 a god or divine person,

119 the king holding the sceptre f

1 20 the king holding the sceptre |.

121 the king holding the whip /\.

122 the king holding the whip and

sceptre.
123 the king wearing the White
Crown and holding the whip
and the sceptre f.

124 the king wearing the Red

Crown and holding the whip
and the sceptre f.

125 the king wearing the Red

Crown and holding the whip
"
f and the ankh f life."

126 the king wearing the White and

Red Crowns sj[ and holding
the sceptre f .

g 2
Cll A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

127 the king wearing the Red

Crown and holding the object f .

128 the king wearing the White and

Red Crowns and holding the

sceptre ] .

129 shepherd, nomad, sentry, guard.

1
130. 13

132, 133 sit as a king or noble, seat oneself.

134, 135 sheps noble, honourable, revered, the

sainted dead.

136,137.
swim.
138, 139

140 lie, recline.

141 kher fall, defeat, slaughter.

142 sickness, vomit.

reap.

II.

WOMEN.
woman, sa-t, ist and 2nd pers.
sing.
2, 3-
a- a
4, 5.
queen, lady of high rank, vener-
6,7, able woman.

woman beating a tambourine

and playing a harp.

12 ari \\ present at, in charge of, belong-

ing to.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cm

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

13. 14,
bend, bow, geb ffi J .

15

16 pregnant woman, beq \ A.

parturient woman, give birth to,

18, 19 nurse, mena -www, dandle, rear a

child, renn

GODS AND GODDESSES.

Asar (Osiris) ; usually written

2, 3 Pth (Ptah).

4, 5 Ptah-Tanen.

6 Ptah-Seker-Asar.

7 Menu (Min, Khem Amsu ).

8 Amen (Ammon).

9 Amen holding the sceptre \.

10 Amen holding Maat ^^ ^ .

1 1 Amen holding the scimitar

khepesh ^.
12 Amen holding the sceptre "j.

J !
3 4.

15. l6 .

Horus the Elder, Horus-Ra, Ra,

17, 1 8, the Sun-god.

19
CIV A List of Hieroglyphic Characters,

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cv

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

55 the sunrise.

56 Isis, Hathor or any cow-goddess.

57-58 Net (Neith).

59> 60,
the goddess Maat.
61,62

63 the goddess Nut.

64 the goddess Serqet.

65,66 the goddess Sekhmet.

67 the goddess Anqet.

68 the goddess Sesheta.

69,70,71 of many goddesses.

72,73 a guardian of one of the Seven

Pylons.
74 goddess of Upper Egypt,

75 goddess of Lower Egypt.

IV.

MEMBERS OP THE BODY.

tep, tchatcha first,foremost, top of anything,
nod.
2

3- 4, 5- hair of men and animals, bald,

lack, want, lacuna in manu-
scripts, colour, complexion.
6 lock of hair, side tress.

7
J beard, khabes \ J p.

ar right eye, see, an

g 4
CV1 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cvn

Number.
CV111 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cix

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

IO2 come out, go out, go back, return

103 S gehes ,
uar run, flee, foot.

IO4 transgress, invade, attack.

105 stablish, falsehood, gerg Jk, a.

I O6

107 unem eat, devour.

1 08, 109
11 tcheb a<$
Compounds are
Ma, teb 4,
"j\, -jp>,

khab*^=>.
110,111, Q, (?,
limb, flesh.
I 12

V.

ANIMALS.

I, 2 horse.

3,4 bull, ka <z=*

^ , ox, ah \ \.

5 Apis Bull, sacred bull.

6 cow.

7 cow charging.

8 cow down or bound for

lying
sacrifice.

9 cow calving.

IO cow suckling her calf.

1 1 calf.

12
young ram, thirst.

13 au

14 kudu, ram, soul, the god Khnum.

ex A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxi

Number.
cxn A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

VI.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxin

Number.
CX1V A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

VII.
 A LKst of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxv

Number. Signification as
Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or Ideograph.

26, 27 the goddess Hathor.

28 khu

29 sacred bird and image of a god.

30 L Horus-Sept.

/WWVA p -i

31 ner ._>, m|_u_|t vulture, the goddess Mut, mother,

year.

32 goddess Mut.

33 the goddess Nekhebit.

34 the goddesses Nekhebit and

Uatchit, the tutelary goddesses
of Upper and Lower Egypt
respectively, neb-ti ^? ".
35

36,37 m

38 mm . . .\

39- 40,

41,42, ma, ma(?) m', mi(?)

43

44 mer

45 before, em bah.
\

E
46 V\ mer <Sv>, met
-invb Jrx*.

47 tekhg

48 aakh 0\^ h'ght, radiance, brilliance, shine,

49 find, discover.

50 catch fish.
CXV1 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxvn

Number.
CXV1I1 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

11,12 Shu feather, truth, uprightness, in-

tegrity, maat ^ c .

13 Maati, the two goddesses of

PP
Truth.
H arm, cubit, carry,

15, 16 JL, JL claw of bird, talon

>7 cutting tool, nail, claw(?)

18 women, goddesses, cities ; son =

IX.

AMPHIBIA (REPTILES).

I, 2 river turtle,

3 multitude.

5-6 crocodile, wrath, rage.

7 4*. sacred crocodile, the Sun-god (?)

8 Sebek P J <^=* ,
a Crocodile-god.

9 king, Ati \*\\.

10 k[a]m

1 1
frog, the Frog-goddess, Heqit
l^M-
12 tadpole, the .number 100,000,
k*fe*\^>
'3-H-I5 serpent, goddess, priestess.

16 fire-spitting serpent or goddess.

17- 18 the goddess Mehnit.

'9 goddess.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxix

Signification as
Number. Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or Ideograph.

2O goddess, I sis.

21 shrine of goddess, a

22, 23 worm.

24 the loathly Worm Aapep

25 tch serpent.

26

27 compound of t\-=metch "ten,"

and ^ tch.

28 eternity, tchet.

29 compound of ^ tch and \ h.

30 snail (?), slug (?)

3i a sign formed by adding <_ to

on a sarcophagus in the
British Museum (No. 32).

32

33 to come out, per =

34 go in, a^-^-^or
35 serpent.

3 6 37
-
spitting serpent.

38 serpent's head.

39 goddess.

40 SB) collect, gather together, sag

cxx A List of Hieroglyphic Characters*

X.
PISH.

Signification as
Number. Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or Ideograph.

I, 2 an fish.

3-4 fish, rise, mount up, foul, filthy.

fighting fish.
5

6,7 rise, mount up.

8,9 swim, shining, an

10

r
II, 12, ftytf,
a deadly fish (?)

13

dead body.
/WWW
'5 cuttle fish (?) nar ".

16 a fish.

17 latus fish (?)

18 antch mer, an old title of the

governor of a district.

XI.

INSECTS.

i, 2 bee, honey; hornet (?) ;

king of
the North.

3 king of the South and North,

Nesu Bat.

4 the flying beetle kheprer <=>,

scarabaeus sacer ; become,
F / d '
I I

Klieper
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxi

Signification as
Number. Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or Ideograph.

5 flying, the winged solar disk of

Her-Behutet.

6,7 alighting.

8 insect found in mummies.

.
9 fly, a/*Z?.

10 grasshopper.

11,12 scorpion, breathe ;

the goddess

'3 scorpion with thesign for eternity,

shen Q.

14

XII.

TREES, PLANTS, FLOWERS, ETC.

i, 2, 3 tree, sweet, pleasant.

4- 5,6 f f-f tree.

7 palm tree.

8
Li plot of ground with a palm and
an acacia tree.
9 khet tree, wood.

IO, I I
cutting wood.

12 growing grain plant.

'3- 14 flourish,blooming, year, time in

general, last year of a king's
reign.
15, 16 time.

'7 flourish, renp"**.

18 long time.

A 4
cxxn A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxin

Number.
CXX1V A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Signification as
Number. Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or Ideograph.

91,92^ granary.

93- 94.
b.J,
date, sweetness, pleasure, grow.
95-96,97
1--.H-J *

98, 99 sweet, pleasant.

TOO, IOI flower.

IO2 fig-

103, 104 tcher bundle of plants or vegetables ;

boundary.
105, 106,

107 Wv vineyard, pergola.

1 08, 109,
'HVTTP
I 10 union of Upper and Lower
Egypt.

XIII.

HEAVEN, EARTH, WATER.

heaven, sky, ceiling, what is

above.
2. 3. the night sky with a star hang-
ing like a lamp from it, dark-
ness, night.

4 rain or dew falling from the sky.

^/ V tfV

5 fflf the sky slipping down over its

four supports, storm, hurricane.
6 sparkle, shine, coruscate, light-
ning, blue-glazed faience.
7 one half of the sky.

=>
8,9 0, O sun, the Sun-god Ra ^ .. day,
period, time in general.
10, I I, 12 O 5O '0. the Sun-god Ra.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxv

Number.
CXXV1 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters,

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxvn

XIV.

BUILDINGS AND PARTS OP BUILDINGS.

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

I, 2
city, town.

3-4,
5
^=> , late p or pa house, any building, to come
forth.

offerings to the dead, i.e., offer-

ings which appear at the com-

mand of the dead person, per
kheru {pert er kherii),

7 treasure-house per ketch.

8 ra> ra-

9 in mer ' nem Mer, a name of Egypt.

IO, I I,
a- a- 1
mansion.
12, 13

H mansion with many rooms.

15 house of the god, temple.

"
16 Great House," castle.

"
17 I Lady of the house,"
goddess Nephthys.
i.e., the

18 shrine, tomb.

"
'9 House of Horus," i.e., the god-
dess Hathor.
"
20 House of Nut," i.e., the sky,
CD
heaven.
21 house of the king.

22 libation chamber.
CXXV111 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxix

Number.
CX XX A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Signification as
Number. Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or Ideograph.

88 funerary offerings of bread and

oo beer.

89

.90,9'-

92, 93.
door, gateway.

94. 95.

96,97

98 Q a Sudani kubbah.

XV.
SHIPS, BOATS, SACRED BOATS, ETC.

I. 2,

3,4. boat, ship, to sail, travel.

6 capsize, overturn.

7-8 0=9 a loaded boat.

9 boat of Ra.

10 boat of the goddess Maat.

11,12 sailing, to sail upstream,

13, H wind, air, breeze, breath,

15, l6 stand up.

17 steering pole or oar, helm.

18 rudder, voice, speech,

1 \\ j .

19 shesp --, sesnp receive, take.

20, 2 I ,

sacred boats for use in shrines

22 and in religious processions.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxxi

XVI.
FURNITURE (SEATS, TABLES, CHESTS, STANDS).
CXXX11 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxxm

Number. Signification as
Hieroglyph. Phonetic Value.
Determinative or ^leograph.

59 maaa ^n true, right, truth, integrity,

60 stand for sacred images, etc.

61 mirror.

62 weigh, balance.

XVII.

SACRED VESSELS AND FURNITURE.

altar with bread and beer on it.

stand with libation jars upon it.

3 altar.

4 altar.

5-6 god, God.

7 divine mother.

8 Soter, Saviour-god.
fl

9 Under World.

IO mistake for

1 1
tchet^\, tet sacred object worshipped in the
Delta, confounded with ^J the
sacrum of Osiris.
12 sma unite, join.
\

!3. 14.
sen two, friend, brother, associate.
15. l6

17. 18 left dab I) \J ,

left side,

19 am what is in, who is in.

2
CXXX1V A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxxv

Number.
CXXXV1 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxxvn

dumber.
CXXXV111 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxxxix

, XX.
TOOLS AND AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS.
cxl A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxli

Number.
cxlii A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxliii

XXII.

VASES AND VESSELS, BASKETS, MEASURES, ETC.

cxliv A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

Number.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxlv

Number.
cxlvi A List of Hieroglyphic Characters.

XXIV.
WRITING AND MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, GAMES.

Number. Phonetic Value. Signification as

Hieroglyph. Determinative or Ideograph.

scribe's writing outfit, write,

writing rub down to powder,

;

polish variegated, stupid.

;

roll of papyrus tied round the

middle, book, deed, document,
register of the abstract group
; ;

together.

3.4 bag, sack,

5 harp, zither,

6,7-8 sistrum, castanets,

9 goodness, happiness.

10 the god Nefer-Tem J^^|.

1 1 saa recognize, know, understand,

12 I
1
"""! men draughtboard.

13 draughtsman.

XXV.
STROKES AND DOUBTFUL OBJECTS.
a sign added for purposes of
symmetry, e.g., ^f ,
*p ^, etc -

2,3-4 '
i, I sign of the plural.

5,6 II, \\ sign of the dual.

7,8 a pair of =
O, count, tally,
tallies

reckon, pass by, depart, etc.

n the number ten.
 A List of Hieroglyphic Characters. cxlvii

Number.
 cxlviii

THE COPTIC ALPHABET.

COPTIC LETTERS.
 cxlix

THE HEBREW ALPHABET.

HEBREW
LETTERS.
 cl

THE SYRIAC ALPHABET.

SYRIAC
LETTERS.
 cli

THE ARABIC ALPHABET.

ARABIC NAMES
OF THE LETTERS.
 clii

THE ETHIOPIC SYLLABARY.

ETHIOPIC
 cliii

THE AMHARIC SYLLABARY.

I Gl'Z
 cliv

THE PERSIAN CUNEIFORM ALPHABET.

A
 [1]

a Wx in some respects
= Heb. N aau
i , stick, staff, pole.

a Kx, an emphatic particle ;

l[ aa see

*-^j
lJj

Peasant
N$*.

180;

M&, Peasant
Peasant 181

times to mark a quotation like

(JWA
Peasant B.I.

Brit.
2 24.

Mus.
It
; _Ji_JK ./ t\
rr\^ W\>

125;

seems to be used some-

Orient.
f\
in
(1

No.
VN

Ethiopic
678,
..-
aar

to bind,

oppress.

aas ^
to restrain,

fl
P <**,
to keep in restraint,

bile, gall; var. fl

to

(1
tie>

Q
to

_n5s i I
1
1 1 1 i I

Fol. Ilia, i).

aasb *K\ (I
I

J ^-^~, seat, throne, some-

,
Rev. 1
2, 1 7, = (I
v\ v\ ,
to come.
thing fixed ; compare ^tt?\
a ^ _ ,
Berlin 2296, estate, farm.
aa <s\ t
to beget.
f u>
a-t ^, field.
A \> aaa

,.i,nnie,
(1,

p. 85, to bring forth.

aa = a-t

ground, territory, region ;

var. n

at, aat , staff,

CJ1NS ^- ' '

stick, stave.

aat '

, back.
?&

aaa U. 321, 535. T. 294

aaa ,
to sleep, slumber ;
var.

' field;

, eia),p,e.

aash ,
B.D. (Saite)
i \\ i
DHHI
^f,,
115, 2, a god of slaughter; var

be
aati ^L "^ <a __D strong,
hostile.

aati

N. 920, the uraeus of

a-[t]
Horus.

aau i
come.
 [2]
ai ,
stalled ox.

Rcc. 14, 41, foreigner, interpreter (?). Heb. Copt. eieo-ffX, Arab. JL>,
stag;

aaa-ta ^ r=S) fl {&, A.z. 4 6, 143; Assyr. atlu.

Rec aish ),
Rev. 12, 44,
14, 42, foreigner,
barbarian.
truce ; Copt.
aaia lb\ __D OQ ^xf L_=/l ,
Thes. 1203,
_M^ 1 1 ?$#&: aiq ,
Rev. 12, 45, reed, bul-
to extinguish, to put out a fire.

rush ; var.
(j

case for a book ;

I
\/ (I ,
lool-

case f r arms , Jour. As.

'

(Lacau).
i calamity, trouble,
^ ,

J ^> ]k '
J
prejudice =
Rev. 1
3S^
<:

, 6, 109, I

ait I
,
a kind of bread, or cake.
=3) I

Excom. Stele 8; A.Z. 1908, 70;

au
IV, 510;
vexations, entreaty, ca-
opposition, resistance, L to be long, to
lamity, ruin.
be large, to be wide, to be spacious ; Copt, uocnr .

aaabu "*g^~ JJ_^ ^'jkl_j] JO'

D = the height of a spirit, B.D. 109, 8.
fl

"%\ J ,
lj^~ | J __> CU P> bow1 '

au,aui
vase, pail, measure.
" JL i, totality, all,
aaabu "v\ J
S ^ ,
the little vase for r throughout.
incense which is attached to the handle of the
au-t , length,
censer.
- - Amen. 6, 15, 15, 9, a length of the
aafi largeness ; ,

\\ repulsive man.
earth ;
^1 , length of
aaan
71 o -71 [ "=1
j
ape;
rr^ AAK/WV rr*^ *^ I

advanced in years;
plur. \\ ; Copt. Git.
1 I I vanced in iniquity.

B.D.
Aani i\\ (Saite),
the Ape-god.
5, 5,

Aaanu ,
the Ape- T. 339, O ^7, N. 626, full of

god Thoth. Rec. 27, 219, long of

days ;
" " fI ' * '
,
J}

aan (?)

\> Qb , interpreter, foreigner.

stride;
A^^^ I' P- l8?> M- 349> X-

902, long of foot; f*\ ^SZj, P. 215, abundant

aas ,
a weapon.
6 wide
Tuat X, an ass-headed god
in offerings ;
A) ^V i\ '
1>- 2) f

Ai I, ;

tail (a name of /j^S N. 802,

Isis) ;
O IWvWV
^,
!"
see fl 1
155, long-haired.
 [3 ] A
aut O I
,
a kind of ochre.

O " au-t
Rec. 4, 121, bread,
i i
'
f~^ Jr> U i i
'

unguent.
**'
.ML dilata-
O
I
, 1, au-t f^^ Q ,
U. 508,
tion of heart, swelling of heart, pleasure, joy,
"*

gladness; fjCb ^>~t, A.Z. 1906, 127;

~~
" was glad to do," Stele
,
his heart

of the Dream, ; * 1
* 'O t
IV, 173, food, offering, sepulchral meals, sup-
plies of all kinds.

au-t abX3 ,
"
%s ,
medicine for au ,
Rec. 20, 42, splendour,
11
/Tr
the heart (?).
aui i, Rev. n, 166;
$ _ /], to make an offering.
Rev. 14, 21
, ;
J^ (j(j I
i

|&
i
, glory,
au-a, au-t GOO"*
splendour, words of praise
\
|
- D, gift, present, offering, alms,
auau ,r>%>,f^^, -j? y
_,/!
; Copt.
^' ^ 39> T- 2 96,
to rejoice.
.

oblation, i.e., "that of the open hand"; plur.

au-t ,<^>> %> H $ rays ^ 1 '
g 'lt ' sornetrim g
bright.
iiiJI I
"
TTT' "c" _ff I
I''

Au-a ^ ||
C

Jj
,
the god of gifts, B.D.

of
au r
e n^,
sorrow, pain, care,
4^^^' <rfi^-fl.

misery, ruin,
- Tuat IV, a
99, 2 9; /^j o
y^ ,
title V_ L t

<^v Cf
Horus and Thoth. sadness, the opposite of <|-

Au-t-a M^ \\ o **^
_ ,
the name of au-t
(f^^"
553
^, Rec. 33, 32, slaughters,
Jr i
.

a serpent on the royal crown. animals slaughtered for food.

Au-au-Uthes au /\ ^<\>\,
Tuat IV, a name of Thoth
(?) /^
see
^
Uthesu.
D
"J
, ground, region.

;
au I
, IV, 967, administration.
au-her /^ y yy,
Peasant 271, a
'
swam P> marsh.
man of broad face (i.e., sight).

Au-t-maatiu-kheru-maat Auit 32> 478>

goddess of nurses and children.

a group of gods who gave alms when on

1 ,
Tuat VI,

earth.
au ^%$ vj
|
,
B.D.

children.
^_>%>,
I
,

Au-matu(?) Tuat ill,

a god in the Herer Boat.
au to be old.

A Vi A
,

aui ^%U^i, *-*- U. JJ

to stretch out, extend, IV, 498, 612.

Sll PP-3 8 3; A -Z. 1874, 90, a measure of land(?)
'

to hau1 to dra s
auas l^T } ^\ '

. I' tv^ . I
j^S' S with a rope.
to be strong,
Rec. 26, 65, to rebel > be vio "
violent. aui Ibv, -jQ 00 t_/i
^~=
_^^ 1 ^^i lent, wicked.
auit Rou& * LH
f^
S-jj. l|t|
'' pl- 2s6>

something promulgated, a decree. N. 916.

A 2
 [4]

auau com- Pap. Koller T

"^^^ leopard leopard
1
, dog, jackal ; 4, 2, (1 (1 , ;

pare Oj~J
of the South, ?
J (1(1 W 1, leopard of the

aur terror(P), restraint,

violence.
North, ?
J (1(1
& ^j a leopard six cubits

long, and four cubits in girth, T ^5X\_

"^^
, net; Copt. J
H\K^ ;i <^^> j.

.Xo01fe.
ausu
Abit T a
scales, balance. J (m
^, B.D. 76, 2 ; 104, 4,

the mantis which guided the deceased into the

ausek (ask) ~] sceptre,

^ '^
,

Hall of Osiris see

stick, staff, rod.
;
(j J 1j^,
ausha I
o Q \\

Wort. 144; Suppl. 514; Rev. n, 138; balsam,

incense, unguent of a light yellow colour.
ab ? J^ ,
be thirsty ;
see
^ J^ .

ab-t ^ Rec. 34, 177, ab T U/Ta, T Dream Stele 4;

"^\ J [j^ ^ {
,

*& I I
|
^d ^~~Si
,

1 .
gift, offering, sacrifice. B.D. 19, 15 ;
T ,
Dream Stele 14, the left

side ;
see 1

T|<

Hymn of Darius 17, the left

*?Jl eye of Ra.

e&poc). ab T 1
QZi,
to wish for, to desire, to lon

abu, ? J^jj)^' Sup?

1- J 4;
5
for ;
see ,
-ww g , (2

(or
\
W\
o o o /
elephant grass, or balsam. Pap. Koller 3, 2, in order to, wishing to ;
com-
pare J

to love, to wish for, to desire, to long for.

'
? J 1
'\\ ,

var -
>IV> II49; 975, 1092, wish, desire.
:
abu-t T M v \j I i kindly disposition.
T 1 8 /I 1 P ure >
*'' no ^ rotten, ivory, IV,

329; ivory tusks and tooth, T

i i i

Abt ? @ f* the town of Abydos

J o %> \^ ^J I
, forefathers, grand-

I -fj
jl ^^ X' Jj,
V.-i
parents, ancestors, kinsfolk ;
T
J
o ^cN t ,

personified as a goddess. ,

Hymn of Darius 19 ; compare rTQN-

ab T marked with
J A ?J % A
l/i i variegated, different
I
dd U
ab , ,
to stop, to cease.

colours, streaked, striped; I), having feathers D n tk

|j
abu v> O cessation _ru.
of different colours, a title of Heru-Behutet.
e
S O
> 1
I J _Zf > ;

, ceaselessly.
abu ? %. Rec. 30, 1 88, leopard.
J] J^,
Ib.abu 1 J(J,
Edict .6,
f

III, 184, 36.

 [5]
ab Ibv
_TP\S.
<S^*, Rev. i T, 180, father; Heb.lN.
T
_/.A

aba -t
^ "^^^ U
jj^
'
Rev "
'4'
Ani, i,

Aparius
I5,~a mythological fish.

^ a
'^ .&&
(] (]
%$=
20, light; compare a
J jj\
.

'Aire\\aio?, a Macedonian name of a month, the

aban \\ 1^3. O, Rev. 12, 69, alum; Roman December.
*?1 X~N

Copt, to&en. Apuranites >^ n /*p\^>

4>
\
'
<= >
ab - Ian -athan- alba ibs,
l

^*
^ O Rev ">i8o,agod. '

aph
^ Jj^%*^7 $' , LeydenPap. 8, 13.

Gnostic ABAA0ANAABA.
apsu LI ,
birds.

abahi ', Rev. 13, D a

O apt ,, L.D.
21, tooth ; Copt. A'
Ill, 653, Rec. 4, 35, to flutter, to alight as
abakh. a bird.
^^^j&*
to forget Copt. UjE.g.
D
;
apt = , goose, duck; plur.

Jour. As. 1908, 267,

M$& D
c^:
a
,
U. 570, N. 940,

P i,

forget; Copt. OO&Oj. D

6
, Tombos 8, !=-
Abaqer ? l"fe. <=> yl 5^(,
''
Mar. M.D.
I -ei J!C^ I
a
49, Rec. 36, 86, Sphinx i, 89; Alt. K. 3, name of a !'*!
Libyan dog of Antef-aa, theSlughi, .^^ <^- IV, 877,

abatu
^& R v service,
-

D
"A A
, water-fowl in general;

Mar. Karn. 53, 35. P.

.
( I f green goose,
' 699 ;

abitf J(j()
Copt. O5.&.T.

apt ^,IV, 1047, staff (?).

, pyramid tomb.
j

af \\
i i i

B.D. 172, 36, offerings of

\\ MI' birds and fish (?)

af-t ^
^n'
P.S.B. 14, 232, gift, offering,

present.
w , IV, 365, to mix with,
LL I ^J r i
af
\Lt Hymn of Darius 38, might,
to unite with, to
penetrate, to enter in among, TJ '

strength (?)
enter battle ; see TK I <% afa glutton, greedy
I J! (2 21 man.
abkhekh 1\ 11,
T -
385, 402, M to
_m&> Jl clap the hands.
afa-[t] , greed, gluttony.

abs %, D ^7
Annales 9, iS 6 a kind
,
afau
a kind of balsam,
)ws J VI (?)
i

i of plant. or medicine.

af, afau (?)

abt T J , Hymn of Darius n, a kind B.D. 78, 6,

^=^
\\
^ to trouble, to be troubled ;

those who are troubled, or

abt T
J Q ,
to shut, to bolt in.
Jl I
'
those who give trouble.

A 3
 [6]

afaf '
to praise, to rejoice, to
exult.
ama % ^^_Bc
- -^ ,
to see

(5

afit Q, flame, fire. ama, ami

<7

tk to injure, to inflict an
afu '
V' injury.
Tuat VII, the
Afu '
'"Worm" Kheti.
to mix together,
afer I ,
to burn, to be hot. ,

J|
to compound a medicine, to rub down drugs.
Verbum Voc., smoke,
afri hot vapour." a something rubbed
ama-t 1 _n' down, or crushed.
aft Rev. 13, 38, foot soldier (?)
j[, Tomb of Seti I, one of
ri> to bend the leg, to march,
Ama the 75 forms of Ra.
aft -&'
part of the leg.
Ama-ami-ta
am -II
,
not.
Tomb of Seti I, one of the 75 forms of Ra

am, amu U. 177, (No. 63).

Rec.
amau
], 3, 46,

"^ IX ' ama-t (am-t) III

, meal, pottage.
3. to seize, to grasp, in
ami-1 Rev., the interior,
amm i ,
M. 742,
,

n=> a good disposi-

nature
,
Rec. 31, 17, m wvs
;
i i c* c>
'
tion.

,
A.Z. 1905, 36,
Amu "^, ^. >>>
T uat "> a dawn-god.

to seize, to grasp. A
ames, amsu j]
,
N. 803,
| [1,
P. 169,

amm-t , grasp, fist.

M. N.
I! P. 614, 781, 1138,
^|,
IV, 158, to understand, to
am know.

amam ^\
w^. /
*_ -G&- , Merenptah 2, to

know, to understand.

am ^K\ V\ 7 Amen. , 9, 19, to swallow.

am (read hemp) Y C\ w&, Jour. As. A IA

1908, 305, artisan.

grieve, lament, to
mourn.
,
rod of authority, sceptre, staff;
amiu ^_If
. mourners. >

i i i
A A T. 1 two sceptres;
to burn> to 4,
am f) %, /
Ol |
,

_nt\* _B< .
{?' J^ v' consume.

amm "^ ^
the amulet of the sceptre.
consume.
Rec. 1 6,

am, amut
109, to burn, to

"^ fcJL ft, ^, ^ >

ames-ab
"^ | p
' "
^ [j
O J, Wort. 14-

ams-t "v\ p = ^r, liver.

foreign tribes
amait ,
island (?),
land. Amtit and peoples.
 [7]

ani *S\
_CESs
to remove, to put aside.
(|(j
11
A,Rev. 12, 19 =(|
1 A.
179
Ar *- heh
= A\ X "i.
kTf Hi' Rev-"'

an-t
fl
\s\
-CENS
*~^
"V

II

U
A, Rev., removal.
ark-t
froth,
<g\
foam, aphronitrum
^ ^^ i^, ; Copt <&.Xl2I.
Rev. 5, 94,

"vx -ww
anpa ^ \^_ ,
Rev. 13, 14,
arg "vk "^f* (^
,
Rev. n, 169, a member
an interrogative particle =
of the body ; Copt.
ft y
m^ m
\\ '
\\\

tured, be put in restraint, to strangle, to shut up,

^"*~"^
Jr^
\\ Q.XI fcl
l!'
taf1 /""i n Artakhshassha = * '

A.Z. 49, 80,

Artaxerxes.
be netted.
Artakhshshs
rwn
ar v,
0*
^^ >
dis g race - Artaxerxes; varr.

ar-t ^ , hair, tress, lock of hair.

-
m Hf sM TT

^7 Babyl. J C
yff,
ar Rev
^ ^ "5 -A> - J 3> 4i,
Artikastika
schoenus; var. (1
| A- B.D. (Sa'ite) 165, 3, a form
V ,

ara A, Rev. n, 157, 12, of Amen.

Rev., to be safe, sure,
A, Rev. n, 161,
arta
security ; Copt. oopx.
a Rev. ii, 157;
J^-2^
I

Rev I2 2 Rev- I2> 32> artcha

-
' 27>
^ ^Y '
'

1 ir copt.

"v^
.as M *&, Rev. 12, 40, to go up, to
ah ^ -m
embark in a boat, to bring, to be high ; Copt.
toX. ^ra

arar Rev. ra
13, 29, ra
_

A, Rev. high, exalted ra

12, 23, 41, ;
%., Rev. n, 123, pain, grief,
e j&r\
Copt. u)X. trouble, loss, sorrow, poverty, misery, debility,

destitution, sadness, ruin, woe ; Copt. .,.

arri Rev I2 IJ 3, vine;

% ^
-
. >

Rev -
ahi
_^.
m flfl
HH
^^ ^,
JF>
trouble>
misery.
plur.
1 1 1

eXooXe. ahu "^v ra v^^ ^r 1

Peasant 2 49> a
Copt.
disturber, one who causes trouble.
arb i,Rev. 13, 63, to besiege;
ah, aha "^\ ra
^J Hymn of Darius 2 3,
Copt.
a kind of cake. ^jj cow, any cow-goddess.
arpsa-t ,
,

d
k, Rev., rest,
Ahait
(j

death ;
Copt, L.D. 4, 82B,
j,

Arsatnikus B.D. 162-4, (i) a form of Hathor; (2) wife of

Osiris the Bull-god ;
and (3) mother of a Horus.

ahai, ahi
33, 6, Aristonikos. O
interjection !

--\
^r
Arsinfau v\ _2^ 1 \\ ahai "^\r
_ec?s- T _ee& . .

,II, 57, Arsinoe. Mar. Karn. 55, 62, camp; Heb. T71N (?)

A 4
 [8]

ahi -A, to go (?),

to march (?)
l()[ji
to lighten (?)

m
1 1
o
-

566, t=^J&, N. 1320 = g \<^ ^i M. 699,

u ra
_0?tf
V\ 000
incense, unguent.
!,IV, 263, B.D. 40, Rec. 29,
ahet [-[]
A Rec. 1 6, 1 08, to groan,
6,

to grieve. 157, a form of Menu.

ra Rec. 32, 216, weak,
ahtu -- aha
-J-H^J powerless, grief. \\

ah-t %,
_CNS- A S
\ %v
-JUrS
,
1
\
A .

I
, field, land, acre,
ahnu
*A.'A/A

;
WV
,
_>
Rec. 12, 93 =
ploughed or cultivated land; plur. <K\ fi .

-oS^ A III
,
canal.

S
J^-ACi !' I |' Rec T
3' ^2 >
to har -
vest, to reap.
7, 14 ; Copt, eitw,e, eioo&e
Ahs %,
FfS. A
^,
N
P. 668, the name of

^ ^ ="
Thes
I

ah-t stat -

]g^ J ", a Sudani god; varr. (1 9 I

jk. ,
M. 779,
1288, arura. I A I '

fl \, P. 200.
Ahut-en-Amentit
Tuat V, the estates of the blessed in Ament. * the first season of the year ;
"'' > 11 j
L.U. see Aakh-t.
III, 2290,
ah-t
5^|7i flax fields.
akh <gx W, M. 683, Rec. 26, 74, to

aha-t % rrSs-
8
A 1 i i
the offering of a
field.
rr\s-

bloom, to blossom, become green, green.

ci

reed, water-plant Heb.

%,
;

ah-t-nu-arr
JTV3' A
^ jj
\S
(1
1
akhi ,
Gen. xli, 2.

Rec. 6, 7, vineyard ; Copt.

akh-t ,
N. 996,

the
ah het-
^I\Q
or shaft, of a tomb.
Akten -
P- 34,
watered, or irrigated, land.
pit,
c akhakh J^ j^*
ah "^L j^N. 281;
_TN2- A become
to green, to put forth shoots, to blossom.
|

N. 2

a plant
8i,'^|c=D,IV,
(?),
a vegetable (?),
i

pot-herb
754, a herb(?),

(?), a kind of
akhakhu ^ "^ J III,
Rec. 31, a8,

bread, or cake. 1 1 1
H in
ah, ahu K\
*& A , meal,
Amen. 6, Rec.
i i i
9, , 15,

pottage ; ,
food. i6r, blossoms, flowers.

^\ akindof medi-
ah-t akhakh
o O i
'
cine.
flowas (of heaven),
M. 641
ah "^ 5
rr\^ A ^'
Jtrl
Rev -
"' I39) I2> 33> 5 '
;
?>., stars.
dark-
evil, grief, disaster, prejudice ;
var. **-\ akhakh night,
ness.
_ecs*

ah-t o Wi, entreaty, petition, prayer. akh-t ^s\ t\, thing, affair, busi

\\ 9 o \\
ah-ti see ness, matter of the day ; plur.
r-^

ah-ti a ,
the two thighs = (1
-\
 [9]

akliakh I, bone; plur. as i, Rev. 12, 48,

q^i
IZ3 ,
to be light, speedy. Coptic A.CIi.1 (?)

akh <K\ ,
Peasant 97; A.Z. 1866, 100, as, aSU "vX fl ^> ,
Peasant 277,
Jffi^.A _CES& I
fl _A
to withdraw an arrow from a quiver.

x i

akhakli Hh. 483,

the tackle of a boat ;

var. akhut
I,

I I
Rec.

IjsS.
8, 135,

.A, to
^ P
make
~J"
haste, to hurry to,
RK' 6 >
28

to
'

Hh. 481.
'
A
'

akha <S\ ,
to enter, to go
flow quickly, to run, to attack ; Copt. ItOC ;

,
Vj Rec. 13, 21, to judge hurriedly ;

akha
hasting with
*K\
'
^ -/l to carve, to engrave, swift feet.

to scrape, to shave off.

,

--
as-t -o
o A' P | yi,
akha-t "t^
'

L,, scar.
--
a disease of the
akh.a-t
^
'
womb. , Jour. As. 1908, 268, haste, hurry.
^
Rev. 12, 46, to give
ast ^is I c^ ~^ Mr hasters away,
quarter. J\ &T
5

JSai I in

Akhabi B.D.
fugitives ;
"^ -H- "^K ~^~', running water.

(Sai'te) 153, 5, I, B.D.

!53A, it.
Akhabit ^\ -
-CENS- *J
MoJ 1 1 i__l
, Tuat II, as
"^^
I II
|,
N. 296, 300, an offering.

a god with an ankh-shaped phallus.

as H "^i, Mar. Karn. 53, 35 ......
Akhabit-ankh-em-tesheri
n f\
r\
Q ^Awv^ pa cS>> ff> as ,
Hearst Papyrus, VIII, 14,

Jljljy
Ombos
^m\\^, a goddess of the dead.
Denderah i,

Rec. 30, 183,

TB&

oo
,
Tombos Stele 8, gall,
30, II, 2, p. 134,
gall-duct or gall-bladder (?), filth.
akb.ah.-t Rec '3' 124, reed,
.

K^l >
-

as old ic
papyrus ; Copt. ^y^\. "^ [1
Q, (?) ; Copt, (?)

s P len d ur I'ght) bright- as-ti <

testicles.
i
Ksv ^)i
\\

ness ;
si
,
Rec. 14, 69, payment,

akhu 570, punishment ; Copt. OC6.

asaka (ask) ur As
M. 823, light, beings of light; see (1 IJ^IQ] -^ ^. J - -

1908, 302, to delay; Copt.

U. 590,
_/j -/->
asu l, Hh. 230
divine spirits ;
see aakhu.

Akhkhu "^%> ^. B D - -
153, 8(SaVte),

a god of vegetation. to consume by fire.

akhef asbi[t] "^ J flame, fire

"^^ a< ^ | |1 (|(| [|,
; plur.

As-t
"^ d ^ Jv. Rec 3. -
'93. 11-
3, 4,

to reduce to pow-
A.Z. Bd. 46, 108, Isis; see Ast asbu
jj der, to crush.
 [10]

Asbit
Denderah IV,
^ p
81, a fire-goddess.
J o, M. 237, N. 615, ashash-t ^on ^,
', flower.
_Ct\ O ^r, iv, 482,

rtri ^^
asha TtTtT
V^. ^,, to scatter [sand
the goddess of the fourth hour of the day. i-rc-ri

rTnJ"
ashahu "<Loa
_rc&.
fl
i
8
A
%
_zT III
,
B.D. (Saite)
B.D. 17, 41,
,
42, 21, paralytic; Copt. CIjOT^e (?)
B.D. 95, a water-
Ashu 2,

god.
B.D. (Saite) 147, 7, a fire-god. Q. I

A ashu i, for I
,
roast

aS6m R " =
Ik P &> !
'' 3
(meat r~n~
-, a sceptre.
1 A Ashbu
asen ,
Rev. 13, in, B.D. 144, a fire-god in the sth Arit.
_CE>& /WWW \\ I

breathe easily or freely.

ashep A.Z. 1900, 128 =
D
.

^^O
aseh ^s\ I
FD
f~^ >
drum. day, light.
" ~ to burn, .to melt, to
asher
asekh "^ IK M. 224, N. 129,
r-^-i
'4'
(")|

roast, to try by fire.

asher-t <z> >N I348

a -

'lk^P

,P
U. 124,
^7
' J "
29S '
1X
m '
"
vv '

fl
to reap, sickle ; Copt. (JO,C ,
roast meat offering ; plur.

asekh "^^ \\ %,'rr-zi, Decrets 34, ^ "?^^ j

roasted joints
MI i i i _H* l
'
or birds.
chamber (?)
slaughter
~"~ c~n Rev. asher *
O '
14, 19, delay; I

asq A
'

I
Copt. COCK.
evening see
Q I
,

ast I
, clay, earth, chalk (?) ;

, ^K\ I lo \ Enn , potter's clay.

^*>~. JrrSs Ji of ground
aS U
I

ashtu plots
I
'

estates.
ast * O> J ur As-
'^ I
-

Peasant
ground, earth ; Copt. CHT. aq, aqa ... 259, 295,
A
Annales III, 178, . to to be weak, to be weary,
Asther '

star Gr. 'Aor?)p.

, fail,

;
to be tired, diminish, come to an end, be
asta
exhausted, perish, die ;
*K\
rr^.
^ fc ^
TT^"
)
to run aground ;

Jn "^ ^me
P' tired) weary; ruin>
^*' IM'
n /^ destruction Copt. A.KU3, and i.KO in TA.KO.
asteb .to eat; see Mess Qf. ;

^)2!i A
aqu ,
Peasant m6B, 46,
ash"%pn
_ss. A C
Peasant iii6n, 23,
X
,

ash, ash-t
destruction, ruin Copt. LKO.
T=T MI , ;

dog, jackal ;
var.

Aq-t-er-pet
J o
< _> D P. 645,
A ,,

ash ^, oa ) \ ,
an offering made by fire.
name of the Celestial
 [11]

aqa a high
, steps, height, &Q. S K^ '-* -At to move, to walk, to go.
-CESS I

see A
place ;
aqs, aqs
^^_^, "^ p^^,
aqsu %^
= A to
onds
aqa , filth, vomit tie, to bind;
_)i I
%in, !?
fetters.
'

r- a house-boat ;
Arab.
one
aqau ,

of seven spirits who guarded Osiris.

Aqan ,
B.D. 99, Int. 4,
ak
the name of a god.

gV ,
to become weak, to feel pain
<5*l

or sorrow, destruction ; Copt. <LKCJU.

aqb-t V\ J Q , arm, shoulder ;
see A \ U> .
"
aku-t (
K\ , boils, blains, sores,

Aqbut "^ *3
-cc-^
I)
o SN
J^iJ o
)
I
^il
'

I
,
Tombos
pustules, any inflamed swelling.
Stele 4, a foreign people.
aki-t , chamber, abode.
Book I

akuiu i, Rec. 33, 7,

of Gates III, a serpent-god. 8 \\ Bi 3Q r
,L.D. '""""
Ill, ~194, ^^v 1

aqem ,
A.Z. 1898, 49, \\ JTC1'
33,
_^ @ \\J!'
aliens, foreigners, enemies.
Rev. 14, 10, to be sad;
^.
Copt. Aker ,
U. 498,
*vww\
aqen ; see
T 39, -,
_.,
T. 291,
'

aqers-t i, tomb; see I. U. 461, N. 850,

aqretchna
a weapon, axe ; Heb. IV^J (?)
^ AAAAAA

D, IV, 66 9 ,

j,
Rec. 26,

, Rechnungen
n
70, 65 '

^^ly ^(.Rec
who had a
31, 9, an Earth-

^QA x i
it,
U
Rpr ?n
is-ec.
29, god,
end of it ;
lion's

Copt. <LK(JUpI.
body with a head at each

165, Se ^\ V f\, Mar. Karn. 42, 22,

Cfl

i!
A n
'
-.

wfek I V*
^ ^ '
to work in wood >
to
Akeru
"^ -^*
-^ ^ j
,
T. 319,

Rec. 30, 196, 31, 17,

be a carpenter, to hollow out a boat ; 1 X <2 3 H,
1 A U I
,
N. 1386,
Rec. 21, 91, dressed timber; caus. I

^\ I

i a group of
,

Earth-gods who are said to be the ancestors of

Ra and of the Akhabiu-gods, B.D. I53A, n, 23.
aqhu L=/J, carpenter.
Akriu ,
B.D. 1
08,
,
A.Z. 1905, 142,
i i

1
3, a group of Earth-goddesses (?)
- X carpenter's adze, axe, battle-
"'
axe. Akeru-tepu-a-Akhabiu
aqhau ^K IMK axe-men, soldiers.
_
i
,
[]
JJ

_2T I D _ZI '

. . _ *-. ,

i "Zk-4 9 nnui B.D. I53-A, n, the ancestor-gods who worked

aqh _ul\s
^v AIM fi
, clay, earth. the net for catching souls.
 [12 ]

TT

Akeru-tepu-a-Ra ageb j\ oV ,
Metternich Stele 179,

BD T
53 A 2 3> the to weep, to cry out caus.
jJ
I
- ffi
Q'JP ]
-
, ;
J f
ancestor-gods of Ra.

akrtat
compare
>SJ o , wagons ;

Agebsen(?)
a goose-headed god.
%
--TPS^-
ffl J
^3 AAAAAA
, Tuat ill,

U. 614, the name of a

Akerta
god. at, atu, at
O'
ag 5 to lack, to want.
Ik ,
o,

ag
. mn ,
U. 639, plant, shrub ;
a small portion of time, moment, minute, hour,
the time of culmination of some act or emotion ;
see >
06IK -

moment /
j] it this ;
\Y\ \

a plantj a s
from hour to hour T-J
zs \ji' ,-y ; I
<^>
"JT -71 f]
AAAAAA
agab \\ ffl K\ -
the Nile water - ' I a happy time with the women.
,
-LJ^VJ- _lr& ^<] AAVNAA
*1 fl AAAAAA

V\
flood, deluge; see
>^ ffi
^ ^WSA. ^AAAAA at
O ,
B.D. 177, 7
= n ,
not.

to destroy, to flood.
1 8, injury, harm.
agb _\^ ^
"ft
S ^]
f] AAAAAA
'
-, U.
AAAAAA
193, T. 73, N.
at-t , loss, diminution.

5 8 ^' 6 5.
at &
r3"5
, loss, prejudice.

AA/WV\ at , rebel, prisoner.

-
J at U. 456, P. M.
the celestial waters, flood, stream, any large Q , 182, 285,

mass of water
^, T. 56, M. U -37> N. 894,
;
"^ ffi
J ()
V
T 240 ' ^\R'
>^. violence, wrath.
3j\
216; Copt. cu<J*^E..
at .
,
crocodile (?)
Agb "^ffl J3^, N. 706,
^ffl J
K B.D. at ^X , evil-doer,
189^ ii, the primeval Water-god.

n AAAAAA ^R enemies, fiends.

U
'
*TL enemy ; plur. , i
,
^
,P.l. 806,
Agb-ur^fflJ; '

*, U. 608,
~. to be angry, to behave in a beastly
,
\\ manner.

att = destitute
>
N. 617, ja^^ ^^> ^^> >

possessing nothing ; Copt.

the Great Agb.
,
\\ -TL
ati '

agba ,
U. 395, P. Rev. 14,
-M. \\
he who
.m^' J^ ter _2^&
without, who has is
\\ \\

not,
15,
i
without failure, in-
injury
384; see J
(WVAAA
^AAAAA
;
\\ ^^' fallible.
^d
a milch cow, cow suck-
agb S^ I ,
an astronomical term.
ling a calf.
Rec. 12, 19, vulva, uterus ;

ageb ZS
at
J?,knee;
-sd Copt. OTI.
 [13]

ati-t
1^ (j(j ^,
Rec. 14, 2, vulva, uterus ; atep-t
-^
i
plur. (? ;
see ,: Copt. OTI.
I

'
bed diwAn
' '

couch, bier; var. As. 1908, 282, load, burden; %D y |

'
>

Peasant 259 Copt.

atit, ataut , bed, couch, ;

&
I I I
ate P u
& n
S
r
j

l
'

chest for clothes.

bearers of
loads.

atep ,

atit
atef
nurse, nurse ;
see

,
Rec. 27, 222, 31, 170,
at-t ?.

,
a crown of Osiris.
\\
V^7

^ /www <s\ Thes. 1

206, high-backed, atf mcense s P' ces '
jf ^, , '
aX. P i

' sweet unguents.

stiff-necked, varr. X. ?' B D ' '
'5 4 '
I5 '
"^^^
orr
atf fix La tree.
"^x^^*. ; Copt, (in &KJUT).
(]
l rf'-> Q I

a cutting tool or instru-

^ standard, perch, resting place atf ment.
at ..v
'

of a god or divine statue.

v.

a-ten \ or /www A.Z.

Ata - ra 8k \\ MI
1889, 71.
23, 4, a god in the form of a mummy. Rev. 12, 10, ground, earth ;

1U fl
i
laJ. T - 200 P 6 79, boat.
'
-

atr river plants, papyrus.

Q1
*f
^*-~5
I
.^ \7
Rev " a kind of< fish ;
J!fiS& _2la> I

I
I

^ '^^ =
I
,

r Rev I4>
ath^^ =
8 1
|'
-

17, to draw a bow = A

tt o v,
(S

r^~n-
*'
a god.
Ati

atita
sf(](],TombRamesesIV,28,
-M^
'
ii

X^^L Aministrant(?)
ath
^s=>, ^^,
26, 233, to nurse, to nourish.
U. 4 8o ;
Rec.

1^^ ^ ^k S
Shipwreck 1 1 2, to trouble
atu oneself.
ath4 ' hed> couch>

stool, chair, canopy.

atutu ,
B.I). 145, 4)
chair-
1 6, a kind of wood.
athu bearer.

Rec. 27, 85, air,

ateb land, region. athu
Ij^ J ^, wind.

ateb
"' -" to load, be laden see
sceptre (?) athp \
,
;

(B
u:

^ D '

,
load ;
var. V\ jk ;

to loac', to be laden ;
master fli-
Copt.
of a load,

Athpi ,
Tuat XI, a dawn-god.
Copt. u
 [14]

at ,
a small portion of time, moment. atali ;see

at-t back, rump. atit ,

disease of the eyes.
\\
Rec. 27, 2 20, a class
at ,
heart disease (?)
Atu j,
of divine beings.
I

to be to run, to flee, to make

wounded, atu ,

one's escape.
\\ be afflicted.

inflammation atep
at-t a D
of the eyes.
Amen. 12, 8, to load, be
at D ^rSl

loaded; see &L_fl.

, calamity.

, Rec. 10, 136, to atepu i ,

ata suffer injury or loss.

geese.

at ,
Rec. 26, 12, 27, 10, 31, 14, atf . a kind of balsam tree.

-sa>, Rec. 27, 61,

\\ atf
,
to be angry, to
i i i
rage at.

',
Rec. 29, 157,
at-t wrath.
9 .qVp
atu ^ ,
a man of wrath. swamp ;
see
A
n<=s>
I
fi
A yj-
Q
!0, a
man of wrath- ^
at-ha-t (?) atSU "\\ "Ml ,
a kind of plant.
I
ful nature.
l '
E==^~l r/^t K\
*fl
Peasant 181, croco-
Ates-heri-she (
\
dile.
the lierald of the 6th Aril.
at-t ke ready a
atch igS. ^"^ , calamity.
to prepare (?), Leyden Pap. 9, i, 14* 2 -

at to
atcha "^\ |
%^ *&, a bad act >
wicked-
(J.
fire, flames. ness, guile, fraud ; Copt. O2f I.
chip of wood,
atau B.D. 169, 12,
atcha \\
,
_ JNS- t splinter.

garment, apparel. atchait

^|''^ 0(1 ^L. R E - -
4, 76,
Rec. 27, 60,
Atau ,

a god. fraud, injustice, wickedness; Copt.

 [ 15]

, represents a short sound of a, e and i ,

backbone.
in English. \

a Rec. 31, 16, aa-t (?) bounds limits (?)

(j jf, |j,
|,
^, |j, ^j, (]
(?),

pronominal suffix, ist person, I, me, my, etc iSsJ bier, grave ;
^__j '
a Q ' '
see aa-t.
a 173, T- 333,
[], f)|,U. ^'^J she wlio embraces, nurse.
^ O my heart
,

P. 825, O, hail !

^ ^ V&,
!

aa-t , girdle (?)

a [1
he who, that which. (]
Qfi,
aa-t , pain of body or mind.
(j

aa-t
(j^^, 1)^". tomb '

grave, sepulchre, dust heap ; plur.

a
(j
.A =au (j
.A "^S, to come.
U-"-J U-"~vl U-~N|, U. 208, *CS
(I

a gy /I P. 643, M. 680, N. 1 242, to wash. P. 1883, 65, h

,
(j
174,'^A.Z.
v Ml i

A "9
a an amulet.
(?) (1
vg^i A.Z. 1908, 16,
U -
587, 1^ 00 , ^ ,
*J gods of the tombs,
I)

a fl | "^ , a kind of plant.

'
i-T
the tombs of Horus and Set ;

,P.668,M.
^

= ""P in the P.668,M. 778, the

|j

Asien u. E. p. 313, Lieblein Diet. No. 553. two tombs of Osiris ; (I

c 32, 8 4 34) 182.

149 and
-
fl
I
,
the 14 Aats, B.D. 150,

Book of Gates, 66 ;
t

N. 669, Rec. 31, 171, glory !

praise. the Western Aat;
(j

aaaa (1 "^X (1
^\ ,
U. 609, acclamation ;

j^, IV,
882:^ (|^(
A Sn Amen. 14, 14, flattery. f\
v\
yTy
\d. ,
a sacred grove in Busiris; i^^i
^^
I)

Jll
^^^' to cry out (?)
CrieSOfJOy '

/^\

"
|
i

r"F
(j
l

1
S
I
,
the tomb of Osiris in Busiris
J
;
^^Q
A l i l

'

QS I
, Aat of Life," the necropolis of the 8th Nome
of Lower Egypt; i-~vi AA*^ 1 ]
vj the tomb
4a4 ;

H:ko' moment;see :kof *^

,
!)
-51 d old woman
A'
of Osiris in Mendes ;
u-~si ,
the Holy
aa-t U \\ , ;
see |J
i _cc^ i
Aat, a locality in the nome of Gynaecopolites ;

aa-t I
, rank, dignity ;
see Metternich Stele 97.
(] \ U i
[,

d 31
.
tne name given to the

sections of the Kingdom of Osiris as described

>
see
l I I |
in B.D. 149.
 a
^ fS
I
"~ "

Aat Aakhu ^, i
,
B.D. 149, the
d!
Q 3S _/J JW I
i

3rd and 5th sections of Sekhet-Aaru.

IV, 1098, islands of the Mediterranean;
aa-t
(]
^ fe ^,
"^ u--J ,
,
,
,

i i i
M. 689, the
'
. islands of the Eastern Medi-
four Aats of Horus.
an d
Aa-t-en-uabu
__ ^ 3 f
/
'
, AAVWX
~ ,
-.-.

Rec.
terranean ;
[ r 4 J1 is' f Senefru ;

iWW>A I -J I I I

31, 35, a mythological town.

/ l^^l, the necropolis of Philae ;
L-**'
Q ''Ni
AAA/SAA A^/VI/VA

Aa-t-ent-mu
3 J ^
~",
AA/WV\
B.D. 149, ,
the necropolis of Hermopolis.

OIL 4 I ,
B.D. (Nebseni) 17, Aa-nsasa
i

the 1 3th Aat of Sekhet-Aaru. see Aa-nesrnesr-t.

L^i
""** B D
Aa-t-en-setch-t IA - -

Aa-nsernser-t
(Nebseni) 17, 43, a district of fire in the 7"uat.
Rec. 27, 218; varr.
Aa-t-Heru L^~NIU^^ L^^I v\ . i^~^\^~^
Rec. 27, 217, ^w .
31,
U. .'08, P. 187, M. 351, N. 903,
\^x'^^ ,

the divisions of the Kingdom of Horus in heaven. ,

Rec. 31, 173,

Aa-t-Heru-mehti
J
(j "^ J^
Horus of
^
L
i
I -
555i tne domain of the Rec. 31, 173, the "Island of Flame," a
region in the Kingdom of Osiris.
North ; ',
P. 6 10, the

domains of the North.

, ground, earth, rubbish-

Aa-t-Heru-resu heap; plur. %\ Tutankhamen 7.

-TT\^ "%
,
(j
(j 1 _X\2> 111

^
I'-
555> the domain of Horus of the South;
P. 6 10, the domains
aa-t
Mar. Karn. 52,
(j ^ 4,
, region,

rubbish-heap.
ground;
(j

of the South.
waste
Aa-t Kher-aha aaut (1 "%\ islands (?)

B.D. 149, the i4th section of Sekhet-Aaru. aa Stele of Herusatef 99, ox;
(1
Y\ ^^ii
Aa-t Setesh-t k^Jk^t^^-j, U.
A -n Q n Ci
plur.
(j ^^ J3 ,
cattle.

^d ^^
'
4 oa'
t
aa-t De Hymnis
^\
I

(I
*^*j 36,
n P. ,88, M. 351, N. 903, the divisions of
'
the kingdom of Set, or Se
Setesh, in heaven. ,

,
an animal.
Aa-t-shara i^~si TtTtl <^z> n n ,
Rec. 3 1
,

P. 5 B3.
35, a mythological locality. A.

rS^ 1 >Ws JT
'^

Aat *f ., stand for figures of

/WWW ) ___
the great canal gods and sacred animals, stand, perch plur.
^'
;

\\ Jini \> =r' of Heliopolis.

(1 v\ '

p
I
, supports ;
C^A^^^
P. 411, M. 593, N. 1198.

Rec. 13, 22, island ; plur.

'
I

A
\\! two supports, U. 426, (I T. 244.
!<=>&! 1
,
 A [17] A
A*WVNA
Aa-t ent Up-uatu
f\

(I
1
^
Xfl

rrw
vL-
y
\/
^tfy
Aai
Uj^flfli Tuat IX, an ass-headed

%2 ,
B. D. 99, 1
6A, part of the magical boat. god, the opponent of Aapep and Sessi ; (I

I
,
the allies of the same.

P. 146, 364, 415, M. 185, 895, N. 1077, 1200,

Aaiu
of gods
mMi'
who bewitched Aapep.
-^ atix '
a

aait Q1L flOoRl!, old age.

Ik ik "0"' club> cud s el > 1 -CENS- 1Jl I I \

mace, rod, sceptre, stick. Aait l

,
B.D. 6 3 A, 3,
^
aa
A
U
"k
k -^>
fl

IJ ^
"?X
.> P le > staff> stick - the " old gods," gods of olden time.

iaiu
1 3k 11 VS- second(?)>

moment (?), = ^\ ^.(?).

$
*KX ^U plants, herbs, flax (?)
aail Rec. 21, 96,
(1
i "^ i i i
, ,

twig, branch, a horned animal; Assyr. W.A.I. II,

aaai-t
W
,

(j stick.
6, Col. 4, 1 1 ;
Heb. .

aaa-t j
things with a strong
'
A
(| I smell. Aau n *^v
(I
^v
tx.
v\, 1'uat I, a singing-god.

aau (1
Q '
Hh. 550, things with
III a strong smell.
o
aaa ,
a kind of stone. \\
(j

aaa
l J T i J^ 1 I
.

praise.

aaa-t (j ^\ rrX^S
(j
d , praise.
I l

Aaait B.D. (Salte) 145, R.

(] "^ ^ | (]
,

a goddess in the i7th Pylon. (]

praise, accla-
1

' ,
"
\\ 4
aaaa ,
to wash.
mation, adoration 6OOT.
(] ; Copt.

p -
437, 44, M. 651, 655, flounshers
of sticks.

ftfta
Add,
to bind an animal for aau-t
sacrifice.

(J K\ I jl ,
to burn, flame, fire.

aaash (I
,--. Sr >
to ca H, to cr y ut >
*^\

Copt. U30J.

aaatchtau
(j
%~ \\
,
A.Z.

Q old man, old

^^ Sf, yung man, youth.
, god,

veteran, aged folk; plur. "ibs. I, U. 513,

aaatchta-t (j

maiden, virgin.
 [18] A

portable shrine or chapel.

aaui (?) (j
v\ ,
Rec. 21,99, Ioo P.S.B. i

12, 123, 13, 574, a particle.

aaut
aauiti(?) O"^^^^^
Karn. 54, 45, companies of troops.
1

E ^
two goddesses. Aaurmerra fl
"^\ J|
x
^
000
Aau Nu, fl ,
B.U. Jour. As. 1908, 312, a proper name (?)

57, the primitive Sky-god. aauha A1K tk m A Jl

Rec 3, -

steering-pole, rudder; see merhu-t.

\\
official position, rank, dignity, position, pro-
A "5X (2 ^SC [I
I

V\
'

fessional occupation plur. J

~-M
I
; (1 ,
the left side;
f J ^1' 4^' f J<2> ' left>

<2 ^ ^
-
4
TTT- TTTJi- ' <?

lT'
,

leftloot;
TJ
n

?
'

T
*

Q 'TJU>.'
n

c~3, high\ h offices; the left eye of heaven, the moon.

<
,
T. 336, P. 811, M. 253, N. 639. aab-rek w j|
^_a ,
P.S.B. 20, 203,

[get] away to the left !

Compare "p.5^.
fe
j rank, dignity.

J)T ^T'X'
I {]{]
aabi-t
f J). t
aauu | j yf i> R v - IT J
I
3'> dignitaries. the left eye of Ra, i.e., the moon.

aaui TOO ^ ^ ,
to have power or rank. aab-tfl^Kf
-TENS'
1
]o,U.
^3 I
5 37,

aau-t fl % '

TV, Israel Stele 24,

and goats;
herds, cattle, sheep s; fl
/
Rec. 29, 148.

aaau
strife (?)
[j
"

^^ u -
392,

opposition (?)
\r)
r\ f&i fo /a) \\
aau-t M <
Q\ M ,
the sticker, the stabber.

agon fl

H
"^\
mm \C\ vK
Jf H
)l \\
r
B.D. 174,
double-plumed.
1
Io ,

in
.

AaaullV^^V^. "", ^:
7

tJ -

aab-t
(j
,
T. 80, 13, M. 234,

Amen. 4, 6, to turn aside, to deflect from

a course or purpose.

aaua fl %, } L_fl, to bear, to carry.

 A [ 19 ]

Tuat a singing-goddess. an animal marked for sacri-

Aab[it] 'I J, I,
fice.

aab TK^^ s P hinx m !43> a mark on

>

A n o a .4. o a .4.
I \\ O '
animals sacred to Set.

I -J| tvx/l'
O .4. f|
I

Q
fVA/)'
* QQ
I tJ aab TK

V ,V ^lo \> , Tfr ,

the east: Copt.
Copt, ei
I I I I

Q ~
Aabtit-4 " , goddess of the East.
Q the name of a serpent tJ ^ Jr5k' le P ard Panther ; plur.
-

^ J S^;
Aabtt W l] ^T)
I J fvio (lJ\' of the royal crown.
~~~ see
Q Q U
Aabtt-hena-ka-f m H 8 .

B.D. 141 (Sa'ite), 18, the East and its

N.
double.
cere-
o
, ivory ; see T
J
^= .

aab '
944, sceptre,
. - .-

J-<t I monial mace (?)

aab-t TT;
, enclosure, garden.
J
aabt
the head-box of Osiris at Abydos.
aab v- ,
a kind of cloth.

Aab[ut] fj^^f |-
see
JJ^
T J V ^' T " _ fl
J
'
to ^ ac ^' to want to c >
\\ n? J|
I
, fathers, ancestors.

to an end, to cease, to finish; _n_ (1

1 TT;
i, aab n ^- *= n ^- ^ n @
|
U. 285; - 719 ,
to cut, to slay, to smite, carved work.
X
"" ^ ceaselessly day
ceaselessly;
^!!
fl
vgx and aabtiu , fighters.
night. I *& -U.U. C^. i_l

aab ^' Rev "

J o %> ^>j
>
-
aabut TT;
, slaughters.
129, 136, decree, message.
aabau heru %\ fl
I WVS^I I SI-
Rec. 31, 171, " fighting faces "(?), the name of
4 n (2
'
Amen -
I7) I( a company of gods.

,
to wish for, to desire, to love ;
aabi-t
^ Jj flfl ^ ^* ,
the mantis.

|
,
Amen. 8, 13 aabis-t (?) TTC
1(1(1 1
^ Nastasen
Stele 6 1, eye-paint
aabb (?).
^ JJ^,f JJ vg.Rec. 32
;
aabu TK an
1 8 1, to love, to wish, to desire.
J ?^ , official, butler (?) ;

AT, .4. fcr2 .4. fV T-AS J2 .4. n -9

aab
J
I

see

'
|**% f J_p :f li!' TJ 1
-i -a ^_JJ
Rec. 19, 19, pleasure, desire.
(1(1 I
,
Aabui Rameses iv>
(]^J '

aab-nut-f & |^, "beloved of his 28, a singing-god.

J ^S
city," a title of Amen- Ra. aabnn ,
a kind of bird.
\\ \\
aab .4.
aabrek ^J7,W6rt. 42, a
(|
to burn, to flare up, to burn off, to brand.
vessel or instrument.
.4.

aabekh
^J*^;LD. Ill, 194,9,^*,
Ill, 194, form, figure, similitude, statue, effigy,
to pierce, to penetrate, to
mark, sign. Tvr
,

B 2
 [20]
force a way among or into, to be permeated with ;

yaabbkh &.
Qfl ,

ft
mingled.

U a , shrine, sanctuary.
J\ * rr~n
aam-t
I

,
T. 90, palm tree;
e
aatbekhab (?) EM a (j

Jj J ,

kind of stone.

aabs 1 1 > eye-paint. aama (?) A a wine, palm wine

,
(?)

aabet

aabet
'f J ^ =
fJ ^.
a part of a crown men-
the eas
Vd
e ft
e Aamtiu
the Oasis of Jupiter
(j
I
A
i
T I

Ammon.
"
\\
X, ^
f j
I

t
,
the people of

TT;
J f^n ,

tioned with u
(j
v aam (|) |\ 7^ ,
to arrive happily.

Aabtu .
35, 56,
aam
B.D. 44, n, 211,3, B.M. No. kindly with, to be gracious to.
, 3, i, 32,

1.
123, (I
.4. <
7K ,
a fish that acted as pilot to Ra; aama _^ | (|
,
(] |) ^\
TT n ^\ to be pleasant, to be benevolent, to be gracious.
var. T
J
tw) \&\ <Q=I j Copt, "f ecJxJUT" (?) ;

aamaam <^= to treat

(1
|^=c\,
y<=^ ^LV /I "~*^ the holy aabt fish.
(j |>

V
i
/ww\ [ ^j
x very kindly; A
i _o*^ =11
U
? fl^ 1
aapa ,
a baked cake ;
fc

p
I

, good-hearted;
compare Heb. ;

a baked " "

aapata f ;

cake.
, shadow, pleasant to thine eyes ;

N. 165, talons, kind of hand, benevolent.

aafut a,
(j claws.

aam e aam-t 1\ I gracousness,

,
to tie, to bind.
(j grace.

Thes. 1205, graciousness.

'
to grasp> to seize-

x 4amit
aamaam Thes.
^ '1

1207, to be strong, effective.

aam T. 85, M. 239, N. 616, amiability, graciousness, pleasure, things which

fl "1\ |\ (1
i JE^ _S^. {}' to set fire to, to kindle.
please.
aam (j "^\
A t\ ,
T. 334,
(|
"^K
^\ ^,
P. 826, palm tree; var.
(j
_J? |, M. 249, gracious [god]>
l 11 1 f

aam, aama __> M. 249,

(] |, (j

"
the " gracious goddess Hathor ;
m
,
name of the crown of Upper Egypt.

of tree, date palm (?) ; plur.

Aamu-t i
:, U. 197, M. 229,
1

i i i
N. 608, P. 230, T. 76, the name of a divine nurse.
 A [21]

Mission I, 596, Rec. 32, 177, kindly one,

aar-t

,
(j ^^
epoo-f .
=0=, milk; Copt, i

gracious god.

aam-t aar[r]t (| ^ ^ < =>

, fish-spawn (?).

I ^ ^, T. 395,

>U '
193 '

^^-^'-^^- "
,
M. 515,
house, tent, camp, station ; plur.
i i

aamu waggon load of some

material.

aamu l
, IV, 657, weapons.
Aaru
a P art of the
aam-t A .

if?
fl 1
testines. ^v vfy
^L ,
the name of a celestial city.
yj^

aam
aaaru <=> reeds
(j "^ 1\ ^> -

=>
Aaru, Aarr "^K , u. 598,
Aamit ,
Asien
(j

,
N. 964, the god of the Field
u. E., p. 316, a god

Aamit "*-> (?).

,
a goddess.
of Reeds,
fl

A -7L \\ r~ I I

a aar
.

Aanait Rec. 2, 31,

,

M \o\ Anastasi
i^\ i
, I, 23, 5,
goddess.
I 1 3
lion ;
Heb. "HSI .

aaneb
^ , L.D. in, 65A, 15;
J, aaraar
* \> \>
A.Z. 17,57, u i i

'J .J^yj,: Anastasi I, 23, 9, hero ; compare Heb. "7N'1 ~lN.

aar ., a kind of bird.

Rec. 36, 199, axe, battle-axe.
V
"

aar-t h ,
ditch ; Copt.

forms, transformations. enroop.

aarr-t, aarrut aar , tress, lock of hair.

(|

, vine; Copt. eXooXe; plur. n

s;n,

misery.

aarriu O i i
*,
i
B.D.
^
(Saite), 125, 43. . . .

'
... ^
(
> grapes
pes ; Copt.
, ,",
aarat ., to plant; see
(1
"^^^ (1 r.

, eXeooXe; P. 292, the

|,
vine of the god.

tor- 1 Aarait
n^srr;. 4 (j
, Uraeus-goddess.

aartiar
v
beans, berries (?).
1
a kind of bird.
(|
iir
 1 [22]
^ ah Ql lafeP -Vti '
un S uent aakh-t TtTtT, ,
Amen. 6,
l^s. yj?i

"^D ^
2, 8, water plants; Heb. IH^, Gr. xf Copt.
aahai R ec 34 48,
',

g,
.
,

{] (||j

mourning, a cry of grief.

aahau
aakhkh 1 p i
neck sinews ' (?)
^5 feeble, weak.
(j "^XTD ^\ , (j

aahar IK aakhkh 0, night; var.

[~0 *^, hut, tent; (j

< ~~^> d m
fl i i

,
tents made of camels' hair; Aakhabit ,
B.D.
i \\ ,UX i.ii
Heb. 7HN. 145, (Sai'te) 14, 52, a goddess of the i4th
an ingredient in Pylon.
aahem fl
"$\
P^> /
FT] o
o
,
incense.
1
aakhu-t '^ )|| | ]\ ,
L.D. Ill, 1400, fire.

aakhu[it] , night,

78, 25, 26, a fighting god in the Tuat. evening ; Copt.

aah \\ A Y, to set, to place, Aakhuait

(j
l _tr^ A
Tuat I, one of the twelve goddess-guides
of Af.

/
aakhu M
^, N. 112, 124, ||
m, T. 292,

T. 399, Rec. 31, 17,

Aahes ,
N. 93<i,

\ P. 200, N. 936, an ancient Sudani god,

Be bright, splendid, glorious, ex-
,
shine, to fine,

Head of the Land of the Bow," =^= cellent, good, to be useful, to recite formulae.
fjjf]
"jj [j

(Nubia); varr. %\ fl
^., P. 668, aakhu-t i,A.Z. 1904, 143, Metter-
D _^ /* I

ttri M. 779. nich Stele Dream Stele

107, , 7,

aakhi
|) ^M Ij,
T. 227,
(j
any -

P. 14,
1) S^'
485, 617, M. 694, N. 1297, to flourish, to burst
'i S X'
U '
4I9 P 247)'
~
thing which is beneficial, good, splendid, benefit,

strength, protection, advantage, credit, renown ;

into flower, to bloom.

'
excellent
,
hearted
to flood, to irrigate, to
tm
aakhi l\
inundate.
Ij
Aakhu-menu
ODD
aakh-t o, Ttm . D J

itui^o, ,
a building of Thothmes III.
e.
,
A.Z. 1904, 89, 147,
ca/^>
the first season of the Egyptian year
ST< <v /y>
^'
(July 20-Nov. 15).
words
Ombos
i
,

A a kbitt Ji 9, goddess
of the first season _

of power, protective formulae, spells ;

^
aakh Q "^\f TjTtT ^, M. 684, pond, lake,
1 -CC^S- I '

,
Thes. 1295, the magical formulae of Thoth ;

large canal ;plur.

I
W f magical words.
P. 123, N. 1040. I I *=*>
 [23] A
aakhu ,
U. 622, p. 237, Aakhu-nekhekh *,
(j

Denderah II, 10, one of the 36 Dekans.

Aakhu-ra ^> Tuat XII, a singing

|
dawn-god.

,
A.Z. 1900, 129, light, splendour,
Aakhu-heri-ab-He-t-ashemu ft
d .

B.D.
radiance, brilliance, glorious deeds, splendid , 141
acts, virtues, excellences, blessings, benefits ;
and 148, the rudder of the eastern heaven.

P hane S EP i .
Aakhu-heri-ab, etc. $ % Jj ^H
'

aakhu-t ^
" <=>
J
\_i
the title of the P riestess
of the NomeProsopites. i~K-i
S\ ^ ss>-, B.D. 141 and 142, 1. 26, the

aakhut Rec. Light-god in the temple of the gods.

S^v&Jj], 27, 219,

beings of light, i.e., wise, instructed folk. Aakhu-hetch-t '^ _/J

? /j, Cairo Pap.
A v

Aakhu Re, IV, a god of the dead.

jy, 27, 59,
I) ^jft, 2,

Aakhu-kheper-ur
P. 447, N. 656, 662,
|j ^^ ^ ,
Rec. 30,
B.D. 162, 7, the body of Ra
(?)
in An.
JR fj| $J J)
>

Aakhu-sa-ta-f m ^ I
s, Denderah
IV, 60, a warrior-god.

, Pap. 3024, 65,

aakhu '^fe, % |, to be or become a

Hh. 561, the Light-god;

(] ^ spirit;

/
> "'13
^' B<D '
9> 6>
" l am
Rec. 31, Great Light, "
13, the endowed with
the sun.
i.e., a spirit ;
^^ Jl (j
, spirit, having

aakhu-t
JL^,
T. 251, 321,
become a spirit
Rec. 33, 30.
;
see
'^ | (j
i

^
1

| || y |
,

>Z>
U. 44
V ,
Sj*

(i
,
m <3>-, the Eye of Ra or Horus,
the
the fiery light of the sun, a flame-goddess, the
T\
Y .

fiery uraeus on Pharaoh's crown, the name of spirit-soul of a god or man ; ^fe ^
.
_/J i
'

a crown the uraei on the royal

;
crown.
Rec. 32, 182; '^b^ ^l' a damned sou ',
I

aakhu-ti ^ , ^ _
\\
_^_,
i i i
Pap. 3024,4; plur. ^fe,
(j
%,P- 7 12 , N. 1367,
i

^^" V wT '
^' 2 ^' 2 7'
STi //
the two eyes of Horus or Ra, i.e., the sun and //i
N. 888,
the moon.
*s>

Aakhu-t * ,
a name of Isis-Sothis.

Aakhuit
I
I

i
,
Tuat I, the fiery uraei-
I I'

goddesses who light the way of Ra. 1

/. I I

ii- 1 1 * a * vn *
S t$t A^ A^ '^J

10, one of the 36 Dekans

'

% ^*^* h

;
Gr.
>

xv
Denderah
-
'

M
B 4
 [24 J

in
,
A.z. 1908, seven spirits of Sepa ; fl ill
III

B D. 149, II, spirits nine cubits high ;

glorified spirits of the dead, the dead, the sainted the ancestral
i, spirits;
dead ; Copt. \ .

the
ZI Q Q primeval
IT. / /21 \\ffil '

aakhu-t CZ=>(*K)
>^j. %> sfh,
I

SINN RD
spirits.

a female spirit. Aakhu VII '

.

-
I7)
,
_8i in
87, 100-106, the seven guardian spirits of the
aakhu aqer ^=1,
1$ B.D.
(j |, body of Osiris.

91 ! 4>
^^* NT <=> 'ill
a spirit whose mouth Aakhu VIII S , Berg. I, 7, the

is able to recite spells with skill and knowledge ; four sons and the four grandsons of Horus.
A /T\ I h PI AA/WVA r\ ,-,

Aakhu-ami-Neta >i 8 H}- c=> J

B.D. 169, 15.
P. 7, M.
ft n *AA<\ ^ N. 114, the
10, , spirit-
aakhu aper ^1 1$ "^ ft
||,
B.D. 91,
soul of Neta,
(j-jj-e.n.n
i.e., Osiris.
rx/v/i

Rubric, a spirit equipped with amulets and spells. Aakhu-akhmiu-seku

aakhu ankh
/

^^ >
$ ,
B.D. r\

l\ , T, 289, N. 128,
65, 8, a living soul. i

Aakhu |, B.D. 64, 21, the '

M - 66 '

the spirit-souls of the imperishable stars.

"Spirit-souls
of the dead who numbered

', 4, ooi, 200.

aakhu11

"Spirit-soul,
'ZL

^g
Lord
I
A

of Spirit-souls,"
/

^
ZL tk
.P
a title
^
fi\ l

!''

of
Ber S- :' T 3> a ram '
Osiris.
headed god.
Aakhut-nebat
Aakhu
/

^ wj ,
Denderah IV, 80 ;

Q a|jl Nesi-Amsu 27, 17,

"
Flaming Eye,"
B.D. 149, the god of the 5th Aat. , i.e.,

the goddess Sekhmit.

Aakhu ^^ .$, B.D. i45A, the
^
Jy r-^-, ill
Den -
doorkeeper of the iyth Pylon.
[Aakhu]-neb-s P^*^l >

derah IV, 84, the name of the roth Pylon.

Aakhui Tuat 1I a 8 od with
two lotus sceptres.
Aakh-su-ash-mer-t-Uast
n
aakhuti
"v
N -
760,
|) lj .c ,, 7 9 8, ,

Lit. 90, the two spirits, i.e., Isis and

a Theban god (?)
Nephthys.

Aakhuti P. 642,
Aakhu-Set-heru-kheru
\\,

N. 1 239, a pair of divine

M. 677, >
spirits. the spirits of Set, celestial and terrestrial.
Tuat VI, the spirit-souls . , , ,
/?! c. /4>
of the gods of the Tuat. aakhu-t T. 320,

Aakhu U. 70, 275, 527, 5 01 Rec. 31, 161,

.^,, .

T. 174, 289, 330, P. 120, M. 155, N. 109, 331,

719, the spirit-souls of the gods. ^n'^'^\ i
JcJSU'ra"-^
the abode of the Light-god or Sun-god, the
Aakhu IV B.D. 96-97, ,~. ftA/V^\A
^gjj, horizon C^3 7==> the horizon of the sky
3, the four spirits who follow the Lord of
;
o i i d , ;

11

Things;
^^^ |
'

,',',',
B.D. 17, 87, the
DDO
fN/vn
the horizon of Manu,
the West.
i.e.,
 A [25] A
Aakhut-en-aten c3 Aas-t (Ast)
(j AA^W Berg. ,
,
the goddess Isis
II, 13, a title of Nut.

r=I _
3,
y
eternal horizon, /.<?., the tomb.
Aasabatiu
Harris Pap. I, 77, 3, name
$ ^^ \
of a tribe or nation.
V&
'

>

,
P. 642,
Aasakhr name
H c^^H TT*A*J_
Hntite goddess.
in W I \ i j
, of a

,
o r^n | r \\
the god who dwelleth in T. 340, N. 628, a
region in the heaven of Ra.

aakhutiu >
,
the horizon.

P. 357,
aasb
(j ^ P J ,
the name
th rone, seat;
of a game.

com-
[1 IJ

,
N. 1071,
.
I J) pare Heb.
aasr ', tamarisk tree; see
Rec. 31, i
7l>

!,

Aasten *-^~
\\

', Berg, i, 34 ,
/wwv\

= B.D. 1 8, G. i, Nesi-Amsu 16,

51 6,

l-&^
I
j,
(j

one of the eight ape-gods of the com-

i

the O
gods and
|
I
_J
i_ f
-*
****gH of
beings V71 the
Llil_ j,

O
1
_. _i t <
.
yj He
. .

i i i
I
II) kingdom of the Light-god. pany of Thoth. presided over the seven

Aakhu-t Khufu
'
the name of the pyramid of Khufu. Aastes
aakhu-t sheta-t c2 ^^ ^ to cr y out call > in

the secret horizon, the

-no Jl

llisa'ia
!
f) aash r-rc-i v^ ,
ask for ; Copt.
vite, .

CUOJ.
name of a part
of a temple.

aakhu
!

R C. 27, 86, a ,
'

i kind of fish.
"the crier," i.e., "roarer," a name of Set, or

V 111
^ )
herb, reed, plant,
grass, vegetation.
Typhon,
Aasha
jackal.
"l==1
TjT(T'^\ <^~ a kind of dog
or jackal.
:.
27, 86, aashaf (J to bur n.
'ty 'ft (d
I
v ,

'

Q
\*>

I \T
' ' g round land ' >
eart h.
aashata
Z= a kind of
V I
plant.
aakhu meh SU PP'- I
3 I, the
name of a cubit. aashata penu
aakhu-t A z J 96, 114, - - a plant, rat's bane
^B sacred cow.
(?)

Aakhmansh i _LU\^ ji i _m\s> | _/\

r-ir-1

Achaemenes;Pers.<t<^y}Sf
Beh. i, 6 ; Gr. 'Ax"*/ 16'"'/ 9
~e
-
,,_
P.

see
182, M. 256,
(j ^^ ,
N. 894, to enter;

J i
4as /] ^\ ".
to hasten > c Pt- IHC,
^_J

aaq ? u - 28 3, N. 719 + 10, to rule

IU3C. (] "^^
-^> to govern.
i
I
govern,

aaqu (|
, loss, want.
 [ 26 ]

aaq-t > leek, onion ; Copt. KXI,

(j

K<Te; plur. Aag-t ,

a town in the Tuat.
c. I I I
(j
* ^
(a

MI AagU-t M
1
^\
_M&>
S o Ml ,
seed of a plant.

aat (j Y\ Nbx ,
to fail, be weak.

(i
^K\ Ml, Rec. 19, 92, seed of the same.
1 n^S- III aat-t [1
T^^ , weaknesses, defects ;
var.

aaqu A.Z. 1874, e

Jour. As. 1908, 302.
[j 1^. ^^i)
62, to bastinade.

Aaqetqet ,
B.D.

17, 1 02, one of the seven who guarded .

, wound,
spirits
the body of Osiris.
injury, breach, stab.

Aak ,
A.Z. 1906, 122, old aatiu
I .
\\
B.D. 118, CTT3
man, senior ; plur. (1 ' , slaughter houses.
171 I
2. i i

Aaku I
,
B.D. (Saite) 28, i,

a group of warrior-gods in the Tuat. Peasant 177, resister.

& LD UI
aatm
aat(O NC
- -
' i4 B deadly .

J^^^, country.

i, mason, stonecutter ; plur. (I

Aat (I ^^ j|_
rr~vS- i
,
Mar. Aby. i, 44, the god of
I i

the block of the goddess Sekhemit.

Aat-urt
Aakb
.,
T. 98, P. 813, M. 243, a sky-god.
^

/I

4 mJ
"^\^ H
to wee P> to
aat

aatata
(| ^ ^
@ {^ ^ ! speech

1 ^
^
?
)

Kolier Pap.
s U i i i
(]
i HI
,

Oil ffil>; wailings, mourning, mourners

J
a kind of strong-smelling plant.

aakbit
"^ J aatem
CtCtLt/lXl -
TL ? 1 l\
KO\ ^
J-JV,
Prisse Pap
......
'
IIf
|)1 _cTX^ ^o
^o=n:_M^ 21 13
a weeping, mourning.
aaten L-^KI -wvw\ ,
disk of the sun ;
see [I
^v^;w^.

aakbit
aatru (I ,
stud bulls.

Hh. 481, to
aath lack.

aathu (1 ,Hh. 555,

i i i

places of slaughter,

aatha
the 75 forms of Ra (No. 29).

Aakebi[t] Q^ llUUJk. Tuat

Anastasi

this ?
I,

compare Heb. HrsS

n, 2, 21, 5, what is

VIII, the name of a Circle, < >

^!
aatha Amen. 15, 2,
l8 a pro "
:>
Aaker '

tector of the dead

'

. 1 8, 2, to seize.
i
 [27] A q

* *
aathamai 1

4 <\ some strong-smelling

Anastasi I, 26, 8, part of a whip.

V ^e,
Kiss?
-^
_^
aat-t
**H mo \
r-s
~'
'
substance.

aat-t, aati A "$\

^^>,
n*c& \\ x I)
aatharaa-t Q& s^
i
n
(gZ-r \

Anastasi I, 18, 8, neighbourhood. , 4

aathen u-^ Thes. 1199, n

^^AAv^
,
disk of the sun.
D
O <? *=*-]

aat A T. 399, M. 409, to descend.

., Mar. Karn. 53, 39; Amen. 4, 4,
,

21, 8, to vex, to injure, hurt, oppress, be hostile

aat A ,
Rec. n, 71, mace(?) to, to be oppressed, desolate.
nrrm

aa
H^n0' ^ \\ i

1905,
aatU
1 6,
(j

foes, enemies.
i
,
Rec. 10, 61, A.Z.

(1
^, j moment, hour.
,

aatua
(j "|^^"] ^, Israel Stele 17,

to suffer, to be oppressed.

Rec. 2I
A IX <=^>
!
'
' I5> ground, , place, region,
H _m. *
U. 419, the name of a sky-god.
field, meadow ; plur. (!

^ AAAA^A ii.
Aat A "kv
1 J8&
^, B D G - - -
78, a
logical locality.
mytho-

1=7111'
Aata
I

N.
marshy land, luxuriant meadow. (]^g^(]s, 908,
(j^^
aatut L D ni P. 189, M. 357, a lake in the Tuat in
0"^' '^^j'"' - -
>
which the righteous bathed.
I40B, Rec. 14, 97, pastures, cattle-runs.
~ Love Songs
aatt-t LI ^ a ^==
I
^fc
/T71 1
,
'
a stud
2, 8, a goddess, a friend of Osiris.
,

cow ;
see

aat-t A
166J , vine-land, vineyard. Aaten ,
the disk of the sun ; see
o
aat

aatn
tll (I
I
O ,
some strong-smelling

dew, mist, vapour, rain-storm, mois- substance, dung(?) ; Copt,

1 ture, exudation ; Copt.

I
,
stud cattle, a yoke of beasts ; Copt.
aat, aat-t
^n ^-*=^_.
A
^^
-CEN^ Jl
jg), (]
1
rpe,
21) child, youth, young man. aath swam Py land marsh, '

^\^ ,

1
papyrus swamp.
aatchn u-^-j
^"^ L/ ,
disk = n ~^ .

aamiu
net, cord of a seal, a ceremonial bandlet
I] ^ (] J^ (|(| j,
kinsfolk.

plur.
aa, aai
;
a, U. 95 N. 373, ,

"fe^s.
m^ i in
Hh. 381,
(j (] AA/WVA
AAAAAA

c ^
Aat-t A
<^I^>, B.D. I53A, the
"^^
net of the Akeru gods for snaring the souls of -HI
the dead in the Tuat. to wash, to bathe, to dip in water _A_ A ^AAAAA
;
^AA'\AA
A/VVAAA
AAAAAA
aat-t A '
plague, disease,
Rec. 36, 162, indissoluble.
,
\ i
epidemic. I I
 [28] A
* "
aai-t fl AAAAAA ,
Rec. 30, 2 1 8, something aaa-t o,T. 15
(j
AAAAAA
Rec. 36, 162, things Hh. 204,
washed ; AAAAAA
AAAAAA iii
aaamesk 1
"^x
^

washed away.
_
AAAAAA I I I
fji

aai-ha-t (or
v aai-ab)' N
fl ^w?
AAAAAA
^
I
*
,
Israel
Aai
(j
a
(jfl
I
J|.
Tomb of Seti I, one
I AAAAAA I

^ of the 75 forms of Ra (No. 55).

Stele 3,
" [I AAAAAA ,
Peasant 206. to wash the '
T AAAAAA I

AAAAAA
I I

aab
heart, i.e., to cool, to gratify the mind, to be

appeased ;
ft

(I
D AAAAAA
AAAAAA V
,.
,
= eiU) P.HT .
1
/"\ AAAAAA 1

T t0 a PP roach to come
aai-ab en aten 7^, s-^
fl
AAAAAA fl
A^ fl 166
towards, to meet.
'

^i^W^O I 1 O
Rec. 15, 46, joy of Aten.

aaiu-nub [) ^ M. make
1
^\, 127, to present a gift, to

washer; plur.
|j1 AAAAAA _Zl ^^^ 1=1 O O
L.D.III,
I4OC
l

an
^7 J$
offering,
_Zl

an offering;
f\

(J
^ _ fl r
I
n AAAAAA
3 /ww, hba-
I
1 Y7 -^\

aai (I AAAAAA I -J] ,

to remove, transport.
1 AAAAAA

aa (1 AAAAAA
YI Amherst Pap. 30, bowl, pot, 223.

vessel ;
I

plur.
AAAAAA

(1
I

in
aab-t (I _ fl

J
o if, offering; plur.

Rec. 14, 122, tosport with,

aai
(j to hold or treat lightly.
aabi
aa I.J^ libations.
(]'

aab
aa-t [L.Q ? ,
U. 462, path, road, direction. [j nj\. to comb.
aab M ^7
Rev 73, a measure =
aai a/^, U. 562, P. 764, M. 765, -fj-, Gr. upraBnt,
(j

P. 658, to approach, go up to, to ascend, to nabu

ctct
^ n
fl "
n Ho
\j /I"
n
D
Hif,
vase ' bow1 '
f| fl '

rise, to reach up, to exalt ; Copt. I

.

i J\
u .

i ^7 J "vessel, pot.
.

/~\ T. 268, M. 427, grave, tomb, aab [j

D
J
'/ l', table of offerings.
!

c "
monument.
sepulchre,
aabb fl
1
_ D
-^
1
|
-il
w
W , J
\7xT ^W
W ,
Rhi

Pap. 32, scarab, beetle.

p 6 5. 655. u. 120, Hh
aaper fl'n^n 4 6z >
-
. -

|>
to equip, be equipped.
.
760,
" "
flesh and bone. aaf fl , ^ /I , to squeeze, press
, (j

out oil or wine, to wring ;

var. a ^ -fl.

aam
T. 343,
(^
- o^\n,
JT
-

i
P. 222,
swallow, to eat
fl
1

;
Q^\
_)Ws
see
,
U. 512, 633, T. 324, to

D v\
gS,
etc.
Berlin 2296, food, offerings, morning meal.
B.D. the ape-gods
aan (1
AAAAAA J I
to go back, return =
Aaau fl j
5, 2,
who praised Ra.
1 I Rec. 30, 187.

aan
(j ^, u. 527,
/VSAA/VS 1 AAAAAA

ape; plur. \\\ ,

I AA/WV.
"
m
Aa-t-nt-khert B.D. .
,
P. 7
fl 66i,(j
i Q S ,
I AAAAAA O O O

99, a part of the magical boat. Rec. 31, 19; Copt. en.
 [29]
aaan A ,
Rec. 30, 195, ape. aarut VII ,
the seven
1 I I I

great Uraei.
aaani \\ Itl, fl nJ
^AAW\^
\\ fl o.
Hh. 376, the
Amen. 17, 9, 22, ape
N. 1
Aarut '

[ Uraeus-god.
a box of and < =>
(myrrh).
aar-t (1 <=>, T),. ,
the serpent amulet,

D
aan fl tzz ^K Peasant R. 186, fl
:^^" A.Z. 1908, 16.
|&, O ^5 ,

$ I
,
to utter cries of joy or sorrow ;
var. <www
o @:
i
1 e>

Aar-t ankh-t
living Serpent-god.
(j
^ ?, Tuat vm, the

L.D. Ill, 140, cries, outcries.

a
aami fl
%, u. 647 = Tuat IV, the uraei who burnt up the souls and
1 iwvwv _-U
shadows of the dead.
- fl ~~
aana A
I ^A/WV\
fl ,
1
ape j see (j
I A^V\ Aar-t per-t em Setesh fl ^ JL
Aana fl
~w^, Tuat II, the Ape-god; plur.
N. 955, a serpent-goddess.
,

"
v\ v?\
They praised Ra daily at dawn,
(I Ji I
Aara-t heri ab he-t neter fl ^^ ^ TL
and acted as his guides, and supported the Great
Hand " A, B.D. 136, a uraeus-goddess.
(Tuat XI). J|,

Aanait fl ^^ ^ Q, fl ^^ ^ jj
, aar fl
fl<

^!, Hh.472,
Rec. 30, 195, ape-goddess.
spiked reeds Copt.
Q ;
.pO,
Aana Tuati [1
A~>A^ \\ , one of the 75 D c yP ress trees ^P 1-

forms of Ra
aar fl
AAA %, '

(No. 69).

aankh fl -? ;
see aah fl
a|-^=^,
P. 279,
^ r\ * <R

aaiiklm fl
N. 551, the T. 365, . 110
living.
n
aar 5, Hh. 395, to

~ ~"
approach, to ascend ; see 2^2 ; Copt. A.Xe.

aar-t fl

1
^L C *Sr\
,
U. 47 o, 6 3 o, p. 195, 660,

773> M. 369, 770, P -

260,

the moon, Moon-god; Copt.

(I <^> , snake, snake-goddess; plur.
io,, IOO,
Heb. ITY 1
.

Aah meh Utchat ^

n-w_
(2
<=> / ill (
?> I

-
305, I,
____
J Quelques Pap. 41, the full moon.

Aah her res-t

ques Pap. 47, the moon at noon.

Aah Tehuti (Tchehuti)

\\
the two Uraei-goddesses, Isis and Nephthys (?) Thoth the Moon-god.
, ,

]Q
aararut
I
fl
?1 I

aah (1 _ fl B
^^ ,
U. 2 1 4, to break ground,

a' i
, uraei, serpents. to plough, to dig up earth.
 [30]
aahll 2r^> *=$ ,
field labourer, peasant. ai-t , house, palace.
-\

aah-t field. Ait , Berg. II, 13, a name of Nut.

,
I F=l
Aah-ur (1 a
| ,
Rec. 26, Ai-em-hetep fl
|\ ~f* ^~", a physician of
*/J _O^^ I I

225, the name of a god. Memphis who was deified and became the god
of medicine and surgery and the art of embalm-
aah a ^=^ \> ,
to hold back (?), to
he called the son of Ptah and was the
1 A fl ing ;
is

third member of the triad of Memphis ;

Gr.
OD R = TO 'A
N. 764, restrain thy tears. a i ,

Aah-rem-t (^ ^= _fj
,
Rec. 37, 63,
ai-t
the " Drier of tears," title of a god.
evil hap, ill luck, unlucky event, wrong, injustice.
aah o
o ??? > limbs, members, flesh,
ai l\ (1(1 ,
Peasant 228, a kind offish.

AaKHDU
Aflkhhn fl
D
U %\ Tuat XII, a sing-
q ^ J^, ing god. aia ^ LH -

h n \/&
R ec.
aash
1] t xx |
. 4, i3S>
1] r vx

JQ
,
^ .

ISIIkM alas !

hail!
O !

a Copt.
Berlin 6910, to cry out; see
aui (?) (1 i 1
, certainly (?)

aash en ha-t "" pilot.

aih .
IV ' 772, a plant.

aaq (1 "&,, M. 728, T. 259, to enter; see

A
aq
Rev. demon, spirit ; Copt.
to be.
,
aitenn (](](] -O-, ground, earth,
1 11
Berg. II, 409, change,
transformation.
mud, dung ; Copt.
' Ist
ai (1 (1(1 -0&-, Rec. 3, 204, the evil eye(?). sing.

I, P. 184, M. 293, N. 897, tl, au (j

^K ,
to be ;
the Pyramid Text variant is

or (1(1(1 %, P. 164 = N. 859, and see U.

to go, to come ;
215, P. 652, 653, 654, M. 438, 560, 755, 756,
'
J\ 75 8 759.,
N
94i, 1048, 1167, 1376. -

Coptei; 5(|,P.37, au-t %>", P. act of being.

(1 693 (fa's),

r\ r\ o a coming;
to come ;
U ,
t|
all; (1(2 , above; , up to,
]
<^~ A/^NAAA

until; (2
f] , backwards, behind;
'
I04 "
7 1'
' (j
30, 187, comers, comings, \],
N
Copt. eni.^oT; e '
for lhe sake of;
\\ . A |
those who shall come,
^
"-fill i.e., posterity.
Copt, e Tfi.e; (]
@
d
1
to get round, to
ai ha s circumvent. Rev., aussi bien qu'a.
(j

aiu-her-sa
'
^ ,
Thes. Au (]%>,
Tuat XII, one of the 12 gods
I I i

those who come who towed the Boat of Ra through the serpent
n ~v r- ^ - - ~r ir i

'2
97,G,r'?'>^,,MY7' after, posterity. Ankh-neteru, and who were re-born daily.
 [31]
I I

Au-ankhiu-f , TuatXIl, au ,
N -
760,

one of the 12 gods who towed the Boat of Ra

through the serpent Ankh-neteru, and who were
re-born daily. I to cry out, cry, outcry, wail.
,

Au %> $\ ,
Mar. Aby. I, 44, a god.
(j
auau , cry, outcry, wail.
Ber S' a S d with
AU fl%s1 $ l> "'
two serpents.
^ ,
T.

\\ V 31 1, a group (?) of divine beings.

S j
I
, praise
Au-qau (?) ^ ^ ^ j^, M. 374 i I ,

the name of a god.

au. limbs, members,
(j ^\ flesh. auau %* &A-W Mar. Karn. , 53, 23,
au (1
'

, Rev., bread, cake.

1

au (j
^K j\ ,
u. 220,
(j
A ^K, P. 212, 619,

N. 759, 1303, T. 189, P. 676 =

() ^>, (j (j(j ^, dog, jackal ; plur.
-^
N. 1286, A tk
\5, -A
tk
v\ A, A,
A
M A,
fl
(I
\\

A ,
au-t
J ^
7T 77 i T 2^A 2^ (1
,
U. 605
Stele of Herusatef,
|JA% ,
||A%>A^,
73, 100, 106, ,
Rev. 12,
,
to cut, to cut off;

@
' sticker; ,
those who cut ;

14, 21, to come, to go; Copt, ei ;

var.
D
n
i
it hath gone out in peace; explicit
au M >
nver stream.
>
I

^ D' /z'foi''.

aui A ^o ,
Rec. 32, 177, comer, leader.
'

to wet.

au-t offal, filth,

auiu ,
U. 506,
,

Jour. As.
J I
3^ ,

@ 9kY
j\ i
1908, 261, foul or stinking water;
I
, passengers, passers, comers, goers.
filthy one,

au-t
errand, embassy. au, au-t
au-t en athen (I
www ,
the course

of the solar disk.

I l l

aviaries.
_ r-_i
'*, sin, wrong, calamity, crime,
goose pens,
disaster, deceit, evil, disgrace, offence, ill-luck,
a-UU (for aur?) (1%, S, light, brilliance, harm, injury, wickedness.

radiance; compare Heb.

I

f
I

Peasant 264,
Rec. 32, 78,
Rev '

I
, sin, sinful ones.

au-t T) 6 0) posterity. I

Rev. 6, 156,
j,
au-tu Rev> I3 I4 S rowth -
foul ones, a group of gods in the Tuat.
' '

f
'
 A [32]
auaut Hh. old
au ,|
330,
%^^^,M.5S6, I
'

men, ancestors.
M 57, y
- ^s> P) 39, 4, ij'] aua[aa]-t
N. 1177, M. girl, maiden.
, 644,
Ij^dDljlj.P.

to be wrecked, to
'
suffer shipwreck.
39, farmers, husbandmen; Copt,
\\<A shipwrecked
sailor.

n t\

aU (1
^3^ (
3, M. 201, (I Jour. As. 1908, 285, Rev. 14, 52, pledge,

home. guarantee.
679, nest,
,Lit 163 ........
auiCai)^^^,^.,^^^; r r\ ^^ (?)
auai , roof(?)
auit

abode, house, court, temple, shrine, quarter of a Auai %"^\ 00 ,

Tomb of Seti I,
(j Jj
town, camp, cattle-pen; plur. one of the 75 forms of Ra (No. 60).

au arpi orn'
cO Ml

14, 67, wine shop, tavern. auamu J '

of plant.
S 1 1 1

aUU-t ^> %C T, rank, dignity. auah

auan Rec. 28, 205, and;
Copt.

auag (J I ffl ,
N. 997, to flow(?)

animals, cattle, sheep and goats,

herds. auata, auat &^^]\ (j
J\ ,

between; Copt. cnfTe.

t\ f

aua S (j to be conceived = aur.

2=3; 2fejft >

aua-t Mfl Ue ^ AZ ' - I 99' I2 7'

dUct-L ^i^ U
fl
'^fc^,' QJJ a rre

3' U t^@
3'
(]
r.
^f^H Q ! J OUr ' AS I9 ' 8>

28 S,
^a e (1 r
,,>
to take m Pled 8e ,
to commit

violence ;
with s=^3 ,
to be wearied or annoyed ;

,
Rec. 29, 148.
Copt. ,4.o'<rcjo, <Ti<Lcnriu.

Aua-en-Geb J|. s S ll v^> i chamber, abode (?)

B.D. 125, III, 30, name of the threshold of the

Hall of Maati.

aua fl
1
T
_A
j_T
I
'
to travel, to

R
a journey.
go on
aua
(j
^ ^ ^, P. 366,

aua []*] ^^^>, 38l '

p. 5 8i, 6o 4 621, N. 429,
,

T. 372, ,
I'-
366,
\
3 a piece of flesh, part of
,
a kind of fish. Jt' the body, joint, carcase,
 [33] I)

auaa , gazelle, a horned animal.

auau D
VO '
r' n >
bracelet (?)

,
flesh and bone, joint.
auauit W. i
,
Rec. 2,

in, dogs, jackals

^
(?)
auau
(j %ts^%3^-> N -
4 2 9> I0 79,
auaft (?) L.D. Ill, 2290,
divine flesh, the god's body. Suppl. 514

aua auar-t \\ ^EE> tfSS,, joint, haunch,

i _Q Q
aui
(j ^ ||(j,
Rev. n, 140, or; Copt. GIG.

aui
|]
% (1(1^^, P. 4 oo =
(jg^^K^o^,
(2 , heir,
M -
57> '&S( V/T
1]0 s^fe, N. 1177, sailor.
1 1

inheritor ; plur auiu

[j
% (j (j ^%
!
,
Israel Stele 10, old men.

I
, heirs, pro- aui (] "^ c=D ,
P. 644, to repulse (?)
(|(j
e<t D
geny, posterity ; i^* D
^ ,
male heir. aui-ha-t 2^ f][] O, Rev. 13, 7,

auaau JL Rev. to be patient,

^^ I, Rec. 27, 85, off- .^_^
=^>
^ '
13, 2, long-
suffering ; Copt. U3OTf It
2<HT.
spring (of animals).
.
21, 15, 13, 1 2 7, a plant (?)
heirs.
|j(]^[,Miss.
i
aua-t Rea 30)
aui-t
fl

(I
flfl
(2 (1(1 o r^,
..' ', gram measure.
o Jlj
Auirna-t
the name
(j

Irene.
^ (|(j
^^ $>
Rec-

6, 6,

auisu '&& 00 pouch ; Copt.

e IT ( \\ i-cicnn.

aub-t fl (2 , cake, bread.

1 *a n ii
heritage, inheri-
iii
c\
tance. Auuba (]
%>% ^^ I, B.D. 1 68, a god
Aua-ua ,
Rec. 31, 24, who bestowed peace on the dead.
"
the One Heir," the name of a god (?)

auai-t Stat. Taf.

% ^ *
1
1
,

aubku fl ^.
yi
to weep; see
i /I *, ($_
Rec. 13, 161,
I0,^|) ,

!,s
1 I
(1
^K ,
to open ;
see up
a
Rec. 27, 204, o
^^^
i,

Aup-ur |]
,
a god.

auputi
'
a company
of serfs or slaves, a body of soldiers,
any group
of men, civil or military, bodyguard,
troop.
(IV
i n
j\ MS, envoy, messenger; plur.

f ., to reward,
to recompense.
I 21 i
D X
aua-t 3U. LJ IV> I0 3> chamber, abode,
'^o n' house.
 [ 34 ] A II

aun-ra ^ to perform the

mony of opening the mouth ; (I "T"

1 AAAAV\ x *

B.D. 112, 2, a group of gods of j] ,

M. 697.

aupen(]%>
ft /WWW
j

i
'

,p.s.B. 13, 112 = fl

Anep.
D
AA/WW
.
aun her
C2>-

fl
1
^
UUU1J
^, N.
I
482, J
1
Hh
/wwv
I 1
N. 145, to open the face, i.e., show oneself; Copt.

O
,
Rev. 12, 117,
^ '
c
"n~, (I , flesh, meat, body, carcase ;
\ i 3,. Ill inner chamber.
& <=>
devouring, consuming, consumed ;

^.21(3' aunn-t A.Z. 1872, 37,

Copt, ^.q, <Lqcnn. &^'^~!\ ;

T^r
Auf '
/)
H
%
Jf
^ '
1 $
I Sfl.
1
BerS- r 34, a dog-
headed ape-god.
'
Rec. 35, 125,'

Auf (j
Ml, Denderah 2, 49, a frog- *S , shrine, sanctuary, part

faced ape-god, D 1
^ "V^N,
. of a temple ; plur. I
, halls, courts.

Aufa ^^ KI8JL U '

533, the name with A.Z. 51, 72,
fl
^>
Jf
Q
1 |
,
of a serpent-god. aun|j^ 1 AAAA
,
|
,

cabin of a ship or boat.

\\

foliage, leaves, plants, a kind of grain ;

AAAAAA

|' compare Heb. Q^NQJJ, Syr. },

I
(j-,
1 O I
Rec.

auma, aumat M X S) J 9i *4
="
quality, characteristic, manner,
(j "ttl'

, part of a waggon. colour, pigment ; Copt. <LO1f A.rt.

auman (amn) aun (I

I
^
AAAAAA I
'

^* I
, disposition, nature;

~^^ ^~, good or kindly disposition.

111 I <^I2>
I (WWVA
2' 8 to load a
aun ' shil5 '

Copt. i.o-rem, i.-rem.

aumi [j
1
%
Jr
,
fear > awe reverence.
,
aun-t 'nff 8
arment a PP arel ' .

\ dress.

aumer(?) aunnu v\, P. n8,

7) /WWVA
,
Wort. 34
^t,, T. 171, M. 151, ,
N. 106, abode,

nest, home; ,
T. 376.
AA/WW
/WWW ^
auna ^a % ,
Rec. 21, S3,
/VAAAA
;, 1905, 86, IV, 65, 101, 157, 348, 693, 808, R.E.
i, 6, 39,
973, 1079, Thes. 1281, 1282, 1483 = %+ 0, Anastasi 1, 13, i, to decree, proclaim
n (?),

self-evident, obvious, not to be gainsaid.

J5>,
cry, assuredly, certainly, in truth ; Copt.
r\
n A AA^WV A.Z. 1905, tot, Bd. 41,
aunn (ann) n @ w wi >
Q 1WWVV we Copt. compare
1 MI ,

MI , ;
i3off, Suppl., 509.
Tuat XI, a form
Aun-aa-f '
of the god Af.

T. 201, to open, to make to be open ;

see
aunit S^% 8D i^,* 1* '
in,6 5 A, 14,

^C&' iniiiin
'

fJT"
o Rec. 27, 225, inner chamber,
11 -3' sanctuary.
 [35]
aur (I
1 < >
A/WWA,
AAAAAA
(I
1
^^
71 '
',
'
stream, canal,
f\ J^"\ ^\ >WW\A
river, arm of the Nile; see \N WXA/VV
Aunut (1
^| <^^> ^J AAAAAA
>

Copt, eiepo, eioop, Heb.

IN 1

31, 173, a.
group of divine beings (?) ;.

. f\ (3 AAftWV\ A
"
aur-aa (I
AAA^ A
, great river ;
var.

EUnk tjjl& ^X; var. ~~ \L, a medi- => u n %$$. the Canopic arm of the Nile.
,

--^
ff
1 *
III 1 V-- IN
i\ _ - _ ,

cinal plant.
aur-t
aur ^ u. 198, P.
(] |^a, I), (] Jj,
S75 691,
,

(j
S, N. 700, %a, M. 68, N. 49,
Aurauaaqrsanq Rabat! jS^^
N to con-
I) ^<=>,
P. 98,
^a^> -
75,

ceive, be pregnant, ^S^A V T -

342, B.P. 162, a name of Par, a form of Ra.
<CZ> ^?> 1 _Z1 Q \\
'

\\

P. 221 ; compare Heb. '"'"jn. Later forms are aureh ,

open space, area ;
<S
the following :

see
v ^ ; Copt -

< >
aurekhu h
^ Q ^ i, IV, 481,

men who know, the learned ; ^

aurtchaau h & e <=
,
Koller Pap. 4, 4, staves.

,
to conceive, be pregnant ;

e
,
to load, be loaded, bear, carry.
IT
tions (?) Copt. U3U3.
ra
auh-t i, speech (?)
t_J S~ I

@ IX ^ X
auhamu ,
Theban
ra
Ost. No. 6 .

I
333. N. 703, the child conceived, era a medicinal wood or
auht-t
pregnant goddess or woman. |] bark.

auru human beings. ra a god of the

J| I
, Auhet Tuat.

AAAAAA
AAAAAA AAAAAA
AAAAAA
AAAAAA IWWSA
iwwwv
, beans, Syrian

beans ; Copt. <S-pUX

aur
to separate (?) (NAAAAA '
' AAAAAA

AAAAAA
NAAAAA
AAAAAA

to inundate, to flood, to steep or soak in water,

"
7*> to moisten, to sprinkle, to shower, to pour out
aur-t (ater-t?)y tomb, place
n' of rest. a libation.
C 2
 [36]
^ *"
auh-t , lotion, liquid, flood. Ausars (Asares) (j
@ fl
Jj ,
Nesi-

auhu ,
to lament.
Amsu 28, 21, Osiris; see Aj\, Asar.
j"

cut aw to
auh -
f)free.
set
\\

Auhu a divine name of

I
I
rv
v)
/A
(H
i AM1^0 A _ "
,
-

magical power.
Nesi-Amsu 25, 22, Hymn of Darius, 31, J\ I

Auhu-t (Auhit) ,
B.D. G. 292,
,

Harris*!, pi. i, a consort of Temu of Anu

a goddess of Philae ;
^ ,
Metternich

Stele 189, the female counterpart of Un-Nefer

and mother of Horus.

S j{<5 ,,,1
a kind of grain or seed.

Suppl. 513.

D a small pair of scales held

Au-her-aptes R (3, Tuat V, a in the hand.
i

god with a lasso who destroyed the dead. Rev., to prevent,

ausem to obstruct.
aukhekh
(|
% ^, i

(j
ausekh
M-

to reap see
1
~ i . ,
(] , ;

^jr-J i
, night, darkness.
r\ *\ pa *\ n
aukhemu *, IV, 480; __ ~ \\ _ \N J

-
I I
1- 1- I

I I I
ausnesn a^Ar~^~i, Sea
^^ vsr-^-i. pottage,
see khemu
r
^_flooo
^
i i i
plaster, cake ; Copt. OOfCy.
Aukhemu urtu auqet fl
1
e A
ci
^
ill
,
reeds used in a lab
ratory.
-

Mar. Aby. I, 8, 90,

(] i i

a
Auqau
name
^
of the divine ferryman.
j, M. 374, N. 943,

the stars that do not rest. 1

1 L.I). Ill, 2191'.,
,

Aukhemu-seku (|
17, quarrymen(?)
Auker ,
Tomb of Rameses IV,

Mar. Aby. the stars that never perish. 30, the god who bears on his back the solar
I, 8, 90,
disk,which is held in position by ropes in the
Aukhemu-pen-hesb (?) hands of Nari, Khessi, Atti and Rekhsi.
n O
I I I
yvs/vwv I
'
B.D. 189,
group of divine beings.
15, etc., a
Auger-t Augertt 1
% <^ n
ffi

/>
a name of the
aukherru (?) H Other World.

P.S.B.
Augeru I
,
the gods of Augert.
aus 237, 3rd pers.
14,
sing. fem. ; Copt. GC.
Augerit ,
B.D. 6 4 ,

Aus-t ^ Mar. Aby. II, 16, Isis

jj, goddess of the Tuat of Anu.

Augerit-khenti-asts (j dlh
B.D. 141, 18, 48, one of the
aus(as) fl ,
Rev. 14, 18, a perfume.
j] seven Divine Cows.
 A [37] A
aut Rev -
"' '43, who, which; C
fl %~)j autcheb "", river banks; see
i Jr 0' Copt. GT. (] ]A ^!
jl
ill
tat tar D VI > -.JS.*' yi =si.

"- * U.
ab
y
16, 451, P.
O, M. 407 = O, T.
no, 369, 653, 654, 833,
394, O J, O
M. 172,
,

\\'

who, or what, is not, without, lacking; Copt. <J/T.

754, 757, 759, N. 690, 1
145 ; plur.
(j J O <> <>,
aut e A, Rev. ir, 186,

heart of the soul, Rec. 32, 79 < O'

;

Rev. 4, 74, between ; Copt. N. 27, the dictates of the heart ; , heart's

au-ti ^ ^, Rec. 2 9 , 157, 158, swath- desire, U. 629. Later forms are :

ing, bandage ; plur. e. o o,

Auti
.
one of the 75 forms of Ra. middle, interior, sense, wisdom, understanding,
intelligence, attention, intention, disposition,
auten-t , S Mar. Aby.
manner, wish, desire, mind, courage, lust,

---
i
will,
^
I, 6, 31, Anastasi Pap. i, 26, i, S^AA^
~<5 o I
'

Rec. 21, 15, ground, dust, earth, dung; Copt.

Heb
eiTit.

authtb.
<?
"4
s=> Si
Rev " J
3' 3,

Copt,
between
cnrre.
;
m' 1

3
J
,
<K>'
joy, gladness;
Stunden I09; "

' u "O
1

,
Rec. 21, 98, between ; Copt.
to eat the heart, i.e., be sorry; %> c^
Jl
,

^^ Roller Pap. i, 3, with,

o |
,f^
_ZI
<?
U I

"
A '
in charge of.
dense of heart ; _ j> ^J,
i

vryoy,
f,i everybody,
aut 3 Rec. 33, 7 ;
^ ) fl
'

^ ?' thou hts '

inten "

Thes. 1296, tions "

^
<g A
j\ d:

I
,
heart of my heart, N. 350.

^ ^\ c^s j A ,
to separate, to re-
ab en Ra ^
ft^s^AA
"heart of Ra," a
move, to divide, to travel through

to lead astray.
;
name of Thoth, O 1

^ Rec 26 -
.

auten-t Ab Amen. 14, 18, a god.

Y^ ,

ab the amulet of the heart ; plur.

dust, ground, earth A men.

" v
; i, ", | heart of carnelian.
i 111 i
ra o o i

9, 20, dung.
Rec i82 ima g e
A ^, ^
2 7>
'
ab-ab - - >

autenb incense
'
statue (?)
J , (?)

ab-t Thes.i 29 6
autchamana(?) ^s\ & \
\\

Alt. K. 206
c~u, middle room of a house, cabinet.
,

autchu %, P. 146, 672, M. 661,

ab-t
J , bread, cake; plur. O
^ I]

N. 1276, Y V\^o-^ ;
P. 672, to make an order
(j

or decree, to give a command. calf.

IV, 1131,
 [38]

Anastasi I, 24, 8, Peasant B. 2, 117, to think,

to suppose, to imagine, to let the fancy run free.
A (p $Lf

I \\/V
% >
to dance.

abau, aba

N. 1 1 80, dance [of the god].

ei&e SSSS, Rec. 26, 78,
Copt, ;
(j J abau j Y, dancer, dancing
Arab. _,-i'. .6. n .4.
man v.,.

ab-t fl
ljS,U.i 9 6,
;
f J T

,
thirst.
(j
ab-t
i ^1 I
,
1 *&
o(?)si s trum(?)
\

ab-t fl
J
o , sceptre; var. (1
J
ft-

N. 622,
J J <&^ ^^ ^ to be
I]
thirsty.
ab
|j J ^ $\, a spice offering (?)

Peasant B. 2, 118, thirsty man.

D
ab U. 539, T. 296, vases,
(j J D
,

a kind of seed, or plant, used in medicine,

,

ab fl
J ~^
? ,
to mix. ~^
lettuce; Copt. iu)& (?) ;

i) J%,^ \
ab-ty^-
1

'
Peasant I3 ' I79 ' l'u South
of the and
.

North.

IB-. abu(?) 000 U. J126, excretions, .

saliva (?)
.
'

ab-t (j
\
, something pure or holy ;

j*"tO ftAA/V>A
see / I wwj .

[ _J AAAWV\

TK 1
^^^ ,
a walled enclosure, place of pro-
ab Q J I- Q f J>
to cease '
cessa "
to sto ''' cess

tection or of

building, asylum, rest-house.

restraint, cave, abode, strong
tion ;
var.
$ ^)V .A
I
, $
I
f
o
^ ^^
J3
^
ab fl 1
<?^ , pegs or stakes of a net
ab-t fl
J o %, P. 579. P ath '
road '( ? )

or snare; var.*
& H^
J _^.
Ab-ti ,
a goddess.

30, 68, ropes of

the magical boat.

ab fl 1 A, draughtsman.
T -
350,

ab, abu fl
1%,A/^, N. 737 ,
P. 74, 109, N. 109, 973, to endow with soul, to
make strong or courageous, to be filled with
soul or strength.
 A [39]
M. \\ v\-
aba p. 165, 317, N. 821, to abu a tree sacred
'

open. to Horus.

aba, abaa
" h4
164 =
N. 653,
(j J f^, M. J C* 0, P. 527,

to marvel. B.D. 42, a god or goddess of the

3,

Abait
U abusuna (?) (j j|
Block in the Tuat.

@ Ie
V
\

O ,
a sick-

ness or disease.
the Mantis that guided the deceased.
(Sai'te),
abem ,
Rec. 15, 5

Hh. 744, P.S.B. 14, 400, part of a rudder.

abm[er]-t (j J |j^ ^ , grave, tomb.

abn Harris
abain v
'

VO*
. ,
Rev. 13, 8,
(1

O
J^^ D (am'
I, 630, 15,

wretched man, poor; Copt. .6.1 Hit.

yWWVA
Ji III

alum ; Copt. CJO&ert.

~
Rec. 29, 148, small animals, sheep, abns $ to
1
calamint
tk gZ
J? m I

P S B "> 266 wilh

goats.
Copt.
^ to
.1^01? i
1)
JI Tr
ft I
^Tf
^* , (?) ;

abar fl &
1 <cr>
,
- - -
'

with.
comp
company

r>
n
ga
lls; c
bulls;
\|

compare
(1 (1

Heb. "V1N! and

V, horse, stallion, horses,

I^N.
y \\
, salve, unguent, ointment.

abash-t
.
n
(I
o
?i
*)

(^j.
i i \\ i

-
i >
v
1, Anastasi
abrau
genuine abr.
u-
Pap. IV, 14, C=>(sit),
i/^^Llflfl 1)1)

Gol. 6, n, ft & <^s r-n-i Q% CZD ,

Kahun
40, 23, a kind of cake or bread. Nubia, a precious stone, emerald (?)

abagi j) J ^ ffl
Ijlj,
N. 9 S 4l weak(?;,

helpless (?); see ffl tooth ; plur.

^^, U. 41, 68, J j^jjjjj; (j
,
N. 660,
^ v v A H8'=
==
^c
,,.,
III
=,
iii
A
U
1JI
n
U
<=i
'

i, {]
1JIX i i i
,
A
(I
1JI
n
UPcrf
71
R
R
X
tasi J, 23, 5, "thou hast destroyed"; (E I

^ '

abata O
^ J ^^ ^, servant,

slave; Heb.

Rev -
_g, tooth (?);

honey; Copt. A8 /-\yi

^ 'i
i
Hymn Nile 24, teeth, "biters."

Ebers Pap. 100, 9, 13,

moist, wet.
. , -
1 2 1, a kind of unguent =(] I
, (I y<=r>(] . abeh
l^d U i ^1 i III

abaai 8 O^ fill, P. 588

A.Z. 1899, 89, Rec. 23, 102, title of a
priest,
c 4
 [40] A
abhu
sprinkle, to moisten.
h

|j J
fl

^
ft O

|
, IV, 386, to
an animal.
abthersu

"** abt
o' * O
)
'^
t Vt

N. 132, to drive away.

, month; Copt. e&OT ; plur.
-x
abekh I fll ,
to proclaim.

,
T. 12, P. 657, 761, M. 764,
abkha var.
o
; aabkh-t, O
III'
a .
1 "'
r X ,
ointment containing many ingredients. I'

140 = Pashons: c=^s ^s^, monthly festival;

abekh (?) -=>,
u -
53, T. 295, p. X O
I,
I K3v
j] J i< ,
the 12 monthly festivals; ^ , the

abes P. 215,
(]J-~-,u.405, |]J^, 2nd day of the month; *

^
I I

Rec. 31,

rise, to make
162, =
^J
to advance.
J^ ,
to make to month by month.

Abt . The gods of the 1 2 months,

each containing 30 days, were
abes (I
J
,
a kind of cap, headdress ;
:

MONTH. GOD.
var. 5, 92.
(jJp^),Rec. TEKHI \\.
'

Abes PTAH
D
,
or MKNKHET
Peasant 25, D rx
absa(?) T,
,
or APT (I

medicinal plants, or seeds ;

<5c^
WK ,
a kind of C
HET-HER
medicated oil.
I I I

absit
^ SEKHMET V ,
>
or KAHERKA
part of a boat;
"
fl 00 ^ ,
I *d\ 11 /"*

t
11
plur. (1
1 ^1 B"?T^,
JT ^7-7=-
Rec. 30, 67. I

absi
(|J J|l |1 ||(j
n , wolf, or jackal.
1 a
' MENU V-^K
,
or SHEFBETI

absha
j| J TtTtT ^ , gazelle. K
ta
PH
REKH-UR or
II C
A
wailing, weeping; see n ^ _ ^>
n
J
c
o
REKH N ETCHES
I I I o O
*^"^^~^ I J <^^>
net, snare, trap; Copt. RENNUTET
II I I c, O' O
Abtka (j jj
c -
B.D. 65, 8,
r-^-i
^wO.
.

a god who fettered Aapep. KHENSU

Jvl^A^ V^^AA

Abta O Tuat one of the ^^

J ^=, ===
I I
I,
i
fl ,
nine ape-porters.
x
O)
,w^ o. HERU-KHENTI-KHATIT

abeth s=> p. M. 784,

(j J ^&, 616,

N. 1144, to snare, to hunt with nets.

,
O.
I A^IJV-
Abeth IX, god of the 1 V\ 1

O. HERU-AAKHUTI
tJ fl
serpent Tepi.
 A [41]
D D
abt
frd- ne t= (]
H J J
\\ Q'
,..=>, r,'DJ
Ic,
^,1
!<=.
Q
l^i
,

abtu a tem P le of Shu -

Rec. 14, 56, a measure of corn = 40 lu
Q'evpi
'
ft^^^NA 7T I

P.S.B. 14, 432, A.Z. 1904, 143; Heb. nc^N,

Copt, ome, Gr. (LXX) oi0c, oi0/.
D
4JL3H
w
1 t

reckon
i // 1 ci
ap-t (]
i Q
.."^
'
the quadruple heqet, and

count, to number, up, to to enumerate, was the measure of a ration for beasts, R. E. 6,
to assess, to adjudge the value of, to appreciate, 26, Rec. 17, 159.
D < ' *
to measure U3H 1s\
; Copt. ;
(j | ,
ap-t U ^ , fl ^ ,
a vase or vessel.

the great counting, i.e., last judgment ; (1 a (1(1 3H,

(J r>Sn, Rev. n, 169, metal pot;
Rec. 26, 231. id A

. _ .

f|
D Jl f|
D a |

ap-t U ll> (J w I
, numbering, census,
id U 1 1

Koller 38> refined

- Pap
I I
'

* * ap-t
number, measure ; Copt. Hire ;
{]
,

ftAAAM I
v
'-^-* >.

countless; taxes
fl
YrM >
-

55, house, dwelling, palace.

ap-t neSU 1 ^ c-^ 1 /3 roya i harim.

T Q ,
TQ 111
,

reckoning, account.

app (1 ,
to count, etc. = (1
ap-t ur-t

ofKarnak; among its gates were

(1
[1
^*
Q <==:> """"^
'

,
the great temple

: i. I
--
O ty M ^1
I

ap-t (1 J 333, P. 557, a counting of

f| D <=> <> **-=.

bones ; (I
w J , counting up the mem-
I ' I Cil V
bers of the body to see that none is wanting.

Api-abu
= L^OO , P. 541,
I) 1) = ^ JJ,
P. 697, "counter of hearts," a name of Anubis.
D
Apap (j
D (1 ,
the month of

Api-ab-neter f\ O^, "reckoner of the

heart of the god," a name of Thoth, ~S5\. .

,
a festival in the month of

Api-khenti-seh-neter [J
D ((f|) f^l ,
I
,
Wilkinson 3,
Rec. 20, 79, the god who makes a man to live
no years. 2 1
3, the tutelary goddess of Ta-apt, :

Thebes.
Api-tchet-f l\
27) "1, "counter of his

body," a title of Osiris.

ap-t H'& D H[ (j^ >

^, a kind of

plant, papyrus (?)

apu (1 > D v ' P a P>TUS (?), Mon. 36, Champollion, Mon. i, 27, No. 4, one
of the mother-gods of Egypt, nursing mother of
list, register of lands, rolls; n a ^K " i
/

-n o o ' '' Thebes, who appears in the forms of a woman

i

I
,
estate rolls. and a woman-headed hippopotamus; her chief
-CENS' A \> I

A D ci titles are : <cz

ap-t (I ,
Amen. 8, 19, 18, 21, stick,

sceptre, measuring rod, corn measure.

 ' ' . A A Rev., to think, to consider
nth
^^
;

Apit ,
the goddess of the apa
i o ^*-S Copt. ion.
nth of the year Copt. eriHII varr.
; ;

Apa Oafl^, a goddess.

D n
Apit-hemt-s | , (
[1,
Api[t] a ,
U. 487, a \, P. 640,
|j (jlj 1) (j(j

fl a , M. 672, a god in the Tuat.

Rec. 34, 192, one of the 12
. . .
A A v?-^- a measure for corn
O' Thoueris goddesses. f\ ;

api-t
D (|a(](]c^ ,. coptome.
Apit-aakhut-thehen |j ^ c^ |j api
@
, Rev., judgment.
Ombos (jnfllj
j|a, i, 45, a hippopotamus-goddess.

D apu fl \\ I ,
what is assessed, tax, tribute.
Apit-ur-t-em-khat-Nut fl

3. AAAAAA r,
,Sj d /-!

iL3;1
Rec. 34, 190, 192, one
D
ja^S of the 12 Thoueris ^ em- P ron P^ ur ' masc-
flo^Ni., Qoflflv 1
'
'

goddesses.
r
these ;
fem. (1
^K .

ap (I D r
/ \, stairs, staircase, steps.

^ apui fl D 'vN ,
these two (masc.).
apap (papa ?) fl D fl
i EUD
, tablet, plaque,
i
U- 487 T- 2 3 Pt 9<5> 3I0
brick
ar>f II x5L
""'
' ' '

tile, ; compare Copt. c><L4>e. N. 792, dem. pron. masc. this.

A D [ 5
app [I ,
to journey, to traverse.
apen, apenu fl
I AAAAAA
'

, fl
I O
, fl
1 KAAAVV _Z1
%,
these, these two (masc).
app-t (I ,[1 O, (I c*,, pill, pellet,
A n <A
fV Q apen (I Q>4? ,
to play the tambourine.
v\ o, pills, pastilles.
4D
apeh fl D A ,
P. 163, to make arrive.
ap fl \/ j[ ;
see up. |
.

apeh a
1 2f>?
, pig-
Ap-t, Apu-t \J jk, T. 312, fl \/ (|

fl
Q D vx D 3^ P art of a boat
V
i /->. i 1 LJ Ci >
ails
a Ps fl
-=""> fl

4 \xY77' ribs ( ? )
N. 94 6, A, P. 650, 726, l|

| j^, (ja\/
Y^ )l
_m> M. ; 751, the Messenger- god.
^ Denderah 210, one of the 36 Dekans ;
Gr.
ap-ti (aupti) fl \/ _f
A ^, Rec. 21,
8 1, messenger, envoy.

Q c=^> Thes. 113, one of the seven stars

c, o' of Orion its god was Horus.
U. 604, M. 664,
^, U. 476, N. 738, 1280,
I, ;

(j r\
pi
AAAAAA
AWAA
(1 Q AK' U. 477, N.
, 759, to make to fly, to fly.
apshen H
i rirno in
,
a medicinal seed.

AD"? t*N v '

"T
apt q ^'f^ 1

^, goose; plur.

apa (j
D
^ "^ c-u, A.Z. 1908, 27,
D
QQ"^*''
Re ' l8 '
l82 ' C pt ' (J0 ^ =
-

house, dwelling, harim Copt. HITI. apt )4 ^~>- of a ship.

A (1
; fl , jiart
1

Apaa-f 6 45 a ^
(|^D^()^, P. ,

aptU fl
i ocm in
,
\\'cstcar 7, i, Rec. 34, 118,
proper name (?)
A.Z. 1898, 147, Q ,
cases for
apath, apatha fl
i
lg"^\
I//TS JDCNS
3=>,fl
i ,
> iii

374, N. 934 amulets; var.

s=.J,M. i i i
 [43]
* a
"
af (j ~jf ,
to turn, to twist, to revolve.

M. 610, 636, Hh.

P. 40, 301,

(fern.).
312, these two
4f
1) *7~ WJl
'

\ ^ WSL . serpent, viper ;

aptf (1 ", Hh. 433, dem. pron. plur. of Heb. niTO ,

Arab. Jf ,
Eth.

Af T^t a
D I] ^mj. (j
. III,

apten, aptenti (] LS, Q . .) serpent hostile to Ra.

I \\ 1 AA* \\
these two (fern.).
af, af-t
aptu n ^-^, (j

Afa fl
*^-~ Tuat I, an ape-god gatekeeper.
1149, Rec. 34, 1 1 8, furniture, beds, boxes. (j,

~
apt (| (^, goose; plur. (1 ^p affi
i ^^-~ 11
<, Tuat VIII, P.S.B. 7,

194, shrew-mouse, shrew-mouse god; Copt.

.

apt n o , cup, pot ; Copt. <LTtoT-.

afen ^^^ U. 545, T. 300, 310,
a measure.
(j
, (1
~^,
apt (1
r~7 ,
P. 232, to flee, to get back.

Aptches D
"^ Annales 84 =
(j P , I,
afekh. fl
i
^^, U. 209, T. 310, to unloose,

to untie, to unroll, to unpick, to disentangle.

Af *u>_ , god of the 6th day of the month. aft medicine for the eyes.
|j I II

af u. 268, 519,
(| *^T, (j *^T aft \, to rest, to repose, to sit.
(]

flesh, meat, joint, member; plur. (I

P. 89,
lj Y~ ^, I] ^, *~[_, IV, 1194;
bed with fine linen bedclothes (Love Songs, i., 4).
bread ak e
hidden body; J '
.
'

|,
TJ 1n=?)', ^
food. aft c=:3 x couch with cushions,
(j
\\ o 1
,

Af, Afu M | the carcase of the

^^ ,

J"j
, dstead like the Sudani
bedstead

Sun-god of night, or the dead body of Ra ; he

has the form of a ram-headed god, and his shrine aft .
Peasant 48,
(j (j
encircled by the serpent Mehen.
^ ^
is
c
*
Tuat V, a name of two Amherst Pap. i, f\ ,
A f A ' (j (j

man-headed sphinxes.
Afi Asar ^$$$
l\
"^.-^ J], Tuat vn,
linen garment, piece of stuff, linen cloth, rect-
the flesh, i.e., dead body, of Osiris.
angular sheet or coverlet of a bed, square shawl
Aftl ftU X^ (? HI), Thes. 122, the four or head-cloth, bed, bed-clothes.
Jj
gods who fought Set.
3
Af-ermen-ari-f ^ ,
an ape-headed
,
a rectangular box or chest, a rectangular
associate of Thoth.

Afu-heri-khent-f (]^<^>
i Ji ^^^>
/]^~. *
^ '
stone, a rectangular socket, a rectangle, (j

Tuat II, an ape-headed god with a knife-shaped I, Diim. T.I. I, 101, 4.

phallus.

AfU Tem Tuat VII, the 4f , sarcophagus.

(j ^f, ^gg, ||
"
flesh of Tem," a god who devoured the enemies
of Osiris. t ,
a rectangular plot of ground.
(j;
 [44 ]

AL. M ^-*~~^ M ^-fT^ia i^ ^^=-_ /O

_1A
fl
aft to flee,
lj<^i (| ^^ 1 ,
{] c=f j
,

leap away, to jump up from the ground ;

something which is in ; plur. (1

-JU
^\, (1 4h I
,

xu.
alt-t
j. f)

(I
T
^^-^
c-=^3 wwv*
} *vwv\
/W*^A cd

I
/7|
V
g\

|
,
sweat of the god ;
f -

i- i
Copt. qurre, qcrf ,

Copt,
four;

^q-re, qTOT, qTuoonr,

^
ci
,,,i'
III!
four s P irits ' M -

r^ I

those who are in

the waters.

ami-t -fj- IbT, -fj- l^T, she who is in,

aftU [1 y, r-^o ,
a fourfold garment. U _F^- 1 U Ji^
i\
i

M it which is in; plur. dmiut fl -It- i o , fl nr

am n t\ ,
adverb ; Copt.

U. 541, Rec. 27, 57, not, do

not.
* mi - at
1i K some
moment
"k o
of emotion.
someone at

the supreme

am
'. one who is in the
JS^O i

one
ami-t heart, darling, trusted -jrjy nr \
U. 387, fern,

m
., ;

P. 187, between, "" V *

sister.
st,
Jj 1, thy darling
,M. 3 So, o ^ 1-1
among (?)
IV
ami-aba .

-J-J^,
'=
^^ he who served by the
ami-abt '
; o month, a priest.

Amiu amau (j
41- % 000-
iltk between two, IV, 362
N. 1327, a group of gods

ami-ariti
(?)

between :

, ;

between the two

\i , legs,

Unas is between them ;

between.
,
tomb, the name of a priest of the tomb.
*
ami- ami-ast-a
--r| '"jr^k.fl js$'
p.
JL n MS, the title of a priest ; plur.

ami-ta 41- P. 167, between;

(j lj||,
Bee. 30, 194, between
\\ the thighs of Isis.
T.

ami ami-ast-a em Herset - -

r|

\\
Q M
,
an amulet (Lacau).
A o vi
 [45] A
i, title of ami-ren-f 4 ^^ ^^, 4
a priest of Heru-ur 4U P. 674, M. 666
& ^^ n R. <=>
WWAA -JU
n <=>
www O^; a
;
fl
(j,
;
QQ ,
-l|- ^^ , ,
list

plur. 4 -
%\ a ^K, N. 1 282. of names, catalogue, register; plur. 4L

ami-aha 4 ^ ^. 4 B fl >
AA/WVA ^W^ Rec. 21 i ^ I r

registers, deeds.
4 H --Q* CTTD, he who is in the palace, the king.

"
i.e.,

ami-hru 4 III,
Hi
^o ,
Rec. 15,
ami-uab fl 41- ,
dweller in the pure
-jj-
/j" 150, contemporary.
place,'' a title of a priest.
ami-ha-t 4L Ik ,
Peasant 193,
ami-unnut 4- t^ ^^ \>* , horoscope.
U _fi^O t

ami-unnut 4 ,\\
>, A.Z. he who is in front, leader.

1899, ii, horoscopist. amit-ha-t what

, is at the
(l-j-1^
ami-unnut \ ~w * gua rd breast, in front.
-fj-
U _o"i- O a 01 , ;

Copt. ejuiitcnrr. amiu-hat

i Hi'
01 ancestors, predecessors, beings of a

Rec. 14, 13, a priest who served by the hour.

in'
*- former time.

ami-urt
amiu-khat 4 ,
JL
1

T o U

de of a boat when
'

sailing northwards, the west.

ami-urt-sa
^^_
^
i
8Mo
a l ^e ^ *^ e i \\ ^, viscera, intes-
king.

ami-bah fl

Rec. 31, 1 8,
-jj-
O ^ Rec. 31, 29, 4
>
!
,
Thes. 1481, thoughts.
in front of or before ; plur. (1 4h
ami-khent he who is in front,
leader.

T. 29,

Q, title

I
,
Tombos 1 2.
of a priest ; plur.

ami-per -|L amiu-khen ia

\\ I

i i i Il-
\\
Rec. I9 officials.
,i6,^^^,| palace

ami-khet
^ , 4h ,
a will, conveyance of
operty, inventory of goods for tc
property,
, follower, companion, member of a body-
testamentary (

'

irposes, title-deeds.
purposes, guard ; plur.

amit-per 4^ ,
Methen 15,
(j -jj- jv

will, testament, schedule of

household goods. amiu-khet N 652
i i i

P .
-
'

amiu-mitu 4 3
I

i
'
a name of
the dead. I
,
those who come after
 [46]

posterity; varr. o ,
T. 180, M. 162, ami-u
"dweller in the chamber of embalmment," a
of Anubis.
title

ami-sa T r Y yf >
a title of a priest.
Ami-ut
i)
4-
"
%Q tf)
>
Rec -
36, 215,

T %P
ami-sa -\i- V\ 'cp, he who is behind. fl JL JL %\ the 8 d of the 9th day
H Jf TJTO' of the month.

ami-shepa(?) (j
-fl- oa ^ o u>
,
I?I
Ami-utchat-saakhu-Atemt 41-

Ami-qerq-t o ,
U. 530
(| -[]-<=>
ami-ta Rec
tj ^ lt ~|
-
-
34, 19,
one of the 1 2 Thoueris goddesses she pre-
Vrf W* title of the chief priest of Letopolis. ;
,

^ = sided over the month, O

Av^i,Tf +o
amiut-ta Fl
-\\-
U
^
f\
JS^ I
sin
Xll
vi,
herbs of the
held.
Amin-bahiu
iu
Ami-Ta-mer (?) |\ =**>
m ,
Rec.
-11-
U .
,
B.D.

_^f*Vfr ^^ J 7>
59i the gods in the presence [of Osiris].
33, 3, dweller
in Ta-mer, i.e., an Egyptian.

Ami-tahenb-t(?)
Amin-bagin
Tuat VII, the " helpless " gods who
-J. ^ on the
lie

back of the serpent Nehep.

amiu-tcher B ,
P. 161 .........
(j ,
B.D. (Sai'te) 125; see Ami-besek -\ {- V
i \7 III u
"
Am-t (Amit?) ^>,
the name

Ami-Ann
^
of a serpent on the royal crown.

| J,
U. 254
Ami-beq
23, 3, a god of the dead.
|j ^J A
| ^ ,
Cairo Pap.

,
N. 716, a title of Ra or Osiris. Ami-Pe 41- |\
D Ber
8-
'
'ion-god, T " a
[n
U _a^.' a protector of the dead.
Amiu-asu
\\\ (j ^J^
whose abodes were
Ami-pet-seshem-neterit -jj-
M. 174, a group of gods ^o =1 =1 ^ ^
hidden. '
>,],], I o'
Ami-Antch-t J1 41
U

Tj. N. 717, a title of Osiris. 1 80, one of the 12 Thoueris goddesses.

256, (j -||- jjr ,

Ami Ami-pui -- D(( B.D. 25,

uaa-f
|j -j|-
\\ ^s&
^, Tuat XI, ,

one of the divine crew of the Boat of Ra.

Amu-upt ami-mu ,
a title of Sebek.

N. 202, a form of the Sky-goddess Nut.

Amiu-Mehnit
Ami-Unu-meht Q |\ -^>^,
& u.
1
J^- D B.D. 1
68, the gods who are with Afu-Ra.
265, "dweller in Hermopolis of the North,"
a divine title. Ami-mehen-f (j -jj- _

Ami-Unn-resu B.D. 64, 18, a title of Afu, the dead

Sun-god.
264, "dweller in Hermopolis of the South,"
Ami-naut-f
a divine title.

n ~
Ami-urt 4- ,
B.D. 145, U. 33 1 ,
(]
"
7, a cow-goddess. a serpent-god of the bush."
 [47]
Aini-Nu ,
Tuat VIII, the Ami-hem-f i

Jl-
aged primeval Sky-god. B.D. 1 08, 4, 5 ;
see Ami-heh-f.
Ami-nu-t-she (?) Q,
(j

U. 266, the name of a god.

/I B.D. 1 08, 4, 5, the serpent of the Mount
Ami Nebaui \\
I ,

J (| of Sunrise who was covered with flints and

Tuat II, the warder of Urnes in the
he was 30, or 50, or 70 cubits long,
metal:
Tuat.
3 cubits in girth, and his head was 3 cubits long.
Am[it]-neb-s-Usert amiu-hetut 41-
.
\\ ra
[j
* B.D. 145, 146, name of the Qth
?)
O (0\
'

Pylon. B.D. 100, 41-

1\ the apes that
i n n AAAAAA n n
5,
Tmraii I
,

Ami-Nenu -]\- sing to the rising sun.

^ U AAAAAA O
N. 166, a name of the Sky-god.
Ami-He-t-ur-ka f\ f
f\ n (j

Ami-neht-f m ' U. 263, a title of Osiris and of Ra.

fl "f
N. 153, Rec. name
HI
^JrEji
SiZlSLi'
30, 187, the
of a god.
Ami-He-t-Serqet-Ka-hetep-t || ^
Amm-t Nekhen 41- fs^
U
^
/^^^- A/WW\ j)
VW
n \
,
the
,
U. 257, a god.

name of a serpent of the royal crown. ami-hat 1\ -^

41-
^ ,
Tombos 6, the

Ami-Net *j), B.D. 146, the royal uraeus on the king's head.
|j

doorkeeper of the 7th Pylon. Ami-hent-f (]-f|-| Q >ir ^wNA^liii:^, ;

. r\ n <wwv\ r^ x
Ami-net-f H4L ^, Tuat XI, M. 762, P. 665, a title of Osiris and of Ra.
U n iTftnjui'
H a
the serpent guardian of the loth Gate. Bers- J l8 a Pr -
Ami-her -fL^IJ, >

r
-

U ill I I tector of the dead.

Ami-neter 41- '1, Tuat XII, a singing-god. =&=
Ami-Hetep t\ ,
Cairo Pap. 23,- 3 ,
(]
1 _cpv^ o D
Ami-Netat a protector of the dead.

Ami-Hetchpar D i\ ?
1 JiH^. A
T. 346, P. 689, N. 114, a title of Osiris. .
719, a title of
Osiris and of Ra.

Quelques Pap. 79, title of a god (?)

Amiu khat Asar 41-
U
% //
'

I c^ /4-C^>-
Tuat VII, the 12 gods who sleep on the serpent
Ami-ret
^^ I
j|

M.
,
u. 530,
()

name
-J- 1 ,
Nehep.
" s
1 <? 665, N. 1281, the of
Ami-khent-aat 41-
^\ tf)
agod(?)
Edfu I, 12, 15, a goddess of Edfu.
amiut-haiu
-jj-
Amiu-khet-Ra O, Tuat IX,
contemporaries.
four gods who towed Heru-tuati in his boat
Ami-haf 4- ,
B.D. Khepri.
1 U
Amiu-khet He-t-Anes 1\
115, 6, a god who received a harpoon (mab,

B.D.
41-
T Jj^ in

n from Ra, which was kept in Mabit, (Saite), 17, 40,

j
a group of gods.
nnn
Amiu-khet-Heru - -
%
Ami-hepnen (j
I
-ft-
U
^SS,
/V/^AA
T. 308, the Tuat IX, four gods who towed Heru-tuati in
name of a god (?) his boat.
 [48]

Amiu-khet-Tehuti
Tuat IX, four gods who towed Heru-tuati in
-, T- 323> a god.
his boat.

Ami-suht-f .U. Ami-ta 4r Rameses IX, 10, a ser-

[]-[)- p^ 17, U I
a ,

pent-god and associate of Tematheth.

22 '
Tuat III, a god of the
Ami-ta fl-IL^
1 U | 3s boat Pakht.

Ami-ta .

Todt. Lepsius 4, 83, B.D. 149, the god of the -j^^ a lion-god.

9th Aat. 6 ' S2 a

Ami-sepa-f
ami-ta-f
l\ f^ .

title
'
'.
of Osiris.
-jj-
Amiu-ta(?) -
-N ,i ,
B.D. 168, a
759,
group of gods who fed the dead.
**AWV\
Ami-tehenu
D S i i i

the name of a god. title of Set.

" dweller
Ami-Sept-t (l-fl- A Ami-thephet-f
JL,^. i

in Sothis," a title of Horus. U. 332, T. 300, a title of

D several gods.
Ami-Seh Q |\ WL *, U. 260, a title of
i jw> u
Ami-Tuat 41-
U. 466, a title

Osiris the god of Orion. of Horus.

Ami sehseh 41- -- 8 8 <$ .

Rec -

Ami-Tep
<^x U. 261, a title of
U A A i i
(| Q
'
Horus of Buto.
31, 27, the name of a god.

Ami-seh-neter
(j
41-
p=T| [~|
, U. 258,
Amiu-teser-t-tep & -jr ^
,
B.D. 1 68, a group of benevolent goddesses.
a title of Anubis.
Rec '4- 28 ..a
Ami-sehti 41- f\ 08 I

,
Nesi- Ami-Tet ol,
U _a^- IA I
ofOsins(?
Amsu, 10, 17, a title of Ra.
Vv
Ami-tcMamu
Ami-sekhet-f , Juatix, T. 305, a title of a serpent.
Jj4j-D|jiir
a god of his domain.
Ami-Tcheba kher-ut(?)
Amit-she-t-urt 41-
,
T. 369, a title of Osiris.
Ombos II, 130, a goddess.

those who are in the following of, the body- *\ ", come! var. D;
\Jfi [I
i \\J\
guard of a god.
Copt. ^JUtOTT.

1360,
Ami-Shet-t
title of Anubis.
I] -jj- 5p ^ -^ ,
N .

7.9

4- 14, to be attacked.
Amit-Qetem 41- o i c^a^*, p. 204,
[|
am, ami -J-,
M. 342, N. 868, a goddess
(j-J-c
who assisted at the resurrection of Osiris.

Ami-kap
N. 718, a title of a god. Rev. n, 138, 5?) | ,
Rec. 14, 15, to eat; see

Ami-kar
1
-fl-
U
U
<r=>
^ ,
Tuat
mg
l>

ape-god.
a sin
!" JJ,
Rec. 29, 144; Copt. cnrujJUL.
 C 49 ]

X
amemu ^v (j
/ 8 ,
Todt. (Lepsius), 6,

OTftOAXOT Hp. 43 see Henmemet.

Rev., to overeat
;
; Copt.
amu A%\ B D - - J 4 8 (Rubric), colour,
am-t -0-
u
Ibr^
J^sTi
!
,
Israel Stele 7, 41-
if .B^ paint ;
see dam.
make
^>,
MI
Rec. 17, 146, 4-
U |. -'"
JSf^Q \\
R.E. 6, 22, amm (j
p
f,
to firm,
strengthen.
to

food, fodder for horses and cattle, provender.

amam-t strength.
am-t ,
T.
u -

'4> name
fl-lj-fl
,

of a wine. i
am 4|- ~3~, stuff, cloth, garment.
am, am-t 41 e=
chik (j

i $), " 0^" i,

o JT pupil-
l'

Am T ^ (j
,
B.D. G. 569, a form of Horus
Rec. 188, 13, 30, 72, stream, flood, deluge.
suckled by Renent,
am (amm) [1
T ^a^
Amit <" J| Ombos II, 2, 195, a goddess Nile
,
, Hymn 26, (I

^^
Of AAA^V\ I f Amen. 20, 5, boat,
I I I I

ship.

Am[it] (|
41- ^=, T ua ' VIII, goddess of
am (amm)
the circle Hetepet-neb-per-s.
eyebrows.

Am-fl- , Berg i, 34, a lion-god. am (amm) (1

1
^v H, skin (?),
cat.

Am '
a
headed god.
J
ackal -
am (amm) (|
i

:=^^^, Rec. 31,147,

to be hard of hearing.
am [1^^^, Rec. 35,56,

Rec. 36, 213, to cry, to wail, to weep.

am (amm) (j
/ 1\ "^&, Amen. 12,
,

^^' patient, submissive.

/
14, ^\ ^w, I

amm (|^^, [1 ,

i)
am (amm) (1
/ t\ fa, l\
^v
"H C=^"
000 '
N. 170, 960, to putrefy, to
ferment.
rot, to

cry out, to exclaim, to groan.

am fl 4r- 15 ^ !
,
A.Z. 1905, 107, woe !
am (amm), ammit
^''ce c ' av
> Copt.
OJULG, OXJLI.
standard.
Q (Lacau), staff, stick,
am (amm) raisi " s ( ? >' fr uit f
,
f
a tree, dates (?)
am, amit
am (ammu)
13, 411, fruit trees, palms.
to burn, to flame, to blaze, flame
fire, ; plur.
am (amm) e grace-
_\
,

names, (j

l
'fire-gods. fulness of form, graciousness.

amu (ammu) \\ c= _CT^ % ni

8 ^ /j
,
i]
i
$i * m - ti
QTvN' grace, graciousness.

Ama (1 t\ *K\ ,
Tuat XI, a dawn-god.

(aam-t)
(|
Lh ^> ||. | % ^ , light, rays, beams.
ama
ama Q^JVastaff.
-fj-^^'^, {j^<
to eat > Copt- oif UJJUL.
 [ 50] A
Amakhu _ \\\, P. 404,

H / /~7
borders, boundaries.
I o ,
.
576,
(j^>
amaa fl 4
^
=' M. 750, to make to
>
N. 1183, the divine serfs in the Tuat.
H a' travel.

amam h _J? ^K t\ C-D , house, tent Amakhu nu Asar i?

B.D. 141, the serfs of Osiris.

Amakhu ,
N. 1 200, the
date palm
, (?) ; plur.
(|
^ name of a god.

Amakhui (?) ^, Tuat xii, a god

who towed Af through the serpent Ankh-neteru,
and was reborn daily.

ffl j kind, gracious, agreeable;

^A Amakhit-f 11 Mar- Aby '

1 U
, [I
*
-j- ! J, J>

y , darling.
ama 0, P. 258, T. 69, M. 224 = u -
49 2 ,

amakh ^ ,
(j
^ fll ,
-H- , jour. AS.
ama, amait
(j

n
^. W.^,Rev. n, 178,
1908, 313, to honour, to worship, to he worthy
of honour or worship ; Copt. JUUlttJ^. Rec. ;
l\
1
l\
_Zir^
Q|
^
M1 1
^H, Rev. 13,
d 3, cat; Copt. 6AA.OX
23, 204.

amakhu JL ama (?)-t Rec. 31,27

(j ^ Rec. 36, 78, (]
1 T? L-fll^, 1 1 1 1

amar Q <r=>, u. 190, N. 601 = I) Q,

i i

T. 69, M. 224, like.

one who bound
amakhen-AHy
to
I
VJ XT.
^Y>U 4/K
^J
1*3
'
I
*J xs^
in")
\1J/
!
is
i-i AAv AH AA
1 ?

honour a master, or worship a god, vassal, one

1
(I
00^, Oy uU

who is worthy to be honoured, revered, or wor-

r\ i
S\ .
^\ ^\ 1 1 1
^^ ,
a kind of balsam tree, white manna tree,
7> V\ v> P. 43.
shipped; plur. (I ,
amma (read ami ?)
(j
|\ J|v> ,

(j
c=^

A a a - _n give, let, grant, I pray, make,

1 _M* Ji^. MI' cause; Copt. JU.HI, JULOI.
^E=c
am (amm) i
|\
)w. J|yi
_a?^s ^^^
, grain,

paternal serfs, IV, 1054; , aged serfs, wheat or barley.

^ ~
IV, 1045; ,
vassals of amaa (j ^ (j
"%\ \ J ,
Alt. K. 45,

_
Osiris
. .
c
fem. n
A 3>v o
. I

.
proper name (?) ; compare Heb. DM.
;
Wj i

ami n f\ nn would ,
that !

amakhi Rec. 27, 53 ,

^(jljgpi
serf, vassal of a god, person of
ami-t |1 t\ fu\ ", Rev., nature, disposition.
honour.
Ami -II- \ (1(1 1 jl ,
Nesi-Amsu 30, 21, a

name of the Eye of Horus.

2^ (I (1 o ,
female vassal (?), vassalage, fealty.
Ami 4t\ J, B.D. no,
amakhkh (jr^ ^ JL Amen, n, 4,
(Saite) 9,

the venerable dead.

 [ 51 ] A
Amen-aakhu
B.D. 164, a name of Sekhmit-Bast-Ra. destroyer of the dead.
, 4,
Jj
Amen-ren-f A
amitiu f| f\ Ml, dead person; plur.

~vw, T. 322,
i, L.D. III, 2i 9 E, 18,
(1

I
he whose name is hidden, a title of several gods,
the great judge of the Tuat.

Amutnen(?) (1
1
\\ 11,
^ixtr T 1
T. 49, 51, Amen-ren-her
. AAA/VNA ^l AAAAAA

v\ ^ Rec. 27, 55, the name of a god.

P. 1 60, a goddess of milch cows, CO
,11111", Ampn han
Amen-nau A
M A^S
* 8
w A
** Jl
i 3
x
1-3 5 5 ,
and cows that give suck, *wwv* i .
1 t" ^" i
/> ^
\
m ,
qI AAAAAA U r>
n 3 I

n A^^^^A
D ffi Tomb of Seti I, B.D. 168, one of the
AAAAAA -4L- R. ii, 140 ??? SlJ '
75 forms of Ra (No. 30).
MI
f/WA/^V U i i i

= JULAXOH.
amen A S, A
e ^ i
ifS* ,
A
t^ i
jfj,
Amen-Heru
destroyer of the bodies of the dead.
^ ^. ,
Tuat x, a

I 4-JL-*. ] AAAAAA I
,*i I AAAAAA U
^^ D% Amen-khat
A
1 AAAAAA
If^
71 I
1
|, Peasant 182, to hide, to
U
A I
^ ,
one of

conceal, to be hidden, secret, mysterious. the 75 forms of Ra (No. 39).

amen A
^^ __n_, U. 508, A
^^
|,
Amon fhat (IA
JXlHUIl-KIldL
^ <H
AAAAAA
'

I
J
I)
U
1

'>*~ w^
^ n
I'
po
i

I,

S
/'
1 AAAAAA 1 AAAAAA U
' ^ Tuat X, the name of the Hand that holds
A
lj^|,
A
^ |,
hidden person or
Aapep by a chain.
thing, concealed, secret, mysterious ;
(j
AAAAAA M^> Ament-seshemu-set A
*
1

D , Tuat VI, a goddess of the Utchat.

Amen (]
I AAAAAA
,u. 558, P. 703,
AAAAAA
1
""]
Amen (j
I /WWV\
IfCs
^1
,
title of the high priest
i"

Nome.
of the Gynaecopolite

^ fl
-* 1 J e^S S/ fl, the god Amen,
Amen h
1
l fi
O % 5^ ^j j
,
" hidden
one,"
1 AWW\
" the hidden
god
"
I 1 ^1

who
J),
lU
is
U
in heaven,
-(3

ASf
^J AA/VAAA

a name

amen-t
of the Uevil.
f\

(I
I
J_ll" I
'
n
~*
, something hidden.
^,<>T
Nahum 3,
;

8, Copt.
Assyr -
~+ K &
iAXOTIt,
*->

Gr.
Heb
"Afifiuiv.
-

w
amen-t A
d ^
^ ,
a hidden place,
Amen-t (Amenit) (|
^^, U. 558,

a sanctuary; plur. AA/WW J Hymn of Darius 23, fem. of pre-

(j ^7 |

ceding.
amen amen A
'

A
'

~^, u. 524,

AA =]
Edfu I, 90, a form of Amen
AAAAVN /WW\A
1

HH I' andRa.
amen-ab A to hide the ~"
,
Ameni A
"-
J. Tomb of Seti r
111]
heart, to dissemble.

amen-a A
l ~ 1

.
Q, to conceal the hand.
one of the 75 forms of Ra (No. 52).

I AAAAAA
I n
Amennu D JT 1 D
Amennu-au A ,
", Tuat VII, P. 266, N. 1246, the "hidden" god.
1 2 gods whose arms were hidden, and who lived
with the body of Ra in Het-Benben.
Amenui ^^
AAAAAA
^% $ $ n TT nJ nJ
'
the dual
Amen.
D 2
 A [ 52

Amen-aab-t
^
J1 A/WW. *
I
J
*&
J,
111
Rec. 17, Amen-Ra-neb-nest-Taui
t\

(1
I

Amen of the East.

^ S =^= J) Amen-Ra,
119, as god O J)
111 Ci Q C3 \> \> 111
,
lord of the

throne of the Two Lands, i.e., Egypt, prince of

Nesi-Amsti
Herusatef Stele 154, a form of Amen worshipped
in the Sudan.
Amen-Heb Rec. 28, 182
Amen-apt (j
e ^
^j
)
^^ .
Amen

^
= 'A/t6i-i;/3i9,
Amen
J
1 AAAAAA
ra
-iO

of Heb, the capital of the

,

of Karnak ; compare Tell al-'Amarna | ]] Oasis of Khargah.

Amen-Ra nesu-neteru
^^
(]
1 >WWVA I T

r\ ill? '", x t f\ JJ.llllU

1r fl^
H
J'O
iO
A
u Jlt sil
J111
Ml-'
: ;Gr.
111 .211
Amen of Karnak var. , (I
; (1
I /VNAAAA
_

t_ 1 I
'A.[iovpaaiov6l]i>, i.e., Amen-Ra, king of the gods ;

'

^
Gr.

Amen-Menu iv, 1031,

Amen-Ra Heru-aakhuti / 5
(j
Amen + Menu.
,
the triad Amen + Ra + Heru-aakhuti.
Amen-meruti ' Amen
Amen-Ra Heru-aakhuti Tern
the beloved, or loving, god (?)
r\ mm t I J
Khepera Heru ( G
Amen-naanka (?) n i|LJ,
111 I

B.D. 165, 4, a form of Amen worshipped in

Nubia. of Amen + Ra -f Heru-aakhuti + Tern -I- Khepera

Amen net Nut (?) Heru- + Heru.

J I III
,

satef Stele 34, Amen of Thebes. Amen-Ra setem (?) ua (j

*
Q I

Rec. 26, 57
Amen-neb-khart ()
^ ,
. .

Amen as lord of the Nome of Heroonpolites.

Amen-Ra Ka-mut-f I

Amen-neb-nest-taui ,
Amen-Ra as his mother's husband.

Amen, lord of the throne of the Two

/'.., Amen of
Lands," Karnak.
1 1 1 1 1 1 i

Amen Nept ^ Dream B.D. 165, 4, the triad Amen + Shu + Tefnut.
(] D Q ,

Stele 8, Amen of Napata (Gebel Barkal).

Amen-hap
t
ithyphallic
(j '^0,^1
Amen-Ra 1)^, man-headed hawk-god, a form of Amen-Ra.
D
,
Amen -t- Ra. Ament-herit-ab-apt (]
Ci
^^
Cl
l\ ,

1 1 fl

Champollion, Mon. IV, 332, 3, consort of Amen

Amenit Ra ^^^ I] ,
L.D. 4, 2, the female
as god of the Apt.
counterpart of Amen-Ra.
Amen-khnem-heh '

Amen-Ra-Ptah
^^ D
(j
1 AAAA^

(]
1 AW^AA
9 Ci
8
A
,
the triad
\\ o G o i
Amen as god of eternity.
1

U A X
Amen + Ra + Ptah.
^^ Amen- sept -hennuti(?) '

/WWW
Amen-Ra-menmen-mut-f /WWW J| 1 ill

^ ^^D\v^^,
f\
ill
A > 14, Amen
^\, Nesi-Amsu with the ready
I
1 7,
,
Culte Divin,
111 /WW>A /WW>A .aWOili horns; Sept-hennuti is probably the original of
1 Amen-Ra as his mother's husband. a title of Alexander the Great, Dhu '1-K.arnen.
p. 24,
 ; [53]
c ^
Amen-qa-ast T J ,
Amen of amen ,
T. 360, P. 359,
(j ji
the exalted throne.
N .
406, right side, western ;

Amen-kau P. 602,
n
-^y, j\ (
i 1 1 1

tj

N. 1154, god of the east gate of amen--t M ww,p. 6io,

Ci
uuuj^ heaven.
1

Amen-ta-Mat fl
J
& 1
the West, the right side.
Rec. 21, 94, 102
J ,

amen-t ft v\ ,
the right eye.
Amen-Temu-em-Uas (j
amen-t
^ a 1^3, <^ 1^3, T. 81,
,
Amen + Temu in Thebes.
A M. 234, N. 612, the west wind.
r\ .""'". c\ ^x yviA

Amen Tehnit
(]
c

J m \\
'
Amen-t
Rec. 14, 74, Amen of Tehnit.
Inscrip. of Darius 9, the west bank of the Nile
Amen (1
I A/^AAA
jj,(]
i I I <
.Lanzone, pi. 17,
and the land westwards.

a frog-headed god, one of the eight elemental

gods and goddesses, and grandfather of the
Eight Gods ;
see Khemenu.
.

Amen {]
, Pierret, Et. i, a lion-god. west wind.
1 /VWWA Q Q
Amen ^^ ^^ Amenti | <^ , , Tuat in,
AVWVA
ua I]
I
, (1
I AAA^'V\
,
U. 543, T. 299,
the god of Amenti or the West.
^j,

Tuat IV, a serpent-god.

A,,
Amen-t ne^i
v
J4,
.

(1
".

o
\
nei^i
(I
v
i^
,
T
Lanzone, pi. 1 7,
amenti ^1 ^ ()
,
-
1 i)
> a denizen of
i V J vj
Amen-t, one belonging to Amen-t, U. 578,
a serpent-headed goddess, counterpart of the N. 966.
preceding.

Amen d ^ B.D. 168, a bull-god.

Amen
(]
1

1 IWWVA
"
/wvw\
I],
LJ

j|(?)
U
Tuat VII
nine
JL
Shemsu-Ra.
one of ' he

Amen-usr-ha-t
"^ 1
fl!
ill !'
fl^flfl^ivv]
H o HHm^ vl
f)

J1 AA/WVA I

1 AAA/VAA I Ci I I /V^VAA I ^ I

895, the name of the sacred barge of Amen-Ra

at Thebes.
those who are in the West,
Amen-Ra ^^ ^^ J) ,
an official ;
j

I
'
i.e., the dead.
H vww^o i 5iJ

compare Am-mu-ni-ra J ^3^ Amen-t (j

^S Q^D, Tomb of Seti I, one
Tell al-'Amarna.
of the 75 forms of Ra (No. 27).
Amen-Ra-em-usr-ha-t
Amentt
"f R _) '
Rec. 20, 41, name of the sacred barge
'

I I o I of Amen. the west, the abode ,

Amen-ta-f-pa-khepesh
^^ A
)' fvxn' H Jlrv^i
of the dead, Dead-land
[1 Copt. ;
I AA^AAA ^^^i
D Rev. n, 60, the name of the
,
i v*. i
favourite horse of Seti I.

goddess of Dead-land.

M.
amen (j^,
I AWV>AA
P. 4 o6 =
^t\
XJ .^ 1 _J_J^'C&
0,
I

Amen-t
rv
,

Tuat a singing-goddess ;
580, the right hand, right side ; compare ft , I,

Heb.
the name of the ist Aat (B.D. 149).
 i [54] A
Amen-t-urt amen ^> U '
589, M. 823,
(j (| jr
Tuat I, a gate-goddess. t 1

S. 1338, P- 66 9,N. 895,

ff <^.
Amen-t-Nefer-t T ^^ ,
Ij

.^^^^^^ ^ ^^
1 AAAAAA /T
At^i^V^
^^17T
R Ig3jthe
.
II, '

daily sacrifice of a bull ; plur. (1 (1

3; (i) a goddess, the personification of the ist ....... _ I AAAAAA I AAAAAA

division of the Tuat; (2) the name of the isth

Aat (B.D. 149); (3) a goddess who hid the
pasture ; Copt.
deceased (Berg. II, n).
" Tuat VII, a
Amentt ermen & ,
star-
^^w^ A, Rec. 36, 81, flower, plant.
(1
goddess. 1 O ^11
r\ ' ""
", 7~\

Amen-t-hep-neb-s
^P5' amenu (I ^t, dove.
I wwv~\ (2
B.D. G. 494, goddess of the necropolis of Mem-
phis and Abydos.
amenhu (^

Amen-t se[m]-t fl
7^ A the ante- j
sacrificial priest, butcher.
I ^ fV\/^
chamber of the Tuat.

amen-t
(j
S, A.Z. 1908, 16, name of a
(Nebseni), 31, fl
8 a g rou P
vulture amulet. I ^A^^^A A II <^- _ !
I

of slaughtering gods.
amen-t name of a sceptre amulet
amer
amen h ^, u. 335 ,
T. 39 6, N.
(Lacau).

n 49 ,
|j ^, ^, (j
T. 264, P. 320,

1 AAAAAA M. 129; see ,

to love.
to make to arrive, or reach =
amer ^, to be deaf.
amenmen [] jl,
to set in motion ;
(j

"
' AAAAAA .AAAAAA U A f^x

see
,1111111,
I I I I
amer [I
\ ,
an animal for sacrifice.
v\.

amer-t 41 a. staff, sceptre (?)

amen fl T. 340, N. 1352, to make
,

ameh fl |\
m ,
Rec -
32. ?, a kind of
firm, to stablish, to fortify ;
see i _B^. c
incense, perfume.

amenmen e ^
Rec. 4
ameh ,
Amen. 27, 13,
jj|, , 121, (j
(j

.P.S.B. 20, 195, to

Hymn of Darius 4, to stablish ;
see
(jg|,
absorb, to fill oneself full.
amenu (j
^ ,
made firm, established.

Amenu -
kherp (Kherp - He - 1 -
N - X 79, U*\5fl, Rev. 12, 59, to seize, to
Amenu) /\ ,
a name of
have power over ; Copt.
the pyramid of Amenemhat II.

Amen-sekhem-f-au
(j B.D. 72, i, 149, the name of the
I name of a gate at Thebes. 6th Aat.
,

ameni-t 1116
(j^l|l|~, (j^ ''^of
regular daily sacrifice or offering ;
(j
A/WWV
'n Ll11
l\

IV, 1142, n AAAAAA ^,

o O I
',

o @ ^
,
Thes. 1253.
err: 1 f
 A [55] A
Amset
i of Death,
,
the

at Sakkarah.
Kingdom of Seker, the

There was an
^^.p. 262,
god N. 592, T. 60, P. 462, M. 551,
amh-t at Thebes also. (]
,

Amhit J)n ,
the goddess
|| (!J(
of these kingdoms.
, P.44S, ,
Hh. 443,\ ,

amkhen A
1
JL
U /WW
^ 1
,

U AAA/WV
fl 4- """"i T. 190,
P. 676, to make a voyage, to travel through or
about. H A the following forms occur
U
^^ j j| ;

.
U. 296, N. 533,
which suggest the reading Amges ; 1

ames crown, head- ,

P. 445, 76, M. 218,
dress.

R 673> N- I279; Amset

ams-t ^J^^^l ^T (

was one of the four sons of Horus and assisted

Pap. 47, 12, 81, 10, Rec. 7, 108, shrub, plant,
in embalming Osiris.
C
Amset A^ ~1
anethum, Gr. ucj/tW, Copt. A.JULICI, GJULICI.
loth hour of the night.

Amset A ^=
Aelt. Tex. 38, A
of the 4th day of the month.

Amesta-em-abu A^ ~1 AT ^,
1

<^r- ,
staff of office, sceptre. Den-
derah II, 10, one of the 36 Dekans.

,
B.D. 17, 34, Todt. (Naville) II, 41, a

v ~ P- 535, 689, 690, N. 172,

title of Menu as the bearer of the sceptre ,
to perish,
(j

to decay, to become corrupt.

ames (j jt],
to give birth to; see mes
(tj;

. born(plur.), N. 1229.
?)
ames Amtt Q
(1 Q, Rec. 32, 80, a region.

1, lie, untruth; see

am-ta t\ A ,
u. m, a
JP^ \J
,

aumes, cake offering.

i n n
Amtenni
.

ams n U Hh. 4 88,

5 =
-I
,Rev. 14,73, ,

^^ a magical name.
usury ;
Copt. JULHCG.

ameska U Rec. 31, 165, kinsfolk; see untuit.

"
amtchart JL l\ ^, salve,
J ^\
amset A ,
Anastasi Pap. IV,
unguent, ointment, B^ U. 297. *
(1
^\ ,

the loins, reins, kidneys ;

i ;
lt :'
Copt. JUteCT g,HT. amtcher A^=zz|\ B ff, stron g hold '

-fi^ <^> LE garrison.i

the great
amset an 1 = Copt. ftTo.
intestine. A/WVW
D 4
 A [56] A I

. Q II1IIHH

an 4 ,
h S/, a mark of emphasis, an an au 1\ ,
to shut doors.
AA/WVA I N JJ I I I

indication of the subject of a sentence. e

an-uauai i, bringer
an 4 ,M. 624,625, a particle = (1 KAAAA, of reports, herald.
i.e.,

P. 316,^317.
nn ntr>hfltC R -^ to restore the light to
the Eye of Ra.
an 4 , interrogative particle; 4 Jjl^'
n M "Yf~\ ^ v^
an em skhai
j\
-WWAA
^^ HA
^
,
to

n
put into writing.
where is he to-day? "

\\
J
U I W
,-. ,
an-t ret f ,
Tomb Amenem-
*
fv ^ cz> n TV. AAAAAft
j\

H _zr
v\ -wvwv
i i i
-ss, a nt\
U mQ \\
.do ye know? hat, p. 93, the

an-shpt
name

R
X
of a ceremony.
"
fire brin g er >'
:

''> the
,
shall then? 1
(]
%>
--/f
_fU. ,
is it that not ? ctii-but/t i\ (1
|/i, fire stick
A/VWV\ 1

i n 0, - j n <^~^> n
,
who? 1 t\
WVS
, 4
anut something
/WVW\ 1 ^^-~^ AAWV\ an-t, <=*>
fa ["
fa
Q AVWSA VyA I

brought, conduct, lead; ]\ Q^ j|

'
> offerings.

an a conditional particle, Sj
^^^ M
1 4 (1
""^
,

h /www u
"^^ ' an R -www, U. 556, -
544,
(|

Copt, eite (late form,

||J*JJ) T. 26, P. 44, gift, offering; plur.
f\
fa ^vT,
an 4 ,
a post negative particle.
A/WVNA
O
an 4 = -ww, of, IV, 3, 140.
AA/WV\

an
WWV\
n
1 ,
n ^ /
(I V
N
,
A^H!
t) ^ |
, in, to, for, because, by. U. 212, 509, P. 688, H 323>
1
^vwv\ JJ
Q AAAAAA <\n|
an O,0 A~W 1
^, said by = 4 , iv,
fa o ^jji, Re C 32,82, .

n j
T. 292. Later forms are the following :

4, 220i II4I j
va.r. (J ^
we say.

an meru I
= AAAAAA

so

ann
n c
/ww, H
n ^ w w pron. ist
[I
ga , pers.

com. we; Copt. A.non.

A
jl
o,
R O , gift, tribute, offerings, products,
pers.

fa w w
r\ /-) AAAAAA
ann an revenues, income, increase, wages, something
(I , interjection.

f| AAWVAA ft
/WWVV NV*"' brought in; Copt, eme ;
^7 JJ ,?i ^'
ann H =
^ /VAAW ^ \\ \\ Peasant 120, owner of merchandise.

ann 4 11, P. 318 = 11, M. 626.

AA^AA^ I T

things brought, offerings, etc.

AAAAAA /WVAAA

,
JIT-,
JJ Jr JjAWWAjr
r-, r^,
JJ^W^ JJ.A
".

n AA^W
ft
i>
< =tl ,^g_ ^
~w
r,

JJ
^Mwv^ to bring, to convey, to I I I I
-^e flour,
(1 [] , (I , ,

offerings of flour.
n -wvwv N JIl8
y
iv
" Copt.
produce ;
()[),
bringing;
e| ^ IV, 1152, tools used in
brickmaking.
anu A^AAA^X, porter, carrier, bringer;
j\
R
^'
yA^WW '7 2 ' 939,

watercourse, channel, valley.

 A
nnn
Anher neb-mab ft

Rec. 32, 82, the

An R 1
J_l AAAAAA
name

X__/ J
of a serpent deity.

1 JJ j/,u.
ft
^----'
272,275,
Anher, lord of the harpoon.

An-her Bast-utet-tha
Jjv
ft
^$ 4 U r
'

is

the name of a goddess. r ,

Thes. I, 23, one of the 36 Dekans.
A
1 ~^w Tuat ' III, the "bringer" of
]} I
'
the Eye of Horus. An-her-Shu
.
Q AA/WV\
Antit A Tuat III, a goddess who Lanzone, 34,
a o
,
pi.
JJ j,
" "
brought the pupils of the Eyes of Horus. Mission An-her + Shu.
13, 126,
B.D. 89, a god B.D. 144, the Watcher
Anniu R i,
An-her
.an-ner ft %
of offerings. j^ ^, |
O f the 6th Arit.
Tuat VII, a star-god- Tuat IV, a god in the
Anith ft An liPtftn
,ep R _o_
dess. J^=a=, TuatofSeker.
.

An-ari-t-Ra
Q
A
AAAAAA
> ^
^.
,
Tuat III, a god A
An-hetep-f jJ
_ O A/WW-^ Ci
fl
!

A=ss<^^^'
Q JJo
__ jj ^^ LJ I I I

of the Utchat, B.D. 125, II, one of the 42 Assessors of Osiris.

An-atf-f ,
B.D. 92, i-n+nf Sl\
^Xnlai AAAAAA A\ ^^~~
Ijfiin

5, a form of Horus. U. 548, T. 303, a serpent fiend.

An-a-f A

B.D. 125,
i
,
Denderah

-
III, 69, H

a
an
Rec. 32,
A^ ^,
1
(j

8 1, to turn back, to drive away? to

t| ^
^UML, II,
^ ;V" j}),
repel.
of Osiris.
serpent-god, one of the 42 Assessors
.

An-a-f
j\
n
- *^
/VWNAA

^j,
f?\

B.D. 17 (Nebseni),
anan (j
-www
(j
AA/WVA, T. 311, to turn back.

26 ff., the executioner of Osiris.

_
ann ( \u. ,
T. 338,
1 i

An-urt-emkhet-uas |\
JJ .
^^^ ^) "^\ ^T^ B.D. 99, of the 15, name
' '
.A _gb mast in the Magical Boat.

An-maat A [j
^-S-,, Tuat V, one of eight

gods who burned the dead.

oc/ rn anti t^ ^f A., Q ^^,
O Q repeller.
An-nef-em-hu A v
.

, Berg, i, 3,
fl
I ^ \\ 1

O a re P ellin g' some -

G an-t /v
fa
'

',
Rec. 4, 28, one of the eight
' II

1 o A. Q thin g ^turned.
/VNAAAA yWAWV
|\
'^^ f\
"^^
sharp-eyed custodians of the body of Osiris. ann-t (I
a turning back.
1 Q A. i o A.
Q <=> B.D. 125, II see
An-re-if
i . :

,
M
aa-antu-f. ann-t
(j ^, P. 685,

an ha-ti H -ww^ ,
R ,
to something repelled.
f\ AAAAAA /WWW AAAAAA AAA/W\ ft
^
sacrifice a heart. anetnet H , H , U
I !^> f^> I
<**^ <O t^ 1
A^VSAA

, delay, withdrawal.
Q
Tuat VI,
Anen-retui (1

Der al-Gab. i, 18, ,

P.S.B. 7, an
X Cairo Cat
175,
A 2rf _n 7i- Rec. n,
" .
JJ '

j>
'
'
., 143, (I ,

1 /WA^AA t> /I

^ "^^
cz>
6)
the god Onouris, the IV, 546, to cut, to destroy, to reduce, to sup-
,
j\ y ^=3,
d rJ[

^
, -j>
i
press, to obliterate a name.
'
i_l J-l '

centre of whose cult was Abydos (This) Copt. <S=<

;
knife, sword, to
Or. 'o vo z,>,?.
anan A A
, I AftAAAA 1 destroy.
 A [ 58 ]
1)

'

an w to fetter, to tie anau skin coverings.

L_J! S
H*A L=4
.
,

o r , jl
1 AA/WVA
(1
1 II
CCl,
I

up, to bind, to wrap round, to rope up.

. n <o< n
an cord, rope; plur. ^
WWVW 5,
[I \\
an the scale or rust of a metal.

^ ^ ^
1 1 (I
Yr\
Hh. 482. 1 /www<2 * ,

anau(?) fl fl fl fl an (1 y purple linen (?)

1 /WWV\ I ,>
I I I
,

I /WW\A I I I I
,

fetters, bindings.
an fl
1

,
Roller Pap. 3, 8, red cloth.
an anew.
'

*$t, fl ^L." a kin<^ of

an-t
spotted fish, tilapia nilotica (?) ; plur. (j
AAA/VW I
ft <o-rr-rr
www U
1

AAAAAA
I 1

valley, khor, ravine; plur. (I

I '
Hh. 229, ft ^S^ ^ y ft
i a ci r
,
An-t /www43o, B.D. a
~\
1|
15, 43,
(j ^ ,

],iv,
1026, terrr.Rec-
d MI ^ mythological fish, one of the two fish pilots of Ra.
twi '

upper valleys or ravines, An-t * ^ a

'
(1
|J^, Qenna Pap. 2, 8,
i i i I
valleys of the tombs.
Q mythological boat of the Sun-god.
_ A -S35-
an-tt N /www rvxn a
) ,
region ft <G<
www ^fc^s,
,
an-t sickness,
of valleys.
(I
i ^ ,

^ <o< " e the pallor of fever '

an-t aa-t fl M. 188, N. 694, an-t '
in Copt. (?)
" Great 7
the. ValleyT <e<
www
an I

(I J, some strong-smelling substance.

an-t anti o
,
the valley of myrrh.
[jig an fl \\ J uice> sa P> drink of some
in' kind (?)
an-t pa-ash wXS fl
, valley
Q -
an N. 535, 538
of the cedar.
a funerary
,
I) ^, T. 294, 295

an-t heb rvv/j, ,

P. 229, pillar, column; plur.
festival.

An-t-sekhtu
tu A Tuat XI, P. 340, M. 642, IV 8l9
i
,
J*' '

'm,u
the pit of fire containing the damned Anastasi Pap. 15, 3, the shaft
standing an lip^' I,
on their heads. HI of an obelisk.

An-tt Kek ,
B.D. an | iy-i,
Rec. 27, 87, mast for a sail (?)
(g

G. 43, the " Valley of the Shadow," or " Dark

an m , battering ram.
Valley" through which souls entered the King-
dom of Osiris.
an m ,
a building (with pillars?)
one third of second, the a
"
O' twinkling of an eye." 824, \\

an
; ft -^&-
/WWA Rev.
, <O f|
nrrm |,M.
(j
.
,
-K.CV. II.
ii, 167, /www.
107. www, /i
|| AAA/WA
i mrm
IMD trnni T an-t Rec. 10, 136, building, abode;
(I ,

4
oorti
IT fl H =
1 if- stone; Copt - COIte '
AAAAAA ^^AAAA
i <=i|
r\

I
i

r~|

^-^-, Rec. 30, 66.

J
plur.(j nnmin an |
A ,
hall of a tomb ; plur. ffl A i
,

111 ens Hi c^a I

or
n <e*j p fl
in
I
A
f *i
m
jt^o \
i
' g raves cemetery ; .
[| ^j
m j t^o j
i
,
Rec. 8,

(I
fi
, eyebrows. 136, the slain.
1 /\AAAV\ A
the two pillars of a palace,
an-ti ,

portico (?)

an-t
d !L c
Rec.
, 4,
.

Amen. 13, i, Anastasi Pap. I, 25, 4, hair of any

,
a hall of
kind, covering, colour of hair, colour of face,
complexion. columns, colonnade.
 -
[ 59 ]

B.D. 15, 89, i, a form of Osiris, the Moon-god; C7 ^7 * form of the Moon-god.
fi r*"""! t
* |T |

An
^
46\ ^^2, Litanie 53, of
An-sebu
the
(j

stars.
|jjj,
|| [1 J / j^,
T. 2 89,

P- 6 9> tne divine father of U. 419, the name of a god.

An-a * ,
rfl

I V
II

Pepi I.

;S32=, T. 241, a pillar of Osiris with

162, the consort of Saaba, l*^.fl and mother
\7 I
VI the eyes smeared with stibium, a title of the
of one of the seven forms of Harpokrates.
Bull of Heaven.

Anit Wilkinson A.E. Ill, 232, P. 691, a title of

(jfl^j/L | I.
a form of Hathor and a goddess of childbirth. Pepi

Anit
|
M o |, Rameses IX, pi. 10, direc-

tress of the serpent Neha-her, ^

V
.

, T.S.B.A. VII, 366, Mar. Aby.

,
B.D. 169, 20, the habita-
& & Horus II, 23, 16, a god(?); see Anmutf.
tion of the men-gods,
SU Cl and Set An-Kenset ifi 1E2 Q .U.4i 9 ,T. 239,
An-mut-f ,P. 828, N. 772, ^ P- 690, the divine
An-tekf?) 1
rfl
^ 6 I'm
P mother of Pepi I.

the desert between the

An-tt
Denderah ibid IV 8 4. Nile and Red Sea.
III, 35, '
~
'

i,

7> Beni Hasan ni) 2 7> a g d >

whose exact functions are unknown. The ori- ,

the hill-men of

ginal form of the name was, perhaps, ffl

the Eastern Desert, the Troglodytes, Eastern
111
Desert tribes in general, their chief god was
,
P. 661,

the Eastern Desert.

An-ti Set a man of the Nubian

An-mut-f L,

(i) title of the priest at Denderah who personified Desert; plur.

the god of this name ; I 1
(2) a bull-god, who pre-
sided over the igth day of the month ; the (3) 1

i,

god of the gth hour of the night, If*"

te- . Rec. 20,43.

An-tiu Sett the dwellers

| ,

Anmut-f abesh in the Eastern Desert as far north as Palestine.

-
Ombos I, i, 252, a star-god.
Q
an-ti (I -, P.S.B. ,8, 37, ,
11 \\
An-mut-k . Mar. Mast, i ; Nubian bow.

an-na T, as an inter-
- An-kenmut, I
,
AN.C V .

rogative.

Anana
j^^I^ ^, Sphinx 1, 258,

Anran (?) L.D. 3, 80, a the name of the original owner of the D'Orbiney
'
form of Hathor. Papyrus.
 A [ 60] A
anauasu [j ^ anu ,
U. 392; see

Methen 4, a title, or name of an office.

anu AAA sandals.
[I ,

<e **
ana "^r, O Q@^j a kind of -

(]
1 AAAAAA
|]
1
|)
I anu-t P. 437, M. 651, boat (?)

plant, twig, branch; plur. (1 \SX. '

**
I /V/WVA
(j
Jill anun (]
, herbs, plants.
1 AAAAAA A/SAAAA
AA I I I

ana = ,
stone.
I)
i /ww i i Hum

anau, anu (j
^ .
[j
"v\ o, Rev. n, 137, I ; Copt. A.HOK, Heb. "'SDN .

r\

A M A A
Rev - IJ >
T 57> !; Heb -

Rev. 1 1, 131, see! Copt. &.n<LTf. anuki i

H
(I -,
I
N- H(j,
11
,
3 ^" MT '

anauau anuk-hu '

p Rev. 12, 87, I

^^* A
i

x ,

1
,
a kind of plant, myself; Copt. A.ttOK ^U3.
i i i i i i

anauba (l.V (j% ^L^^*-!

Rec - 2 9>

/WWNA
^ a
165, (1
[j
(3
NS^ , bearing pole.

Anaushana jl AAAAAA f] @ TVftt "^ "^ ^Sti

TT
I

Anastasi Pap. IV, Rec. 15, no, a kind Rec. 6, wall; plur.
i, 13, i, I, 9, [
of plant.
'

Anaukar fl
* fl 1L -=- 1

I I

43, 97, the disease-fiend Ningal, ->f- aneb-t >

N -
955,
J
anar-t (]
l
^^ = ^^ A,
<O
(]
I i2i
milk.

N. 1299,
anas P. 618 Vi Anastasi Pap. V, 20, 2, a walled
(jTn ^, =Tfj to call.
,

Q AAAAAA enclosure, a walled town, a palace, a fortress ;

ana = 9 , iv, 1161, with.

l\ AAAAAA /^^ I AAAAAA ^ZJ III I AAAAAA <=d) _Z1 11 V I

ana p -
5 6 7' chin -
(I
j_ >

Aneb I ,
Israel Stele 3, a walled city.

B D Nav I5) 48> to

I \ ^|'
- - '

s, a walled district.

blaspheme ; var. - o v\
anbit
a man off O
On (Heliopolis), or
Hr
tAfl singing-man of Denderah. \ [1 ,
fenced enclosures, pounds for
1 AAAAAA fl 11 I I I

cattle, zeribas, the sides of a ship.

dancing-woman of Denderah.
!e:< <
ani <&<(]|]aniD,' (]ODimi,(] Mm-,1
to surround with walls, to shut in.
|(VSAAA/V /WXAAA I I I
I |

e
Jour. As. 1908, 292, stone; Copt.
tone.

wall-builder, mason (?)

11 I AftAAAA II O O O
aneb-hetchtiu ] ,
inhahi-
Rec 5, 89, ,
Rec. 16, 1 10,
tants of Memphis.
a <s< <e*1
twigs, palm-leaves, aneb[] ll^Tr, |j^,deRoug^,
AAAAAA | |
,

1 AAAAAA ^ ' [)
1 AAAAAA ^3 I I '

as=c Rec. 5,

o o o 93*
106
'T 1 AAAAAA Jim-
*Q I III
 [61] A
Peasant ,6,
/WWW O I I I fl
fl
1 _
^JM ^ I I 1
Anp-heri-em-pet-ta-tuat
Rec. 31, 26, a kind of medicinal plant, herb, or ,
Cairo Pap. Ill, 5, Anubis,
fruit.
~ '
and underworld.
anb I) H T" to dance '
to P erform governor of heaven, earth
\\ J T '
acrobatic feats.
Anp khenti Ament
T. 387, U. 71, N. 331,
anbs (?) ,
A.Z. 1907, M. 403, Anubis, lord of Ament, the predecessor
an of Thebes. of Osiris.
46, title of official
w
aneb-t aneb-ta ^37 1 Q Anp khenti-seh-neter
(?),
(j J >
^j (j

P- 79,
(j
^=7
1 1}
>
N - 22 >

(j
^^ |> M - I0 9, =1
I

Ir^i^
JS)
1
B.D. 117, Anubis, chief of the
hall of the god.
dual of v-
y, lord.
" Anp khenta-ta-uab
anp i D
"
u"
', B.D. 1 88, 2
" ,
P. 80, N. 24,
J4
(j
anp A
D Jl
$), Sphinx
text 4, (P D
1
|,
8T
j*jO ^AAAAA
^
w
i
/^ , Anubis, chief of the holy place,
tJ\ $ Thes. 1281, child, boy, prince, t -=J dC~I3
S D JTj?' IV, 157, 898, 994-
Anp Khenti Ta-tchesertt
anp (I
X ,
to swathe, to wrap round.
1 D
r\ AVSAAA ^^ P. 707, Anubis,
, prince of the cemetery.
anepH ,-. ,
Rec. 29,157,10 decay, to stink. '

Anp sa-Asar (j

Anp, Anpu (j j^~^ jk, Peasant B 2,

Anubis, son of Osiris.

c. 36, n, C Rec. 2, 27, Anp (j

i D
^^v, Anubis
Ln\\
of various cities:

etc., Mar. Aby. I, 45, Nesi-Amsu 25,

Anpuuast
the judge of hearts (U. 220); Copt.
I)
WWVA U I

Anpu (I
JJ
| , Edfu I, 14, the four
^ Jl Ombos 62, a
Anp I]
D
I, hunting-god
in the South.
l 111' worshipped
QAWA
D a name of the 21 st day
of the month
f\

anef

D Lanzone, pi. 31, con-

anf
Anpit fl
QO
I

1
r\ ^VVA
sort of Anpu.
=^ O droppings from the eye, diarrhoea, any
kind of bodily exudation.
Anp-ami-ut (I ^, B.D. (3 |||'

AVA
r,
anem
I5I ' I56 ' (
D 1 \\ i n
Anubis in the embalming chamber. ,
L.D. in, 14013

Anp neb-Ta-tchesertt (j
Copt. ItlJUl.
_
q /}
~ - .. .

Anubis, lord of the cemetery.

, anem |i ,
U. 543,
__
Anp heni ra
Tuat V, a
I LJ ^^/v^AA 1 1
,

jackal-headed god who guarded the river of fire,

a form of Anubis. ^\ ^?, Rec. 30, 67, 191, 31, 162,
AWW\ U _H^ I II
 [ 62]
A /vww -
n
i,
Rec. 5, 90, aner-en-bekhenu M <=> AVWA
(j i nnm ^dl

^O nnni
, porphyry.
N AAAA
aner-en-ma (I
ITTTTTl
nnni
Rec. 3, 48, granite.
'
r\ AAA<V^ /^
,~ c\

Aner-en-Maat H <=> .ww^

1

" stone of
1 nnm
\\
r O o
jl)

Sinsin I, truth," a title of Osiris.

/WW\A
aner-en-rut rmm }
(j nnni (3
sandstone.

,
skin of human beings, or animals, hide,
aner-en-rut-ent-tu-Tesher
(| nnni

pelt; Copt. i.noJUL;

(j^ ^JJj^^^ 7
^' -- w o
Thes. I286,red
Rec. 30, 67.

anemu
I)
^ t^ ^ $!. "skins,"
aner-en-sen-t
nnm

kind of stone.
I

[1
nnm
sandstone.

,, IV,

human iiJ4, a,
*'.?., beings.
^ aner hetcb. <=> ?
anem-t
.

[1
/ww Q ,
f]
i nnm A
, fl
i nnm A /|\
\

white calcareous stone, limestone.

^ Q ,

(j ^^ 0> Rec. 14, 195, skin bottles, aner hetch-nefer-en-rut-t

(j<
vessels of drink ; plur. [1 1\ IX "^ O y

U-WWA mm
V\
u Thes. 1285, fine white sandstone.
Rec. 1 6, 51.
aner sept (]
<=> A I
, prepared stone (?)
imm Li
an-m'k-t i III

_
home, abode, dwelling.
1.
1 i
aner kam {]
nnm
i

^K
'

anmer M |
Q ,
black granite.
A/WVAA
to love.
anr |
' ' '
,
a va se (?)
fn
anmesit n cloth, garment,
t <^>
anr
i

apparel. www, i^V), skin head covering.

[fl

anen ;
see an.
Ill

|
i i

A^AWS <
^
i I

^
anr fn |
1 jm^
IU)U ,
Anastasi Pap. IV,
I

Anenit 9, a reptile
111

(?),
I

worm
I
I

(?)
desses who bestowed virility.
N ..-

anr....
aner <::^>, De Hymnis 44, shell of an egg.
111 ||^i
'== '
s.';--ll' p, Bnch LH. 15,
(1 a kind of cake or bread.

aner (j
<===>, (1 , <^s ^\, gravel,
"
stone ; Copt. UJIte. the place where nothing grows," a mythological
,. XT ~-fl fl<CZ>,. A aj^
anrit worked locality at Hensu ;
var.
^. (I
, stone, pebble,
(| nrnn

stone; plur. .
anrana (alana) [ft
I

111
inn i
i i i

4 DB AAAAAA I oak trees; Heb.

Aner-ti (1 , iv, 894, yi.
nnm <c=> \\mmi
the two rocks near Al-Kab;
A/VA/VAA TJ
** u
-r^
- J 34, \ \
(1
6. anrahama (arhama) A

^ \^
i i i

aner ua ^^ ^=2-, iv, 932, monolith. ralL Anastasi IV -

J
4, 5,
(j nnm ,,,'

aner-en-baa n basalt.

/www
nrmi
n __
1 1 1 r .m -
.m .m x
'

pomegranate; Heb. VIET],

f\
Harris i6A,
aner-en-benu M<=> Vww, O I, 10,
i nnm ^dl/wwv
Syr. ntAinai, Arab. *, Eth. C^^ :, Copt.
I n^>
u Jr , ^n^\ nnm), yellow sandstone.
^J) mnD _Ai Jr /
 [63]
. 4 AAAAAA < I > f\
r\ *

Anratat 1
'

I M AAAAAA * anhem jl (?) U. 182, to carry off.

1 AAAAAA
AAAAAA
the river Orontes. "
to rejoice see
/www anherher ;

anhama m
4

| rn
-cn

^ ^ /
AAAAAA
AAAAAA
@
r=>" nherher.
Turin Pap. 67, n,
\\ an-khu ffi '
'

Harris I, s6A, 5, pomegranate; see 111 i i i u anm

Gnm kind of stone.
a Kinc
fn
AA/WVN
|
MI i

t /WAAAA ^ (d A PI *

,
r
var. I)""
n
m
.urasmara
1 1
i i i
(II _^
o
/
,
Alt. K. No. 8 1, a precious stone.
fi!
f|
<&<
AAAAAA
fl ^^ 9\ a titleof the pries-
anhemen , IV, 73, Rec. 2,
II
i n
, II
i o (sjY)
El
r ! t_ ^
tess of Bubastis.
11
I" ""!
aneS ww^H, P. 662, (1
AAAAAA
n^rf, M.
(j
\\

IT] a fruit-bearing tree and 774, U. 398, T. 242, H (2 ,

www ,
^-^^ >
(j j| [j jl

the fruit thereof, pomegranate see [~Q X,

;
|
*"
|
, , (

_ f - ^ \\

,
etc.

Anhetut 7^ Q enna 4- 5, the

o
1 ^ a M\
-fil
!,
I
singing ape-gods.
I
1
1 ,
a red bandlet, cloth, apparel; plur.

<>t 1

/I
\\
\\
'

4 ois-
eyebrows; Demotic form, Anes-Ra
1
^O H I
ii
B.D. (Saite) 4 *,
a god.
2,

,\.,Rec.
V 'I
8, 134 J f\

i
P
X the sole of the foot; plur. (j
-

C /1'
-<l n <e=< n Q i
~
N

^I AAAAAA I
'<?!
V I

(? J to surround, to enclose, to embrace, to

Mj ,

ans-t www ci the hoof of an animal.

>m r
(1
^JJ ,

wrap round; crr^> K\

A \\
'" i

(]
1 ^wwv^ 7T .ly^. HI
a kin( lant
rimmed, or banded, with gold. ans-t ^X, | [ p :

(]
III Gr. aviaov (?^
<eal
anhu those
%^j
MI' round
who sur-
or encircle. ans-t
(|
Peasant 34, the seed
of the same.
II

^Q.q
enclosed place of protection, courtyard.
}
an ansu Rl|,
JJT
H1^, Thes
JjTiil IJi king
-

;
921, 941,
see nesu.

* ansuti I\ , Rec. 4, 2?, A -J

anh a word with a hidden JJ T \\ I ;1 i I j

y

| ga,
(1
a reed case, box (?)
meaning, a secret, a riddle.
u l6 N
< a anseb-t Q>
-
'
-
5",
anh-t 8 , vase, vessel.
H
(1
I J 1] '
to flame (?)
(j
x
7 " a kind of un ~
anhasap(?) H^O^
JJH I Do' guent or salve. to withdraw, to return

An-hefta 8
H ^~ Tuat IX, a guardian r\ <wwv\ $4 <?
(?)
- f\

www A ==='
"
1

**
of the 8th Gate. anq I) ^ O' A^
u '
'36,
_P
I)

anhem f\ "^
IN 1
C\
A
1 AAAAAA A ._HK^ W
"^^^
I .
, skin, colour, P. 667, M. 777, f-=P,
^ ^ - P. 601,

covering; mistake for (I ( ^\

1 AAAAAA \\ WV^ |
 \
[64] A
/WSAAA

=0
ri

71,1 fl w/ww^J] (J ^wwv^^ (j

anth-t (I
^ " , fetter, cord, cordage, rope
S ^i x i /d v n i I

tackle; plur. (1
s==> U. 422,
@<?>

\ T? Rec 3. 6 7.
VJ "

T. 242,
?'.' 187.

Amen. 13, 3, to embrace, to gather Antheti s=> Tomb Seti I, one of

j] j|,
together, gird round.
i \ i x.

the 75 forms of Ra (No. 64).

iww5 ^ B.D. i53B, the net s=3 T uat Vl
Anq-t [)
1 /J ^ V ii -*\
3,
Antheth 1
'
a g ddess >

^J g i' functions unknown.

used by the Akeru gods in snaring souls.

anna
anqa fl iww5 fl
^ Rec "
3, 6 7, cordage, anthenem
Ij *^p l| ,. tac ki e of a boat.

ant ~ww 2T6 be need

anqefqef-t ^ ,
Anas- (j
A?w5 ^^. ,
jj
,
to in

or harness. of, want, misery, sadness, disgust, trouble.

tasi 24, 7, a part of a chariot,

ank,
Pap. I,

annk
Antebu
(j gJ ^> ^ 3
B.D. 99, 7,

a kind of
plant.
anetch (j
"T, protector, defender, advo-
ank I] 5PJ, to tie, to fetter, to restrain. ~~"
"t* fl ^~T "f" T T Rfi
i
cate, avenger; see
-
, (! ,
=^ |
^-^ j

ank \/^ ^^
I) ^, fiend
"
; plur.
|j j

"
AnkU ^ ^>, Tuat VII, the netter,"
[j
anetch "T, to strike, P. 204.
a god who fettered the foes of Osiris. (|

ant
1-
fl
<S=< QL
O'
to bind up or cripple [the
toes].
anetch her fl
"t
1

^ ^ N -
709,

ant-t ^S;g , f> cord, rope,

(|
r. AASAAA r, f\ AAAA @
|
AAAAA^ |

chain ; pi. ant-ut,

|jg @ } 1a _y }' H oolll' thee ! the opening words of many hymns ;
see
Rec. 31, 17.
wv^
juat X, the chain by which
,>

Ant-t f Aapep fettered to the earth.

L) ^ is
I, to suffer grief or
K AAAAAA T\ ^ x a S rou P of
Antiu (I
_^ in' T
uat >

pain, oppressed, depressed.

four gods who slew Aapep.
antch-t I "^
d , grief, sorrow, pain.

am
. , <O<of Darius to stifle,
MWW^-, Hymn to choke, to13,close up.
h Ill
rv AWVAA
v
-^
<^ f\ AA^AAA <: ^> fl

anti-tu ^5 , hindrance, obstruction.

antcher
T. 386, M.
(|

394, to grasp, to seize.

g, ^ q
,
I) g, ,
,

1 o \\O ^S
AAAAAA
fv *\
N. 682 ............
ar 1 ,
a conditional particle, when, if.

ant-t
^
Ant u
Ant-ti
(j

U
q
^^
vx
|,

^,
fl
LJ
^
^ ^
J,
j/],
Nav> Lit 6

~WWN
1'
a god _
ar 1

with other particles,

,
an emphatic particle; also used

e.g.,

Ill, 1403 =
^,L.D.
qAWWS ^^, ft
Antriush I ^s> Tjtjt
Darius ;
<T^> O ..

jl (j (| ^| ,

Rev. 6, 12.

see ;
Pers -
m ar J = <=>, more than; \\

Antesh (]*' O Metternich Stele 73,

N. 699.
,

a mythological animal.
 A [ 65 ]

ar J]. an old form of the preposition . ari ab (?) <s>- V ,

to do the will of some-

at, by, to, towards, as far as, against, until. one, to carry out the intent of someone.

Mi Nastasen Stele n, 22, 25,

=r=>
wards, etc.
to, to-
ari ar-t <s>-
(j ^t,
to milk an animal.

Ar ari aterti logo through 1

26, 32 = preposition <cr>.

|,
|)| } Lower Egypt.
= preposition <^> to, to- - work the
4r ari a (?)
'
to irrigation
1l wards, from, etc. o ^^ '
of a district.
/\ AAAA/VA
ar-her
(j ^ <:B *&,
(j
,
into ari ankh f \\ 1
,
P.S.B. 10, 47, to

the presence of someone ; Copt. take an oath, to perform what one has sworn
to do.
ar, ari u-ao-, U. 586, P. 16, 96, -<s>-,
ari ant <s>- #JN worker on (
the nails '
ci manicurist.

ari antch <e>- :>oc ,

to heal, to make to

\\ recover, to restore to soundness.

y o
.
21, 76, ari ua-t (?) <s>- to travel, to journey.

o, to make, to 1*2 e
do, to create, to form, to fashion, to beget, to
,
ari uat-shu -<s>- R ^^ ,
Rec. 19,

92, to work at the trade of a

produce, to pass the time, to be made, done,
*^~~
created, etc., and used as an auxiliary Copt. ari utcha -o>- %> 4, to heal.
_H si w
; ,

a _ i

eipe ;
| \so=-, do not Copt. juurp, Jtxnep ;
ari baka-t os-
_jj ;

Nastasen Stele 66 =
;

J 1^ {_] "^ &\, to

conceive, to become pregnant ; Copt. epfi.OKI.

D to prepare
ari <2>-
ari-t pequ U
,
to visit, ^=y(,
(j(j ^^^ (j
food.

i,
"
any other man who visited ari em hetep D
,
to work

contentedly.
Amam " ;
-ce>- vA ,
I visited
rv\/i'
the mine region."
ari hetep ,
to do what
(j

ought to be done.
ari -<s>-, to serve in the army, // ^
"a second time I served."
ari em qaa
to make oneself like someone, to feign to be
,
to amount to,
someone else, to disguise oneself, to pretend.
nnn n x ^
nnn , IV, 666, "amounting to 1784 ,

ari em tena-t o 1C to
<c=>_a^. w>A
,
1 1 1 1'
i in

2>
"=
ari
-
ra
-<s>-, to

tk "" ^
pass the time,
-I* M

"I passed
register oneself, to enrol one's

ari-t maat
name.
i

I
,
to practise
,
fWWV\ <^_^> .T/T I I I I I

right, to lead a life of integrity.

eight days in exploring."
n n iv
arim'k-t -o>-,^s, to P rotect to '
s P read
ari abu <s>-
J
v\ -A ,
to make a stop- the over tCa>J wings young.
' '
page, i.e., to cease.
ari-t menkh-t ^d $ ,
to do the
ari aau-t -cs>- Y 1

,
to occupy an office, very best work.
to enjoy a dignity, to exercise the functions of ari metcha
ain office.
to write a book.
to benefit
ari aakh <2>/^ someone,
ari en -cs>- ,ww made
/Till' to do good to. , by, produced by,
@ to P raise ' to P erform ' '

produced by the lady of the house,"

ari aui -o>- fl
i \\
^
A '
a service of praise. [73' "born of the lady of the house."
 A [66] A 1

ari ennu <>' "To, Rec. 21, 80, to do ari hem-t

a thing continually.
,
to live with a wife ; -cs>- ^ Jj
i
,

ari nefer
to perform a task
well.
to pass time in philandering.
i
ari nefer-t to have inter- ariher-<E=- "ft" to terrify.
a ,
A <dT> V 1\

course with a virgin. do the pleasure

ari hes-t <s=- to
g
X i ^ ,

ari neh ^ ,
to protect. of someone, to make someone pleased.

ari nekhi L=/l, to protect.

ari khet <s>- .-^, to do things, to be
i i I

active, to acquire wealth, to sacrifice.

ari nekhen -<s>- -S) ,
to renew one's
D JT ari khepem -<s=~ <r^> t i
,
to effect
youth, to act as a youth. v*v J I

^ transformations, to take different forms ;

ari neter \ta deify. i i i

shew , they changed their forms.

to pity, to
ari netch ,,

\\ Tr- protect.
ari kheru i, Rec. 21,
[j (
ari-netchemm-t-am-henen (j 87, to thunder.
ffi to perform his daily
t\ 8 P. 466, ari kher-f
ft
4 _M^ x
,
g*' task.

M. 529, N. 1108, to masturbate. to make magical passes

ari sa j
'
over someone.
I

ari rethu aqeru <H>-

ari sep sen <s>- ,
to repeat.
%, to appoint "trustworthy people." D O
[j

ari sem ^s=~

^,
to greet with
ari Haker <s=~ fD Ik to Jj^
^^ ,

good words ;
[1

Copt. pCJULOTf (?)

celebrate the Haker festival. n AAAftAA V ^
r ari senther -aa>- I s= ^,
ari hep er -o=~ >, to set the law
to make an offering of incense, to cense.
in motion against someone.

ari hru <=> rD to pass the day.

\\ <=> O I

ari sekheru <&> O*^ i, to devise

ari hru nefer <s^<=^>T, to make a ^
men's destinies, a title of one
a festival. plans, to arrange
day of rejoicing, to celebrate at Thebes.
of the Khensu gods
ari hett
ii
I U ^ II ,
to praise.
^ H J\ ari sesh -<s>- to act as a scribe, to
fjpl,

ari ha -ee>- ,
to make magical passes
copy a document or book ;
t

over the dead to

; ,
to act as a scribe, to copy;

make magical passes over the eyes.

II' ,
to do into writing ;

ari-theb
JJ '

IV, 1004.

ari hebsu <s>- to make

f J '

ari seshsh R aaJL to

cloth, i.e., to weave.
-cs>- ft
nn
play, or rattle,
the sistrum.

ari seshem kh[n]s

to praise.
to work the steering oar or rudder, to steer.
to
ari seka -SD- {_]

plough.
 [67]
'

ari-t setep sa(?) ^, to make Ariti ,

Rec. 15, 178, a goddess.
\\

magical passes, to perform magical ceremonies

Arit-aakhu Tuat vn,
with a view of
securing protection from evil, to d ,

visit the Court. a star-goddess.

ari Shen <s>-

^ , hairdresser ;
Ari-Amen ,
a god.

Tuat VII, a
,
chief hairdresser at Court. Arit-aru (?)
star-goddess.
I-J
1

^ 'ZL
ari kat "doer of
(2 ff?VN Ari-maat
the Splendid Works of the Lord of the Two
>c ^pt
== ^
"doer of the right," a name of
Lands," i.e., the royal Clerk of the Works. >:=f A - '
Osiris and of other deities.
^
ari gestep -=2^
}
~^s^,,
D
to protect. Ari-em-ab-f <s>- ^
_HH_ . r_
II, one of the 42 Assessors of Osiris.
ari ta-t tep-f a :
_
\\ O I <==> H I

Ari-em-aua
" 1
Rec 28 >
he who has laid his head upon the I'rT '!]!) ! 4>

earth, i.e., the dead man.

to make a speech, to
say. E
ariu 1
working men, slaves,
e -jfrlET I f}*' ^^
1
'
cr: servants.
7: (i) one of the four grand-
I

p| L_=fl,Berg. i,

work- sons of Horus

arit^ I
,
; (2) god of the 6th hour of the
ing women. night ; (3) god of the i5th day of the month.
*
"^
am, ariu Ari-en-ab-f B-t>- no, 42, '

Jj ,

a blue-eyed god in Sekhet-Aaru.

Ari - entuten - em-meska - en Nem-

i
, workers, doers, those who make, etc.
tiffin r
J^JIII L-'
<
i
i i I

ari-t -05- <a IV, 901, made, artificial B.D. 99, 19, the leathers of the magical boat.
,
{JQ

(of I U 5
I ^J o o o
, lapis-lazuli). Ari-ren-f-tchesef czDi-ir ]) |, Berg, i,

ari-t
-*-([
(i) one of the four grandsons of Horus ; (2) god
of the loth day of the month ; (3) a part of the
>, something done, work, the act of magical boat ; (4) god of the 8th hour of the day.
working, deed, act, a thing to be done plur.
;
Ari-hetch-f -<s>
\\l
III a m<=> -n i i
"creator of his light," a god.

"
,
work of all kinds. ari-khet <2>- ^, maker of things,"

" a title of several gods and kings.

ari-t V$, creature; plur."" , creatures,
'

human beings, mankind.

Ariu-kamt *"l)i)%! I 1
1\ JL,
<=> .TT 1 l I
'
'_Sf^. Ill
Tuat VI, the 1 2 gardeners of Osiris.
x >
"
worker," the creative god, as opposed to
Ari-ta ", Rec. 27, 189, a title of Ptah.
i.e.,

the god whose heart is still, i.e., Arit-ta-theth (?)

Osiris. Tuat X, a lioness-goddess.
Ari ^s>- $ ,
Ombos I, i, 186-188, one of Ari-tchet-f xs^ 2^
><.
^
the 14 Kau of Ra. the god and festival of the gth day of the month.
E 2
 A [68 ] A
ar ,
to see ; compare Heb. J"tt|n
and Ar-ti-m-tches
Rec. 15, 17, one of the 42 Assessors of Osiris.
'

<s=-
'

|\
_M* ^ \ \

Copt, ejuupg, (?)

<>-
ar O >
tri e pupil of the eye ; Copt. JOp,. A.
r-t Ra
$Q
T-*

^
ff\

111
,
-2>-
Q \
o
111 c
. I
>
ar-ui i \\ i
i the two -jj , eye of Ra, the mid-day sun.
-=s>- 1 Jr
,

^ i \\ O\\i
,

"

eyes. This reading is very doubtful ;

the correct Ar-t-Ra-neb-taui Om-
,

reading is, perhaps, something like the Coptic

bos I, i, 47, a serpent-goddess.

Ar-t-Heru -o>- N. 421,

^\ ,

,
the eye; compare Copt. GIA.X,
o ,

a seeing, a looking, look, glance, the faculty or act U. 91, 112, 117, the Eye of Horus, i.e., the sun ;

of seeing, sight, vision ;

and GI in fern. .^gs- Denderah IV, 81 sssa vN,
Vi:^ , ; ,

evil eye.
U. 37, the two eyes of Horus, one black, one
ar-t em ar-t , eye to eye. white;
"~
P 67 N I2 9 2>
Sa^*''*'' I96)
^
-~
' '
'
I

ar-ti ,U.6 3) ,U.55i, the southern Eye of Horus ;

<2>- <2=- C\ ,

OO U. 37, the two Eyes of Horus = &- and

P. 167, <yp
,
\\ \\ o o '
^ .4.
^2>- P. 264, 265; <2^ I, U. 516, the
O O, the two eyes ; -<2>-, eyes. i
'<,
Sf^,
_ir\> V
<?\

en nesu
^ a title of an green Eye of Horus ; i, N. 519, the
ar-ti
} A^VWA official.

I
white Eye of Horus ;
i tt i
,
the
nebt
ar-t
HT- red Eye of Horus.
i

.
, "every Ar-t Heru U. 83,
.
c
eye," /'.^., all persons, everybody. o
B.D. 101, the Eye of .!
Ar-t(?) , 4,
e
T)
seven cubits with a pupil of three cubits. o I (u\ given to offerings.

Ar-t-aabt ,
-<2>-
^| ,
Thes. 104, Ar-t Heru hetch-t <!>

the moon. a ceremonial garment.

the left eye of Horus or Ra, i.e.,

Ar-t-ua
"
~*^~ B. D. (Sai'te) Ar-t Khnemu i>v
the Eye of

"
^ ,
1 1
5, i ,

" ~
Khnemu.
one eye," a title of the Sun-god.
Ar-t Khnemu ,
P. 444,
Ar-t-unem-t
~

Q 7ft _Bfis-^Si
I I
^
the sun.
"
,
B.D. 17,

71, the right eye of Ra, i.e.,

N. 1130, "Eye of Khnem," the name of the
Ar-t-unemi <s^ft $, r?^: I04>
boat of Her-f-ha-f.
P til of Sinus and Ra.
*" Q Rec- 3 l88> Ar-t Shu Eye of Shu, i.e.,
Ar-t-utt v(?)' %\ n
'
,

Q Jf J) the day-sun.
,

(tfl a goddess. I
<=.

Ar-ti-f-em-khet ^T C= d~ fli
\\
'

\7
one of Ar-t (?) Teb
J
^ 245,

the 42 Judges in the Hall of Osiris.

^
Ar-ti-f-em-tes ^^ ^^ \\
'

, "
* ~ "
Ar-t (?) Tern , Pap. Mut-
^j
B.D. 125, II, "Flint-eyes," or "Fiery-eyes,"
of Sekhem, one of the 42 Assessors ; varr. hetep Eye of Tern, the setting sun fern.
a god 5, ;

'

f\ ^S>~ Q. $ f\
$ ^, Denderah IV, 81.
 [69] A
f\ O
^\
<

Ar-ti-tchet-f(P) ,the ar-ti (I

-<s>- >\ ,
a kind of seed or grain (?)
_ZJ.\J^ 1 1 I

/~

god of the gth day of the month. ar-ti some

fl^2a-^\ , strong-smelling

ar, aru -<s>- %> N. 119,

substance, or disagreeable sensation.
(j J], ||

U. 4 2i, ar n to be oppressed I2/ww

J^^bJ.Rec.27, 217,
1
~^,
2r^ w ~^,
^r^
;
i i
(j
1

Rec. 2, 109, greatly oppressed.

ar-ti
I) ^g, Ij msf|!
i form> flgure>
oppressed one, a man in trouble.
*
image, ceremony, rite; plur. N. 213, Ari-t Tuat V, the gate
(I
os^^N, (]-<s>- (](|
,

of the 5th division of the Tuat.

,T., 4,, P. ,.6,

ar-Ut
*"
\
d
, part of the magical boat.
.
245, l
,
Rec. 33, 32,
< >
ar-tit (I
i ^- ^
_Lj.\y
5, blue garment.
^

ar-ti
(j
<=> ^\ | ,
coloured cloth of

which flags are made.

l,
C
Arti (?) <E>- Tf, Tuat IX, a god
/l I

T. 245, 330, the divine forms in the Tuat.

who swathed Osiris.

ar <rr> w, river; Copt. GIOOp. n6 4

[j ari <=> N. 391, N. ,
1] (jl), I],
<=r>'WWVA > <
f n
ar-t fl

1 i_i
^w
AA/WW
,
n
n
I
^ i i'
moisture, flow of
water. '
P 66 '
>
R 2 4 ' 96l)

ar-aa y^3 """, Herusatef Stele 17,

the Nile ; Copt, eiepo. J ,

he who belongs to something, or someone,
Yji'

one who is in charge, keeper; dual, (I <^

P. M. 557, N. 1164; <

391, plur.
|j

P. 433, <=> - M. 619, *=>

^,
I I

I) (j 1) I)

Q, Rec. 32, 183, ,

Rec. 13,4,21,
%Q /k ,
N. 1224; Copt. epHTf.

<
ari M^, the man whose duty
3 it
[I
V^J
milk ; Copt. epUTTG; see [1
s=i X-
was to attend to something ; fern. (1 V^W i .
J|
artu (arut) <S>-Q%>, U. 68,
(j (j ari ii, i 39 , 12, 25,
<2>- 2 jj^jj(JA^,Rev.
N
I

'
32? I . women
^2f2f^f' '

1 ^ ',^1' I

(I -<2>-
^W , friend, associate, companion.
who give suck, nurses (?)

aru (j
<2>- fV
^\ 5^J>
stalled ox; plur.
-
IT- IT
S>-vt I

1
>
catt l e f r sacrifice.
(3 #,
arit o>-
Wv o J i
,
that which appertains to someone or
(1 ^uZ33, milch cow.
something, the duty of someone, office, appoint-
ment.

ari aui "* of a

beans; Copt. i.pU3, Arab. Jj. 4 f, TT
Upper Egypt.
E 3
 A [70]
arm aakhut fl
8,
1 Mi
dwellers in the horizon.
pylon-keeper ; plur.
TV j i

(j tfjJ
"
ari aru
^%
^ Nome ^)
.
title of the high
P 1

priest of the icth of Upper Egypt. = Thes.

100, the
Ari-user-t '

I
dess Mehennit.
Ari-ar-t-tchesef ^/ :=> .,$( Q
Rec. 4, 28, a god.
ari pet vj

T^
t i
u * " I \\

ari as-t
^W n ,
throne attendant.
T^ I
belonging to the heavens,
^- \
/'.*., divine being, or
p -
*"'

Ari-as-t-neter 1 rl
I, Tuat II,
<2=> dl cm I

bird; plur. U. 430, ^k

^.
I
fl (1

guardian of the divine throne. ^K ^,

<=>
'V e < > '

P. 391, M. 557,
ari aui
< > a~^
fl
^ j]
,
fl ,

fl
belonging to the arms, i.e., brace-
1 o j^ '

lets, armlets.

steward, house- \\
ariift-t
I) keeper. j
. creatures of earth,
T. 246.
an aa
Ari-pehti ^ ^) Denderah IV, 79, a
C-/T bull-god.

-nmmr -mnmr
nimnr \\

, porter, doorkeeper; plur.

"nnnnr
IU'111'1
'

'iimiui Q |

III' t /i^r!'

master of the scales,

Ari aui B.D. G. 608, keeper of

;r a title of Anubis.
,
rniinr kee P er f < he
the Two Gates (Egypt) a title of Horus.
arimenkh-t wardrobe.
;

.
,
Ari mehiu
fl

Ari-aa-em-as-t-maat (j
\\
IliiHill *i

Tuat V, the keeper of the drowned in the Tuat.

,
Cairo Pap. VII, 4, a lioness-goddess,
i i steers-
arinit(?) man.
keeper of the throne in the Hall of Judgment.
' '

Ari-aa-en-Asar "~ ari Neklien VjV ^, a title of high rank or

mnmr Jk.
il ,
] ^ ^T7^> ill

N. 1074, the doorkeeper of Osiris. learning ;

see Nekhen.
h <^~^> 'F\
/VWSA^ r-i
^ Ari-nebaui <=>
Art-aa-nt-pet Q j&
I1II1HII /^\ ^
(| J (] [J (J ^,
Tuat I, keeper of the fire, stoker, a fire-god.
P. 651, M. 752, the doorkeeper of heaven.
Ari-nefert |1 <=> I <=><?, Tuat iv,
ari aau i
,
ass-herd.
keeper of the boat's tackle, a sailor of Af 's boat.
Ari-anb-f J
^s^^ ^2 |j
I
3 ^ ^, \\
Tuat viii, Ari-ti-nefert fl
I
<
C \\
! ^^ J) ^ i-1.
, keeper
a dog-god in the Circle Aakebi. of the virgins.
* to the god,
ari anti fl
\\
vfl ^^ \\
c ^i v&
cil
, Quelques
ari neter fl
*1
<=> 1
I
1
' ,
^longing
sacred property.
1 J I
" <
Pap. 67, title of an official of the House of Ari-t-neter-s fl 0,
p,
Life," Tuat I, attendant on her god, a singing-goddess.
 [71] A
*
ari sebkh-t
ariretui
^ | ^J ^D. gatekeeper.

j , belonging to the

Ari-ret-ur 1
feet, i.e.,

1fe=t
anklets.

^=t, P. 672,
Ariusem-t(?)
B.D. 141, 61, the divine keepers of cemeteries.
(^|^'^,
ari seshem ft
<=>Y4) f> ^f^ ^v I ^f
"
N. 1276, keeper of the Great Leg," a god. Rec. 26, 7, keeper of the slaughter-house (?)

Rec 33) 6> associ ate ft <=> ~<E~

ariretui vtfKt,
'
.
'
Ar-Stau -<g- f\^n, a portion of
companion.

Ariu-hut <=>%> ra B.D. 168,

the kingdom of Seker the Death-god.
ft
^^, Ariu-stau-amenhiu
gods who directed the food supply.

ari ha-t
{] "^ -=^ s^,,
^^ ,
-

--AW .~v2*-, title of a priest. 31 (Nebseni), the overseers of the slaughtering

(j
, captain,
\\ ilic gods.
A K l\ t Tf )

ari heb ,
director of the festival. ari qeb-en-she-en-shet
o _
< XA
ari hemu ft ,
steersman. I /I t
keeper of the bend in ther Lake
T-i-

I ss Q'^' of Fire.

Ari-hems-nefer
(j ^ J ^ (| \\
Ari kenem
252, the keeper of the Dekans.
ft ^^^ *, Ombos I, i,

<= "
ari-t ta ft vfl

a man, or animal.
^ | n> belonging to

earth, '..,

whose wife was Tefnut ; (I

Ariu-ta
T = Arensnuphis.
A7^ =?=, U. 431, T. 246, the denizens of earth.
o
ari henbiu v|)
J I
sf]
U
?
A
^
AA/VW\ ^Cj
1]
Ariu-ta(?) ft<=>^>!
Jr i K
'

i
,
B.D. 168,
overseer of the cultivators.
the four water-gods in the Tuat.

' ' ari thetthet ft

"^ s 3
ilt Q ill i i i revenue officer (?)
-^ ^,
<= Amen. 22, 20
Ari-khabu
()<=> ll'^ J^TM"' ariu tha-t
Tuat VI, master of the scythes, i.e., of the
ft
. z Mf!-
Seven Reapers of Osiris. Amherst Pap. 28, companions in theft,
_/)'
fellow robbers.

Ari-tes ", Berg. I,

J
i,{, belonging to the neck, collar,
i a i.e.,

34>
,
'
Edfd I, 130, keeper of
11 | |
the slaughtering knife.
necklet ;
j .
v n
iW<J 3 , bandages, mummy swathings.

ar (1
.
,
to remove, to transport
B.D. 17, 123, keeper of the divine register of
a measure
of land.

ar-t fl , (1 ,
a skin roll, a book ;

ariusura see
o
ft AA/WW
(I
WSAAA 73, butlers, men in charge of drinks. ar-ti ,
the two jawbones,
1 (j

arisba
\\
0*
I inmnr keeper.
see
^f\\ "^ ^'
E 4
 A [ 72 ]

arr (1 1& Wort >

- I02 deaf (?) >
o , IV, 670, honey wine;
D -fj- ,

arr (1
1
<^>,
o o o
grapes,
Rec. 13, 73, wine by measure;
^ D
grape seeds ; Copt. wine shop ; (1 ^ " i
,
wine cellar ;

^ "^
I'

arr A
wine of the north
H 21 i i 1 2i/ i i

D III
, ;

I, Alt. K. 1 06, a wine jar.

21 I >
ver >' fme

arr-na >
i'
Wta 5633, wine of the Southern Oasis.
I
pot (?)

Ara arp (I =, wine of various kinds and

A <r=>
1]
"X , Tuat I, a singing-god.

Arar-ti (1 _ o
yL
T)
n ,
two uraei-god-
districts

of Pelusium
; I]
i D
A
/> ,
T. 1

u
20, wine

=5= i
fY\
desses, Isis and Nephthys (?)
;
Ji \AT
,

n A
ari <2>- A T. 119; /wwv ^, U. 148,
(j
(1 \. , knife, weapon. (I ^3=

cedar wine;
r W)^?' A Z- Bd (1
'
38> I?)

a proper name = ^7^. T. 121, ^a wine; (1 O \7 ,

T. 122,

ari wine of Syene.

fl^flfl^, ()|
Rec. 35, 57, name of a fiend, hostile being. arp (I
^ ,
wine plant, vine.

ari-t A <s>- A A o < >

/Ci, fruit, produce. arpi[t] A , product, food.
(j

=> Rec 29> Is8> to rot) to

arp
D
%s n
_fl decay, to ferment.
, land, estate.
/v^AAyV^

arutana A
^ 'UOM,\^' =

^
16 D .

~^ -f\ \\ /~\ A'

' "
T\ ^^'V^/\^

Voc. the name of a disease.

g~ ^^, Hearst Pap.
arpi A
< >
A(|irD,
Jour. As. 1908, 300,

temple = , ; Copt. pile.

arut(?) ' >
arpi-t A AA o ,
wine cup (?) vase.
to tie, to fetter, to rob; (1

aref A B.D. 52, 3, an emphatic par-

poor man, one robbed of his goods.
,
,

c
arm (I v\ ,
L.D. ii, 498, a word used
4rabtu
in connection with a blowpipe.
Annales 4, 129
<! > arm <cz> V\ /L Q> a man of Aram
arp p. 724, U. 43 A, (I ,

|) ^ ,
ftffx
,
P. 243,
(] ^ Pf ^' R 7
'

7'
(Syrian,

Armu (?)
Mesopotamian).
f " --"f v f\ \ I

I
,
Roller

Pap. 4, 3, a tribe in the Sudan.

a in D in
o 1
A
s D
^
in
> :
PT? i
Armau (1 <=> Ii A J. Thes
; ^;
I94>
4> arm'
fl f
\\
M. 719, N.-I327, wine; Copt. Hpn A
;

,Vfl
 A [73] A
\\

1-1:
Arkanatchpan l\ &< >
LJ (j
wwv\
Treaty 10, with, along with; see = ^
J3 I

A
21 A JS&
-7L
V\
"S ^-5 -5\
^< J^.
V\
l/rs\
^ ?s*1 ill
:''
cJT
o.

,
A.Z. 31, 101,

Copt. niJL. Alt. K. 1 1 6, a god whose functions are unknown.

Re chn un n 59,
armen fl
^j ,
see remen. ark-ta , ,
a kind of wood. f
Aranth Art
fl
^a^=|||, fl ,Rec. 14, ii,

Mett. Stele, p. 19, note 15, a serpent-fiend in

/WWVA -*l I Q
I I
|
I AV^^VX I I
O the Tuat.
River Orontes.
Arta ' fl ^e^" ll fl
u -
534, T. 298, P. 231,

Ar-hes ^j^ I T a '' on "S 0(^-

lp fll' a fiend in the Tuat.
I wt >
~> 1 > artatchar
arekh fl* u. , 214, fl* ^K, Rec. 27,
a kind of bird.
^-_ ^-.

57, to know, make to know ;

see
^
k O

arkhekh(?) (1 ,
The ban 368, P. 247, milk.

Ost. No. 4, a mineral. Artheth-aa-sti (?) fl ^T", Tomb

Arkham Khertt-neter of Rameses IX, 10, god of the serpent .-_ .

C>
+: pi.

A <^I> A A AWV^A
B.D. 72; Denderah
.
1 ffl
4,
id^> r^^^
, (Saiite), pi. art I
(JU rfes -VWVAAA, moisture, liquid.
|
C ^~~J ^ AW\AAA

83, a lioness-headed '

goddess in Aat XI.
artb [
?
]
a measure ; Copt. epTO&,
Gr. apTaflii, Arab, ardeb.
T. 286, 370, P. 69, 670, M. 174, N. 687, 760,
to utter cries of
1272, to wake up. joy.
Gol. 42, B.D. 181,
Arsi 10, 14,
ahu I cries of joy.
\\ a god. ,

^ aha M. O
arr-sa 'o
1
,
after. ,
P. 42, 62, N. 29, !

i CZ> I

Arsu -=s=- 1 . ^K $ ,
Obel. Hatshepset, ahaa [] k[ffli'
IV 895
' '

"
Kubban Stele 4, his maker," the king's god (?) shouts of joy.

who
Arsu
ruled
(1

Egypt
QA
at
1? ^r
the
I
'
a

end of the XlXth

^y" an g enera i ahai
I
O ! hail !
ra

hurrah cries
M'!

i,
dynasty. (jgra of acclamation.
'
Arsna-t fl
""^J. fl ahahai ra
I tt V^NAA/\ JHPXS' \ J
(| ^
Rev. Arsinoe.
, 6, 6, 33, 3,
(]ra^ ra i i
, joy.

arq ,
to roll up.
T. 185, 287, P. 371,
aha(hi?) (]
ra
(j,

arq
::::
I(^>name f a M. 820, N. 42, O !
moan, cry, hail !

/] serpent amulet.
abah fl ra ra ,
U. 295, a shout of joy.
\\
arqabas (|

Koller Pap. 4, 3, a kind of stone ; compare Heb.

*9yN?, Arab.
y-jLcJU crystal (?) fl TO fl fl
^ ,
a cr y f joy. O ! hail ! hurrah !

P. 266, N. 1244,
f)^;
i"^^i' a god.
ahit <= a cry of joy.
(jraljij |],
 [ 74]

ahh, ahha, ahi (j g |, (j

ra ahi
(j
rn
(j(j
C-D,
||
ra
^ era, camp
courtyard; plur. Israel Stele 7.
, 68,
XI (1 ("D >

ffl tt.
ahi n a via
house for cattle, cattle-shed.
joy, rejoicing; plur.
(j^^gll'Qjf^
ahi ra grain.
ahhi
(1
00^,
M
Qb ra IT]
[JO
^7, a festival.

ahb (1 ra jPr^,
to rejoice, be glad.

>
H
|
sadness, misery, trouble, ca-
ahbut
(j
ra
J % Jj |,
Rec. 10, 150,

t| lamity, affliction. dancing- women, love- women, concubines ;

com-

ahai death cry, pare x/2rTS'

AgV
^
i
,

ahbu ra IV> s 4 a
death sentence.
|j J fy |J |S'
'

ahi
H| HI X
^ ^ %^, a cry of class of officials or workmen.

woe, death wail.

ahi
(j

[
\\
,
(j{]

to make to go.
ahm (j
ra
^ |, ()
ra
^,
to drive ashore (of a
Rec. 3,

{j
33,

aha (]
,
to go in, to make to embark ;

>

see ra ^ -A ,
M. 6gi, 696.
Rec. 30, 1 1
7,
(] ^_ "^, Thes. 1199. 1)

ahai-t ~ Thes. 1206, groaning, grief; Copt.

1 21
'

im *

f<n r\ r\

i, Mar. Karn. 52, 15,

HfflD oo o
Q
ra |
,
Rec. 29, 165, ,
sweet-
(j J (j
I
^ ^ o I I

smelling gum, incense, unguent.

A.Z. 8 3 6 5 , ,

(] g mi ,^ r.
D|
i
,
. cow-byre,

stable, any outhouse on a farm, chambers, dock.

B.D. 145, wooden
ahn fl
H
3, 12,3.
instrument.

ahir (?) ,
Mar. Karn. 52, T>
[j

J y jj^
, joy. gladness, dancing. camels'-hair tents ;
Heb. "^HN.
P. 164, N. 861,
ahabu dancer.
ah <=, and; Copt. OTfOg,.

ah (1
| ^= ,
Mett. Stele 39, to cry.

sistrum player.
ah, ahi(?) Israel
ahab n
(I
^> 1| ^>
(j
Stele 22, cry of grief, Oh !

to send a messenger, to let fly (an arrow).

ah |
A ,
P.S.B. 24, 46, interjection, O !

aham (1 ra $>\
\ "^^i Ahem, 10, T,
(j

f\ rt ^-^

A i i
"&\
'
^^, Israel Stele 25, mourning, ah ,
to go.
' J\
ft^ lament; Copt. A-^OJUI..

aham
Q.
r\

(I
1 -A
", to run aground (of
ah
1) J ^, I) I ^ r=T, Rec. 21, 92.

*
a boat), to drive ashore (of a ship). 5J, i*, , ox; Copt. eg,6 ; |>lur.
(j

' cattie;
 I A [ 75]

of the -www *K
J
i
, foreign cattle ; ah (j ^4, a girdle, a collar, necklet,

|
WWVA =* i
,
cattle of something worn round the neck or body.
i i mo i

certain weight. i rope, cord ; plur.

ah , papyrus, marsh flower; plur.

Bubastis A. 34, cow.

D ""
" ox of
Ah-pet tf *, M. 704,
i)
1 A t !
ah
heaven," the name of a star.
n 9 <?
a kind of plant and its seed;
ah-tesher W <*&> ,
P. 706,
" red bull." (I
i A III A .

1 A white ah.

ah pasture (?) akindoftree 'p lur

,
flQ(14'
lAlli
'

* Rec. 24, 1 6 1, the moon see aah

, stall, stable, workshop; 9 c~D ; j
(j
I A I

Copt. io,, Heb. rn? .

A
I
t i
,
stable of horses ;
A/WW\ /WWV\ EZ ^
,
Ah J) ,
the Moon-god.

royal stable. lunar festival on the i8th

ah
ah-t ,
a chamber in the Tuat. day of the month.
ah r*^ white metal, silver (?)
(1
|
A
t

abut (1 o A9 ,
Rec. 2, 116, prisons.
t o o o

<j I I I
I I

ahu [I
Q Q. , limbs, members, flesh, body.
ah p| ,
to be green (of land) ;
see aah. Q soles of the
ah-ti H8 ^<? H8
^jUll'^J feet(?)

ah ( O. w rt - I0 7

lASlA-\fr, jj
acre, field, tillage, pasture,
_^
parcel of land ; Copt. ei(JUg>e ; plur. ,

steering pole, rudder, paddle ; plur.

see aah.

ahah Qj5 to work a paddle;

\\
(J5118,
lAlA 1A1AUI,
I ^k www 8 8 the sound of paddling.
(j [j |,
\\

to smite, to fight.
i
, ploughman, field
\\

; plur. of arrows (Lacau).

ah spears, arrows.

aha ,
to fight; see
I)
1 A
= aa-
fl
1
8
A /^ .yT"*
o, U. 150; N. 458
A jj \1
T. 121, IV, 60, 767, 1078, Annales III, 109, to
spread out a net, to lay a snare, to catch animals
or birds, to surround with a wall, to enclose.
= X [j 11
"Ssa. ,
some filthy animal.
(j
i A 11 *

ah net ahai-t ? sistrum bearer.

(jjj-ft, (jj ^35,
fishing (]
i A "%\
Js IjQ *1f
1 I si
,
 A [ 76]

Ahibit &D -
I46 a
(|f (|[]J(|O' '

goddess of the i7th Pylon.

ahU(?) A weak-
flesh, limbs. jj^K^^, (j | ^,
aha f\ 8 ,
P. 175, to rejoice, ness, helplessness (?)
A
- a(j,U.
1

166, ,
P. 194-
AhU (?) A 8 Q *j\
,
B.D. 124, 8, a form of

M. 461, 678, N. 1239, to rejoice, to acclaim,

Ahu .
30,

-T 1
a
JJ
,
N. 69, 649. ,
a form of Thoth ;
(j | III,

AMp A
1
-JJ
A.
SLS,
A/SAAM
the Nile-god.

Rec. 26, 228.

ahi P. N. 1077, to
|)|(](], 364=|(|(],
smite, to strike.

ahi OH 8 u -
496, T. 319, youth, stripling plur.
& $ ^
Hv HH A
; ,
'
/)
H A '
to become dark. [j | j (j J
Ahi Tuat VI, an attendant on the > |, divine child; A fi
'

dead. U 1 A
ahi "child," the name of the Rec 32 '
I?6> young god
&f*m'
'
'

' '
sun on New Year's Day.

ahbenut(?) (JJJ ,
rin &
circle.

ahem
(j
^ ^, P. 492, 493 494 , ,

a priest or priestess who personified l, N. noi, to decree (?); (I

the god Ahi.

P. 276, M. 520, [I ^ \
ga
ll

(j
,
N. noi.

ahemu A K- |\ !
RD -
(Nebseni) 92, 13
B.D. 125, II, one of the 42 Assessors of Osiris.
1 Jim I
,

Ahi, Ahui, Ahai

form of Harpokrates;
(j | A(j
*"$, Hi, ahems fl
^ ^, M. 677, A (^ ^v f|i^

B.D. 102, 2, 149: (i) a N. 1240, to sit, to seat oneself.

(2) the god of the ist Aat; (3) the god of

the i8th day of the month.
ahems A }L fy,
p.s.B. 14, 207, a child

,
Q who was allowed to enter the royal nursery.
Ahi-sa-He-t-her ,
B.D. G.

348, a form of Harpokrates.

Ahemt
H
8 l\ k, N 87.2,
A J9^ ] ^T god in
' a warrior-
the Tuat.

ahu 9 a pair of clappers or qfistanets. ahenn Mar. Karn. 54, 4 2 =

(1
i A \\^o,
/r
A 8 ^^,
Ahui 08\\%?i I 124,15= H\\
|

(?), i.e.,
Horus and Set. ahennu A 8^%j U. 167, workmen,

field-labourers ; see ft
y A,^W\A
vl t,._-/l .

Edfu i, 29, 7, a croco-

ahes Wort. 550, to strike
dile-fiend. || Hi (?)

ahi-t
| (jl)^, fish-pond. Ahes A
0^-, M. 779, a Sudani god;
(]I A A/V\AAA
I 1 1 ^ I "H

ahiut(?) A
1 A fll]
1 i
o ^
cLi ill
J) i,
I
a class of var. ,
P. 668.

=1 =1
human beings, peasants ; i, a ahesmen A 8 0=]
oj--
(?)
(j | (j (j O U
,

class of divine beings. packets of natron.

 [77] A
1
Ahkai akhkhut plants and herbs,
i tables, verdure.
who composed magical spells for the gods. * flowers of the sky,
akhakh fl fl
1 1 III' i.e., the stars.
aht-t fl sk ,
rent of a field or estate.
I Ae
]

akhakh fi *7r*, darkness, night.

aht (1 , liquor.
1 e^t O
aht (I c5i,
1
the lung, or lungs.

ahtit

'
darkness ni g ht >
-

Q Q
9
A (j (j
\\
j
<?
, neck, throat, windpipe, lung.
Akhkhi * M ^: a doorkeeper
1 1 -fi-
Q W (i)
I I 1

Ahti ( .n 1

,
a name of Osiris as the in the Tuat ; (2) the night personified.
\\

throat and lungs of the dead. Akhekh fl f) ,

B - D -
(
'

98, 3, an
Sai te )
1 ill associate of Shu.
Ahti (1 8
l^. ,
L.D. 4, 82B, consort of akhaar t Rec. 33, 120,
,
(j |]

Rerit^S>(?) street, quarter of a town.

o
aheth akhab, akhb-t (1

aht stable
pure water.
, chamber, stall, ; see

akhabu gram.

akha '
to flourish,
to prosper.

ahetchta **=, P. 432, M. 618,

akhkha U
I
^ fl
1
W M*T*
, to be'green, to flourish.

N. 1222, to dawn. Q
akhai(JQ(](],p.6i 4 1^ (JO, M. 780, ,
(]
T T
^
fl

akh, akhi (?) .

an interjection.
to make to rise on a throne,
N'**IT--?
A A .'S/LI (^
\T fl 4
.

to crown a man
king.
akh = Copt ? what ?
i r w , where? akhi , gladness, jo.y.
,
i

akhi |] , upper region, sky.

A A AA
, U (Ju, an interrogative particle: Why?
l| akhiu I
, spirits ; Copt. J^ .

what? in what manner? wherefore? how? Copt. (j

*ffl;

IV, 649
|(| t\ ^ Hke what?

for
^ J (] (]
^ ,

T -
Akhkhu
399, B.D. (Saite) 9 8,
,
M. 409,

3, the Light-
;
|
fl ,
why ? j

=> god ; var.

akh-rek ,
R ev .
30, 99 what (j
(j
1 L ^^ f ^---^ ,

is the matter with thee akhu [1

beings of light, spirits ;
? j
Copt. <L,pOK. H I
'

Copt. I^> .

Akhuti
(]
>

% ", the two snake-god-

see desses, Isis and Nephthys

property, goods, possessions ; ,
(?)

akhb /] 1]^, tofeed(?)

akhit , product, revenue, food.

akh Rec. 30, 189, fertile land,

grassland. Seti I, one of the 75 forms of Ra.

 [ 78]

akhem fl /
,
to be ignorant, to do Akhemu-betesh[iu] \1
nothing, to have nothing; see c=.\ (1 1\ ^*, f ,
P. 241, a group of gods in the Tuat
r-rr-i
~JL- . 1 _cF^ I I I

IV, 20 1, inert, weak, feeble. Akhmui-remthu fl

_HK^
akhem, akhem-t

o
~"
, without, lacking.
fl t\ a- ,

'
u -
23
MkV
N. 710, the two gods (Horus
and Set) who weep not.
akhm-t aua fl
l^ a-C

Akhem-hep-f [j
|\ | K ,
Tuat IX,
P. 142, without sourness (of wine) ;
var. (I
i

a god who supplied souls in the Tuat with water.

Akhem-khems-f fl t\ -A

akhm-t ama Q
J* '
Tuat IX, a god who supplied souls in the Tuat
M kf with water.

N.I27, Akhemu-seshau (ji

mouldiness,
ini. **!
:

fl tlie
i or staleness (of bread).

akhem khestch i Akhem-sek fl an evcr-

[j

lastinggod who, under the forms of other gods,

protected the members of the deceased. Each
"=
N. 126, without of the Cardinal Points possessed an Akhem-sek.
M. 65, q V\ _IL, I

oooo^\
)
r*H^
1 I

Akhem-sek t\ 0^ ^, U. 218,
going mouldy (of bread). (j

*JU R
Akhemit 658 763, a star
fl
i J5t^
f\ a ',
U. 645, a goddess, 219 '

Q ^"^* P^' '

near the pole, i.e., a star that does not disappear

consort of > ' \\
t, ri U v n j t
i i I

o o till dawn a never-failing, or imperishable, star ;

;

a title of Ra, the

Akhem aut fl
1 "never-failing."

Akhmiu-seku
747- fl
*** 1
*
Akhem-upt-amkhau fl

1
f\
_ii^
\J
U o
u ,
U. 211, 214, 482, T. 289,
1
-
5 9>

353, 366, 397, P- 158, 159, 181, 203, 308, 381,

412, 544, 701, M. 186, 285, 715, 749, N. 118,
T. 323, a hunting-god who bound the gods for 839, 893, 944, 957, 99, U9
6 I2 i9> T 3 2 9> ,

slaughter. 1342, Rec. 26, 234, 31, 21 (i) the "imperish- :

"
able stars, i.e., the stars which never set below
Akhmiuurtu the a group of 12 gods with
horizon; (2)

paddles (Tuat X) who were reborn daily.

14, B.D. (Saite) 15, 2, 32, 2, 78, 28, 98, 3,

Akhem-sek-f |\ ;
^, Tuat IX,
(j

102, 2, the stars that never set(?) a god who supplied souls in the Tuat with water.
'^ SJ
Akhem-urt-f =t

^ Tuat IX, akhkhm-t

(1
^\ ,
[j

a god who supplied souls in the Tuat with water. T. 112, N. 449, fire.

akhmiu urtchu (j
1
akhem-t
bank of a stream, dam
(| ^ see
, LIT.

382, N. 1157,

^
,
P. ;

Rec. 26, 234, the never-resting A./.

[
akhm-t 19.10, 125,
stars. pool, tank.
 [79]
" that " "
is," behold (Copt. eiC), etc. ;

,
\J. 418, the two regions (?) but not ; ask (1 I
^3?&, and ast n I o ,
or asth

p. 319, >, have a somewhat similar meaning.

,

as &, fl to call to, to hail; see

(j p (j M|,
ikhem nas ft fl
ji.

T. 267, 323, \ ~7' N. 39, to seize, to as 28,

(j |lg, (jpo.Rec. i76,|][)[lo,
smite, to grasp violently. to reckon a price, accountant.

akhkhm-t (1
tjx"',
U. 91,
(j
i\ as-t n s^^, H^^, plank, beam,
(| (j

P. 624, M. 607, N. 1212, a.

smiting timber; Copt. COI (?)
TJ , (?)

as-t (or St) Ci U. 222,

akhen ,
rl,
J1
,

O //

women's apartments ;
Gr.
'
^yvancelov,
seraglio, harim.
Hymn of Darius 8, seat, throne, place,
akhen Q N5 1
^^ %, p - 6 3> to work a
,

o /r boat.
abode, tomb, room, chamber; plur. n
(j
n o ,

akher =a, T. 246, 311, 346, U. 40, P. 608, M. 174, H

rl
0) N. 687,
|j ^ ^ rj rj

(1 ,
U. 430, Peasant 150, a conjunction, but,
i <^ ^>

because, then; var. n jf^- ,

J
^ \N> ,
a piece of

akher n ffl
, but, because, then. furniture;]] |||| ,
U. 222.
J
akher the dearest wish of_ the
[1 , possession, property. as-t ab rl
"O 1

Jj mi I
'

heart, heart's desire.

akher amakh ^ ^,
[j
,P. a?8, fl as-t

where honour
il
rl
n i
a place

M. 69, Hh. 426, is paid to one.

(j <^>^cj,
to make to fall, to cast down, to bow oneself to as-t a o . a, U. 507, _a; plur.
jj jj
the ground.

akheriu ,
(j ()

sacrifices.
an assistant priest ; plur. Tr [j
W* W^ '

akheriu
fallen in death, enemies, fiends.
(j
\] \ i, the as-t a jj
d
c
,
an office, chancery.

the place of the hands,

as-t auii rl

i-f-, a possession.
Akhsesf
Ijo^jJ),!). as-t aha en neb r .A

|]-t-J),B.D.7S,4,agod.
1
2
H-c=fc_ i I L.D. Ill, 65A, 15, the place in the temple set

akhet
^^ U- 163 T- 134 N- 47I> plant)
>
' ' apart for the king's use.

^
/]

'id' wood, tree; Copt. eye.

as-t uab-t
'

;s
- P lace of
as T. 271, M. 33, an enclitic conjunc-
rj (*\
I,
purity, bath
(j
(?), sanctuary.
tion, oftenused as a mark of emphasis, or to
draw special attention to the phrase to which it as-tur-
is attached ;
also serves to mark an explanation,
it
Rec. 14, 17, great place,
and may be translated " namely," " to wit," >., heaven.
 [80] 1

"
as-t utcha-t
.11
rj
cm
:
,
the position of As-t Heqit
il
r|
I
i
1
8
A
4
\j YJ.
J) m ,
the temple

the Eye of Ra in heaven. of the Frog-goddess.

as-t maa , scene, as-t hetep

D
,
abode of peace, the

<2
spectacle. I

tomb; plur. n a;
Al Q i i i D
place of the heart's rest.

as-t khet n , place of duty (?)

Urra =&=
law, '.., the Kingdom of Osiris. Q
asut sutsut rj ^\ -A,
as-t mena rl

K. - ., place of
\\
JJ I /)
Anastasi I, 21, 8, H , places
landing, landing stage, quay. J\'
for promenade.
| ^ |
\ cr"^;
as-t na shau
JJca
n v
jf i i i
>

As-t sutenit 1 (m ,
a temple
library, record-office.

III
as-t

JA
neferu
i
,
the seat of the happy,
jj ^ J <=> ^
i.e.,
.,

heaven.
^ of Ra
as-t
in Gynaecopolis.

smeter rl
c
t\*
tribunal, judgment seat.
^
as-t nefer-t rl J> the
As-t-sen-ari-tcher
rj in

cemetery. c. 4, 28, a god (?)

L
as-t nenim-t rl , place for
as-t sesh
'

'S
U co- rl

JJ __
i i
, bureau,
I

walking, path, promenade. room.

office, clerk's

As-t en-Net n I^^D x K >

a temple of ^ H
<LI i i i o O as-t segera j|
ffl
(1
^,
Thes. 1480,
Neith in the Gynaecopolite Nome.
place of silence, council hall.

as-t ent senetchem rl

2
a) , resting place. I
/"y i
" bad
as-t qen-t H place," *

' '

as-t heh (neheh) rl

{j
o
A
, rl
evil plight, critical state.
il I I A il I 1

9 "eternal home," i.e., the tomb. a sanctuary

,
As-t-qerh-t rl
<I^ il

asut neteru (He-t-asut-neteru) in the Heroopolite Nome.

fl fl il 111 I '
P al ermo Stele, a sacred building. as-t taa '
the place

ra
I d <^
occasion for speech.
of fire in the Other World.
as-t ,.
Ilca ,

as-t tcheb-t rl

as-t retui rl
^ ff , place of the feet,
Rev., place of retribution, hall of punishment.
one's accustomed place.
' '
CLO tnhpf
QQ H tu H^ J-LO J. tL rl
I
**

Q
^ H
store
f
house
for provisions.
>
'
house
*

as-t her rj ^, in the phrase, & jj*

CJ ^=
'
i
JJ { ,

Q
" under his
supervision
"
il I 1 I

;
^
J|
* as-t tchesert
rj
^ ^f , "holy-

place," sanctuary.
under my authority.
the high place, Asut tcheseru
as-thert
rj n i.e., heaven. name of a building.
jj rj rj

as-t i ,
place of sacrifice. as-ti n , n * 11 L ,
one in the place of
r^ JJ \\ il

as-t Hem seat of Horus, i.e,

the royal throne.
another, deputy;
fj |,
successor.
 [81]

I I I

Ombos I, i, 163, a lioness-headed form of Isis.

^ I disease caused by a Ast-Septit A ,

Isis + Sothis.
1
rj^
i . i I
goddess. Q
Astta-uh Rec. 24,
Ast ., N. 625, 903, 1139, d r|
,

1 60, Isis, the Scorpion-goddess.

Act
Ast ^ Tuat II. a uraeus in the Boat
rl
^' '

ofAf.
Rec. 26, 235, the wife
J]
^t V J
,
Tomb f Seti
Ast '

of Osiris and mother of Horus. JJ

ij
Cl
,

75 forms of Ra (No. 17).

Isi s n the
Ast Ament-t '
Asti IV, 1085, wife of Thoth
of, i
,
, , (?)
j| kingdom Seker. rj" Jj

Ast Anpu c Mar -

Asti-pest-t
XN
T^t IX, a minister
r|
,
Ufi
ir^i Q ,
of Osiris.
Aby. I, 45, Isis-Anubis in Tept. '

aS-t ft , palace, any large building..

Ast urt em Aa-t-sha o ^
r|

as, ast (
.
,
U. 296, |
-*- ,
N. 534,
,
Mar. Aby. I, 44.

st ur-t-mut-neter
' *
Mar. M.D. I, 33, Isis the Great, mother of the tomb, chapel of a tomb ; ft , (j
ft fl
LT i_ _i i LT i_ I _i
god [Horus].
"*
Ast em Ast-aa-t o J) f\ rl ri a
M oJa^il ck
Mar. Aby. I, 45.
N. 707, ,
M. 174,
"
Ast em Per-mau ri

V-
AJ 1

,
Mar. Aby. I, 45.
Rec. 31, 17, ft
^ 1
I) Lr

Ast em nebt ankh n TT the

11 <^^7 \ Q
,

goddess of the ninth hour of the day.

as-ttchet Hft^- Rec -
29> 78>
Ast em Semt-t(?) ]|
^ J) t\ ^==<=,
'

a tomb held in perpetuity.

Mar. Aby. I, 44, a form of Isis. -
((
x v

as-t J silo,
Ast em Shenas-t (?) rj
o J]
fl
i d i
[
'i
, granary,

>WW\A ft^
U --I 1
,
Mar. Aby. I, 44.
as-t
(j ~^ Q QQ ,
P. 338, 453, stelae,

frontier stones, memorial tablets.

Ast em Ta-tcheser rl ._
\ -^
il
Mar. Aby. I, 45, Isis in the Holy Land.

Ast-Mehit = ,
* ^
1S> i
L_ _J
Jftf]
1' IT
U >l
1 I
U ^

Tuat VI, a northern form of

, workshop, factory ; plur. fl ft I
fl fl i .

Isis.
*
Rec. 28, 182 =
As-t nekheb fl
,
Rec. 28,
IQ
Ast - netrit - em - renus - nebu
v x Thes. 1290, IV, 175, 1058,
.jl, B.D. no, Isis in all names.
^<z><rr>
^S^wwv\@ III V 1 laboratory.

o "t
^
1

Ast-netchit Tuat n, Isis as-en-sesh ft* (2

J jj, I n I
,

the Avenger, with knife-shaped phallus. copyists' room, chancery.

 [ 82.] A

as neteru rr-^ Tuat vni,

(j J [1 ^ ^
the workshop of the gods, a circle in the Tuat.
Q
as-t Ha workmen, gang of labourers ;
JP^
i
,

p
1
I
I
^o J)
11
1 ,
I
male and female servants.
breeze, puff of wind.

Rec. 15, 141, \\

5 as v (?) ground, place.
,
,
[j [^ P 1^3
, reed, papyrus, herb, shrub, myrtle as, asi rr,rr
-nr, U. U. 208,
as, asi a,
(j -irlj,
|j

223, fl-nr 00,P-93,

(JTr(|l|,u.

,
to make haste, to make to pass

-rr
quickly ; Copt. ICA3C ;
,, IV, 809,

old writings ,
old registers or written 7-
j j,

regulations, old orders

or rules ; plur. as hak
as" -75T
[j

old laws. *
^1?^i' IV ' 6s9>6
H taken
,
Thes. 1297, quick spoil, spoil easily

asiasi(?) -rr
old, ruined;
(j [jf p ^ j] j,
Rec. 31, 146, old to stop, to hinder, to oppose.

asi nr to pass away in decay ;

age, infirmity;
old woman. QQ "^& ,

(j ^ P [j[j ^fj,
n * i ,v it N n A A h r
i, incorruptible.

^
III
, rags, old pieces
of cloth ;
j
A ^J fl
I
asu -rr \ , decay, destruction.

i
,
old rags used for lamp wicks. as flftji 3 1
, bile, gall.
(j
61
U. 534, T. 293, P. 539, to run,
asut , braid, cords, rope.
ass ~7~, to move.
(|

Peasant B. 2, 103, 159, light aSS -*-, to punish see

as in weight.
(1
(]
;

ass ,
^ fetter, to tie;

asu a light-minded man, unreliable.

,

e
tk LJ (
those whose heads are tied up.

as
n
1
\\ n & n 1
xv
1
Jr i i i i

l ^.' Iff l -^* ass-t '

r P e cord
'

lie, sin, deceit.

,
a disease of the belly.

AseS (1 ,
B.D. 149, the ;th Aat ;
var.

n^T air, wind, breath ; (Saite)

j| ^ tj3 j,
 A [ 83]

asa T. 88, N. 618 Asartiu

I
B.D. 89, 3, beings
,
'
I
like unto Osiris.

Pl I2) "* Asar - Aau - ami - Anu

() Ik' 1
M. 14 = * Aft, N. 116, to watch, to B.D. 142, 85,

guard, to pasture flocks.

^g\
iki One
"
in
Osiris, the
An (Heliopolis).
Aged

Asar-Aah Hq Lanzone 42,

asa P- 73, N. Jj,
(] -*-^^. 15,
|] 1p ^^ TV
Jj>. ,
Osiris the Moon.
U. 125, " M. 701, P. 60, N. 1322,
(I
^^t ,

Asar-ami-ab-neteru
)
41- ^ "1 j

^' 2 79, to com e (?) to travel (?) (j

,

11
^^=~~*~ '^'
Tuat VI, Osiris, Darling of the Gods.
~"~
a<5a-t /I 1^ !
floor' S round > earth;
s!' Copt. CRT. Asar-An Denderah III, 35,
rl^ | Jj,
Osiris, the solar god An.
' ^
T. 58, M. 217, N. 589, to to satisfy. -
fill full, Asar-Anpu <s>-
A
D
%>, B.D. 168,

asa "
ri IM
a P Iace of custod y +
i fi

. .
[1 Osiris Anubis, a jackal-headed god.
1 I & cr-ZJ
,
or restraint.

asa (?) R A-, Amen. 22, 10 .........

Asar Ahti
(j i^i

98, Osiris, the Lung god and giver of breath to

asa ft Rec. 34, iai -A i, baton,
ill
[1ft,
i <zz> I
the dead.
club, mace.
Asar-as-ti ,
Tuat III, a form of
\\
asaa a /Z\, T. 268, to introduce;
unknown.
{j fl(j Osiris, functions

Asar-Ati j] ,
B.D. 142,
-ts>

asau 106, Osiris, the King.

(j
H
j^ V, M. 62, to lead.
. .

Asar-Ati B.D. 142, 43,

Asar [j ,
u. 2,'
rj
variant of preceding (?)

Asar-Ati-heri-ab-Abtu
?a o
^,Rec.
30, ir,
^ - J
,
Rec. 33, 30, 36,
B.D. 142, 93, Osiris of Abydos.

^T
I

^
,

209 1

1 3* I
Berg -
n> "
il
Asar - Ati - heri - ab - Shetat
,
Buch. 51,
(j P^O J, R.E. i,

A, jj
,
B.D. T42, 94, Osiris, king
141, Rec. 26. 224, 27, 56, 33, 28,
J,
_^n>*-
of the Tuat of Memphis and Heliopolis.

A.Z. Bd. 46, 92 = the

ff., rjS Tlo\i/o(t>0(i\fio<!, Asar-athi-heh .[]
s^=> 808, Tuat III,
/
great Ancestor-god of the dynastic Egyptians. Osiris, conqueror of eternity.
The origin of the god and the exact pronuncia-
tion of his name are not known. He was said Asar-ankhti
<3>-
j] -? IT J
O , "r^ -y^
I . \\ *J cLI I 1

to be the son of Shu and Tefnut and the grand-

B.D. 142, Osiris, the Living One.
son of Geb and Nut. He and his wife Isis and [
, 2,

his brother and sister Set and Nephthys, and

Myrrh-
his son Horus, were brought forth by Nut at the
god(?)
same time. He was drowned in the Nile by
Asar-Uu B.D. G.
Set and suffered mutilation, but he rose from rjo J] %^> <j\,
1064,

the dead, and having been declared by the gods a form of Osiris worshipped in Lower Egypt.
innocent of the charges brought against him by
q
Asar-up-taui \
Set, became King of the Dead and giver of r|
cLl I
Q X n
immortality to all who believed in him. B.D. 142, 5, a form of Osiris.
F 2
TO*Y Of JEJ
 [84] A
Asar - em - asut - f-am - Ta-meh

Mar. M.D. i, 6, Osiris, the Good Being, true of 95, Osiris in all his shrines in the North.
~
word. c
Asar-em-ast-f-em-Ta-shema r|
Asar ur-pa-asht =
' " '

A !
Nesi-Amsu 17, 15, Osiris, chief of
-=j|:"^ 4^|,
T
dj ^^-^ '
... '
B.D. I42 , I4 4,

'
the acacias. Osiris in every shrine of his in the South.

Asar-Utti J] Asar - em - ast - neb-meri - Ka-f-am

-<S
B.D. 142, 53, Osiris, the begetter.

Asar-Bati-erpit B.D. 142, 146, Osiris in every shrine his Ka

loves.
B.D. 142, 76, Osiris, the dual soul
in Erpit. Asar-em- Atef-ur HS t\
(j

Asar - Ba - sheps - em - Tet ,

B.D. 142, 50, Osiris in Atef-ur.
B.D. 142, 19, Osiris, the
@
'

holy soul in Busiris. Asar-em-ater ]]

Jj
t\
Asar-baiu-tef-f
rjS
"&L
1

>L B.D. 142, 104, Osiris in the river (?)

72, Osiris, the souls of his fathers. Asar-em- Aper

B.D. 142, j]
^^ ~D~
B.D. 142, 35, Osiris in Aper.
Asar-Bati(?) JL
a form of Osiris. Asar - em - ankh- em- Het-ka-Ptah

^!0.u ^
~

Asar-pa-meres B ixi42
VcJJ
rl'S
I In f -
'

Annales VI, 131, a form of Osiris. 95, Osiris in the Ka-house of Ptah (Memphis).

D Asar-em-Antch E
Asar-p-akhem jj^ -cs>

Denderah Akhem. B.D. 142, 20, Osiris in Antch.

III, 10, Osiris, the divine
D Asar-em-aha-t-f-em Ta-meht
Asar -Ptah- neb -ankh ]] 8 j\"
<2^ o A
T
B.D. 142, 15, Osiris-Ptah, lord
of life.
= | ^~^ ^^ Q,
B-D- 142, 145, Osiris

in his station in the North.

Asar-Fa-Heru
Asar-em- Akesh (?)
Nl \\
B.D. 142, 68, Osiris, carrier of Horus. I

B.D. 142, 87, Osiris in Akesh.

Asar-em- Asher lb
rj^ Asar-em- Uu-Peg
B.D. 142, 80, Osiris in Asher (part of
B.D. 142, 69, Osiris in the great
Thebes).

Asar-em- Aat-ur-t H "S /

]^ ^ ^^
=
sanctuary of Abydos.

JJ I
a I <==> Asar-em-Uhet (?)-meht "^H
[~f\ "j
j) B.D. 142, 62, Osiris in the Great Aat.
111
,

Jv, '
B - D -
142, 61, Osiris in the
Northern Oasis (Bahriyah).
Asar -em -Ami
xd>- pra
B.D. 142, 84, Osiris in Heliopolis. Asar-em-Uhet (?)-rest
jj"
Asar-em-asut-f-amu-Re-stau ]] tk B D J 4 2 6o - -
' '
Osiris in the
Jf Southern Oasis (Khargah).

Asar-em-Bak ]]

B.D. 142, 97, Osiris in all his shrines in

Sakkarah.
O ,
B.D. 142, 32, Osiris in the Hawk-city.
 [ 85 ]

Asar-em-Benben-t Asar-em-Netbit l]

Q
J J, B.D. 142, 83, Osiris in the (I (1 ,
B.D. 142, 113, Osiris in Netbit.
J

sanctuary of the stone (obelisk) of the Sun-god. Asar-em-Netch-t l]

c A^^AAA
Asar-em-Bener ri
*
t ~
J<^^ g\
var. -=^ .Jf. B.D. 142, 24, Osiris in Netch.
ill
B.D. 142, |[o
74, Osiris in Benr.
Asar-em-renuf-nebu H
Asar-em-Betshu l] sn K ^ ^\ ]

-ts: '

,
B.D. 142, 149, Osiris in his every name.
B.D. 142, 115, Osiris in Betsh.
-jj,

^ D Asar - em - Rert - nefu (?)

Asar-em-Pe l] ,
B.D. 142,
-fS> B D I42 S5
fl" ^|-
- -
' '
S
26, Osiris in Buto.
D ODD
ErS
Asar-em-Pe-Nu
I

Asar-em-Rehnen l]

/WWSA G\ <^~~^>
"ft, B.D. 142, 88, Osiris in Buto of Nu. ~\ **\

B.D. 142,34,
o SU i TT ,

Asar-em-Per-ent-meh (1 ^\ ^^ Osiris in Rehnen.

B.D. 142, 12, Osiris in the sanc- Asar em resu (?)

v
<s=
Jl ^
tuary of the North. South Land.
B.D. 142, 25, Osiris in the

Asar-em-pet O5-JPM ll ',$,6.0.142,

J ill Asar - em - Rastau <=i
r]^
47, Osiris in heaven. B.D. 142, 39, Osiris in the kingdom of Seker
Asar-em-Per-ent-res ll the Death-god.

B.D. 142, n, Osiris in the sanctuary Asar-em-Hena l]

<3>- .Mf^ wwwv
t\ rQ
(],
1
of the South.
B.D. 142, 124, Osiris in Hena.
Asar-em-Pesg-ra fl Asar-em-Hetaa f\ 44>
^
,
rjS
B.D. 142, 44; var. <=. B.D. 142, 89, Osiris Great House.
I,
^ in the

Osiris in Pesg-ra (?) Asar- em-het-f-ami -Ta-meh jl

1

^
Asar-em-Petet
Osiris in Pet.
'
46, Osiris in his temple in the North Land.
Asar-em-Maati ri S / -J? R R -
c
Asar-em-het-f-ami-Ta-sliema
jj
B.I). 142, 70, Osiris in the city of Truth.

Asar-em-Mena rj ^ \ \ ,

dj I ^i^>- AA^A/VA I
45, Osiris in his temple in the South Land.
B.D. 142, 71, Osiris in Mena. ^
Asar-em-Hemag
1

?
Asar-em-Nefur (Tau-ur ?)
rj ^/ Q
B.D. 142, 86, Osiris in the Laboratory City.
:

B.D. 142, 40, Osiris in Nefur(?)

-jj, Asar-em-Heser l]

Asar-em-Nerutf B.D.
rLI I<Z> 142, 21 ;
varr. fl n '
|
B.D. 142, 31, Osiris in the necropolis of Hensu I

Osiris in the City sacred to

(Herakleopolis). Thoth.

Asar-em-Heken rj ^ /

cU I AD
B.D. 142, 28, Osiris in Netr. B.D. 142, 65, Osiris in Heken.
.

Asar-em-Netit Asar-em-khakeru-f-nebu
B.D. 142, 41, Osiris in Netit, a place near Abydos i i
B.D. 142, 152, Osiris in
where Osiris was slain by Set. in all his ornaments.
 A [ 86]
c
Asar-em-khauf-nebu Asar-em-gerg-f-neb rj

B.D. 142, 151, Osiris in all his mani- B.D. 142, 150, Osiris in his every
festations. settlement.

Asar-em-Sau ~^~ Asar-em-ta

rj ^
B.D. 142, 23, Osiris in Sa. 48, Osiris in the Earth.
(D
Asar-em-Sau-heri Asar - em - taiu - n ebu
,
B.D. 142, 29, Osiris in Upper Sa. '

,
B.D. 142, 81, Osiris in all lands.

Asar-em-Sau-kheri Asar-em-Tep
B.D. 142, 30, Osiris in B.D. 142, 27, Osiris in Buto.
Lower Sa. xn>
c
Asar-em-Tesher
Asar- em -Sa jj
mrm B.D. 142, 58, Osiris in the Red City.
B.D. 142, 78, Osiris in Sa.

Asar-em-Sati
Asar - em Tchatchau
-
<2=
ll

IH^ ^ B.D. 142, 25, Osiris in the Chiefs.

B.D. 142, 79, Osiris in Sati.
\
,

Asar-em-Sunnu
B.D. 142, 33, Osiris in
i]
<23-_}^.
Sunu (Syene).
D |\ nHsJ,
\
vi
Asar-nub-heh u
^ '

|T J|
i
,

B.D. 142, 75, Osiris, gold of millions of years.

Asar-em-seh-f-nebu Asar-Neb-Ament j]

I ITU
.0.

Asar - em - Sesh
B.D. 142, 147, Osiris in all his
council chambers.
Osiris,
.
Lord of Ament.

Asar-Neb-ankh
HO
D -^^
AA/V<

g
B.D. 142, 3, Osiris, Lord of Life.
B.D. 142, 59, Osiris in the Nest-city, i.e.,
his
Asar-Neb-ankh-em-Abtu
birthplace.
AAAAAA a D C:
[1 B.D. 142, 90, Osiris,
Asar-em-sek-f ]j
f^Ol^^ffl^"^, ml J e 'lxwdofLifeinAbydos.
B.D. 142, 54, Osiris in his feathered headdress.
Asar - Neb - pehti petpet - Sebau -

Asar -em -Seker

rjS
B.D. 142, 66, Osiris in Seker (Death-god).
96, Osiris, Lord of Might, crusher of the rebels.

Asar-em-Sekri
Asar-Neb-er-tcher J^ B*
J|J|
B.D. 142, 37, Osiris in the city of Seker.
BS Lord
rjS ^37
B.D. 141, 4, Osiris,
^j j| ,

Asar-em-Sekti j-H
to limit of the Earth, i.e., Osiris Almighty.
B.D. 142, 54, Osiris in the Sekti
Boat. Asar-Neb-heh jj^^3780S,B.D. 142,

Asar-em-Shau 57, Osiris, Lord of Eternity.

^ K '

B.D. 142, 67, Osiris in Sha. Asar-Neb-ta-Ankh ? ~^

Asar-em-Shenu Q B.D. 142, 22, Osiris, Lord of the Land of
Life.
B.D. 142, 64, Osiris in Shenu.
Asar-Neb-taiu-Nesu-neteru
Asar-em-Qeftenu ll
V B D
,
B.D. 142, 36, Osiris in Qeftenu. ^ lJ ^i
' -
'4 2 ' 73, Osiris,

Lord of Lands, King of the gods.

c
Asar - em - qemauf - nebu
^ -^^
r|

>^=.
Asar-Neb-Tet; ri fl

O
B.D. 142, 148, Osiris in all

<Fi his creative works. B.D. 142, 91, Osiris, Lord of Busiris.
 [ 87 ]

Asar-Neb-tchet ,B.D. 142, Asar-Khenti-Un

Lord of Eternity. B.D. 142, 6, Osiris, Chief of Un.
56, Osiris,
-<33>-
Asar-Khenti-peru (?) jj^ rfjh ^
Asar-Nenmr rj ]
, Metterrach
- CHI ffl B.D. 142, 72, Osiris, Chief of the
c
Stele 87, 88, Osiris + Mnevis ;
rj i i I JQ' temples.
F^_J I

the tomb of Osiris Mnevis.

Asar-Khenti-men-t-f J]

Asar Nesu-bat \\\ *^ ,

P. 706, Osiris, Chief of his

Pap. 19, Lit. 9 ;

M B.M. No. 236,
Asar-Khenti-nut-f
Osiris, king of the South and North. B.D. 142, 42, Osiris, Chief of his
j A/WWV ->
o, jc^
^ town.
Asar-nesti
<2>- "*j~SI \\ ill
J, B.D. 142, i

JcU>- /v>^^vx

^^
ra ._. c\

var. Osiris, belong-

Asar-khenti-nepfrl
L J '""
49;
jj^ ^ffl ^ ,

w
..-O % B.D. 142, 7, Osiris,
cLJ I

Chief of corn
<=> <=*

ing to the throne. 1

kinds of grain).
D <3Qq Sil (all
Asar-heri-ab Asher I

m AAW\W\
"^ ^ ^ Asar - Khenti - Nefer <H>-
rih
" " l
\\
Nesi-Arnsu 16, Osiris in
17,
Asher (part of Thebes). ,
B.D. 142, 69, Osiris, Chief of Nefer.

Asar-heri-ab-se[m]-t J^.^^ ^ Asar-Khenti-Rastau -<si>-

j]
rflh
\\
B.D. 143, 18, Osiris in the desert (i.e.,
Necro-
,
B.D. 142, 16, Osiris, Chief
polis). 1 i i i Jl
of Rastau of Seker (Death-god).
Asar-Heri-sha-f
Asar-Khenti-seh-kaut-f ff||]
|,
B.D. 142, 76, Osiris on his sand.

j,
Osiris + Horus.
B.D. 142, 77, Osiris, Chief of the house of his

Asar-Heru-aakhuti Cows.
^>^ fy | y^ |
c
Asar- Khenti -shet-aa
B.D. 142, 100, Osiris + Harmakhis. eLl
r)
1 oo I

B.D. 142, 82, Osiris, Chief of the

Asar-Heru-aakhuti-Tem Lake (?), Pharaoh.
Osiris -I- Harmakhis + Temu.
],
Asar-Khenti-geti-ast (?) ffi

.x J
,
B.D. 142, 92, Osiris, Chief of . .

^Oiiiie
B.D. 142, 18, Osiris, Governor in Busiris.
Asar- Khenti -Tenn-t
1

dJ
ri ^ I
riTh
"'" Q \\
O"> VWW\
Asar-Heq-tchet-em-Anu f=l "1 \

RD I0 >
il^4-4- - : 42
(var.
n} '

^H vkX m wl '
^'^' I 42 ' 5 2' Os r s ' '
>
Gover-
Chief of Tenen.
Osiris,
c
nor of Eternity in An (Heliopolis). Asar - Kherp - neteru ll
^ i,
* <s>- I I i

Asar-Khas "?* ^, Annales XIII, Tuat III, Osiris, Director of the gods.

277, a form of Osiris. Asar-Sa

-CS>- m
Asar-Khenti Amentt B.D. 142,
ij J) fj jn t /I
jj, 71, Osiris the Shepherd.

\\ Asar-sa-erpit rlS
t-J
J I
^^ o D
_>tr \\
-^Q>- -^ /-v<" "> r\ ^ j?\ -^Q^
varr. ri^^ ^(IflJ, ri
D
of Amentt, Osiris, Chief of those who are in
4, B.D. 142, 14, Osiris, son of the two Erpti.
Amentt.
F 4
 A [88] A

11V * Jt, B.D. 142, 8, Osiris + Orion.

Asar-Sep ,
Rec. 3, 46, O
JJ
D e
,
Rec. 14, 13, Osiris + Sep. "' '
a e \\' \\'

Asar-Sepa HJ1 n reward, recompense,

^
1
I
N ,_, flffi '

j,,
return, substitution, price, payment, remunera-
tion, retribution, equivalent Copt. A.COT
Osiris Sepa, Osiris, the holy worm (?) of the
; ;

n N n (3 D<^~>* . . GL A
Souls of An. N r23 3
those who are rewarded 1\
ff I
, ; (J
i Lr I \\ i i i _a^ i

Asar-seh ^jTl^J, B.D. 142, 99,

as a reward;
1*11
cLl I 1 1 M ^"SSu in return for ; <n>^3j,
Osiris of the Council Hall.
A _ D I
,
Rec. 20, 40, to endow.
Asar-Sekri JJ ^*\\ J J),B.D. 142,
-CS>-<CZ> ' I 11
51, Osiris + the god of the coffin, i.e., Seker.
. _^n>- M testicles.
Asar-Sekri-em-Sheta-t
H^^^s asu-t (?)
a. oq s\ B.D. 142, 51, Osiris Seker in +
J^c, nSll
'

Sheta, the modern Sakkarah. M. 494, an explanatory particle.

Asar-Ka-Ament
<2>-
j] M
-
' ' ft,
I
1
Tuat m, asua-t
(j p ^Tj "^^^. P^l (j

Osiris, Bull of Ament.

Asar-Ka-heri-ab-Kam
P.S.B. 19, 261, Rechnungen 59, board, plank,
B.D. 142, 97, Osiris, Bull in Egypt. ^\
'

-
,
beam, seat, throne ; plur. (1 *>
U ) ;
II I _u^S. ii I I I

Asar-Taiti ^"'^xflfl Heb. rP0W, Arab. aj^T, Syr.

Asar-iaiti^^
\\

DmHH
B.D. 142, 75, Osiris, the swathed one.
. . -<3>-
Asar Tu-Amentt rlS
_
JJ I mi
Osiris of the Mountain of Amentt. L.D. Ill, 194, 47, seat, throne; compare
Asar-Tem-ur i]
Heb. v/atfj.
Rec evil
B.D. 142, 50, Osiris, the asbu '
6> 9l rebels>

great Executioner (?)

flfl
HI JU men.

Aseb
(jPJ
Rec. 4, 28, a benevolent serpent-god.
Osiris, the holy Tet.
Asbit
Asar I
,
Tuat II, the name of a term.
(jpj^, a goddess.
Asar J\ ,
Tuat VI, one of the nine spirits
Asbu-peri-em-khetkhet
r|

Edfu I, IOG, one of the eight

who destroy the wicked, soul and body. '

sharp-eyed servants of Osiris.

'
Asar-merit ll a place in
-
,
Aseb (|-n- J J, Hh. 328;see^nr" JJA.
the Athribite Nome.
asbar, asbur J
asa "7^, U. 296 = .
533,

to introduce, to make approach.

asi. !, Rec. ,
Anastasi I, 24, 2,
 [89] A !

asf-t U
()
' -
394,
ft ^.(j^^*,
thicket, undergrowth, scrub, thorn growth ;
com-
"5~, fault,
pare Heb. rpintr.
\\ sin, wrong, crime, iniquity; plur.

ari asf-t <2=- I

^^Vff> sinner.
(j
Anastasi 26, 8, Roller
I I I

-, I,

" asfetiu (j ^^
, Pap. i, 5, 2 , whip, beating stick; 1 I J3r^*

\\
, ,
plur.
p Jc
(j i i

* _i_Li*. *itn u i
O
i I I
,
evil
asp n 08, N. 445, to be
i
'

D, U. 137, T.
I I I I I
I 1

X men, criminals, fiends, sinners; var.

offered; see
D L-/1' n * - <=^>
.
^>
D to keep count of something, \\ \\ MI"
asp to reckon up. Rec. 31, n, a
group of gods (?)
P. 643, M. 679, N. 1241,
asfekh
to do away, to cast aside.
pain,
asfekk
H1
.

I
I
,

^'
V 6 H \
*
,
U. 58,

aspu || PD^^, (j PD^T N. 310, to split,

It,
to
t sacrifice (?)

sledge, bearing pole, wood packing, timbers. asfekk-t i , slaughter (?)

asp-t Israel Stele 12, throne; see L \\

<z^> Turin Pap. 67, ii,
ill I II
.

a kind of stone, emerald (?)

Cl
asmen e a u. 26, P. 409, M. 586,
u.
asp-t rr-U ,
P.S.B. 13, 424, Heruem- P ,
(j P (]
1 I (WAAA
heb (Masp. ) 18, seat of royalty, palanquin. &>:?3 Rec< "' 9> to stablish,
N. 1191 ' fl jfl
i 21 /WWA U' make ftrm.

ofivpiv, emery powder (?),

or Heb.

asmes fl M. 466 = p. 243,

|j], p jti,

T), Rec. ii, 90, to give birth to.

quiver; plur. I
(1 V, Mar. Karn. 53, &, M. 663, one of
(j A^< ||

four sons of Horus ;

see Mesta.

asen, asenn
A.Z. 17, 57, quiver filled with arrows; Heb.
!"TEU?N' Assyr. T. 289, M. 66, N. 969, Rec. 13, in,
ishpatu, plur. r<y| ^z |J ^y,
Sennach. VI, 56.
N. 128, (I /wvw \\ ,
to sniff, to smell, to kiss,

asepsep(?) (]
1
&
21 D \
II
Anastasi I, 14, to make friends with, to fraternize.

15, 4, slope of side of an inclined plane

3, (?)
asenn, asensen
aspr PD^^, whip; see
2~3 ?~
(j ) i
j air, wind, breeze.
Si T ^-~Si T I

aspt ft
p
^^, Rec. 8, 171, sledge. asen-ta fl
f
V ^=7, to smell or kiss the

asf U. 120, to cut off; var. earth in

,
homage
(j
;(j | -'B^ *<||i|
N. 429. N. 114.
 A [90]
asni fl
* wv P. 608, P. 631, ashetch ft
T - 28l >
N -
^^i .
l
, fl ?,
(j
/WVA/V\ |. H I A' see hetch.
"
" ^
lj~ 08, M. 498, j, N. 1080,

to make to open.
Q P. 360, N. 1074, hire,
asenut
(j
fee, boat-fare. see
;

asensh (?) U. 375, T. 19,

g^, askha T
^ N. 1295, to
(] 1 1
T. i
99
a "<K^
(I , ,
i I -oiNS-
-mnmr, T. 356, P. 322, 668, QQ, P. 196, call to mind, to remember.
M. 628, N. 928, 1080, to push back doors, Ber 2 3. a
Askhit(?) Q ODD J, .s-
''
to open. 1 ," "i
", On. wind-goddess.
r\ n 'w
u I2 4. N
asnet R R ,
a ceremonial bandlet ;
asshau fl Oc^a^x %\. - -
433
i i fd
n n wwv\ |

plur. H I I. asesh ,
u. 140, T. 1 1 1, N. 44 s

aser ?, N. 294, mace. asshem H

^g?t, N. 762; see seshem.
(1 staff,
(|

aser hack
(|^|!,N. 755, .
to cut >
i

T. 66, M. 221, N. 598, pieces, to decapitate.

|j p^, (j

,
P.S.B. 8, 158,
^/j
to linger, hesitate, delay; Copt. (JOCK,
t^
s^ ,

"^J, tamarisk
RS B - - I2 > 25 ', to
asqer(?) fl
P ^T,

foliage, branches, etc. ;

Heb. /ttW, Copt. OCI, ask fl [1^^, n^*K an _Zf'
explanatory
particle.
oce.
ask (I (1^1^, U. 48T, P. 1 88, M. 354,
A
Aser-t
T. 66, M. 2.2i,
()^f, ^0'
N. 598, a sacred tree whence
U '
I88>
i I

N. 144, 906, to draw, to strengthen.

came Up-uatu, (I l<n5>^^A"-, B.D. 42, 4.

B.D. 178, town a in

Asken ,
P. 79, M. 109, N. 23,
Aser 14, I r>JWW\
the Other World (?)
,
M. 708, (]
^=*> i=r, P. 379,
\\ Rec. 17, 155, aforeigner(?) i AWS/VV
asr
prisoner (-pD) (?) ,
N. 1324, M. 333
8, 171, article
asru(?)
v ' nRec. of furniture. ast d, Rec. 187 ff.
(many
<
(1
P (j P" 19,

asrut ^\, N. 738, to make to

examples given), an explanatory particle ;
var.
[j P

grow; see <

_^^y\]|.
^"^ Mar- Karn- 54 l> re P rt
asti ' '

aseh ~^~,
B.D. (Sa'ite)
1 10 |]
H
[I
| \\ |
document.
(|

asha
(|
fl m ^ S ,
Hnen bandlet (?)

Dtoets 28 '
ast
v\\\
to tremble, shake (of the limbs).
asha(?)
asta fl
M ^^"vx fl , to hasten.
1 I J\ J^s. I v\
n n T
astit , unguent, incense (?)
o
ashabu H m "^ J@^, P.S.B. 13,
(j
asti W* ,
a deceitful man, liar (?)
412, whips made from the skin of the same.
^ seat,
ash make astb
Q R TCL U. 388, to to travel. '
,
throne (?)
 [91]

Asten ash-t (j
1
c

1}
^ u. 512, P. 693, f\
1
^SF
o o o
1

,
P.S.B. 20, 142, N. 708, (1
Q , (1 [1(1 3 , thing, possession;

a sacred ape, an incar-

*
,
(]' , legal possession.

nation of Thoth ;
the 'Omaviji of Democritus of
ash-t , (1 I
,
Rec. 31, 165, wealth,
Abdera. (|

A "=>
asten goods = "fk
<K\
(1
i ,
(j ,
TT
U. 185, T. 324, and

to tie up, to lace up, to tie round, to envelop, to

fetter. i i i

to beat down.
ash.-tt

drink offering (the five offerings).

1^0O
fl
c ,
T. 344, meat and

asth H g=>, U. 224, P. 102, M. 89, ash-ta

00 N '
972 '
to make
(j O
^ d ]!],
V possession
f
of.

N. 96 ; see (I 1 1 o , an explanatory particle. ash-t (I , food, meal, ration.

Asth Thaath s= "|\ (] s=>,

o ^ rr^s 1
jinn
<u u
* '

Tuat VI, Isis, the clothe: [of Osiris].

evening meal.

ash-t-ftuat morn-

ast AP. 5,M. 136 N.647, ing meal.

spittle, saliva. 1

ash n ,
an offering.
Ast >$_J U. 388, a name of Set (?)
,

\\
_=-
Thes. 1202, .
9 ,6i,
\\ \\
spit out, to evacuate,
to pour out.

ashu I-K-I%\ f~<^>, U. 333, outpourings,

emissions, sweatings.
1 \\ i

CD
U. 15, emission, saliva, efflux.

,
to
ishshl)
bear, to carry.
Rec 32 6 7, perfumes
.P.S.B. 20, 140; see ashsh -,
o
"
-

unguent (?)

astes ashaf
X to break, contrition ; Copt.
\\

ashakhar
'

,
Alt. K. 152, a disease.

one of the Company of Thoth.

asha (1
_^_n ^p*,,
U. 552,
astch A R U. 455, 601, 609, to cast
^4, P. 425, M. 608, to cut.
out, to shoot, to hurl, to break.
^ asha-t something cut
o o^^i
off.
(1 , piece,
1
Astchet H "^ ,
B.D. 149, a fiery
1 I
<=\ ashu M rm U ,
to dry up ; see Shu (J ^\ O .

region in the I2th Aat.

 A [92].
Q
ashespit (1 ^ ^ ,

[j
n

K a booth in a garden, a summer

^\, N. 122, to raise up, to elevate.
(I 1 fl ,

ashep A
on \TT
cucumber ;
house, a niche in a temple, a chapel, hall.
^WWS
D ecyoon. ashesn
|\ .Q
to utter a cry of joy.
(I g 05 ,

a shf (1
O ,
a liquid, unguent (?) \\ > X
^' . ,_ .
A i i
<*==^
i 1 1 1

asht I
fp, to compel; see c^i>N r
.

n4 Ci 21 V.

ashem *%*, M. ,
i -/I

|)
Ashtit
(j
M. 201, 559, N. 1160,1166,
jj

U. 488, T. 193, to make to go.

ashem-t gp j^,p. 9 6, M. n4 a kind of tree, persea(?) sycamore fig; plur.

(J (j^, , ,

F?P, N. 41, agoing;

3 Anastasi I,
|| j^^ff Jj^,
24, 4, journey, travel.

ashem sek fl^^,

i_n_ A v
*
t\
i
in Heliopolis ; OX q ^ ffl ,
a title of Ra.

*, the imperishable stars; var.

J
Ashteth '~^ ,
U. 360, a city i

(j

var. N. 1074.
Ashemiu seku
"

,
Sekhet-Aaru; ^o ,

(j

I hps 59 = fi
/ vJL4
y qq^i i

a group of
asht
11 i
,

I -^Jl A. I I I I

four jackal-gods who towed the Boat of Ra.

ashems fl
I-K-I fl n, to make to follow, Rec. 15, 107, P.S.B. 13, 499, sycamore figs;
i 1
^
I

'
C ZD AAWV> fruit of the sycamore.
ashen g ,
U. 267, to furnish, to |j r-j
ffl,

(j

ornament, to encompass with. Asht 17, 2 1, a mythological

jj"* ^|,B.D.
C D
asher (1, fire, flame. tree in Anu by which sat the Great Cat (Ra). .

(j

asher (I
<z=> roast meat. Ashtt erg /* J Hh. , 438, a god.
?
c D d burnt-
asherau (1
"^ fl i
,
'"

(j offerina.

ashes-t ftaaR^.M. 271,

|j [j
A to lose, to be injured;
N -
75 6 .
1

~^~
l

M O , N. 888, Hh. 429, Copt. <LKO, <LKO>.

Q (3

,
Rec. 26, 225, 29, 151,
x
3i, 90, (1 A "wv^i' loss ' m J
urv > ru n > destruction.
'

who ? what ? where ? why ?

interrogative particle, aq-t [I ^J, a kind of drink.
wherefore? fl ft
fl o ^D D ^K, Peasant 129.
aq-t fl >\[, A.Z. 35, 17,
ashesep (1 ,
to make to shine.
Rev. 12, 48, reed; Copt. A.KG.

Ashesp light-god. ^ 00 ["^J, ree d; Copt. A.KGi

,
aqi
Ashespi-kha aqi-t A zi ,
Nastasen Stele 48, some
(j(j
the goddess of the 4th hour of the day.
kind of gold ornaments or figures; var. (I

ashesep 38 v , bandage, garment.

(j (I- 5).
 [ 93 ] A i)

aq a Ij
> form, ceremony ; see A Aqrit Khenti - he - 1 - set (j
<
A/VWW

aqa A K\ Amen. B.D. 148, one of

(I A., 26, 16, to come. .^ >

aqa (j
zi ~V\ lT, to dance (?) ; perhaps =
the seven divine cows.

A^Tttlj
"
A "
<=>

^'^^^,-Berg.U,
6
"^s\
T, to be high; (1
4^. ,
U. 186,
12, the
" Other World.
perfect land," the
T. 65, M. 220, N. 597, 847.
aqer [j ^, a plant.
aqai n A "v\ (1 ,
exalted ;
see zl
"^\
T.
(j
A A al
aqer d %^*-,fl (2W^,
i<ir>_ll i<^r> V wood.
aqau D
i
^J^ %, rrvs 7T
Rec. 27, 218, Q
T
^ Q
1

aqra (qeri ?) (j (j
^^, bolt.

exalted (?) Anph A $ BD fl

- - l68 >
a protector of
'
S PD 5U the dead.
Aqauasha
Aqhit (j
23
^ ,
U. 556, a goddess, the

l^Mlhlkifllk^lkl
\& j
Mar. Karn. 52, i, a Mediterranean
'
P*T people.
aqh ^ ^= A
i

j\ ,
Rec. 18, 181, ,
I] |
^ I)
'

aqar zi "v\ -^^, fishing tackle. O f\ O P

(j
dg Y^
A _ZT
^ ,
Rec. 10, 136, H
fl

i
^| 8
^
A A
,
to enter,

aqeb Qf ^ J y
=^ ;
,
to double. to invade, to rush in (of water).

(I
|jT,
Hymn of Darius 1 2, storm. aqh fl^ff^ 8J
111
1 1
~*
O- "ght (?)

aqem J), shield, D, IV,

buckler. some mineral substance; Copt.
726, a metal,

aqmu A
-
,
N. 766 KG&Ke (?).

Aqen ^
B - D -
'68, a protector aqes j^O >5&-~, to cut.
H Q of the dead.

aqer n i ,
to be excellent, perfect,
Aqes
the name of a god (?)
precious, valuable; <=> (I 3, excellently;
aqes ,
to be vile.
<-> <=I> (] \] p
most excellently
i <=> 1U 1]
i <=> 1
U
> ;

d
vile ' wretched a vile
aqes-t fl"^*, .

Heb.
fl
111 o thing.

somet hing excellent or

aqer-t fl <~> jfl aqet (1
^ C^D>,
U. 560, to work like a sailor,
precious.
to row, to pilot, to punt, to tow ; y
aqeru , , (j (j J[
I
.

I)

W
J] ]
.
r A
S ^ ^ jl

U W
-% !

I
'
the perfect ones, a title
of the beatified.
(1 M (I (1 l
, (I M l
, sailors, boatmen, crew.

Aqeru |]
1
< ^> % _ZT o
, P. 92, M. 121,

1
^
^. jk ^ ,
N. 699, the " perfect " gods. H O '
'
sa 'l rs serva nts > ;

305, a mytho- '

logical serpent.
divine sailors in the Boat of Ra.

Aqrit
,
a goddess.
,
T. 305,
aqettiu qeras
Rec. 36, 78, funerary bearers.
(j ^ ^ vj^
!

^ |j pg,
 A [94]
aqet ,
P. 833, akamu j> i f\
Wvs
%\ s^,,
71
wretched,
1

o build. miserable, patient ; Copt. UOKCJUL.

aqetu , mason, artificer,

akana (j
I
LJ %,
AA/WAA _CC^
W,
U
Birch, Thoth-

mes III, p. 13, IV, 665, 717, Rec. 17, 76,

labourer, workman; ^ n
plur. \ \
basin, bowl, vessel, pot, bottle; Heb. pN,
1-41: Syr. nejo^nc, Gr. I'/^ivrj ;
see

aqet-t ,
Rec. 36, 78 see ;
aka . i 73 51

i i. T. 17, builder's con- + i, ,

P. 160, to cry out.
O LA (j

I JO ^ *
V\ T. 268, M akka 1F
night, darkness.
O.SSfl
I

I
,
\
,
fl fl
y^,
M. 426.

aqet
plan, design, draft.
() ^ ^ |, I]
._, builder's
akau....

Akanhi
[]*=
r\

U r^ (jt,
U. 327, the

U. 537, T. 295, M. 466, name of a serpent-god or fiend.

ak
(|^, thou = k ^ -t.

to suffer be lost or aki ,

U. 537,
ak injury, (j

destroyed. T. 295

akiu (Wz^> (J[j

11 JEi .
^ >S?B
i i
,
lost ones, things
Aku i uat ^^' a 8 O(^ or
in the Tuat.
':
^^5 the damned.
destroyed; (j 1]0 y /&
'
>

aku-ta (] ==, p. 82,

^ * 1
fl
ak-t -^^ pain, injury, something lost.
(I ,
=^=, M. 112,
6
akk
fj^ ^, cry, song
aku M. 348, N. 901, bowings to the earth (?)
ak,
Rec. 198, stonemason, quarry man plur. akeb f\-*z=x to bow;
30, ;
J,
akeb

[I
g? v
\*\ Wh rw], stone quarry.

ak-t U. 536, T. 294

(| ^*, (j ^* CJjr,
^z^6 U. 537, A _ to weep, to lament, to cry, to
; plur. (1 (1
(j *p, " '

wail, to tear out the hair in grief.

akebu J
1
^ Ji
i]
&
2il
I

I
,
Amen - l8 ' 5- wee P ers
mourners.
'

aka-t I
, estates, lands.
(j

LJ A-7" l8?4 64 sesame akbitfj^J ()()!, (jf

ales A #6s ' '

4 21 I III' seed(?); Copt. OK6.

wailing women.

Akbiu Tuat xi,

Dum. H. Cn (j^^J(|(j|-
I, i, 19,
(j ^^ (TjTj ,

(|
B.D. (Saite) 80, a group of four
Ij

"

Mli 8,

weeping gods.

shield plur.
Akbit eTuat III, a weep-
;
S'l in (j ing goddess.
 [95]
Akeb <^*
J wv A ^rp
J T=T, Akenti h ^ B.D. 146, the door-
(j
,

i o \
,

A ^z^>
i, so,
!

the Nile and its flood.

keeper of the yth Pylon
_ ;
varr. (I
I Ci
J,
11
(I
I \\

| ,

akbU fl^=5 "v\ Rec. 22, 103, resin Aker (1 ,

an Earth-god; see
J ,

for fumigating purposes.

akep I

i Q
8f,
mm
rain-flood, storm, torrent.

akem A ^z^ i\ W, buckler; plur. gods who guarded the great tunnel through the
earth.

Akes
(j^p^, ^^ B.D. i
49 ,

(Lacau). I]

aken *ww\ basin the Qth Aat var. (Saite) A^^A

[] , [1 , bowl, ;
; (I .

1 \_/ 1 /WWW I Ii

Heb. 12N ; see

ft

(I
1 /WWW
y

i _ 1
I
"53*.
v\
rt^S* J
*"?

_
f
i

I
; compare Assyr. akeshti
21
'
Nubian (adjective).
y* ^y, bowls," Rawiinson,
Akesh W, Rev.
"0 14, 13, a
C.I.W.A. I, 23, 122.

aken [I
1
~ww a kind of stone (?)
nrmi
Nubian; plur.
[j ,
-ifl W !'
Rev '
I3> 3>

aken-t (1
'
,
U. 611, resting place (?)
A
^^ W !
,
Rev. 12, 52; Copt. eCTcocy.

^ ""^ '

aken-t www, domain, estate, abode (?) Akshit A DA ,

B.D. G. 134, a cow-
(1
i Q \> i
i ^ i
(!J\ O
goddess of Oxyrhynchus, mother of Apis.
aken (1
" ,
to make, to fashion.
A^v^A^A JJ
1

ag A ffi
www, stream, flood.
AA/\AA^
aken ^w? to salute, to address.
I I I I

(| ^\ M| ,

S
agU A
1
vl, a plant or herb; var. A
(2 i

aken
i i

Rec. 48, O
(] ^-^SL, i,
(j ^^-^31, ffi
fj>

www Vs\
O .

It I

(I
ga ^y-^~, a digging tool, hoe, plough,
aga . . .
,P. 564
ft I -CE
pick ; plur. (I

aga Offi^s-^,
_CCN^ 1

1869, 86, a kind of wood.

a class of gods like Osiris. "

aga ( ffl (, to quiet, to subdue.

akenu |^&*, Amen.
A^ 13, 6, 24, 3,

some evil quality, lying (?)

AVpn ahU
-X.K.t?il-ct "*ww Mil
A T:
I Hi,
^ Tuat a doorkeeper
I, r .
i \7 I -iJ god.

Akenh A ^f Vcft!W,
U -
544, the name of Rec. 29, 157, 159, a god, a form of Anubis(?)

Akenha
T

A
PD
*
ra I)
tsim, T. 299, the
a serpent.

title
Agau
of Anubis
(j
ffl

(?)
^^ ^,
B.D. 64, 19, a

name of a monster serpent var. r-i

U
;
(j
[I (I,
agap A S ^Si>
y^gs
D till , flood, rainstorm.
'
327-
^
A 1 Ilii

Aken-tau-keha-kheru (P Agiu (jffi(](j^j, Ijffiljfll^^^i

AAAAAA I I I

Tuat VIII and X, the souls of the drowned in

ra ra J the Tuat.
X
agit, aggit
(j gs Ijlj
Q ^jf ,
g
(]

B.D. 144, the doorkeeper

a kind of garment
ra of the 6th Arit. , (?)
 [96]
'

Aggit-hebsit-bag, etc. (j B
B. 13, 17, the abode
(var.
(j
S OJJl Saite),
$J
.

i t 4 i_ _i i_ _i
,

T
the name of the 7th Pylon.
,
B.D. 145, 146,
in the

ages
Tuat of the souls from An.

I]
ffl
8, M. 6 53 , side,

to bow, to do homage, to Agest "

fl
|
o ;
see Amset.
* u
be subdued.
at ft o, N. 1126, father = ,
P. 441,

flood; Copt.
M -
545 ; fl^fl^fl^, P- 442 =
^^ ^ ^
agbu S
Rec. 27, 84, wind air at o, T. 368, M. 207, N. 668, P. 441,
J
-
,
,
|j (j ^,

^ dU(U()e|U
M. S45 ,N. ii2 5 ,father; P lur. 1
agep H i I I

U. 609, M. 545, N. 160, 193, 1125, 1352, ft ,

U. 213, P. 85, 442, N. 43, "365,
710, 1 O O O
C
Thes. 1287; see ft and M3; Copt.
rain storm, tempest, flood ; Copt. ei(JOT ;
Q Q ' ' = Philopatores j ,
| | J (j

agep 51
S@ }

ft
B %\ Rec. 27, A 1 1
ft
father of the S od '
'- e -> a kind of
Q ll' i D JL VJ |V Q |' priest.

JIG B f=S^
ft

"TO
Rec> 27 cloud> fog mist
' 84 '

the darkness of a storm.

' '

at
l\<*jh,
child, suckling; plur.
(j
o
^ ,

ageill (1
A^ '
1
to discover. Rev. 14, 14,
(j ^i Rev - J
3, I0 -

ager ft B ,
M. 1931, U. 86= B ,N. 363,
at-t (]
I
nurse.

Rec. 29, 78, but, now, however; 9 (I

B ,
at
at, ,
| ^, j

I, 36, yea, even.

B = A
ager ft
| ^,IV, 236, hunger.
womb; Copt. OOTG, OTI J
I
,
concu-

n
t

ager ft B ga, ft B ^w, Rec. 31,

bines ***
i

i cows or mares in foal.

f i

;
V I
,

20, to make silent, to quiet.

at o, P. 287

at [1 ,
house.
i c~n
I,

the Tuat of An at stone (for

inhabitants of 1)^,
( Heliopo is)
] .

Et
o part, portion;
'
Copt. TOI.
Ager (j
,
B.D. (Saite) 64, 19,

|j ^ | ^ ,
Rec. 30, 192, 31, 20, a god.

B B.D. (Saite) 64, 19, a

at ft
~^,
^
Rec. 20, 91,

to smite,
fluid, liquid.

to pierce, to beat, to
constrain.
Agrit ft '

goddess.
^_J}'

the goddess of the 5th ati , beater, scourger.

Agrit hour of the day.

B B.D.
at ,N. 747 ......
Ageru ft i, 1 10, 5,

a group of gods in Sekhet- A* T. 182, P. 529, M. 165, N. 653, twig,

1
at fill
branch (of a palm).
j
'
Aaru. 4 ()'
 [ 97] A fl

at-t 0, a cord net atU 505,507 (with Cs

(I ; plur.
()}%?
cords.

at, ata ^ Atum

(1
"^\ ~\uu .
^L (j

M. 1 1 8, N. 57, a kind of red cloth.

Asien, p. 316, a Syrian god ; fern,
(j
At Rec. 29, 149, a god.
ij ^ jjj
.
wife of Reshpu ; compare Heb.
at I
ff king, prince see to come
;
atur out, to
,
(j
i U Jf I
-A ,

flow, to march.
at ,
T. 289, P. 621,
O Q atur
(j
N. 824, /*= corn,
oo
,
Q ;$& n
),
fl

^^ v , (I
grist ; Copt. (j

river, flood, arm of the river, lake r

basin ; see ater, atru.
l h c, (O
^w^ o=>
V
.

Atur aa
'

Ati-t-khau Dn i
a t'tle of the (I
/wsww ,
a name of the
1 ()^ Alll(ol
crown of Upper Egypt. Canopic arm of the Nile.

ata (j
<=* v\ C^ , boomerang. atur flo^s^^ 1 ^ 1
?::::!
I ^
r
.

1 _ctr& ,
(JQ^\
Atar /I^ISK <~=>
/^. tne name of a ^ a measure of land, stade,
^Dm I J^' fiend. 1 1 1
1

league.

Atur-meh 125^
a Nubian
n
9, (?) dwarf-god, son of Ra. Lower Egypt.
ata del /"**"
dew> mo ' sture j Copt.
iw.' eiiwre. Atur-res Thes. 1251,
i
n n ,

; a N. 766, an associate of Shu. Upper Egypt.

(J li ^w>- ,
(j

Atur-ti

the two chief temples of Upper and Lower

Egypt,
' - Rec - i6 - 68 > the two halves of Egypt, the northern and
1
southern halves of the Egyptian sky ;

U. 418, P. 453-
sovereign, suzerain.
"
S3=v
Atur-ti
5l

.
^3- T>
Rec 3>

Berg. I, 9, the goddesses of

.
, king.
the same.

Ati Tuat VI, a crocodile-god.

Atiu ,
the bandaged gods,
|j

>., the divine mummies.

Attiu ateb
(j
c.
J \> ~V tongue.
.
i damned.
ateb <= Rev. to be
Ati-baiu , i, 148, the
Q Jl ^i 13, 62,

name of a pyramid. removed ; Copt. OTTtOTe^.

Q to ' oa ^, to be laden
AtU atep [1 ^A ; Copt.

an associate of the r-n-i H

Serpent-god atpa fl
^ |j zj^g bark, ,
boat.
 A [98]

4tf Atemit \^
w O", ,
U. 2 1 8, the female
i

counterpart of Tem.

fathers;
(] ^\ I)
Atem Khepra o
[| t^ 1 ^ T ^|

Atem + Khepera, the union of the evening and

morning Sun-gods.

w see also under at and

atemu-t (1 ! ,
knives.
I
;

one who
atemti
gb l\^l^
'

^$,
tef, plu,'
' X
destroys.

a
L.D. Ill, I40D., father mother and of Atemti Tuat III,
V>^37 I

'
all mankind ; Copt. eiUJT".
goose-headed god.
[j

Atf-meri *^SL, = Phiiopator.

|j
atem (] ^rr ^ ,
a verb of motion.
*
Atf neter 1(1 , father of the god," '

atem M _ ^-^ I
, air, wind.
title of a priest, or father-in-law of the king ;

atma-t (I
d y ^ > U ^

^ ,
a kind of red cloth.
349. (j
f |,IV,
Atf, Atfa-t ,
Rev. 13, 121,
Aten
t\^i\
?) '
the serpent on the royal Rec. 27, 55, 31, i74, O ffi.
Rec. 4> 128,
crown. AAA^^A III
4 (if\
]

H y mn of
@,
!

Q A/WWA (|
,
Rev. M, 7,
^"^
] I SJf /*
l^^si
274, >
R 26 '
M '
37, N. 67, a god. T^rtT-IltO
iJanus T
7,
n
Tlf-l
A
1

i
A/WVNA
O
-
fl

i
/VWv
O
AA/WV\
S>=n_&^' 'S^^ -&V
the disk of the sun, the disk stands still,
U. 491, M. 129, N. 75, n J~ t\ ,
Rec. 30,
I vt" H WVS
disk with
Metternich Stele, 207;
(j
190, not, without; plur.
A
N. 938 ; see tem. two horns ;
H
^ -

A.Z. 1901, 63, the name of the barge of Amen-

hetep III.
,
U. 602, N. 749,
(j Aten VII
11
"' RM Na -
32.
(I"!* ,

N. 1231, disks of the Sun-god.

4, I.
253, the seven
those who are not. Aten-ur-nub
d [j

Atmu^lx 1 ^n IL
^nzK HifS.
%>^,
7T I I I
the damned;
serpent-headed supporter
of the throne of Ra.

Men [j ~^,
mirror.

to shut, to close, to
atem n a make an end of.
aten D
5
,
to act as a deputy; see

Rec. jo, 66, 3., n, atenu i r^ if >-" i . _ _ o

A. Rev. 14, 74,
,
I] D
^ /~\ . ff\

Rev. ii, 127, , vicar,

$,

ft on the god of the evening and morning

n o 6^1 Rev. 12, iS,

Ji^j
U sun ;
see Tem, Temu.
deputy, fM*tf; L| ^^ (D^li' directors (?)
 1 A [99 ]

aten-t
(| ^
Q
^ ,
staff of office, mace. Q^
^~U
aten A A A Rec. 26, 234, 27, 218, 219; see aturti.
I AA/WV\
<W,
_/J j
J^,
O
Aterti ft) ft), Denderah IV, 67, the name
to push aside, to var.
; g~^ Mj, repulse;
A g > /<? of a funerary coffer;
to resist ,
Rec. 5, 92,
(1
AWV\A *"fi}
,
authority, to revolt.
I Jj the shrine of Osiris.
atenu A ~ %, Mar Ab y- - n , 3, 37,
1 O Jr' revolt. Ater-t meh-t A

atenu A 5w $v !
,
A J;^ % <M[
j
,

1
612, Lower
rebels, fiends. ^
c^s the goddess of Lower
aten A ^'^K.tf, Thes. A
^ 1 d Egypt.
1295,
__ ^ " 1 ^WW\
" Ater-t shema- -
4-"
Anastasi *
Hymn of To
^' 5>
(] cll |
,

,
.

61
Darius, 12, A~^w, R ev .
12, 10, A
i
~^A
c~n ill
f) i ,
I'. 2,

Rev. 14, it, an opening, air hole (?), place of Egypt ; <=> rr-a -Xi ,
the goddess of
[j J^
restraint (?) prison (?);

~^ %
(]

Q
^ </
Upper Egypt; A
1T
C 3
<>
<^
_ \ \
\\ i_
i
'

_i
i
J_fl
& i
^ ^
t
*
the two

atenut A
'

,
vww\ \ sides of the southern heaven.
()
O Jl I I I

horizon. 1111 the belt of

Hclcl^'
circle,

aten A^ Rec. 15,43,

J^, Rev.
aterC?) '

LJ X ^ III
'
Orion (?)

\> 1
1 III
atru to pour out.
A (j ^\l ,

13, 67,
(j gAA
,

v^ V^ ( ground, dust,

earth, land, estate, farm; Copt. atr, atru Rec. 3 i, 168,

(j<S>^\i^,
aten A **&* ,
to bind, to tie.
d

aten-petch-t A
I
^ ^
(dill
^, L.D. in, 55E ;

IV, 194, stringer of bows, bow-bearer.

= 1|
<^
^ c plur '
;

atennu knots, difficult

1 jr , , ,

jj ^,
M^ ^^ , L.D. III, 1406, Treaty 30,
points in a book or argument ;
'^^ A ,

untier of knots, i.e., solver of difficulties.

atennu A ~ tk jr part of a book,

Jr V~* '
or of its binding. irr
'
aten A ^, a kind of plant. I, P. 425, M. 92, 607, Rec. 26, 65, 80,

29, 146, river, stream, canal, Nile; Copt. GIOOp,

ater-t R ec
(I
<^> Jjjg ,
.
3 i, 162,
Heb. 1\
(J
<
2>cr~- ]
'
ij
"^^^ M '
a na "'' a l ar e or small
S
atru
d j i i

I
, Nile festivals.
building, a cell or shrine of a god, e.g., of Amen
A d ~~~- ri ,"*""] *AAAAA
U <==> c^^i (J at Elephantine. atru /WW^
1 -1 ^ i ^AAAA^

aterti Hh. 373, watered land, a watering

, ,

place; ,
Rec. 20,41.

\\ Atru-neser-em-khet A

B.D. 149, the I 3 th Aat.

G 2
 A [ 100 ] A
ater, atru
{j
<>, (]
/y
ath
*
Hi-

ath ,
U. 89, N. 366, a cake-offering.
a distance of between 1,500 and 1,600 metres,
or 3,000 cubits, the schoenus of 30, 32, 40 or 60

stadia, Rec. 15, 164 ff. The square

(|<|>i
= 18,200 aruras
= 182,000,000 square cubits.
= =
The ater of Edfu
= 40 stadia, P.S.B. 14, 409.
14,000 cubits 4-2 miles
^?,
to brew beer;
(j ^ ^
ater
^ As = brewer (?) ;
see
^
^H.
ur i9 8 3 2
T<=>O^s*, J - -
> Jj
I

h B< atsef cake; var. (1

Q ,
?*, limit; Copt. i.pHX. (j-S-O,

atru
(j^f, (j < ^> ^{, time, season,
S==>
year; plur.
(|^{fi.
M -
457,
I) ^^ ath fl
1 i i i
,
Thes. 926

Mett. Stele, 120, to hurt

IV, 1161; ^c. 3, 49, (?),
,
(j^f g, hurtful (?)
morning and evening.
ater J
i<^> ^
f>i, Rec. 4
i
, 28,
i <rr> ^[,
^ athth-t
(j ^Q =>
I
.
blood y P us -

Rec. 3, 49, papyrus, the cord of a papyrus

roll. athth A ,
N. 953,
g > 1

W
1

to twitter, to pipe like a bird,

'

ater ft yoke of animals ;

^tlj ,

to quack like a duck.

athi en S^p ~ww , since, from, up to now,

cattle ; Copt.
from this S^p
hitherto; S^p <wwo, day;
Athabu
with numbers ,
Rev. 12, 38;
163, i, a town in Egypt or the Tuat. 5=^=*!^
Copt, xi rt-
ath o A8 ^_,
<
U. 89, ^ o ,
P. 366,
i

ath S^p, U. 537,

||
s=, T. 26, N. 209,
flo?/pL/l, Rec. 27, 230,
'
,
1 Av
,
U. i, 564, P. 34, N. 1221, 1231,
,
P.S.B. 10, 49,
,
T. 31, O^OO* p- 34,

P. ,
Rec. 31, 10,
,
U. 442, to drag, to haul, to
(j

draw, to harness, to yoke, to pull, to tow a boat, to

O (3 -SSS^
constrain, to restrain
A
; ft a Q . ,
to string ,
tO

seize, to steal, to snatch away, to conquer, to

to carry off, to transfer, to
capture, to plunder,
remove ; Copt, xi-

restraint, prison, fort. athu s^p Amen '

I9> r>
J'
athu (]
1
o A8 __ I I
JT
*J
'

I
, prsoners. ^ , robber, seizer, conqueror ; plur.

ath (lo | ^.fields.

A 111
 [101 ]

2
athau ^, Peasant, 192,
i-

, IV, 667, foragers; ,

Rec. 21, 79, thief,
t\
1 ()

^ ^*-i
ff\
|

conqueror of Egypt; rTj^r ravisher robber ;

NT '> plur. (1
^<U ^^. ^\ |

of women ;
J* i J\ <-=^}> ^ ,
stealer of hearts.

Athtiu-abu
B.D. 27, i, the robbers of hearts.
i i i i i
athap
A \ T| o **
(j ^
^7\ -AC? \C\
D,T. 23, . .

dLllctJ. M
II
IMV (V~^ f K\\ ,
Alt. K.
^ what
athit s=3 /) A .
i3 seized ,
fora e >

plunder. 193, prisoner; Heb. "VDN(?).

& " =
athi au-t s^p S^a t n rs-\ , jour. AS. Athep A ,
Tuat I, a singing-god.
a
1908, 294, to torment; Copt. (J"j LoirUJ.
Athemti A
Tuat III, agoose-
1

i9 o8
athi mit s^p
, 293, to set out
^^
; Copt.
]
XI JULoeiX.
^ ' Jour- As "'
athen ^, Q
i
^^
^^w a'
god

1 0^^,
sir
in the Tuat.

.H

^ the disk of the sun

athi en qes s^p*^ Xgk, Rev. 14, (j^^, (j^^O, ;

A plur.
67, ,
Rev. 13, 30, (j D
A n Athen /
'

i AA^/WA
I WVA^
*AWA I
I iiJ'
1_1 4 1 D
U ^1

Rev. ii, 146, ^j Kec. 27, 55, 29, 152, the name of
m '
a god.
to wrong, to do violence; Copt, ' =
athen A J=fi
,
to push aside, to repel.
1 /VAAAAA JJ
athi her B.D. G. 281,
,

athnu A deputy, chief.

Rev. shew favour, to accept
ir, 138, to
the person of someone; Copt. (f\
po ^enemies,
j,

athi hetr ^p Al\f (J >> J]

, jour. As. 1908,

252, to have power over ; Copt. XI P/TOD.

time, season; varr. O, (I
j |.
Athit-em-aua
/l
B.D. 99, 23, a bolt peg in the magical
athes P^^a, to be s et '
to r
?'

J} j
r
boat. i

athtcha ,
Rev. 12, n, restraint,

Athi-hru-em-gerh ;

prison ; Copt.
Tuat III, a god.
,
at, ati
(j
rto.,U. 416,
Tuat a of
Athi-heh S^p^f 1
III, title
to cense, to pour out a libation.
2i Osiris.
at-t incense.
atha, athai
,
A (j

^^^ an incense
at.t Mfl d=J3
<4 L- L , J
.

1^P A
U
-

1 iV
\sA. )
1 a /r
offering.

at M. 693,
()=>, []^, || =>!),

Israel Stele , 53,

P. 416, M. 596, N. 1201, A ,a ,
Rec. 31, 169,
M, ,
ibid. 6, i ii i

1)

IV, 222, 615, dew; plur. A U. 565;

^
^lj to seize, to snatch away, to '^ ^ ,

carry off, to lay violent hands on, to steal.

see ; Copt. eicoTe.
G 3
 [102] A
at C Mett. Steje, 53, Ata-t M. 703, a mytho-
(j
, swampy land.
logical locality.
at-t fl
i
o, fl^, u. us, N. 424,
Atau(?)
a cake-offering.
Rec. 31, 19, the name of a god.
at fl
^^^ A
C===I
rich, abundant, multi-
H O *
1 O '
tudinous. ata
(j
^_Q, u. 3-32, 479, T. 3 oo, p. 655,
'

at-ui(?) the pupils of the eyes. M. 366, N. A fl

(j
,
759, 141, Anas.
ij|^ 77
, I,

at piur. 26, 2, to make, to cause, to grant, to give.

(]c-oj),chiMj (je=si
Atti
ati-t
(j
c=M o |?)
, girl, maiden. I) ^ ^ fl fl <>! Tomb Rameses
, IV,
2 9, 3, Rec. 6, 152, a supporter of the Disk.
at 608, Rec. 26, 67,
Ij^.U. AtU B.D. 149, the nth Aat.
(jcD3% ,

<=^> \\ */) ,
^
(1 ,
to be deaf, deafness.
atua css. T 28 9, M-
^] *, 66,
-

att-tir?")
l '' fl^^
H^?^'
Ebers Pa py rus 99,
14, 15, deaf ears (?).
.
(j

<
,
Rec. 30, 185, to praise.
(j

at(?) &, part of a plant, e.g., at-en-aam

,
Rec. 25, 191, land which the waters of
AA>WV\
8 vl i
; at-en-aru
A O I
the Nile can reach c-=^ H
iii ; plur. (j

at-en-rega

'
T '
334, P. 376, N. 1157,
at ,
a kind of bird. A/^^A/v
Rec. 31, 174, flooded Nile
(| ^V^^^ .

banks.

atebui
IV, 159, uterus; Copt. OOTG, OTI, O*rre.
at
^ 5,
to

grasp, to smite.
seize, to

HJ- \>
,
the
c^
'

atiu, attiu
(]
fl fl
^ , fl two banks of the Nile, *'.?., all Egypt.

[1(1
Yr
1
^^, smiters, slaughterers. ateb A.Z. 1879, 54, plum
tree (?)
at-t (I *$ , slaughter, a smiting.

MS Wort. Supp. 170, the cord of a

papyrus roll.
X
=fl'
Herusatef Stele, 93, Nastasen
Stele, 61, to reward, to punish.

Q^'T^}
4t-t net, cordage,
(j^S, ,^^1 bag _ atbana
ft

|,
Harris
(j \\

at c^> e^3> P- 75> to 1;ie fat > strong. Pap. 501 ....
[j

atep ,
U. 15, to taste.
at [I "^e. ,
to be oppressed, afflicted. (J

1 A " ^
load Copt. (JOTtl.
at (j ^ , ;

[]^
destruction, death. place for loading up,
atep-t cr^D,
station, khan.
atU (Ic^^'^'T', IV, 480
atep ; see
ata-t oppression,
Alt K. ic 6,
(|
Atem Edomit,'.
misery, miserable state. a
 I
[]03] A
c
Atem ft
|,
god of the setting sun; aten-t (j
i
W>A
Qs
L
I
, part, division.

- |kl- ater
||
c=>i
,
P. 186, 344, 6o 9 ,
M. 301,

atma ft c-=^. () ,
N. 972, to make like. N. 899;
(j^S, (j^^TJ,
to destroy, to do

atmait ft c=s
& i
^ i
,
P. 692, ft
away, to remove, to chastise.

ateriu ft
^ A.Z. 1869, 134,
Kb. ,
M. 592, N. 1197, MI' destroyers (?)

aterit I, B.D. i2 5 ,III,i6,

calamities, destruction.
c ^
Aterasfet ft ft
., N. 980,
'

the name of a garment or article "

,
Destroyer of sin," the name of a god.
of apparel made of dark red cloth.
ater (I ~*^? , (1 ^L/ ^f^l >
stud
aten ft
v_>; see at and at.
c
aten ftS Amen.
cow or bull; plur. ft
^^ Coptos, PI. 18,
, 10, 12, (1

Amen. 25, 19, god of the solar disk.

^ ateru V 745, geese kept
aten / ,
ear ; Heb. ttN . !,J
'

WWNA I
for breeding purposes.
aten ,
O ft
*, ater an internal
'
i; 'I 1 AAAAAA

organ of the body.

as deputy, to rule for someone else, to serve as atrut ,

P. 661,
wakil.

aten to enter as deputy ,

P. 778, M. 772, garments,
on some service.
bandages, swathings, bandlets.
atenu ,
Edict 1 6, A,
ateru ft
^S-\, Ebers Pap. 109, 9 ....
U Harris Pa ?- 5 01
atre ft
$<=?=> ) I ,

\\
atre -
gaha [
deputy, agent, vicar, wakil ;
var. i ii
,
Harris Pap. 501
atnu tent -
hetru *& o
ath, i

deputy-master of the horse.

atnu pa-menfit ^ ?
e
-
*-, ^1

deputy-general of the army. common name

marsh, fen-district, a for land in
atnu .... per-uatch-ur D
the Delta; plur. ft

1
^, AJ <f
o
\

|
,

deputy-sealer of the maritime department.

II _ ^^f.
a in i

atnu banti *$ & J

ft *
fj
\\
athi[t] ,
marsh plants, reeds, etc.

], deputy-confectioner.

atenut
(j
D
,?(?)
JfMi
*9 Herusatef Stele
f i
1
the swamp-dweller, fen man, Delta
man.
atenu ^^ to block U P> to
^ XX&
AA/WVN 8 8
ft

D atheh(?) ft
i obstruct.
G 4
 [ 104]

atchbu ' s round '

Amen. 23, 20, to pull, to draw, to haul, etc. ;

seeath
A PS
o ^.
(|

Rec. the
Athu name
31,' 171,
of a god.

X to mal e to 1
Atoher fl
ft , limit,
atekh fl r , f
make Sf
'
|
<Z

1 v _/) to tremble.
boundary ; Copt.
atsh A ,
H mn>'
of Darius 2
5.'
l
,
H spit (?)
atoheri
,
head-

cloth, garment.

atch her S, U. 357, P.

atcher-t , IV, 1175, fortress.
L_ _l

, marshes,

4tohanp(|^^ |I|wJg, Bitch,

In. Hier. Ch. 29, 3, to rejoice ; compare Heb. atchet
K. 209).
*
(Alt.
U. 270, P. 652, 655, M. 76, 193, 754, to make
Atchai /U ' R/kfi
B - D G
- -
769, Osiris a reply, to speak.
1 ills' in the Fayyftm.
d s\ I

atcharta
(]
,
Alt. atchetut
(||^ "^
,

q^ ^i,

K. 210, a pot, vessel. words, utterances, speech, divine talk.

 [ 105 ]

a D=Heb. y. of the nose ; cm] ,

Rec. 21,
I AAA/WV

m
j| piece, one, a, an, pair ; see the
jj
21, hill top; Copt. <LrrTtOOY
following eleven examples :

"
a ar-t <^> ,
a uraeus amulet. i.
j/.
_ "
a
"
a plant or flower;
a ,
used with verbs of motion (Copt.
\^[,
I IVv

(Tin, Xirt): Qjx t 21, a fighting; /

<2 vl an unbu plant.
,
Tfcjs,
J
" D flfl^S, a flight;
a menh-t & an amulet. "\iv
_/jJss> i i
"^7^
,
f *A/W\A A
jj
""
3- a journeying, or j\
j ,

aen-meri-t- 01 -ww^'^ AA^W\ ,

Rec. 21, 2 a port, harbour

oo ,
a going, a passage ;
1, ; Copt.
\\
a em-khet-em-ash a journeying ;
(Kx
QGG ,
a censer.
^ n -rr".
a mighty battle;
|

a en-hetrau J, an eating.
a body of cavalry.
aui . fl P. 6 43 , 666,
(j|j, \\
a en-saga 53 ~
Anastasi I, 25, 6, a piece of sackcloth.
p. 256,""
^>-A '
I

a en-thebut
a pair of sandals, white ,
or black I
, ,
the two forearms, th& two
|

=>
"A IV, 161, by my two
a en-senther _ hands ; '
I a H hands actually.
censer.
~~ aut [
, family.
a shem-reth >, an amulet.
aiu I
"hands," r i.e.,' workmen,
labourers.
a tchet an amulet.
I o "^\ I
,

fl
i =>. _
a-n-Heru o ,
"arm of
a ,
in compound prepositions, etc. :

Horus," censer.

,
Rec. 21, 21, truly ;
A-sah
~ ;.e.,

c,
"
arm of O
rio
"'",
the
i
name of a Dekan.
Copt. D ,
before ;

<b fl
Aui-f-em-kha-nef "T^
,
a second time;
I i Tuat XI, a double serpent-headed god.
* Q at once immediately
V' > ;
Aui-en-neter-aa T~n\\%
'

before, in the presence of ; B* ,

at once. etc.,B.D. IS3A, 12, the "hands" of the net for

snaring souls.
a D |
, hand, authority ;
^ ,
under
fT , -75- II, armlets, bangles, brace-
the authority of.
n
lets ;
var
D, the forearm, the hand,
I

arm
the prominent part of a thing ;
auau ring, bangle,
I I
bracelet.
 [106]
a Anastasi 26, 6, pole of a chariot. a-t nemm-t chamber
I
, I,
Q. ^ ,

in which men and bodies were dismembered or

a _ a I

j _A ,
Anastasi I, 20, 6
dissected.
""
a |
-o^-, Gol. 12, 104, handle (?)
a-t nett cistern.
.im^ ^ ,

"
a , Sphinx II, 174, Decrets, 100, cara- a-t en retXll AAAAAA
d\ I

van (?), or some article used in carrying goods Rev. ii, 169, foot-cases, sandals (?)
"
' D
in the desert on asses or camels (?) ; V\ a-t ent-khet
'

i i i

,
a caravan ot Metcha. Some think Thes. 1254, summer-house.
~~~ A
that ~_" = ^\ |
( )
g* , dragoman,
a-t heq-t
d L_"l] A 2>
<>, beer shop.

c
interpreter, P.S.B.A. 37, 117-125, 224. a-t seba |
a D I
,
Mar. Karn. 54, 42, state, condi-
f~l /-}
AAAAAA IJ.-r'PJL!
Ui cni c3m3l dC
ww>
I

-
tion, means; fl I
I

Q L.D. Ill,
,
Rec. 1 8, 63, school, college; Copt.

means of keeping alive

~ "
I40B, ; ,
Rec. 2 1 , a-t tau e_U | baker's shop.
| ,

$ l_ _J
^ '
"'*'
|

21 ; Copt. &.n<)i&..

a
"
, DI, _ fl, region, place, e.g., ^T'^vr^'"'
limb, member, piece; plur.
TtTtt \ J. Q I W> I
,
the region of the
^ "
u. 219, _ D i
,
_ D e .

Shasu; fli tia <L

s ,
the southern region; Ci
^ I S \\ III
,

^?^ O ^ I A
jl i <>

I AAAAAA
*"~
, his place of yesterday ; I^i'"^
1

^^ -"(? the t\vo mem-

a-ti \\,Hh. 433,
J) estate of the gods; DW ^ ?
'
bers.
I III o I I
I

j ill
J,
I I
NX

(1 ,
east side, etc. a-t neter ,
the god's body.
|l I /^ (x

~ n ^ ps /WWV\
aui-sexn-t '"2T, IV, 574, hilly coun- a-t ua-t em aner f\

Q|^ - i^^H ram

~ D~
aili-tu. a single piece of stone, monolith;
f^l , IV, 388, hilly country. I

"
Mar. Karn. 42, 16.
AAAA'VS - ,-. ,,
wv Rec.
, 18, 181,
ai _ to cry out, to
Rec. 10, |
Kahu "
,,
fl^fi, flfl{| ^,
dam, dyke. see~
speak loud, to recite ;
gi.
""
a-t , domain, estate, plot of ground;
a
a fa, Oh! Alas!
,
Rec. n, 174, bank of river.
"
a ***
,
U. 575, r-~-i, P. 695, Methen 8,
' -i

charter, writing, register, list, document, will,

R.E. ii, 125, chamber, house, palace, temple;
original document, roll, deed, order, edict; p!ur.
Copt. HI.
< >
wine-shop, wine- i i

a-t arp oim J

D 8
,
cellar.
I

H HI ~ \\
a-ti Rec. 21, 14,
a-t bener-t
fl
lv >
' f 4i, date shop \\ i
,

o e
fi
o,
^CT3/m or store. L.D. Ill, 2290, list, register, catalogue; plur.
a-t nem ,
Rec. 12, 32, 15; ,
Amherst Pap. 29 ;
^
__
\ I

sleeping room (?) P.S.B. 19, 261.

 A [107 ]

mmnr (0 luniii) \^7 'HTmrrr iiiiiinr

a ,
to grow (of the moon). ,
the two
mj'iiij \\ mmnr \_y 1'lUini

a ir4H, darkness, night, leaves of a door, door ; aau, aaiu TTTTTTTTT

,
T. 288,
o irmini
'

~
a-t ^-* , goat. 391,
i /TTi

^ " Rec. 27,

" J ' -50,
2-51, "
67,
I
'
I
'
I U
'

O '
Mil' ,

"TUilllM
'
> '
-nmmr_zi i i r

Y Amherst Pap. 30, a vessel,

i O' ,
III'
'
I

ifiiinir iiniim
a pot, a measure, pot of in- (

doors.
' -,
i i i cense. limilll
\jj |
Illllllll
| | | [II iiiimn | |

~
a
'
7 a half _ iimilit !nmr <=~3
a measure; aau doorkeeper,
O 9,
I
I
f>, measure.
I I
'
. -ranmr

"
a-t D nr of a high
,
Rev. 14, 9, aaur '
"great door," title
"^jgq official.

mistress, great lady, queen * '

;
Aaiu-en-sbaiu-Tuatiu j) i
w^
P.S.B. 20, 191. Illllllll y* I
I

7 y< I
^ Q ff\ I

/H
a ^y&y \j
, great one, chief.
I
WAAAA
i, B.D. 141, 58, the door-

' keepers of the doors of the Tuat.

aa god twice great (Thoth).
o ,

Aaiu-shetaiu
1Mnr I
ffil

a mes
o first born >
eldest
!

(2 born. B.D. 141, 56, the gods of the secret doors.

'

aa, aai " u

ri'\^ u .

0-=.

Wazir 10, Pap.

,
B.D.

3024, 151, here, hereabouts.

125, III, 14, IV, 650,
> fi fl

to
Jh !\ !)

be great, to be
)
, large,

aa, aai a, A, to be mighty, to be spacious or abundant, to be

X .A
"
to journey, to travel (?)
powerful;
^ (j(j | "| (j,
great; Copt. i.I.5,1.

aa _ The ordinary use of aa is illustrated by the

following :

aa-t house, abode,

'

c,n' Q I
'

estate, domain. ^
aa ab
I

aa-t-shetat =^=> " hidden cham-

,

N. 651, B.M. 138, great of heart, i.e., proud,

ber," i.e., the sanctuary of a temple.
arrogant.

Aa,Aai I^cn, ~^l\l\n, B.D. 125;

aa aru
1

I, great
see Aati.
of forms, i.e., of very many forms.
aa iinnni u. 324,

mm], leaf of a door, door,

mrmrr miiinr aa baiu
*
,
w .
^ yyjfi
|
||
!

i
,
8 reat f so uls
u
of mighty
'
''?
will.

iniiiin s i
^ iiiiinii
aa pehti <ff\<s\ ,
h d
cover of a sarcophagus. Dual : aaui 1 1 U. 269, ,

great of valour, most brave.

aa maa-kheru
'

great of
^~n' J|,
TTmnii V\\
truth-speaking, most truthful.
Illllini
^

'
aa-mil a wvwv, gi-eat of water, the Aamu.
TTTTiinr'

"
(^ <T~~! Tinnni
Till'!!!!'
( r i

I'i'iini nmmr
'
aamertU , greatly beloved.
\\ | \\ i i iinniii \\ i i i
 [108] A
aa nerut L-fl, great god as opposed to a little god "'-=*.

*| great of terror, most terrible, most vic-

^ __/!'
torious.
- ,.

aa nekhtut yj-**- \ IJ1, most strong.

iii' on
ita a I I I
ui

great of mouth, boast- nobles of the palace

aara^ ful,
'..,
insolent.
;
i i i i i i i i i
very,

very great gods.

aa rennu I
, great of
D aa-t ,
a great goddess ;

names, a title of Thoth.

two great goddesses.
aa herit I 1 I, great of terror,
c aa ahenut-hen-f
most terrifying.
~ ,
director of the royal corvee.
aa khau I
, great one of

a title of Ra.
aa a-t o~" ,
marshal of the court.
risings,
' <
aa kheperu I I
, great of Aa-t-em-Aneb-hetch ^~T T

transformations, i.e., of many changes. B.D.G. 57, a gate at Philae.

~
< ==> a man advanced
a a Ichptm
aa Knenu *%3 c^
r i
,
of large interior
aa em aha o in age.
fl /g> (of a barge) _

most fear-
aa aa en uab ,
chief

most libationer.
aa* sheps H most holy,
august.
aa en utcha

most
aa en shefit
terrible, or most awe-inspiring.
V VI alii' director of storeh(juse (Bet al-Mal).

aa en per
AAA/VW
steward, major-
i CD I
domo.
aa-aa a_ D, to be doubly great.
r^-ii=^=
Aa-nvk
aa-aaau j
very great
men.
-=>_ flLQ^. name of the sacred boat of Edfu.
^z* 3*^
aau very, exceed-
of the
ingly. aa en niu stream.
" ~ '
aa <\ Hj, ,
-=> or
D -M^U r-^n 3JI,
D aa en mer ^>
,
chief of
=>
w ,^<=> *^. great, grand, mighty, important
,
the port, harbour master,
i i
_^-
noble, lofty, weighty, chief; fern. aa en sa ^T i, phy larch.
e
' \\
dual, masc.
>
11,
U c* I
;
aa en qetut 1
1
,
director

fem. of marines.

aa kha ! I^i chief of the diwan.

Thoth, the twice great; plur. A c~n
'

Aa ,
U. 513,
^o'
i i

g ,
T. 325, a fire-god.

Rec. 137, a god of

Aai 6,
the dead.

aa Aait ,
Ombos II, 132.
e,

Aa-t-aakhu ,
Tuat IX,

29, a great person, chief, officer, governor, noble, a a singing-goddess.

 [ 109 ]

Aa-t-Aat-t
Tuat IX, a singing-goddess.
H Aa-t-Setkau
Tuat VIII, the name of a
<~ =
nR

Circle.
I
,

Aa - ami khekh >= -

(j 4|-
Aa-shefit I^,
i==
00 ^^ ,
a title

of several solar gods.

Thes. 31, the god of the i2th hour 01 the day.
Aa-t-shefit ,
Thes. 28,
B.D.G. 104, Osiris
Aa-aru <x=> n o of Athribis.
,
Denderah III, 241,

Aa-t-aru n I
,
Tuat IX, Berg. II, 8, the goddess of the 4th hour of the

night.
a fiery, blood-drinking serpent.
/WVVW Tuat a sing- Aa-Shefit ~=> ffi
o Denderah IV, 84,
Aa
A o 'A ' I,
,

ing-god. the name of the 4th Pylon.

Rec. 21, Aat-Shefshefit tZS

on
J,
1 4, Pharaoh ;
see Per-aa. Tuat VIII, the gate of the gth division of the
Tuat.
Aa-pehti "^L_J $, Denderah IV, 63,
* A
a title.
Aa-t-qar-uaba *eTsJ^mifl
.->*-.
j
abull-god; ""JS),. nC$,Rec. 21, 14, ( .

^ Nesi-Amsu 32, 49, a serpent-fiend.

* ,

Aa-pehti-petpet-khaskhet
to be s et to
D D X C^O^D
'
aa >

fv^, Lanzone a 106, composite hawk- erate.

Qc,<=>^3 f=i
crocodile-cat-bull-lion-goose-ape-ram-god. Aa-pest-rehen-pet J
*
^a^ Denderah one of the 36 Dekans.
Aa-pehti-reh
of a Dekan.

Aa-pehti-rehen-pet-ta
_a ra
aa ^^^ ^"^
II, 10,

disease of the genital organs.

^r u) - a^-.a
o Ebers Pap. 99,
Denderah II, 10, one of the 36 Dekans. aa 12, hair
'
3X of the pubes.
" "
Aa-nest S ,
Tuat VI, a god (?)
aa, aa-t
aa-hemhem
rn _B*&. _B^ in i

"
mode form), Great of roarings," a name of
Amen. L, Rec. 25, 192, L

Tuat VI
a 1 N. Q
w
|

Aa-herit ""^fV >

a od of
" in . .
' '
,
terror. Roller Pap. i, 3,
&-. Bubastis 3 4 A,
^ ^_^
Aa-kheru S.B.D.I44, ass, she-ass; plur.
^vT, i i i

the Watcher of the 7th Arit.

'
i

Aa-kherpu-mes-aru i

Tuat X, the name of the i i

door of Tuat X.

Aa-saah <~ Il li ^ Tomb of Seti I, one

N N of the 36 Dekans. B.D. 125, III, 12, the Ass-god, a form
of Ra.
Aa-t sapu. P.S.B. 25,
^ p |]D^|, aaut
;
L_.

,
-^

.<><=
|

i *^r->*- ,
Rec. 30,
218, a title of Sekhmit.
.(3,
67, \, pillars, colonnade.
Aa-sekhemu I
Ei <**==
B.D. 149, the god of the nth Aat. Aaut-ent-Khert-neter n o ^\
^"^ Tomb Rameses
Aa-Sti
O '
IX, pi. 10,
serpent-god.
a
a 1
B.D. 99, 13, oar-rests

magical boat.
of the
 [110 ] A

aa-t linen
4 aau
,^'
flax, ; Copt.

Rev. 12, 63, 70, a

,
aaua e^, to

bandlet, a garment, woven work; plur. i;

steal, to rob, to
-^ plunder.
Copt. ei<L.ir(?) B.M. 657,
aauait
aa-t
nnn
,

- Q ^ anm,
DO
Rec. 20, 40,
aauau
E, /!' a reaping.

,
stone of great price or value, gem, maiden,
>
nnm
nrmi " '

tumour aab to be acceptable

amulet, ; plur.
o P^ MI d EUD i
"^v I]

X
s ,
rare stones ;
d W
O U -
O ,
N. 743, pots to anyone, to please ;
I III

of precious stones.
Peasant 42, Amherst
|| I,

aaut, aut
glands of the throat and neck.
_,^ ft' ~^S' Pap. I, things or feelings which produce pleasure.
^A U I

aab-t a

aa <K\ - fl to beat (?)

<^ =' T. 383, fl o 00 , u. 193,

aaa a ,
M. 1 36,
T R
N. 185, 647, well, fountain; plur.
-

J - i6i>
J
4", M.
^ 3D, P. 588,.

N. 1194, __ ,
Rec. 26, 224.
a
,
M. 203, N. 685, .
703,
aaaui . ,
U. 576, N. 965,

the two sides of the ladder.

the Phallus-god.
-jj,

164, offering, sacrifice, sepulchral meals. Later

Aai
'

one of the 75 forms of Ra (No.

, ^ l|(|
f^ 5}),
Tora b of

34).
Seti I,
forms are: FyJ 1 I

aai-t <x=> M ^, *^ (]|j c

fl ]
, house,

abode, chamber.

roof (?) ceiling

'j^.--J=.
aai-t -=(]11 I]
, (?)
I i

=
Aait-ar-t
n (](]
' ' 1 1 O
^ B.D.G.
I
147,
JW4- i i i

the place of sunset. vessel for ceremonial

' * aab-t
aai fiL flame, heat. purification.
flQ fire,

aabb, abb \-f W ,

spear,
,

aaiaai o-= [| (J ^j^ ,

to rejoice, to exult. harpoon.
B.D. 78, 38
Aabi <- (Sai'te)
a god.

Rec. 1 8, 183, to speak with violence, to curse, *

aabu J %>^J, a kind of herb?
to abuse, to blaspheme ; Copt. Of <L.
Aon
J\.aii nliK ^*\
D >s\ V>
j*e&_2i
Tuat IV, a jackal-headed
'

porter.
aaber-t
J, d dill
balsam, unguent,

aau ,
to flourish. aabes , fire, flame.
 [Ill] A
aabag ffl aamit ,
-mnmr

:.
32, 86, to be weak, or help-
J' IV i 743i <=* ,
an Asiatic woman;
less. ]
i

o slave, worker ;
Heb.
aabt

aap to fly ; Heb.

ffiy
.
Aamu >] '
Tuat V, the souls of
the Aamu in the Tuat.
I

Aapep D D D
aam ftjk H^ '
V ^^ '
anmia '' Deast ;
!' D Q I I

o' DD'D
Tflfiftfl

WJ), iti. '"Tf. ciltle, the sacred

D \\ V I _B^. \\ 1 1 1

S~tO j~K> animals of Egypt, ram of

^ihh, Rec. Apis, Mnevis, the
158, a monster mytho-
e.g.,
/ / 6,
Mendes, etc.
logical serpent which produced thunder, light-
ning, storm, hurricanes, mist, cloud, fog, and aam a|
\ ^K, to bring down birds

darkness, and was the personification of evil. and animals with a boomerang.
He was called by 77 "accursed names"; Copt.
aamu } |\ %S<#^, IV, 335, throw-stick,

boomerang; plur. 1
^^ boomerangs (?)
aapi 'ill.
1

nets(?)
the winged disk, the aam v? <^' ^Ha .
'
C1
7 sta1 some
'.
kind
summer solstice. of sparkling stone.
<
Aapit ,
a goddess. Aam <-
B.D. (Sai'te), 62, 2,
a god.
*"
aapint ,
unguent, incense (?) aam' Z to eat, to under-
o o o '
c= 1 stand, to perceive.
'
D D
Aapef aamut
s \\ D B.D. 39, 2, a
^f Hymn to Uraei 25, a kind of
'

serpent-fiend.
ill' plant.
-x to be greedy,
aafa ~*'
glutton. aamm ha-t ^ O.R.E.4,'75.
aam to clasp, to grasp,
to seize.
sweet, pleasant

aamaa part of a bed.

aam I ^
,

IWUll an Asiatic,
aamaq <>
\\ i,
iiiinur 1

a nomad of the Eastern , valley; Heb. pftj*.

Desert SJ
~
aamati ._~n\\
I
,

IT ffl
- , part of waggon.
I,
[
Tilt ii rri
j" B.D. a kind
aameh. nnm ,
(Sai'te) 30, 4,
of stone.

aanniu e; Copt. en.

\\

aann -, to sing;
^^-^ i i
\\
j

aamu 1 f\ <& } JKj ^ f\ ^s\

Heb. n2y, Arab.
^j,.
I _s^ St 1
1 !M' .m Jr I

j\, Rec. 33, 118, aanata singing-woman

t

| |\ WZ, shep- , (?)

\ EL iiniiiii ^
herd, nomad, herdsman, farmer ; plur. ] ^ aanb- , axe, hatchet; plur.
-

$ !
,
fellahin.
 A [112]

aanra [mm Aah <-= the Moon-god = n Q '.

MI DUE in ^^-. i i
,
j,
1
D
A v)
\\ <>-=> WWW
, peb- Aahpi \\
,
Annales III, 179, a god.

bles, round stones.

Aasit ^ L.D. 3, 138, Lan-
*" \\
,

aanratat
III
=> \\
<=rr:
I
w; zone 140, Rec.
the chase.
13, 78, a goddess of war and of
=
Gol. 5, 14, 15 b

ii" or

Aasiti-Khar
* "
H
upper chamber, balcony ;
Heb. \\

Rec. 7, 196, the name of a goddess of Syria.

aan.ll ~wwv "Jjy^ ,

a winding serpent. Aaserttu ^
* *
aankh ? (Demotic form), to Aasek
live, life; Copt. COH^, ,
M. 143, N. 648, a god.
,
^-=
1
_
:
_> /

aankh i Rec. 33.

^^^ aashasha-t ^=> r-ftft? 1-
-
'_ ')

to swear an oath ; Copt. throat, gullet.

aant * "
O d
o , spice, perfume aasharana TtTtt
O "^^
> to ascend a kind of seed or fruit.
aar (aal) '
;

Copt. i.Xe.

aar-t ,
a kind of stone, a
aashaq
^ Wj^^j.
natural block of stone (?) C
* /i'
'i i
~ i
^2a^t _cri\ *~ ^. '}
to oppress, oppres-

* sion, to usurp, violence Heb.

aarara ;

i
A f=8>
Anastasi I, 23, 3, pebbles ; Copt.
aaqer , 2, 68, 8

* ^
aara ,
a part of a building; aag ^,
Peasant 185,
?*^^ L- I

*
,
Rec. 3, 55, tenons of a coffin. '
to keat, to bastinado.
n'
*
aaref aL=*_
,Rev. u, 184 = :

\_7

Copt, oopq,
}L nail, claw, toenail, hoof; plur.

Aar-n-aaref "3
ffi J\ J\ .A.P.wo. "^ S II'
Rev. ii, 184, Horus of bandages; Copt.
Rec. 30" 72.
=

aarsh , cult, service.

aag-t
_ "*"

,
the oil made from

\^
the agit plant,
\\ i i

aarshan
an offering
Rec. 21, 91, lentils, beans; Copt. ffl If

\\ \\
aarata
Rec. 21, 82, an upper chamber; Heb. aagarta "^ ffi

\\
Aartabuhait
chariot; Copt.
e,
,
Harris 501, B. 9, a female demon. Heb.
 [113 ]

Aau-taui
Ill, 38, a title of Thoth.
A^^ J. B D - - 12 5.

3
Aabt _D7r; fl^^ thenameofamytho-
I J<e=<' logical fish.

), to bring, to carry.
Sallier Pap. II, 4, cord, belt, girdle (?)
2, 5, 8, ; J\
Heb.
aa a, Rec. 10, 61,
the name of a
Aagm' fiend. A.Z. 1877,
,

g \\

aatkh ,
a woven stuff. 6 1, to doze, to be drowsy, to sleep.

aat ,
a piece of fertile ground.
pyramid.
Aat-en-sekhet '
Aatt X\ i
the pyramid region,
B.D.G. 136, the second station on the old cara-
van road between the Nile and the Red Sea. the necropolis, the Other World.

~3 /\
aat-t
ed
" '
a kind of bread-
cake.
I- II, ii, a god-

dess, the personification of the pyramid district.

aat-t V<\ -,Saii. 1,2,
Rec. 35, 161, gate sockets (?)
II,

slabs of stone.
3 ,

aa,aai ^, rdM \\

to cry out, to
Aati
shout, to speak loudly.
B.D. 125, one of the 42 assessors of
Osiris. .
,
Rec. 14, 42, foreigner (?)

Aatiu T_. speaker of a foreign tongue (?)

Tomb Seti I, one of the 75 forms of joy.

'
VI Ra (No. 23). - Denderah IV,
aat v\ of a livid colour,
Aa 79, an ape-god
3 fcfl
, who slew Aapep.

pale (of the face), yellow ; Copt. OfOTOf GT. aa "Q, filth (?)

O*^^ i '
^3 ^AftAAA O
aatna -Cx
^^ ^ .lentils;:

who
aattau
conspire.
^^ ) (j ^^^ '

,
bone, heir, inlieritance, posterity

heir;
;
an accursed

aatch paleness (of aau o, seed.

~^ pallor, ,

e in
the face) ; Copt. OfOTOfCT. aa
""
. to tie, to bind, to =
compress
^
,

aatch-t , fat, grease. =

(?) Copt. cuqe.

aatchamm \\
aaa Aelt. Tex. 28, a kind of
tunic.
kind of oil.
~
aaa *C\ J
sll,, Nav. Lit. 26
aatchar ^-=

to help, to assist var.

aaam
;

a kind of balsam
aatchr-t ^ i

tree.
\X a kind of plant.
^\ ,

aau, aaua .
30,
the seed of the
196, heir.
aaam
same.
H
 A I
114 ] A
aab
Annales III, no, a vessel, a bowl, a copper

vessel, spoon. , ,' LM I'

aab
"

=
U
^ ^ , J], to card wool, to and goats, animals, flocks;
\ -F\ o q
|

^
jjjj?,
c n
animal kept

s
c
acred
^
j |

^ PO
'
"
L.D. III, 6 5 A, 15 in a shrine; U>
co'mb; |)
1
\ animal.
fl Jl i i i

~~
aabt II cr^s^J ,
incense vase.

"T ,
desert game.

squeeze out, to wring out, to press out

strain
oil, to au-t-neb- etc. ? ^ I -^7 c^n
^ (1
^^^ ,

; Copt. (JUqe. all kinds of four-fooled beasts.

aam 1=3, ^ ^.JSE, ^ *>
au
__ *f\
Jjjrc* O W?S I
^^ , wretched, miserable.

,
canal.
au-t ^\ ^ QA a beast of a man plur.

Aam _ti
A 5TT, ^3 fx ^^ Edfu I, 81, a name of
1 , ;

,
theNile _

"
aani |\ Q.anearthen- au , sins, evil deeds (?)

ware vessel (?)

stick with a curved end
au-t
aan ~~j (Lacau).
I ^ ill O \\
I . au-t r,U. 28 3 M. 7 66,
, ape; plur. I
,
,__Jij^,
(WW

; Copt. en.
I

_ ?%^^
Jl I
! ^n-ff I
staff,

crook, sceptre (?)

aana au
\\ fl^K 5^, M. 253, to travel.
a o '

a Pe pl ur

Roller Pap.
'""" 1
2 Qr > >
-

\\ au-t(?) <$.
^n c~^i
,
a call house (?).

4, 3. "

Berg? I, 19, a minister of

au
Q
O () , ,-v,
^y ,
a kind of wood.

the dead. *?\ *\ ^

auau ,
Thes. 1203,
Aanu . flM Jour. As. 1908, 313,
Jj, Rec. 8, 136, to smash, to crush.
the ape-god Copt. en.
aua, auai
;
a
^j jj^" 'fl
Aanau ""^i!
^ Jj,,
B.D. 126, 2, the four > /
!, Peasant 292, a L_/l,
who Judged the dead. ft
ape-gods

aan udm*^, Jour. E.A. Ill, 105

\\
aan , camp, place, tent, station.
(0 VWA'^A
~ a o o a \xJ
aah n /* A n
T ./i
,
to rejoice.
,

._,
Q Q H_ 0^O
g ^ I
Rev. 1 1, is. i, cattle ; Copt.

'
Aah-ti 8
J|Ji| ,
a pair of goddesses.
'

e
J'hcs. 1252,
aina EUD ,
a kind of stone.
\\
X

o d V ' olenCe> l break '

,|V to plunder, to waste, to reap grain.

 [115] A
auau >, Peasant 302, aun
to rob, to steal, to plunder, to com-
, -/I' mit deeds of violence.
thief robber
f] ' ' '
aun-t , robbery, violence.
AAA/VAA
brigand; plur Rec. 16, 57,
.robber,
D Q
ravager, oppressor.

Thes. 1480; fern.

aun-ab e I /I
Y> Thes. 1207,
OAT X\
x\
o
Y , greedy, covetous, avaricious.
,L_fl
AAAAAA ^
one who is robbed. aunuti ,
Amen. 10,
o @\\
10, robber.
aua-t ~~T
fl Aun
)M
Auai _
5 fl'
injury, harm, violence,
robbery, theft.
Aun-au
"S

. , m

^.^
J,
(J
a god.

-vvvvv*
_
UU^, Mett. Stele 189,
_
Tuat III, a winged
,
the scorpion that stung Horus and killed him.
serpent-headed god. *
aun-t ^^ Roller Pap. 1,5, Rec.
n VyW\A
'VW/VN
4
'-J' ^ , i,

48, *
g a kind of wood, cypress
^. , (?)
'
BD
' '
I7> 26> a & oddess who
kept the register of the punishments inflicted on
stick, cudgel,
. *-- n
a pole of a chariot j plur.
s~\
^^ Q ^\
the foes of Osiris. -, staves from the Oasis Ta-ah-t.
i i i i i

to sleep, to slumber.
&&>-' ,

1
442> aunra
f\ a mm , pebble, stpne ;
i i

n -VAAAAA <^

191,
<S I I I IMD III' .
to ferment, to become sour. \\
auratchaut (artchatu)
8 i
e
i
,
charioteers (?)

some kind
~ivww\
,
jltts~ TV v
I

auq ik
^ ^ , stream, canal.
of fermented drink.

auab \j )

^ J _ , courtyard ; see uba

aug D
^ ffl
(^
,
to heat, to cook (?)

autcharu
fl

A "v
e JL _^
auxiliaries, a class of soldiers.
aua _ _
to give a gift, to
autcharu (atcharu)
Auaha (Aha) ~
present.
_^ CE JLl^Jl,
,
Mission 13, , part, or parts, of a chariot.
*
126, a goddess. autchata (atchata)
Alt. R. 306

a kind of fish.

Downed, famous, strength (?)

/8, ,
Mett. Stele 181, 2I9 , to cry ftb^JV \, __,J^,U. 270,

out in pain, to wail

(like a jackal). >, N. 719, horn, tusk of an elephant ;

H 2
 -" A [116] A
U. Rouge, I.H. II, 125,
plur.
J*\l<-- >, 270,
X7
,

to sink into [the ground] through fear (of the

19; dual, .

feet).

>^, Rouge", I.H. II, 114; abab

=
\\

Dhu'l Karnen; A 3H Q
^A,__.J nj ,to

push a way into, to

I

open up.

he with horns ready to gore ab, aba

J \ ^,
>?\ <r^=^ a
1
^\X , ; a
J
^^^0^,1 U. 577, the four horns of the bull of V^^. Th es.
Ra, the four horns of the world.
Thes II98> the
abati(?) -4-'&
'

J \\
\k, gorer.
A.Z. 79, 51, IV, 101, 368, 751, to con-
ab j
3 ,
tusk of ivory see ab
,

tradict, to gainsay, to oppose in speech ; __

Abui
X *~ ,
Rec. 10, 61, to contradict his state-

^(j(),Tuat V,^^, B.D.

A
_ Hi' fl
Mar. Karn. 44, 35. con-
(Sai'te) 64, 14, a god who burnt the dead. tradiction.

Abu-tt _ J%\ ^ a 11, the name of abab ,

Rec. 8, 124, -J a

a serpent on the royal crown. Rec 2

_ J \*, 23> 3
J
-
'

ab fl B.D. ^Saite) 134, 4, a star.

,
to contradict, to gainsay.

c
\
'

Abet-neteru-s ,
Tuat x, a a Vi R.E. 24, contradiction.
, 7,

lioness-goddess.
ab
\ $! ^5$' ^7>~ to face some-
1

ab seshu I
, Ip J ,
D M7 *&
J one or something, to meet,
I ^5 U
to join, to unite with :

'
title of Thoth
and of a kind of priest.*
emSb ^^J'] .U- l6 .568,

T. 372, N. 751,1

Tuat VII, a crocodile-god which guarded the

"symbols."
C =
Ab-ta \ * I H |00
" ,
Tuat IX, a seipent-
gatekeeper.
o
ab X ^jy} o >
a k' nd ^ mcense -

_ ^
_. _ V\ to g ether with, face to face
ab, aba \ v. -fl
,
a
n(2xi7
\ Lx ,
to resist, J\> 1 Mo 3 '

to revolt against, to oppose by force. with, opposite ; er ab <^ X> I ^- 8l 5-

abb o fl 1) _
J_ji. to fight, to hurl a spear
or any weapon.

abut - a
^s
I v\
-K <
w >
, opposition, resistance.

ab \ \ C5i Ofli
U
-4-&a^,
J
resistance,
a bird with a loud harsh voice.

opposition, what is
opposed to existing things.
ab\^, 0.
,
to weave.

abab |

5 ,
to weu\> .

enemy, rebel, fiend. "~

Abuti ^Q^ < >
J) J) the two weavers,
ab \ r-i^nx- to sink ,
to
diminish (of the Nile).
drop back, to
,

Isis and Nephthys.

 I.
117 J

JUPV
Peasant 2 4, *
-Jp fC~ ,
to purify, to make clean. abfalu _j
/? kind of stone.
-
1 1 i

abU fl
,
P. 449, N. 912,

the gods who slay.

J f ,

^
ons ab-t a fl I

Palermo Stele, a
-^U[}?fII.
'
cleansings,
>
, 1
II
,

JCj 1) ,

libations, washings with water.

abit _J o
sanctuary, shrine, any holy place
IQ
;
a
J S Q11
I
(J (?.

. a
(j(j ^, offering.
ffi

a-H;-~
ab,ab-t oj, ajo,__ abu _ a 1 *v\ vsv, a festival at which the
a
J

8.
^7, a vessel, vase of purification.

,
to embalm.
making of

O ill'
offerings

a fl^^
J(0
was obligatory

III'
7 n D^
JIM'
;

5^
plur

L.D.
194, 35-
a

III,
1

P. 708, Rec. 31, 166, to penetrate, force a way

make an into.
to offering, to present a
propitiatory gift.
aba __j p. __
Y <^ , 339,

M. 641,
r\ fl
e
&.
a
J "(^ "^ ^ t__j, Rec. 27, 231,
0- fl

j ,u' to act as captain, to direct.

a an offering; plur a ab, aba a

^, Q, u. 274, N. 798,
(]() ^ |,
gift,
J
>
p
r -
ft
53 2 ,

.ODD U ' 2 6 sce P tre staff

N. 673, a 11
^},
' > ,

- ^-i>
!
Rec. 33, 5, _ a I rs~> ,
ibid. 29,
t

iii ^1 A i i i

'Jtfr-
I
, - a
J
^ , staff, stick.

Ab _- fl V ,
Tuat II, a grain-god.
abut _ _ o
^il
1)
%,
_u
o
A
I
,
P. 186, I

A
J M. 301, P. 666, staff.

......
abb-t -J a
J o , staff, sceptre, stick.
Hh. 456
ab-t - a
J , kidney, testicle.

JTP 'JtS J abu

a table for offerings.

,

"J& N. 1072,
,
Rec. 1
1,92,
altar,

aba _ _ a
J "^^
mm ,
_ a
J ^^^ Y Dnni > ,
to shine,,
different colours, " shot
"
as in " shot silk.
show "
iron
.0 J ,

a slab of stone on which offerings were

placed.
variegated, spotted; R fi,
\. r
s P olte d

or striped plumage.
.
r speckled
ab ,
a kind of stone ; plur. "
ab Shut! I^L R ^g, Thes. 414, he of
<$. I
X. r \\ Ems'
tniin |
the variegated wings, a title of Horus of Edfu.

ab-t ,
N. 503, a kind of grain. abu W. yryryr> people, men and women.
" 3
 A I
118 ] A
abi _ animal, reptile, or in-
sect(?)
Abesh. _ _ a 1 i v\ i

,
Tuat X, a form of Ptah.

one of the
abab > ,
Rec. 20, 41 Abesh seven stars of Orion,
,

'
x>
a benevolent
ababu D Rec. 15, 178,10 Abesh
J flj^>, serpent-god.
rejoice, to

abb
dance.

to see.
abesh _ a
U
4
na T.I 19, 3 1 8,
a kind of wine.
N.I 344,

,
" J
ap /\, R.E. 3, in, a pyramid tomb
. .
Apis tomb of
Apis
desire, to love, to be desired. Memphis (?)

abb a 1
^ ^i^ ,
to fly, the flying D D u
'

a D

scarab; var. a II 111] M , the flier.

D 011-0 Djr - a verb of motion, to

travel, to go, to go in, to go out, to escape, to

Shh3 beetle >
-A tramplings
scarab. walk, to march, to journey,
Q Q (
,
unde ^oo\
Abb B.D.G. 1394, a form of Osiris. *
-t 4,
jrjj,
ap , ^,
aba _^ ^, _i, J ' ,
to fly,
the winged
p 11 1 D 1 1

disk, the summer solstice.

aba aui to P en the h * nds .

Api ,
Rec. 35,56,
in greeting. D
^
abut D
jj
a-
J %f , ropes, a
bonds, fetters. Rec. 14, 7, the "flier/
1
a name of the Sun-god;

Abbut _ i
!, Tuat IX, the %^ ,
the rising sun.
-=a ^j -u. I

nets used in snaring Hymn of Darius 37,

(?) Aapep. apu D
scarab, beetle.
Abbuitiu a
J J %\
x

^ i
,
Tuat IX,
Ap-ur Q
b
<-
?=f

^>
,
B.D.G. 798, Osiris

three gods who fettered A "v\ .

in the form of a beetle.
A(j

Apep D D
c. 16, 3, __ Apap ,
B.M. No. 383; see

plants or flowers, bouquet . and

D D
abnekh- D
J^ apap
""
ground, earth, estate.
_
,

I, frog (?) toad (?) fl \> , -,1-1

apap , brick or tile kiln.
D D
Abraskktiaks __ J a 1]
I

=
api O, Rev. 1 2, 91, account
Leenians, Papyrus III, 210-
y_.'A/3paaat;, 213-

abeh-t i'-
334,
aper "D^?^, P. 663,783, M. 775.Q __j
<C^I> m _ Inn i i

,
M. 637, i
p -
55 2 ,

,
P. 178,'!'. 321, U. 507,
a Hh. 227, 247, to pour out water or
cz>
'

&J\ seed, to create, to make, to fashion. "0^, N. 888, "0"

~2f|,
abesh a no, vase, pot, vessel. A A_ A J to be equipped, to be pro-
\\
*J\ , o, ,

abesh u. 62 2, A
.. a
J r-^-i ,
a
J vided with, furnished (of a house) ;

U. 539, T. 296, P. 230 Hymn of Darius 38.

 119 A
\7D i

aper apesaustaas
a boat equipped with everything neces- Rev. n, 185 = J v, unfeigned.
,
Q~-j-ejf
J]

sary and a crew ;

I I
Q i
,
Thes. 1 296. apesh i
~cT
\v i
,
Rec. 5, 97

aperu "o^ apesh LALJ

p , , tortoise, or turtle.
-c^=

fj II A r3r Vir ^5r' G tJr

'
'
crew f a boat or Apesh ~Q ,,B.D. 1 6 1, the Turtle-god.

" R 396, M. 564,

ship;
o N. n7 i.
Apshait D
< a i " i

aperu ft
U fT^ fi^>',fi
Uo c o Ucr^l' Ug 0|' I I
',
I*
*J
# a ~xT
,B.n. 3 6, i,

x ~ ><
TC ^-
an insect which devoured the dead.
ornaments, fittings, chains .

U e em' U^^in
attached to jewellery, accoutrements, furnishings ;
apshut jiff
IAV- I
a kind of beetle; plur.

D ^j-jff,, the equipment of the royal

<^3> /WWW
^
I

=* Mar Karn '

53, 36,
barge; j^
U e d J)
ill
,
a woman i outfit.
af, aff ,
Rec. 30, 201,

aper A 6 , mantle, garment. I Rec. 31, 15;

!' Copt. ^q.
Aperit A Q a name of the Eye of Horus.
U ^s^
,

af aba-t Rev.
ai-><v A <~> the name of the 2ist day of
,, 13, 20,

the month. honey bee.

U S3?' fly, i.e.,

<= > "

Aper ft the god of af = rd ujqe.
nT^rj Jj ,
J] , ;

the town of Aper.

aff A~y crown, helmet, hat,
\\ diadem, cap.
Aper-peh fi_S>1 J, nra 1
Berg, i, 18, a
I 1

afaf crocodile.
protector of the dead. ,

Aper-pehui fi^^
nnl * *-^
\\
1, Thes. 818,
I
af-t , Rev., gluttony.
Diam. Temp. Insch. 25, Rec. 16, 106 :
(i) a \\
afa
hawk-god, patron of learning and letters, who Ml
was one of the seven sons of Mehurit (2) a ;
I

watcher of Osiris.
<= T"at a sing-
Aper-t-ra "a I,
MI d
.
I
ing-goddess.
plants, vegetables.
Aper-her Nebtchet "S^
afa the seed of the same.
'I'uat XI, a form of the rising Sun. !^=
,

Aper-ta afa food, bread.

L= MI ,

Tomb of Seti
|

I, one of the 75 forms of Ra "~

(No. 45).
afa 3, filth, dirt.
^=
aper A .co^^, a kind of goose; Afat ' Tuat VI, a god in mummy
_j nra I form.
the egg of the aper goose.
Afau > , Tuat II, a god of one
Apriu D ^c\ Mi i
, Q Vra i
(

v n of the seasons of the year.

\\ |

I 1 W* I, Harris I, 31, 8, a class of foreign

Afa 339,
'
stonemasons ; var. ^K <^> [1
(j
^?\
]
Mi
They were once
'

fl L.I). Ill, 2i9E, 17.

identified with the Hebrews. a class of divine beings in the Other World.
H 4
 n X C 120 ] A
am
JQ^
<=>
^^^^"^$JI
^
j , tent, camp, chamber. P. 655, -
<\ T, U.

?<ft,M. 511, 761, N.

169,

II

*^ X Rev., to be greedy, a glut-

afa
tonous man.
in in IT"

afa evil, calamity, i

crocodile.
D 8
afen ?^ ^fo%,^
~vw(2L=/l /ww
r
>r
,
/T
to bind,

to tie, to tie something on.

_^, to eat, to swallow, to devour.
afen-t ^<=>^XV
AA/WV\
,
T. 359, P. 712,
am-ha-t n ^
ii I

N. 1365, 1387, g-^ "y, Rec. 31, 20, I 1

to eat the heart, to feel remorse, to
"O
'

1 I
repent.
AAAAAA ;^\ AAAAAA amaama-t ^^ 4\*
^ ^ v&,
5>1
to
vour.
de ~

head-cloth, headdress, wig; plur.

" am-t _ *, something that is

Rec. 30, 195, flesh

eaten, food ;
for eating.
afaut ,
Hh. 459,
am
T' ,
bandlet.
~ i i i M* e i i i"
,.Q , ,

,
food.
haunt, retreat, hiding
place.
D Q amam food.
Afnuit ^
w (.
A A
11 O Li
I) '
Ombos 2, 133, a
goddess.
,

" D
am'it _ ,|x- ^%?
afs Q ,
a disease of the eye. J^V
flesh-food.

Af kiu '

I
,
a group of gods. .
,
Nesi-Amsu 32, 36,

aftit z ,
Rec. 4, 29, a^=_ ,
devourer, a title of Aapep.

Rec. Rec. 14, i

nl 1 Am . _j l\
8, 171," , 8,
a o P. 445, M. 552, N. 1132, a god who fed on the
\\
hearts of the dead.
rt 1

,
Rec. 3, 5 6,

B.D. 145, V, Rev. J. A. X, 9, p. 497,

,
the eater of the dead.
s,~- I

A fl
l
,
Rec. 30, 198, box, coffer, chest, coffin,
eaters (of the dead ),
Z^ L Rec '
3. l8 7- 19S, 3', Amiu j

a class of fiends.
sarcophagus;
^ oU 163, 32, 79-
'
Am-autiu (?) I
,
Tuat III,

a keeper of the Third Gate.

box, chest, sarcophagus.

am ^ a T c^ , fore-arm, thigh (?)

Am-asfetm a t\ Y ^ (j

o * Ik \& |
B.I). 40, 2, 5, Osiris as the "eater
am ^ fl ^\ Ca ,
to grasp, fist. of sinners."

am-a "'
Sf I

Rec. 3r, 10,

290, to know, to understand ;
~^ (1 (2
g*<ww ,

" eater of the

, Jour. As. 1908, 313, book-learned; Copt. arm," a mythological pig associated
euu.e. with Osiris.
 A [121] A
Tuat VI, the name of the Am-khu
Am-a V "~
1 pig in the boat.
a serpent-god who devoured the shadows and
Am-a-f
spirit-souls of the foes of Ra.

Amamti kheftiu i,

Tuat II, "eater of foes," an avenging goddess

in the Tuat.

o Am-t-tcheru 7=^ B* %>, &. B*

^^ ,
"eater of the
I
,
Tuat II, a goddess.
ass," the name of a serpent which attacked the
I

amu seed of a certain herb

Sun-god. 111' or plant.

amain _ a kind of
W
,

,
B.I >.
40, i, a name of Aapep.
plant or herb.

Amu-aau amm __ the roe of a fish,

eggs, intestines.
an ass-headed god with a knife-shaped phallus.
amu, amaui (?)
Ama-asht
{V I I
, pillars.
Jr I I

., Rec. 13, 31, "eater of

= rn I I
weaving instrument or machine,
many, the name of a fiend. = _' shuttle of a loom (?)

^ amam (amm)
i

' Hi
Am-baiu s ,
"eater of souls,"
L-fl
1

Z=
the name of a fiend. to throw the boomerang, to catch in a net ?

Am - mit 1\ t\
I

Tuat II, amam _

X '
a garment, or-
-j, U nament.
t'
amam-t n ^\ ^>

s of Ani, estate, parcel of land.

r, n I
,

PI. a monster, part crocodile, part lion, and

3,
ON u n -fx -=B=~.
amam (am)
part hippopotamus, S"| places with water in them, wells, pools.

devoured the dead.

M
ama -^ -n
,

"
N. 88 5

f N.
,
-^, ^ T. 288,

- 6
5>~3!! ,
1 26, to go sour (of wine).
Am-emit Rec. 29, 148,
ama-t
goddess who strengthened the dead. staff.

\\
Am-heh I, B.D. 17,43, ama ,
a kind of stone.

an invisible dog-faced god, who devoured human

ama _ ,
to winnow grain.
hearts in the River of Fire, and voided filth.

Ama-kha-t ,
Rec. 15, 17, amam
one of the 42 assessors of Osiris.
., Rec. 21, 79,
Am -
khaibitu, Amam - khaibitu
%> |j^ $) to perceive, to
|\ ||
,

understand, to comprehend, to see, to know ;

.
-|\
B. <2 to show, to instruct ;

amam %' _a^ %

,

Osiris; var.
B.D. 125, II,
-
one of the 42 assessors of
"

,
-

Amen.
1\ L=/l, Amen.

14, 17,
10, i,

j
in > -A-
 A [ 122 ] A
amth.
to eat. to devour, to
"I- , ram, storm.
seize. \\

Amam SV,
1^1
Nesi-Amsu32, amt _,! to be languid,- to col-
lapse.
\\
,
Rec. 14, 1 2, a name of Aapep. '
AVAAA AAAAAA
A- O A. D
Amam- ar-t (?) ^ ^" to repeat
gfl, Rev.,
to turn, to turn oneself, to return,

an
Sinsin II, a god of the Qerti. act, to take back, to retract, to sub-
c, I
,

tract, again
D Q n
'\
r
j^_ AAAAAA
_D
to be seen
amam ""-^ "-M. -Ms> in '
a hCrb '
;
<=> 1
]
I A.

again ; to seek again ;

,
the seed of the same. A. A.

Amamu an Asiatic I, to repeat;

J %X to

people. * x
return an answer ;
-WAAA >P\ ^\_ his face
aman I
I D _2T
I,
was turned round, i.e., behind.
Rhind Pap. 32, a kind of plant, garden Peasant 2 99> L.f). Ill, 1403,
(?)
ann z*^ A.
AAAAAA to return, to turn back.
Amanh ~^> AAAAAA
^,
Q x
the
f d of
V
hour of the day.
tl e
r ?
th

annu ^x^ who

A., one returns

amar % 2> A travellers (?)

D
,

I 111 from the grave ; (In ^P\ i

,
those who return.

ama, ama aO
|jn,^= \>, R.E. n,
ani "the turner back," a title of
'

A. Horus.
122, clay; Copt. OJUL6, OJULI.
_ Fa g anan
fl fl
& to turn
ama _ o C\ ,
Rec. 30, 196, to nurse. WW\ AAAAA'V i 1 D3.CK.

- '
ama t:\~~ T. 17, a plant
anan I, -,
a W, (?) AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAA^
X _fl A !\ A
ama, amam _,^^,. ffl t0

<== a man from some defect of gainsay, to contradict, rejoinder.

i
it), suffering
^
an AAWAA . ai^ani ; ^wvw\
the sexual organs plur.
A. A. II
; I,

again again, on the contrary ; Copt. Olt.

J.A
vfo
i

I fern. .
;
ann t^, P. 509

Ann abui (?) ^^f >^, the god of the

AVvWA
ama_ Amen. 24, 13, a disease
of the sexual organs. 24th day of the month ;
he is gazelle-headed.

ama-t =. a liquid.
an ", to paint,

to make designs, to practise the craft of tin.-

ama_ o
artist ;
^N, painted, coloured.

^
ftp]
I Id 7)
a herb ; . ,.the seed of the same.
a letter invitation from a
mn >
an ^f
AA/WNA I woman.
amaa-t Rec. 29, 148, \
Rec. i, 48, a kind
|,
an mess '
of painted cloth.
boomerang, net (?) ;
var.
c =>
an rut
|U
c^ (o
^\, R ec . r , 4 s, a
amati-t ^3 a kind of land.
\\ n I
,
kind of painted cloth.
amu ^ Hh. 221, to be sour D
"' beer and an nesu B.M. 145,
(of wine). fft,

Amu "
^, Tuat V, a fire-god. ,
artist directly under royal patronage.
 [ 123

Ore} (0 f^5-^>
an Rec. an Rec.
, 6, 127,
o o o I M
, 3, 49, 5, 88,^
w ,

D a kind of dry incense.

O <,
SQ. O
, Treaty 4,

an ; J well, fountain; var.

<i
,
a writing tablet, a flat thin writing board,

; Heb. p7.
plaque ; plur.
i i i
"

the tablet of the ail, anti w\

mud(Lacau).
an en an '
AA/VWA
9 }

I artist's palette.

- wooden an , ape; Copt, e It.

plaques,
aniu(?) A tablets.
i

An
i

(
Tuat XII, a mythological serpent.
anU C^^E) ,
AAAAAA
o ram Denderah III, 12, a female
limestone from Turah.
Anit
fine O counterpart of Osiris.
mrm mmi
anu. ,
Peasant 17, an-t ~ww\ I
a sharp-edged
D MI O i i r ,

a HMD
,
blocks of limestone. or pointed tool, adze, axe, auger, bradawl.
D ( i i i

an A^/*AA
Thes. 1 1
98, to turn a glance an-t \\ ,
a knife.
towards something.
an-t AAA^AA J\ C ~2 7
\J f 00 " AAAAAA
*WWV\ AAAAAA
-
o ^
c
o
Q ,
AAA^AA
,
to

be pretty or beautiful, beauty, beautiful, pleasant, A/WW\

o "^ ^//t>N. .
'
/WXAAA It

U
/WWV\
D S ^ (?

delightful, gracious ;
~ (I
(I , splendid. animal, talon, nail of the hand or foot ; plur.

an - ^ *~
737> N- I2 33 I2I 3
$, Thes. 1481,

Thes. 1482, a

man, a good man

man
; plur.
_Q
of noble qualities, a cultured
flfv
v\
-3-, <2
M3
I

I .
P. 6 I 2, /WWNA K.CC. ^ I 171, A*/WV\ AAAAAA
I I I O I I I .

,
a beautiful object; dual
AAAAAA
~~
^AAAAA
O 1]
I
.
I NN I AAAAAA
d
.fc - 1

. tO CUt

W_
R fV \\ fl
[1
I
I I O S I I I
U I XJ\
^ \3 P' ur -
>
"VVA
^ I "'
<^r> ~wv'
',

U Jr o i'o elii the nails ; ,

to rub down the nails.
i i i

anu-na
9, 10, what is
D
pleasing.
A

Q
,
Mar. Aby. I,

6,
An-t-ent-Ptah
"
Ptah's claw," a part of the magical net.
^^ I.=D"
j,
B.D. i S3 B,

an-t '>/wv : g&= ju ,

a beautiful
,

An-t-tep-t-ant-Het-Heru
goddess, or woman.
B.D. 153.^, 19, a part of
an-ha-t rwww ', Anastasi I, 23,
Q the magical net.
o
8, a fine or beautiful disposition, a noble heart. '
a kind of cattle -

anu nekhti
" " '
~~^^ *
D anan
B.D.G. 1116, the beauties of the warrior.
^n>- ,
the nape of the neck.
An I_^_, =5^
g\

_/|
, Berg. 1, 16, an antelope- ^

headed god who beautified the faces of the dead, anan, anan-th
wigs, headdresses.
and removed blemishes from the skin.

An-t-mer-mut-s an-t ^wd

c,
1

Q ^
Q O
rin &
signet.
seal -

,
T.S.B.A. 3, 424, a goddess. an-t ,
a vase, vessel.

T.S.B.A. 3,
An-em-her ' annu D ^5 .^ Rec. 31,18, cords, ropes.
424, a god.
,
 A [ 124]

an www 1, ww n, Rec. 8, 138, to cry ,

U. 191, T. 71, M. 225,
f/WWV\
w_*
Q Q /WWW IIIIIIMI .0
Q < .

out, to entreat, to beseech as a captive. N. 603, w -

(-) fl

S), w
w -f,
1 i
,
i 1 a '='
1
-,
e=> Jl 1 . i

anani "~ ^, to live, to live upon some-

n
{|Q
cry, appeal.
' *T* thing, life
life;; Copt.
an www x*, a mythological fish ;
see ant.
"
ankh U
j , life, stability, prosperity
D
ani M, U. 633, nape of the neck(?)
/VWW\ I I
(or, content)
"
;
-
d 1 <^37 U III ^^7
Jl D V7
anu, annu Q in' fjTh ,
"
life, all prosperity, all stability, all health,

Rec. 13, 15, a kind of tree. [and] joy of heart," a formula of good wishes
beam which follows each mention of the king's name
" ray of light, ; Copt.
anu-t
D Q o, cnrem. in official documents.- See the following exam-

ples.
anut WAAAA ulcers, boils, sores.
^ (2111
ankh ? 1 ^1 P. 652, life and con-
,

1 n v
ariutiu (?) $5 I Rec. 14, 42 ...

1 I

n o i
tent for ever! 1 ^z? ^1 ,
P. 18, M. 20,
,
L.D. Ill, 2i9E, 17,
N. 119, all life and content for ever !

a class of foreign workmen (?)

ankh i ft M ~ i I v^ P 1
Tuat IX, a god, son of Heru-
ami-uaa, a hawk-headed lion. T. 338, N. 626, life, strength, health !

anart a kind of worm. ankh I^TD -,

c-n -?- ^-n, the name
Jffln.

of a college of priests.
Anutat
D ankh a formula
-, "repeating life,"

anb used sometimes in the place of maa-kheru.

" to
to surround, to bind, to tie, to grip, to ankh - Rec< '

O clutch, to seize prey. /^ f ,

life is
given."

anb ankh -
AA/
,
a bundle.
-^ ^,and-^ ^, "ever-

living," a title of gods kings.

anbthema-t 1124,
ankhll "irgpi
Edict 17, man, citizen.

'
ankhu nu nut
anb J |? grape,
i ^11 X-l
,
Rec. 16, 70, citizen; fern.
vine ;
Heb. 32y.
T "
- '
PeasantII S. Rechnungen 71 ^rNT
anberu
'
; plur. '

"
l

:j- basket, crate.

* ankh-t , TTQ, , U.IQZ, T. 71,
anep ^
Mar. Aby. I, 6, 47 .... AAyww
j|, Q

D
,~ "X

o
~j ^r\

a
,
the festival of f^ I

Oi
'
I
/v ^A^ s
'

a living person or thing;

the 2oth day of the month. (fern.) )
fl
p,
"
living fire."
anep O ,
the third quarter of the "

moon ;
one of the seven stars of Orion
ankhi, ankhu ?
1 o
00. ""^
1 1 \\
T I
.

AA
* living being, a living thing
(Thes. 112). f*=
w i
\\
i
i nf UUi
ii I
;

anem |\ O '
a kind of P recious
stone.
"
anem-t falsehood, lies, no,
f not so (?)

anheb-t ,
a kind of bird.
 [ 125 J A
I,-T I, ankh-t
i-f II
l-f
^/ww\
I

"living one," a name of the Eye of Horus and

'
f: of Tefnut.
=^ \\ O S 1
<s^, <s>-, the two Eyes
men and
f -<^c>- 1 -^s>-
living beings, of Horus or Ra, i.e., Sun and Moon.
women.
Ankhi ,
Tuat X, the god of
ankhu ,M. 723, f ^>,N. 57,
|| (j

time and of the life of Ra.

Ankhit &^
1
T uat IV ' the name f a
monstrous scorpion
.

AAAAAA O
-fv

P. 94, M. 118, " '

f ,
Ankhit (?)
-^
,
Tuat IX, a fiery,

'3*7, *$$<,*<*. 26 blood-drinking serpent-god.

>

^^
236, "the living," the beatified in heaven. Ankhit 00^, ? j), -V-

ankh
i.e.,

, house, living place. "IT,

nnV ^ ,
"
111
living one," the
I

name
o 21
of a goddess.
1 c,

1 i i

ankhu nu menfit ? Dn o, Rec " J 7 8 a

I

Ankhit ^7
-
'

i i
(u\ uraeus-goddess. 1

military folk. ^ '"

Ankhit ? Ombos I, i, 46, a hip-

Ui !

<$.
j
living per-
sons.
1 d' popotamus-goddess.
Ankhit $/]/] o Tuat VII, a woman-
ankh ,
an amulet. 1 i H headed-serpent.
uat V a guardian of
(~) Ankh-ab O T 1

'
the river of fire of Seker.
-

W' T
f,r^\ I4Sl

N. 649, "living," the name of a beetle. Ankh-aru-tchefa

Berl. 2312, a name of the
i' T in
ankh. -?
1 Jl ! Tuat VII, a serpent-guardian of
"T u--xi' tomb. '
'

" land of life

Ij^J
["2L I i
Afu-Asar.
Ankh t the '" ''>
Ankhit-unem-unt
the Other World.

Ankh Uas-t -', Rec. 19, 8 9 , "life

of Thebes," a palace of Rameses II.

T
Rec. 34, 190, one of the 12
ankh merr <^> ^^^ ,
an amulet. ii i
,

Thoueris goddesses ; she presided over the month

ankh neter "1 ?-, A.z. 1908, 16, "god's
I I I AAAAAA
life," name of a serpent amulet.
Ankh-f-em-fentu
ankh neter *]
i
v? ?
i ^> i
,
Rec. 1 2, 79, a
mm \
,
B.D. 144, the doorkeeper of the 5th Arit.
parcel of sacred ground. i i i

^ - Q
Ankh $ '^e P ersonme di tne name of Ankh - f - em - khaibitu -2-
T$-
ill' a god. 1 c=. "f I III

Tuat XI, a serpent-god with a pair of wings and

ankh star; P lur. two pairs of human legs and feet from his body
^*, ;

? %>*, stars, planets (?)

sprang Tern, the man-god.

Ankh - em - fenth w** -$$$$ ,

Ankhiu *, *, Thes.
^ -^
133,
Berg. I, 1
5, a form of Bes.
"living ones," i.e., the 36 Dekans. Be g
_ s-\ A/v^/^A/X tf\
/"J
AAAA/VV Ankh-em-maat 3-^ -. r V
I
.'
I2 a
Ankh
, 'i
-
P. / 1
god of Iruth.
^, 174,
-^ @
,
_
Ankh-em-neser-t
1

r\ ra

t\
AAAAAA
^
< -
-^^ j^y
fl
^
-M*-H_\ Q d
,
M. 661, N. 1276, the son of 1
1
^'
fc\
j^.,
'

the goddess of the 8th hour of the

Berg. II, 9,

night.
 A I
126 ] A
AAAAAA AAAAAA
Ankhit ent Sebek $ ankhit M i
, goose-food.
6 G\
.71 B.D. 125, III, 30, the name of
yv,S3*, ill
,
ankh $ ^,
the socket of a bolt in the Hall of Maati. AAAAAA
y Q AAAAAA
y
flower, flo wers:
Ankh-neteru $ 1 ,
Tuat xii. the f i
\I,
1 1 | o^ Ml,
1 1 1

I llflflftj!
i ~ v^-7^ O V *^r-r~ O "*"
ankh
.
,

monster serpent through the body of which the TPW, AWAA-V-

Boat of Af was drawn by 1 2 gods daily at dawn.
plant or wood of life, i.e., corn,
*
Ankhit-ermen (?) '

,
Tuat xn, grain, food.

a wind-goddess of dawn. ankh i

-*f!i'firi'S^i'
Ankh-her $ <> ,
Tuat VI, a guide and P. 93, M. 117, Rec. 31, 113, 161, staff, stick,
stalk.
protector of souls and spirits.

Ankh-hetch ? A ,
Tuat X, a goddess
ankh -? ^ , ear; dual ?
e
who touches her lips with the tip of her fore-
\\^'
^ *
TT*
finger.

Ankh-Septit ,
Tuat VIII,
o
a serpent-god h
in the Circle Aa-t-setekau.
' cz=
ff:$-'
Ankh-s-meri 00 *, a god's

derah II, u, one of the 36 Dekans.

I
[1
I <cz> 11
the ears of a god;
ft j

I
'
title.

the two ears, i.e.,

Tuat X, a serpent-god ankh-ti
Ankh-ta leaves of a door.
H '
of the dawn.
ankh-ti -? -9-SzS, Rec. n, ?$
^ITJ," ^e living one," a
178,
Ankhti
1 c, \\ L1 title of Osiris.
,
the two eyes.
ankh %"***&, Q &, Q, Q^,
ankh -? a kind of metal.
Y7 -TT i 8r> ^ T"* g?*twearan
| ,

.^CT^>, AAAAAA jQ ^^^>-

oath ;
(")

n* ,
to take an oath ;
n ft
ankhf jj,

a mirror mirror in
AAAAAA
--, to swear a tenfold oath; Qfi |,
;

f ,
its case;

^
to swear by the life of the god; (1(1
*^ f -WWW -f3>- A.Z. iqo8. 20. the

?
" '

J ? &i P, he swore by the life

mirror amulet; -t- AAW <;;=> U mirror for
1 ^1? y_l \ I
I
|

^ I

o
i

of Pharaoh ; Copt. 'SN ft ,

f\ AAA/VAA /-> p\ AAAAAA p,

tra _Bf^. Dm
ankh -V-
af> T '
>
T '
~~^
, |
fsss^.

ankhshau -?-l^K,aseal Q(l.acau).

ankhu Q AAAAAA
^ Q AAAA
-

1
4^
)y)5
,
I ', a vase, \vsscl :

goat, any small domestic animal ; plur.

n (2 i

' D !'

ankh , unguent.

"
Ankh-taui -?-
\^, life of the Two
^^Q
fM%^WV
'
Lands," or "Memphis plant."

f grain, corn, wheat. ankham

,

AAAAAA n O,
f -|)-^[,
A
f -J-

ailkh-t TT*^ I
I, victuals, food, vivrrv
f O
nr 1\
II Ja**
VJiT
.
i
n flower used in funeral
 A [
127 ] A
antiu - perit-en-antiu
fifc \ fll
o
YTr
!\

4T.TVT
(1 /wv
^
"^
mm i
seed of the myrrh shrub.

~^~
* a \\ i

o.
n the seed of antiu khet - en - antiu *
H J^. Q T I
'
T [

the same.
AAA "Vs. ,
wood of the myrrh shrub.
I

ankhus

Rec.3, 152, to
Anti AAAAAA
\\
^ the Myrrh-god.

u fl
A an image made of myrrh,
Q \\ (j,

f used in funerary ceremonies.

"
Ansh-senetchemnetchem Antat
3

1 (1
11 ,
B.M. No. 646;
Denderah IV, 59, a bull-god,
guardian of a coffer. U I VJ AAAAAA
"
D Rec. 12, 30, beam of a plough. Chabas, Pap. Mag. 207,^ ,
a war-goddess
,
Jj
of Asiatic origin, who was adopted by the
Anq ~ ^A
|f,
a god in the Tuat; see
Egyptians, and stated by them to be the daugh-
ter of Set ; Heb. rCJ7-
or .

see
Anqit ,
a Nubian water-goddess,

of Sudani origin, who with Khnemu and Sati

Antu, Anth
formed the great triad of Elephantine and Philae.
Champollion (Pantheon, p. 20) compared her
with 'Err-in.
Anthet AAAAA/ D Uiim. H.I. I, 19; see

Anqnaamu
AAAAAA
AAAAAA
AAAAAA
,
Alt. K. 273
~n ^
Anthrta
< >
Treaty, 28, a
p^
Hittite goddess.
"^ (j j^,
ant, antiu
ant A^A^
*y y '. I

6
AAAAA^' ^r
'

to have or possess nothing,

O AAAAAA /ft O. cii?-=/]'ca i' i i

Q \\l to lack, to want, to be destitute, destitution, to

diminish.
D o' D
ant '
t 'ie destitute man ; plur.

-~J I fl
'C/OQ
W
3>-N / 1 1

'=' AAAAAA O
!=fn
Sa I I I

ant ^, AgV , calamity, trouble.

antiu antiu uatchiu i
Jg^
o "
n *j\ CD Y 'f^ ant-t ''ie nimor 'ty, as opposed
nK
U V
i "^\ "
m.
o|l\
n \^> ,
fresh myrrh. "^fe^.'
AAAAAA ffiS. U _ZI
to =5^ the majority.
^
,
1

antiu antiu en hemutA^cd

>' ant ,
deeds of violence.
J4 I
,
women s myrrh.
i i i

sex: icx
AAAAAA
ant
AAAAAA AAAAAA
c
\\ AAAAAA XIX
L-fl, i
, tocut, toslay ;
moist myrrh as opposed to dry myrrh.
^V
antiu per antiu -w^
i o I,

ant I
, part of a fowling net.
myrrh store.
 A [ 128 ] A
ant 3 ,
to know, to perceive. antch -)\ P. 615, M. 783,
/wwv\ 1

x ,
N. 1143, the tip of a wing.
ant to be
XA ,

antch
aK
f^
D
.
643, claw, talon,
sound, in good condition, to be well, to get /WWIA I
nail.

, - t-a-^
better; . IV, 1024, healthy; varr. antcn-t *~w Rec. 5, 90, a drug
I
(I,
/VWAA O |
\ VJVAA
,

from which a tincture was prepared.

antch '"I Rec. 27, 60,

~ ~">
,. m,
he who
, ,
antl ,
is well, AWVW* \lll /WWV\ \
\\
*^\ /i\ , light, radiance, splendour.
sound, firm, healthy, prosperous.
^^ A.Z. 1908, name of an Antch name
ant-t '
16, ''"^b ^0^, M. 253, a of
~i amulet. /VAA^A \

the sun when in the sky.

ant , bank, side.
antch
\>
ant , ground, field, soil,
antch ,
to know.
cultivated lands ; plur. VN ,
I .

XIX antch "^I? ,

P. 1 86, N. 900,
Antit
} i-1 to be strong, sound, healthy.
o Rec. 14, 165, the , ,
. ,
antch >
^
1 :x=x i

Boat in which Ra sailed from dawn to midday.

sound, firm, strong ;

XIX '
stron S
Q
men ;
see ant.
a
^AWA ^AA^A^ >S\ 3
t^a ll\
/{V
ca Jr in
antch-ur
light. ,
B.D. 41, 5, a guide of the dead,
ant
m '

\\ in' \\ III' <e

antch
fk I

^5
1 1 -

' '
M. 696, a kind of
cloth (?)
, fat, grease, manure ;
c^s jh , unguent ;
o o o '

antch , fat, grease.

,
fresh grease ; Copt. COX.
r. O

anta = , myrrh.
1 III , the Boat in which Ra sailed from

ant I
,
a kind of fish. sunrise until noon ;
see Mantchet, Matet, etc.

Ant-mer pet ^'

a title

Nile-god.
of the antch-t
^ ,
P. 406,

=Z:
M. 580, N. 1
185,
fl

S~V U. 298, ^^' ',

M. 709,
Anti B.D. 125, II, one of the
^A (](j ^, '
1
see Aati. .
field, pasture, lake, pool.
42 assessors of Osiris ;
,

Hearst Pap. 11,6, Leyden ~~~

antu t^?%\^ ' Antch-mer ""V B.D.(;. 130, a
Ca Jl I
'

1'ap. 4, ii, vase, vessel. /WVNAA V

form of Osiris worshipped at Hebit.

antit *""w flfl \ vase, vessel, pot.
c^s 1 O antch-mer
1
"_ f ^:, P. 80, M. no,
antu '*~vw> v\ i^y=3 ,
B. D. 1 30, 30, darkness.
N. 23, I, Royal Tombs, I, 43,
Antu ^S> ^K ,
a locality in the Tuat.

~"~"
antch destitute ;
see ant^- \r ,.
j, a very ancient title meaning chief, governor, etc. ;

antchut
a
"^r5 the poor, the
MI'
-

destitute. s nmniT N -
8si>

IV, 952, the chief

antch "^)\ ^ 3' i
'
of the nonius.
\
 [129 J

Antch-mer
**
^^ ,
B. D. 17 (Nebseni),
-
ar
-i .
,

door; '
the two leaves
-mssr -mnmr of a door.
a lake in Sekhet Aaru.
'^< ar -,
Rec. 5, 93, a writing tablet;
tnrm
Antch-mer-uatch-ur |
,
P. 1 86, M, 300, 899, a writing tablet
B.D. (Sai'te), no, a lake in Sekhet Aaru.
with two leaves, or two tally sticks made of palm
ar wood.
J\ \\
' '
ar 10, M. 207,

669, wooden objects, poles (?).

ar ->, mrm, a kind of Nubian stone,

mim
^^ ,
to come or go up to some one or some- >

m
var.
*
pebble ; plur. >, ;

thing, to ascend; Copt. <j.Xe, U)X, Heb. i~l7jf. D <^ ^> O O O

stone of the moun-

he who I o o tain, rock.

ar , pill, grain, pellet.

" \J M7
arar
<=> A A A
to go up, to rise up, to ascend.
,
Henu 4, to complete, to finish.

, steps, a r
i i i
5. i /i
Thes. 1205, to be efficient,
QJ. <r_z^ ^ jjj . . *

stairs, staircase. <^3> capable.

"
Ar-neb-S ,
Denderah arar ,
Thes. 1319,

IV, 84, the name of the 2nd Pylon.

X"Yi, Anastasi I, 267, -/I,

ar-t \77, Peasant 305, Rec.

^* I,
to bring to an end, to finish, to repair, to make
good, to complete Copt. XooXe, XLX(X3.
<S>^, ^i._^^ ^J, Thes.
;
26, 225, ,

yjL.'^
;
L_i <^__ > I
"
1296, rush, reed, sialk of a plant, reed for arar \>
gc,
Rec. 21, 90, 32, to

writing; plur. <^=> vl. fulfil, to agree to a proposition, to fall in with.

e \\ n i

ar ffl, <=>e-=H", <=> \^-=tr, a

ar-t ,
Amen. 15, 20, 19, 5,

21, 13,
kind of tree, terebinth ; plur. b ( w ' > Heb.

T "
a book, a roll, register, document, a writing, a
""
leather scroll or roll, parchment, deed ; plur. ar Q ssA=* i
,
a kind of shrub.
i
x
~ M
!' <= arar O, Anastasi V, 13, 4 ...
W
..

^
, great rolls of skin.
ar-t <^r>, jaw-bone, the lower jaw; dual.
^
aru hau ^p n

85, day books, daily account books.

skin-roll
ar-t < skin, ; compare
Heb. -liiT. plur. ^J> ^J? ^>. The early Egyptians

thought that the lower jaw was formed of two

ar-t
parts.

goat, gazelle, ibex, ram, any ar-t <z=> _s), <^=>, P- 604: Rec. 29,
\\
,

Q ? ^
horned animal ; Copt. eoifXi Heb. 7*N, I5 6 , 3. 6 7> 3 1 ,
l8 haunch,
,
tail.
^
"
Eth. UPA;> Arab -
J^ >
s yr - arar ^, rump (?) tail (?).
"*

ar <~~>, lion; Heb. ^N. ar-t ,

a kind of bird.
 A [130] A
ar-t <z=> fl
fire, flame. arit, arrit ,
Thes. 1480;
Q X | ,

Rec- "' I78>

ar-t T)
(uV uraeus.
\\

arti ,
the two uraei-goddesses
\\
, door,
Isis and Nephthys ; <n=> Y
gate, hall of a palace, judgment hall, cabin of a
two great uraei-goddesses. a fin o I ^7 fifl rr-3
HH
boat; plur. (M I,
d^> i i i_ _i i <^> i i i i i

Rec. n, 173.
B.D. 125, III, 44, the living uraei. QC=D
Arit <E=> l\
(] ,
a division of the Tuat.
arar-t ^^ The Arits were seven in number
uraeus, uraeus-goddess, uraeus-diadem.
and each was in charge of a doorkeeper,
r^^i III
a watcher, and a herald ;
see B.D. 144.
the two uraei-goddesses Renenti. - fi
ari light, fiery one.
!j(](l>
Art <E> ^ * Tomb of Seti
o , I,
* ,

Tomb of Rameses IV, <rr>, Annales- 87, Ari,1tit^f)(|,^(j|)J,^(|()o

d I,

<^> * the name of a Dekan

^\s
one of the 36 Dekans ;
Gr. 'E/nc. in
,
O ,

<d^>
(1
1 "^C
, ;

Q ~
Arit '
D
Denderah one Gr. A/iov -ww the star of Ari
^.. ^^ (|(]
1 I J*C
, II, 10, ; [1 (1
\^j ;

'

of the 36 Dekans ;
varr. Copt. i.pov, eponr .

; Gr. Aoy. arit

D
M^ ^S. an internal or s a n
of the body (?)
-

"
ari OO^t, a kind '
of fish.

" J B D I2
Ari - -
5' seeAati.
fll| o^j>

^^| I
storehouse, treasury, magazine. ari (arri)
y3 breeze, wind.

ar-t
chamber.
^o , shrine,
Ariti
IjO
\\

arau
<=
Rev., outcries of plea-
sure or pain.
\\
,
"
^ T=T ;
Edffl I, 79, a name
of the Nile-god and of his Flood.

Aratsia Rev. ~~ M.
arut, arrut
i ,,
,
, 743,

185 = Gr. 'AX/<9c(.

arat j
steps, stairs, staircase.

door, gate, gateway, hall; plur.

,
Rec. 13, 24, uraeus;
]\\

i i

two uraei ; compare Copt. OfpA-C (?).

IK'
arra-t
aru 5,
Rev. n, 179, 184, child;
uraeus-goddess.
o ,

arait
& a
Copt.
:
, hall, chamber; plur.
aru @ Qfl,
Rev. 13, 15, perhaps; Copt.
I,
i i
 A [131] A
'

arb , fume, flame, a burning; arq =>

the end of any-
thing, the last.
Copt. , eXg,<ju&.
arqta ,
end of the earth.
arp-t
arqit <EE> , decree, decision, the
arp-t Q , vase, pot, vessel.
conclusion of a matter.

toll- U| 1)1)0, <-,()(), -^(jo,

j^'^^Ill' ^
to c^^^fifi fl
AflfT*il a<=^
B' ReC '
3
to enclose, to collect, to twine, to
A O ' '

weave ; Copt.
50, Rec. 2, in, the end of a
COpq ;
<E ,
holder of [many] <cz=>il(| ||,

month *
dignities ;
a pluralist. period, the last day of the ; var.

arf <EEft\, < purse,

(Nastasen Stele) ; Copt.

arq renpet <EE> =>^ f the festival

bag, bundle, packet; plur. A I

<=..- o of the last day of the year.

X [ft 1 j^> <=|||' tW packets '

ne of
arqab
" v ,
Thes. 1481,
sulphate of copper, one of stibium.

Arf ^min, B ' DG - - 6 S3. a serpent

finished in heart.

^=^ water-god.
arq ,
a book, roll, writing.

arn-t(?) a beer-pot.
O ,

arq ,
Rec. 3, 49,
to suffer pain, to be in re-
arsh <E>
straint. ,
to tie up, to wrap up, to cover over, to put
w
Y7 ji
arsh TtTtT L-J, Rev. 12, 86 = on a garment, to bind round, to wriggle (of a
K
^*
"**= I I
serpent).
; Copt, poofcy.
arq ^= ^.
C=> U A band-
arsh Tyfrt f^ $&., Jour. AS., 1908,
A^^ t>
. girdle, tie,
let.

305, to be amazed or stupefied arq heh Thes. 1253,

; Copt. A ,

M. Rec.
603, N. 813, 1208, , 15, 173, necropolis.
2 A <S
Q
' Arq-hehtt ,
1
the Other
e i
a *2 A
_j World.
2" u

'
y i "ir A^^ zi 5
arq fj-,
A.Z. 1874, 64, vase(?) a
L.D.III,i 94> measure.
z
Anastasi <r>
u
IV, 12, i, arq ,ti|g , part of a chariot.
Q cz^
mn ^
,

clude, to finish, to
< => , (i)

make an end
to complete, to con-

abstain
arq ur
X
=> \\lll
<$.

of, to ; X
an oath, to take an Sphinx, 8
(2) to swear affidavit ; Copt.
2, ;

X>
< |, silver; Gr. u/><^vpoi.
ooo I

arq en neter to
A <S
,

artch jour. As. 1908, 276,

swear by God. | ga,
Rev. 14, 43, pledge, money deposit, money.
arqu
ah D s*=^ ,
U. 162, T. 133, a
>, an educated man, a wise man, coun- I
'
an expert, an adept. fl 9 carobs.
sellor, ,

A o o o

I 2
 [132 ] A

ah-fj -, moon; ;
see (L ahati Q/^ ,
QV^ o 'T\ , "slayer," the
A
title of a priest of Anher in Sebennytus var.
ah D ,
to till
;

the ground, to dry tears /f^-

aha Q^ ,
a fighting animal, the
ah-t __ujj !=d& a,N. 5 i2,P. 592, net(?)
A

au_,, _
615, M. 782, 785, N. 1141, cordage, tackle,
W ,
P.
Set animal

fish,
aha Q^,
(?)

latus Niloticus (?)

,
the "fighting"

ropework.

ah-t _ oft H, U. 214, Thes. 1253, H,

aha-t, Q^2i

u\
B9BS9
>
a fighting ship, ship of

R P a large house or building, palace, war ; **-=A

t
a name of the sacred boat of
X chapel.

ah-a H _ a M ,
title of the high priest
Sebennytus.

aha Q^ ,
Koller Pap. I, 4,
of the Nome Prosopites.
, arrow, spear, weapon of
aha \J Vv M.
A JaSs V.
I

I
, Rev., oxen ; ^J

war; plur. I, Mar. Kara 53, 36,

Rev> J
3> 73. sacred
-
. Q l
>

vS of arrows
oxen; Copt. eg,e. V '
' ;

D , weapons of bronze.

.
P. "9, aha-t taui Rec. 22, 107,
CK\(j. ???= IS
,

stele > day of the fight between the South and the

North.
j
,
to fight, to do battle, to wage war ;
\\
Ahaui
K% jl^L Amherst Pap. 26.
" ~n
aha-a rvs U. 560, D
A "|\
, ,
jj
-CENS 1

B.D.
I

T. 170,
~ AT ~ , Pellegrini II, 31,

cfe^x ' I79 >

cy*} >
two Warriors, Horus and Set.
75, 5, the
i

i.e.,

i
I

e B.D. 28, 3, the "Fighters," a group of gods in

animal form.
to fight, to do
Aha-aui
Q^"^ mS Jj
,
,
B.D. 64, 48,
battle, to wage war. a warrior-god.

ahati, ahauti, * J
Rouge Aha-nebt-bemi Q^i^ M]
|
"^^,
I.H. II, 4, Denderah IV, 63, a warrior-god of Denderah.

Ahau heru -
,
u. 400,
<

e ^
f' B.D. 1 68, the "fighting faces"
TD ,/) warlike man, war- )
,
Q./^ *^" (

in the Tuat.
rior, soldier, fighter, a fighting bull ; Copt.
Aha-Heru '
Denderah
; piur.

36, a god of Denderah.

Aha-sati-neterui
Denderah III, 36, a god of Denderah.
 A [133] A
aha Q^2l, unlucky, unfavourable, bad, as -, I'uatX,

opposed to T , good. Used in calendars.

a, Rec. 6, 116, Rec.
,
-|j (jlj |~,
27, 189, a lioness-goddess.
aha fV>\^, Peasant 278,
Ahau I %>, Tuat III, a goddess.
Peasant 258, r\/*\ *K\ ,WWVA, IV, 1077, to make
-O^S- AA$/V\
water, to empty oneself. Aha-ab | O, Tuat XII, a supporter of
the disk.
aha D? a, u. 277, N. 719,

M
I J\
a
'I
M
J\
o M
I
M
I QJ\
o
'
M
I
^ JfA
Aha-nurt-nef.
Tuat VIII, a gate in the Tuat.

c
Kara 52, Rec. 13, 30, Rec.
| | _^i,
6, 8,
Aha-neteru a I ,
the door
1 J\ II
to stand, to stand still, to halt Copt.
;
of the 51)1 hour of the night.

aha with n Aha-rer

^
gods who towed the boat of Af through Ankh-
=>
, Tuat xn, one of 12

,
used as an auxiliary verb, e.g.,
neteru ; as a dawn-god who was reborn daily.

Aha-sekhet a i a
0^0 , Tuat IX,
a god functions unknown.

ahaiu P. 48, aha, ahait (?) <l ,

Anastasi I, 243,
\ ,

M. 584, N. 1189, ,
N. 1189, n '
f Q Q L< Rec - x 3> I2 7'

Rec. 17, 147, those who stand in their mi v nnm stele, tablet, hill,
|
^A i,
i
,

1 it
,

appointed places.
A
ahau I o ^b A f] ,
Rec. 20, 4 o,
ahau neb i TV Thes. 1282,
T x in
,
station, stele (?) tablet (?)
the royal stand in a temple.
ahau a|_ R 65I>
a '

ahait .
H EV^ c^XJ Cv<j fv
V' M. 728, N boun "
n *"* "
752>
-A
i

(I , support, prop of the sky, pillar.

f 7j 7j LJ .^'
lj
daries, landmarks, delimitation posts.
aha i 2
,
Rec. i, 48, wooden staff,

prop, stick.

o ViQ 11
Ctlici U H TV
VK J
1 I
,
H
V n
^\
**
,
H
Y i
^^ i
,
- D
f %> A '
' P^ ace > P ost > station, position,

condition, state.
supports, things that make stable.
ahau ,
T. 329,
aha ari I '^5?, the name of the festi-
Wf
val of the 29th day of the month.

Aha ^=] *
nnn I fid*
fl
12, 118, time, period of time, lifetime, a man's
1 1 D, B.D. 168, i ,
Denderah III,
I i TflOffl

a ser P ent -g d an
age;
| ^ ?Tf^'' lifetime upon life "

I4 Berg ' all y

'fmM' Ij 6> .
time ; Copt.
of Set.
ahau - ,
the gods
Aha-aha _Jj Ju, Rev. 6, 116, a god. who measure the lives of men in Ament.
i
3
 [134]

aha Q
Q
,
advanced in life,
O
aged, very old (of a man).

aha-t <f .
,
, lifetime, period of time ;

O
plur. fI o MIJ, ages;
I , food, provisions, stores, heaps of
I I

a period of ten days.

<w*
aha en heh <

i ,
a life
grain, wealth, riches, abundance; f>
Q
o i

"' Annales III, no, a

of millions of years.
heap offering containing provisions of all kinds.
ahai Qfl 0, a standing still, pause,
| |

interval.
men provided with stores, well-to-do folk.

aha t 3 IV, 755, jar, vase.

noon, a name of the goddess of the 5th hour
of the day. aha-t
Q '

hard the
| O, f ^p '
stiff> >

Ahait ^7 nape of the neck.

| (]!)"*,
Thes. 31, the goddess of the 6th hour of the aha 9 n members see ha R
I ?.
, limbs, ;
A ppp-
\ \ \
day.
l

aha I ^ ^^5, f~^, |~I^, ship; plur.

Ahait. ,
Den- A i

derah II, 55, III, 24, a disk goddess and one

of the seven goddesses who supported the sky.
7^, Rec. 33, 67, battle
.

aha _ ,
colonnade (?)
ships.
a high building.
ahait ,
boat ; plur-

aha - 1

C i i

I . i , tomb, grave: see maha-t

I i i & nnm
cnm ,

aha-aptu(?) fl%!, Rechnungen 35,

; plur. boat for the transport of birds.

i i

d ahau p M. 545, o
ahait f^^g^ -
441,

grave, tomb. ,
P. 164, M. 328, N. 859,

ahau I tV A , tomb, sepulchral stele,

>
N. 953, 1125, a kind of bird,
-LL JJ.
memorial slab.
crane.
H v,_j

aha J \^ , Rechnungen 48, 58, amount, ahb-t cfi o \j a, M. 637; see

J

value (?)
? 334
J ' '

aha ? A 3 a method of reckoning. f^'

I
,
" ^
Ahe til fl ,
Tuat IV, a region in

aha , circumference, circuit, ex- the Tuat of Seker.

i i

tent, range, compass.

akh ^L-/), T^-
a -
aha ,
a number, a quantity,
, ,
to boil, to cook.
sum total. V -/I
 A
[ 135 ] A
-
akh ,
T. 8 S N. 616, ,
akhi ,
a kind of bird ; plur.

"" .
2, 3, Anastasi IV,
N. 254,
239, .
^ L X mrm -m*!' 2, 5-
fl T7 w ]
Y , fire-altar, brazier, akh-t
"
i
^^, Rec. 30, 71.
cz _/J

V j"
a/7> i flfy 1

, I
i

offering by fire; plur. ^*l> 71 '> akhkh ^ ,

to advance, to attack.
/J I 77 / V |

IV
L.D. III, 6 5 A, 15, ~5 akh \[Y,
>!* 1 41, reeds,

grass, sedge.
i i i

~ akhabtat(P) ,
T. 309,
akha fl S Q ,
furnace ;

ornamental
fireplace ; Copt. <i-Cy. akhamu models
a (?)
akh-t fll ,
P. 652, brazier, fireplace;
akham "

P lur N n
-

T^^fl f| f|> -
754-
,
the image or symbol of a god ; plur.

akh ^,DeHymnis, 47 ,- k I,D. 6 5 A,

!
, Ill, 9,

L.D. III, 65A, 18, ,

L.D. III, 65, 18,

a
*-*' akhami of a
A Tilt* figure
sacred animal.
,
to raise up on high, to hang
out in the height, to soar, to be poised in the akhamit ,
Rev. 14, 7,

~"
to hang a man; eagle; Copt.
air,
OO^P)
suspended;
" J
13 = Copt. akham _ n ^^~
VJ
,
to destroy,
(j(j 1
to beat to death.

Akhi-a-n-Behut akhan -=,

' '

/^^/VVA
Denderah III, 68, a solar god. to sleep, to close the eyes.

akhekh ~ Q

^S
1

^ 1

, night, darkness, Akhan-ari-t '&^

rsssssi ^ \
", Tuat VII, a
night personified. serpent doorkeeper of the 6th Gate ;
var.

Akhekhtiu ,
B.D. 145 v

(Sai'te), a group of serpent-fiends.

Akha-her ,
a serpent-god.

T^ ! toput

an end to, to destroy ; var. \N \\ O ^V .

,
Rec. 27,86,

. ,
to soar in the
Rec. 31, 31, ,
Rec. 31, 168,
air, to mount up, to fly.
/WWW
/I
X
(WWV\
Akhekh "^C, Thes. n 99 , 1203,
WWW ,

AAA/VW
I
,
R.E. 6, 41, gryphon, the
sAAAAAA

fx i

"flying" animal. A! .
VI!' I _gf^.AAW'^' JS^I^ET t?
akhai A, Hh. 54 o, to extinguish a fire or flame, to quench thirst
^^(j(j ;

a kind of bird (?) to fly (?)

I
4
 [136 ] A
akhmiu ,
those asa [

who extinguish. Rev., wrong, retribution.

akhmut I, A.Z. 84, 88, those

Astirtat
who wash clothes, laundrymen;

A I
I ,
Annales IX, 156.
~~
akhm "~~, ~ t^"^*,
to fly (?) to glide about (?)

akhm ^\^, Hymn of Darius, 31, toreth, Ashtoroth ;

Heb.
^ ~ Assyr. >-Jf- '-'yf
image or symbol of a god ;
,

Asthareth =^l\
'

plur. I,
Naville, Mythe, 4, Ishtar, Astarte,
(j P , pi.

images of heaven, the earth,

Ashtoreth, an Asiatic goddess of war and the
,

" &
and the Tuat; l\ ", chase, whom the Egyptians identified with Isis

"^3^ and Hathor see Tell el-Amarna Tablets (B.M.),

^V ;

v\ , images of sacred animals.

Jl i i i
p. xlii; p^ <^=g ^ |
Akhmu I
,
see
C3O Ashtoreth, lady of horses.

Asthert ,
Rev. 12, i, Ishtar;

akhm

T<&' TS- ash

3, 53, \\
MI *-=> _B*&. _a
1

nn A, Rev. n,
1 1
136,
plant, shrub, flax ; Copt. <5.ttjJUU (?)
Rec. N. 842,
akhm ,
a parcel of
i, 3, 152, 3^1
^j K gi, to cry out, to call, to call out, to
land, river bank ; plur. ,
Rec. 2, 129,
summon, to invoke, a call, a cry for help, to
'

"fc^ni' lament, to groan ; Copt. UXIJ.

~
,
B.D. 99. ash en-utchu-t /vwwv I Ci

'
akhn Rev. 13, 75, "^' Rev '
I4)
, , /| I^glf
'
to shut the eyes, to sleep. invocation.
,
36, order, command,

Akhn-arti-f ,
B.D. ash-sehni
,*
^ (1
A
^^ (](]Pn , Rev.
I
1 VV I 1 I
1 I UJ I

64. 13, a god.

12, 42, to command; Copt.
akhn -
, IV, 639, sledge, a piece
of furniture.

akhnuti
_ao Amen. 27, n,
~

to call, to cry out ; ,

house
i \s i

of appeal.
i

ashaut I
, screams, cries
_, , ,
Pharao hspn - who
of pain, those cry or lament.
vate apartments in the palace, the royal quarters,
ash , ,
wicked word, curse.
the Cabinet, the Court, the Administration. i \\ i i
 [137] A
Ash-kheru Berg. I, 1 8, a ram-
asha-t <>n* v P. 167, M..
headed god. a , , 322,

,
Q 51 I
,
ash ,
Rec. 29, 146,
rm I
,
Rec. 26, 230,
kj
I U I I U I ^^
O '
O o
!'

I \\

ODO M)
I
V 1
I U I
v -,
I K I
* ,
cedar wood, large company, crowd, multitude,
ODD DOO
mob, any large assembly of people, the majority ;
cedar tree plur.
;
"-
V_> X |
'

U Till Copt, ocy, cocy, cyo> ;

asht-urt ^^ <ci>,
5p^, ^\, llg^t'C '
Thes I28 ?> '

III
., a vast multitude; asht-nepit
new cedar ; \^ /
^~ ,
Thes.
1 S\ I ,

, producing great quanti-

1323, cedar treated in a particular way; Assyr.
ushu, Rost, Tig. Pil. III.
ties of grain; asht-ra to

ash on$, U. 61, Thes. 1286, ' on%, babble, to talk overmuch; asht-renu
DDO U OOO Jl
P. 526, N. 843, 993, 5n ( ^, T. 278, a salve
O <g
I

I
,
1
nn MI ,
"

i
>x -www
i i
-

O "' many-

or ointment made from cedar oil.

named ; asht-hebll ^^ \ ^
^, [god of]
a A ^3\
II

^v
I I I I

ash U. I48A, a kind of wine = <

,
multitudinous festivals; asht-hefnu
Q III

on ,
T. 118, 119, N. 4S6A. I, myriads of hundreds of thousands ;

-
ash
i
-V
\vi"
TT Amen. 9, 2,
of Sudani beer.
a kind
asht-heru * l
, many-faced ; asht-
I l

, vase, vessel, pot. kheperu

i i i

cauldr0n
no viz i'
'

ash r-vr-i n a bronze fire-stand.

nous forms; asht-kheru her met-t
CD I
I Jl
v ,
a \\\

speaking very loudly

ash ' " i, corruption. 4)- d. 51T
'
and very often.
o
I i

ash r-K-i to come = on u

Ashit-abu *^ Q ?)
O mbos m ,
2. "32,
, (?)
'O' III O 511' a goddess.
i=0
ash
MI'
Anastasi I, 17, 2, meals,
food.
Ash-heru *^
-^
"*"
!
,
Tuat VI, a five-

ashash-t
Jon headed serpent which enclosed the body of Af.
I I

,
Amen. 14, 8, throat, gullet.
Ash-t kheru her met-t
I V^ I I <A I

A t ^ie name ^ one ^ l ^e 4 2

Asha ,
P. 345, yr '
*

judges in the Hall of Osiris.

Amen. be
, 19, 2, to
asha-t
<
^v =c^i.O h v or
much or many, to be abundant, to happen often
,

or frequently ; Copt. ^cyLI. village, town.

"
ash *, 33^, %, %>, N. 981,
ashait qUay>
Kb Jl VN 11^1 i'

haven, port, landing-place on a river bank.

, much, many,
bird kept for breed-
<
^^ """^
ash at (?)
numerous, overmuch ; y >
however ing purposes.
VI I 1.1 III
many there may be;
~J "^ ^
% A A asha o .,
a rich man,
(|

very many. man of easy circumstances. SMP-

 -
A [ 138 ] A
asha Prrn'^^, A
(I
food. aqaq <fe* A ,
Mar. Karn. 52, 19,
fl
J\
o a \\
asha-t i K i

>__^ , knife, weapon. go in, to enter, invade a

A 2A Q J\
Asheb" k T) Den derahIV, 61, an ape- country frequently, to raid a country.
i v'v i
101' headed warrior-goddess.
~~~n aq "^^W, ^Y)j$i a P riest
ashem f\ ,
u. 515,
goes in to read the service.
T. 327, M. 485,
^___ ^. /
^. aq ab a right-hearted
man.
V\ f\A> figure or symbol of a god or
^ W\V -3 N^
I I

aqm J\
sacred animal ; plur.
A
J\ 21 I

r-n-i .
I
'

|-n~l.
who
'
(1(1
y ,1,1
those enter, ingoers,

I nx~l people who are in the habit of frequenting a

place.
A -^ thin s s that enter .
aqt
53. 58; A entrances.
i i
.
i .

U. 575-
aqu I
, income, revenue.
',
i
-
ashem aq-em-seh to praise.
pn -^ , plant, shrub, branch ;
iiga,
A
plur. i \\ i \J ,
branches. Aq - her - ami - unnut - f
"^ *&

ashem ^d ^, m L_J],
a form
?
f
11 U K!
W\^>
^" D *
AAAAAA i *
^^-^
'

$' B D
\ I
- -
I7> j 4 '

ashem pfn^^. ~""J '

T ^, to destroy,

""""
Rec. 4,

* O
28,
^ ^ ^ V, ^ f
Edfu I,
^]-
IOE, one of the eight
to bring to an end, to diminish var. _j|_ "j
^ '
watchers of Osiris.
;
a = \|\
>ws U I

~ ~" .Zl ^P
?>-=/! \\
"^s undiminished. menses.
^^"
I I
, , flux,

Ashemeth
headed servant of Ra.
^ s==> . Tuat XI, a hawk- ,
exit.

aq A , bread, bread-
ashgaa j~^ s "^(j tg JT~^, Amen. 6,

cake; plur. ' '

X A Q. I i i
4, 7, 17,
, u ,S OA I
t?. I
A I
AAA
ashgaga
12, 39, to cry
^
out; Copt. <&.OJK<LK
|J Z5 \7 ffi ^ 2^3, Rev.

>
A
P
I

I
fl]
"?!kS Hi
Ics.
rt"S-
I
II

v ,
bread baked by

^kt ^^"^-, afatbird(P) fire, toast (?) ; Copt. OGIK.

A
aq j\ ,
a sign of addition. i i /wvw nil
the daily offering of cakes and bread.
_^_
Q Q A !

, Rechnungen 41,
'UA
/3, ^, J\
'

to to "
^.J^' ^ ^^, go in, enter; great bread," a kind of confectionery.

K those who go in A A. TO m
,
i
,

going in and out, entrance and exit;

; , ,

with
aq m'ti "%* <s>
_*a ? ?
\\ /
some kind of sweet stuff in
i i i
^ it.
fl
U
I
i
cake

,
sunrise or sunset aa sher Rechnungen 41, "little
J\ I
bread," short-bread (?)
 [139]
^S=c
^- bread made of
aq I
AA/WW Aqa-uben, etc."
I
<a . fine flour.
B.D. 99, 25, name
ie of the steering pole of the
mJIftJT;
jaw-bones or
fl

aq-ui (?) ^^-. (sic),

A cheek-bones. magical boat.
P. 642, N. 1240,
aq aq Rec reed, a
a garment (?) J^^. - J . 48,
^ \[,
Rev. n, 170, to destroy, be kind of wood.
aq
destroyed; Copt. <J,K(JO. B.D. 99, 3, to feed, to
aqa
give (?)
aq '

A Sarc. Seti a form of

Aqa I,

Geb, god of food.

aqai (?) ;,boat(?)

'
to keep the true mean>
Ul
to be right, to behave rightly, exact, correct, aqem A t\ "^, Rev. n, 129, sad,
"U .&. Q. _a*^._'
right, proper; ^ = wretched; Copt. CMKJUL.

aq inaat I I
,
strict justice. Aqen ~~^ Jj\ /WS~%A i_ '
,
Tuat VII, Hh. 426, a god
A
in the Tuat varr.
aq hati -=^ Israel Stele,
; '
A
\\\ <?,

come
15, upright, to
"
to a right determination. Aqennu-heru Ma-**
aq t ,
even-handed justice. 36, 215, a group of gods.

em aq t\
a
^= aqr A G ~f\
a measure.
aq ] | !
,
,

Ji^s, A lUl A
opposite, exactly facing. akk-t v. xi , Rechnungen 41,
v n 11

er aq <=> , opposite,
i u v. -t
y^c^^), P.S.B. 19, 261,
exactly facing.
Q, >* - 7T

righteousness and justice ,

Rec. 23, 203, a bread cake baked in

personified.
the ashes ; Copt. (f&.&.(fe ,
Gr. Kane ? (Stabo,
aq ab
824), Chald. N3^3, Arab, (jjjti, Pers. ^J^,
Q f

true, true-hearted, of right mind. ~ n

^1 AAA/AA
AWW
aka ^- ^^ ,
a drowning man.
v& Rec a trust- "5.
aqa D
1 >\
-
3.
worthy servant (?)
akai ,
a plant, shrub.

/A the exact middle, the culminating point

akriu i, Rec. 13, 12 =--

'
of a star or heavenly body.

an ait
dUcLlL
Q<
^\
\so\
fl
I
A ^
C ^ 3
Jl
,
Peasant 158,
.... -

-M^ii Mil
zl

a right lead, true

equilibrium.
akr ^^ n Rev- I2> 25> cascl ue ;
PPP^
aqa
guidance.
ag TT /\, whip, flail.

n r

,
U. 157,
U. 508, T. 322, Rec. 26, 64, -CD- TT' to>

, food, a kind of grain.

agut -Q ,
a plant.
rope, tow-rope; plur. ,
U. 639,
mint, peppermint (?)
,
Rec. 31,
A
ffl^orTi'^^ u
Ill

I
^tffifi.
27, I.
I
an offering of some kind, bolts, nails, metal pegs.
 [140]
L
at-t , pool, lake (?)

A, Rec. ' Rec. 1 6, 70, confectioner,

j[ 15, 142, , nail, claw, ati
\\ pastry-cook.
hoof; dual, ' hoofs; plun ateb _SL) Rec. 16, no, tomb.
t7 f=^
ateput v^ i
see d of some kind.
Jr in
bolts, pegs,
agau nails (?) ateru
"
i B.D. 169, 4
,
<

ffi atekh s
@ \\ to nail, to drive pegs into some-
_/!'
thing, to beat, to hammer.
to be hot, to burn, to
aga be burned. 1
,
to crush, to bruise, to

a kind of drink, a pound, to strain through a cook

rag, to boil, to
j*"*"
aga f
]
'
medicine.
|

food, to make up a prescription.

=0= a kind of unguent,
atekh to knead dough, to
'III' ox-fat (?) cA tJ[
J}' rub down.
agait ' e
-J2 atekh Amherst Pap. 34, to
Q D
,

the seed of the @- O O

a plant, a shrub ; '
crush grain for beer
MlJ
I \

jj o same. ; Y|, brewers.

Q a substance used in
O' making a sacrifice. atshai in-

Amen. 25, 15,

o "Turf h Rev., useless,

capable Copt. <i.TCy<i.'Tf .

agai-g to drown.
;

x
athen Rec. 15, 187
againa ~j ,
a kind of WVW, V2 * II

plant or herb. 1 ""~^ Rouge I.H. II, 114, to suppress,

>'
to subdue.
rod, staff, part
agana -^ of a staff. at Rec. 6, 7, defeat, depression, sup-

Rec -
4, 29.
pression.
agariu "^ ~ fl ^ Rev., damage,
atat loss,

~ injury.
agas , food(?) -
at 5k, slaughter.
MA
v *>

a herb, plant, shrub.

atu nub '
goid-
beaters.
ffl^Oi support of a vessel, stand.
at c
=-3, sound, strong; see
agSU ~j^\\ ^ ^' IV "20, > goat-hide.
at Nastasen
I

li, Stele, 17, I

I)
I

at, atu , staff, stick, cudgel, Rec. 14, 12, the two banks of the Nile.

Q -nt " jj
atat _ _ji, "^, Rev. 12, 16, at 5 , fat, oil ; Copt. U5X.

o
J
^V , Jour. As. 1908, 258, to strike, Atu
i JzA
a mythological fish ; see ant.
to beat, to inflict pain ;

suffered, endured. at-t c--a ^n^ ,

the boat of the morning

atat Rev., sin, sun; see antch-t c^s |J1^>.

O Ci
,
, folly.

at ^1 to turn away from, to hate. at c=^3, house, abode.

^
, ,
i_ _i

at at heq-t 8
4 Q Amen - 2 *> " beer -
,
fat ; Copt. (JOT, (JOO. 1 u
.
D
,
house.
 A [141] A
atcha ,
Anastasi I, 26, 2,

Amen. 17, 6, Ml, 18, 20, a plant.

i
.iil.lX4.ij

ata I
|
I
, clothing, cloaks.
10, 44, to tell lies, to deceive, to give false evi-

B.I). (Saite), 125, 55, a dence; Copt. OXl.

post (?)
atchaa _ _ a
| (1 ^5 ,
Rec. 21, 88, injus-
ati ^, Rec. 13, 27, member (?)
tice, falsehood ; Copt. O2CI.
atma Y7 ,
Rec. 14, 178, an offering. atcha __ o i
4"
g ^J J) Rey._
I2)
lying spirit.
69 a

aten ,
Rec. 25, 126; beauty.
'

atchaut _ a ls\
'

^f wron g>
injury, injustice, extortion, oppression.
atch ;
see
atchau
mistakes.
(?) _ o
| "^
'

^
S
, errors,

atcha \j , wind, breeze.

atch ,
name of a staff or club. I

Atcha 497, a mythological

i
city.
atch-t ,
Rec. 27, 2 1 8, daggers (?)
i i
atchan o
| ,
Rev. 14, 9, to be

atchatch ,
B.D.G. 1063, n_ defective, to fail, to cease ; Copt. U>2fl.
<
atchar a I <K , help, assistance ;
**" n Darius 16, K2 rr\^
(we) Tt > ^ ~^i ^> flr
yi
i
> Hymn |

compare Heb. *^]jM.

,
to hail, to greet, to praise, to atcharan a | "v\ ^^ Ebers Pap.
A M^ o III

rejoice, to shout for joy, to dance. 63, 9, saffron as used in medicine ; compare
Arab.
Ateh-t ir-ti J\M\ (?)

atcha *W a }, to joke, to jest.

,
Rec. 30, 201, the name of a god 1
or goddess.
Atchen __ ,
the name of a demon.

the female counter-

Atchnit
part of the same.
n e%
atchn-t ,
arm orna-

ment (Lacau).

,
Rec.
to commit a crime, to do evil, to oppress, to rob,
to act unjustly, wicked, evil,
deceit, falsehood. 21, 81, P.S.B. 31, 13,

atcha _
e e
,
robber ;
L-fl child, boy, girl, young man, young woman ; plur.
L=/l W ,
man of guilt ; plur.
-

"1
g
 [142 ]

or \\ or \\

sometimes the equivalent of the

. .

Heb. V mm (J(]t7^ J=L,

Rev. 12,
Heb.
68, sea;
a\
1 P. 194, N. 922, P. 183, N.
(j(|, (j(| ^, iar ,
Rev. 12, n6,
662, an exclamation.
Rev. 13, 65, river;
Rev. ii, 174,
i 00 -4S3-
U '
494> 539) T " 2 9S. p - 22 9. Heb. ^^.
N. 946

N. 703 = Q C?> R CC - J 3> 2 5> brilliance,

i-t a, Sjft P. 824, a yv<S
(j(j ^, splendour; Copt. I<i.X, leXeX.
woman who has conceived.
" *
Iah-a
i-t
(](]
a ,
Rec. 31, 174, grain, food. |j|jI I
^
I LJ - *' 1
fl
1
Rev. ii, 180, 182,

Jah the Great Gnostic IA.TU).

la (|l| ^ ,
P.S.B. 31, n, 21, 5, 79,
laqebher
;

t\t\~-*
m Alt. K. 11,86,
Rec. 21, 78, 88, a particle of
1 1 A *Qjj -c^>
,

exclamation. Verbum Vocab. These words do not mean

a ticl e of "Jacob God," but "Jacob hath
" m
iu, iu-t ,
Pf f
exclamation.
being a verb.
P.S.B.
iau 13, 425,
Peasant 28, a fisher-
goats.
iua (?) ^
'

^AAAA^ t man of some kind.

iaur-t * stream,
p u , river,
Iba Nesi-Amsu 32, 38, a
1 title of Aapep.
ditch (?) ;
Heb. "IN ] , Copt, eiepo, eiOOp.
Iban ^V, Nesi-Amsu, 32,
iati (?) (1(1 V\ calamity, misfortune. \\
r\^^ -^v.^,
^T

iat-t
r\ r\
I I

"v *&i ^
= i Rev. 14, 12, dew;
20, a title of Aapep.

ci
'

Copt.
ium (aaum ?)
lat-t A^A/\AA
, dew; see (1
A^WV\

*"\>, sea, river; Heb. D" 1

,

ia (aaa?)
/vw ' '
AAAA/VV
-VSAA/Sft
AAA/WA Copt. GIOJUL, IAJUL, IOJU. ;
M\> ^^ ~^
rrv^ VWVAA
AAAA^VS
II it

the great sea of Qet-t,

AAAA^V /WVAAA or Asia Minor.

Jour. As. 1908, A P

ji =
(
<g=>; Heb. ~IV
254, to. wash; j unwashed, im-
^_y_.j iba Rev. 14,
(1(1
i<^^ 3, 2, claw; plur.
pure; Copt. GIUJI.
^ ,
Rec. 14, to ; Copt, ei.fi..
ia ha-t(?)

fl
iba M .^"^ ^21
11
^V, vi _CEX^
/
Jour. As. 1908,262,
Ij-rd'S
Rev. weakness; Copt. I.&I.
184; Heb.
ii,

n^, Gnostic 103. iban (1(1

O Rec. 13, 41, ebony;
1^,
iaab 5V, weariness, Heb. in plur. O"02rT, Ezek. 27, 15.

fatigue; Copt.

iab Rev. 12, 114, to

.T.-AA n.2^
lO '

1
wwvv., fiflr,-J
e(
*.ww\ 'tjlj ^ \\ XWM
/
^-s,

conquer.
flood or rush of water in a river; Heb. '^V
 or \\ [143] or \

ibsba-t a kind of Irqai B.D. 165, 8,

OO'i^liti!'^ i ,

cake or bread ; compare Heb. VttM* 1 a name of Amen.

ra Mission XIII, 149, a
im Also % v Ihlt
()[1 ,
Mar. Karn. 54, 52,
VL cow-goddess.
I -WWVA
?
ihi P- 4, T. 3,8,01
1 AAAAAA (|(|ra(|, (Itjfi^M-
A A 9
*V 11 A
(](] 8 -Ai IV, 305, to toil at the oars.

\\ P.S.B. 24, 46, a particle of

=r. Rev. 13, 6 1
ibi
; plur. .A* exclamation.
jwwS Rev. 13, 40, sea, river; Heb. HP, iba T. 304, alas !
j
,

Copt. GIOJU., IOJUL.

ikh to hang out, to suspend in
Im'rQQelk ~\r
DX
|v(^ '
Alt - K - 2I 7. a [1(1
Yl
'vftT'
3 '
the air.
11 _B^.=> I P*T proper name.
inn H(l'
rV
~"% > , water.
is OOPxTT^, flflP"^!, tomb;

see

' is "O
1
, Rev., to make haste; Copt. IHC.
inbu (1(1 U^-sA-^, Anastasi IV, (j(j

11 i ^1 _ZT V III

(Kl^^^^f
i i

isatt !, Anastasi I,
15, 3, a kind of wine; compare (1

24, 8, to tremble, hover (like a bird).

and
isf-t I
, sins, faults, transgressions ;

inm'
j^ 11 I I I _B^I=E 11 I I see
\> , Treaty 30, sea ;
Heb. D^ .

t, A/VWV* K WWW Ow isr ,

stalks of papyrus,
p
mra flflU
ft
i
O, (jfl
f,

O, Paheri
|)|)

I 1 <c^ I I I I I I I

7, pot, vessel, wine jar.

Inbem Israar
.!'
Israel Stele, 27, Israelites; from Heb. ,Snto^
,
A.Z. 38, 17, the official Yankha-
mu it P. 37 r, father; pl
; Tell el-Amarna
\-l
(JC.IJ,
Heb. S d
,
Rev. n, 163,
\\\\
Inherpes (](] F=^* ,
a proper name. ,~.
i
AAA/VAA
[1
d ^WA/^/VA
*

AA/WW
AA \\i=i' 11 \\
^_ q
dew; see eiurre.
i
II, Ebers Pap. 98, 20, grass or seed.
(S (S
1 .m o m ; Copt,

o III
iti \\ o \\ f Q , grain.

intch-her^"^!^^, .
13,
ititi >
to sound a trumpet.
2; see
|)"*.
i i tj. ^ -^ ' ^-- -^ rf*^* ' -*

ir(il) g,
.

t\f\
1 y^y^
mirror; Copt Asien 98, Alt. K. 241, a proper name; Heb.

W
1

ir foul or unpleasant. bjf 1 ( ?)

(1(1
^Si, something
itbit-t Rev., importu-
ir P. 243 = M. 446, nity.
(|1)<=>, (JS^,
P. 815, to conceive. , dew; see
(JO1 /[, i .

I '.A .

* =" one w :o knows

ir AA ^^M 1 (%&
'
;

(1(1 <^r> ^ , Rev., river.

R^v. kind potter Heb.

12, 67, a itchar (?) ;

irsb(?) 00_2aif] mm
of stone. (](] |
 [144]

U u
u ;
Heb. y ua -L I
*|\ ^ something which hap-

pened a long time ago.

u I
,
i
, they, them, their.
uai-t ,
a distant thing.
Rec. 3, 221, serpent or serpent-
icnnn,
god.
uaua (?) the name of the moon
on her 1 2th day.
u(?), uu(?) ^ ,
ft
ua-t U. 70, U. 399,
e X ,

district,
e
'
s ,

estate, domain.

<?>
.. '
Anastasi

"
J> I2 ' 3, Brit.
f) ***' fl Ikl?*' way> road> path>

Mus. 321, = journey j. dual,

officer f
f^fff,
@
U(?) (> 3_iT J
'
to build.

U (?)
/rj r-j AAAAA^

\/
^" \> Rec. 21, 14, a kind of
(3 V 2^S ,

well or spring in the Great Oasis.

Rev. 13, 113, roll, docu-
ments. various

TT Rec. 30, 191, a mythological

U ways ;
ua-t neter 52 ,
the road followed
city. |

by the procession in which the figure of a

B.D.G. 1 1 10, a god of Den- god
'
derah. f^ /~\ ~?i /~\
was carried * V\ traveller, he
;
~fa |
-y f,
Jour. As. 1908, 261, remote,
who is on the road.
afar; Copt.
L.D. III, 1408,
a flat field.

"
ua-t a garden walk.
o i i
,

,->.

ua-t ent reth

^ "road of common
all men,"/.c., a
i

highway.

ua-t mitu /
v\k i
,
the roads

of the damned.

uatu neferut good roads,

&
^
J<cz>, III

roads easy to travel.

to be away from a person or
'

*| 00 ,
I

be remote, absent
Uatiu I
road-gods.
place, to go away, "
afar off, ; mcj !
,

Copt. OYG ; ( , being afar off. Uat-Heru ,

P. 1 60, the
_m>
path of Horus, i.e., heaven.

ua-t mu (?) o /^AAA/.

a wa t ercourse>
a tax, to abolish an impost. ,' water channel.

ua-t hit rain

travellers, remote (of countries). channel.

 u [145] U
uau^g, uaa -j v\ <\
|W ,
to think, to meditate,

jQ
o (

>*
Vi, v>
.m Jr
f^W^V
AWM
>->.
v
>

f* h
Rec -

AAAAAA
l8 > l8l

^-.
i <g
to take counsel;
a
I

,
the king
|( jL
communed
^ IH7] $ with his heart.
$
*fc I
(^ /VWW\ *La J
f [I A/WVAA Jp I

O I AAA/W\ "I II A^/WAA

" 1

uaua-t W6rtl 326) W5rt Supp "

stream, watercourse. ",

n 383 .......
uau en uatch ur Xl "^ AAAAAA
ftAAA'VA uaua
"MK <z:> a wave, or billow, of the sea.
,
e
,
Rec. 1 8,
uau en ater -jO
"^^ ^\
-

Mar. Karn. 42, 22, river flood.

Ua ^ i
^ 4a I T i
T -ju ) v\ y i ^ to be
amen 12, to take counsel, to discuss, to deliber-
about to do something ; 5^ <r> |
ate, to talk things over.

uaua sekheru
I

!\
<=> going to rum Kubban Stele 8, to devise plans.
1] g ^ , ;

with about to burst into flame. uaua

I/I ,
fl^kfl^ki!>
XIII, a word used in connection with money.
ua
T. 237, to attack, to smite, to smash, to destroy,
to vanquish. Jour. As. 1908, 267, to blaspheme, to speak evil

ua "$\ Peasant of some one, to plot rebellion Copt. OY<L.

^Tj 5^ ,
^| ,
;

291, to drive away (?) uaiu -

blasphemers.

P -5-. M. uau-t > blasphemy ,' plur.

,60,
'

flf]'
N. 651, to attack, to go against (in a bad sense) ;
f\
Rec diffi ~
%, 00^,
J>^HS MI v
l8>
cult (of mountains).
I6s>
; plur<
/*\ (3
ua 4p
J
. , warden, governor.
f\\H\
uaua
to destroy, to vanquish, be master of ; -> to plot rebellion, to curse the king, to blaspheme.
j
*
.& to answer (?)
those who have uauai
,

!= ^2p Copt, cnrux

power over others ; >L=/lJi,Rec.

26, 230. J^EL
fa^ Rev., death, destruction,
'
the end Copt. OTflO.
f}\^>{] "^> _)3 ;

Uai
-^T| "|\ (|[j y
phemer," a title of Aapep.
carry away, to grasp.

Uaiu ^ ^
Pr Zr
'
the associates of
Aapep.
Rec. 29, 157, to stink,
uai
foul, bad, stinking.
to burn, to
'
be hot.
 \ u [146 ] U
uaa-t j , Uab-t -JP ] *K\ 1
,
the sides of a crown.
U V rt"^ * III

flame, fire.
uabs (?) f) J "MX , green plants.
uaua-t .
14,176,
(1

uapt ^1 ,
U. 369

, fire, Hame; plur.

uapi (upi?)
f)
V |j|j ^, a judg-

ment, a judicial decision.

uam -C

hot, to burn.

Uauau f) <s\ "K\

uam
f) ^O, radiance,
\S the seeds of the same (used in medi-
light, fiery splendour.
J^lll' cine).
D Rec. 3 1 3 1 a rope, a
, , , fetter, uami }
*> Rec 3. 66 .

a bond ; plur. a part of a ship (?)

-JP |

Uamemti
uaua-t
f] f) ^ f ,
f) f) J, B.D. 125, II, one of the 42 assessors of Osiris.
V, a measuring
Uamemti f] %, t^t^. 'VM .
-je]
line, cord of palm fibre.
\\

uaua-t, uauait fl \\ 'fl O '

/^\
" " Tuat IX, X, a monster
foliage, hair; plur. ^]
w l
"^
JXNS- \\ ~f)
u j _n^& \,l\l\^. ] i lj\il,
j
|
.
I .m ^ ,
\\
l

i
,

_
^>-n /~\-n h h -f\ \ o a i mythological serpent, a form of Aepen.
TTfl 11 A 111 ~in ) \^\ i ) \C\
Uamemtiu fa
)^=" ""', Tuat X, a group
Rec. 14, 106, a tribe or people.
of five serpents who are fettered by Geb.

uanu(?) JTJ^-, Rec -

4, 21,
of a plant. U'fJ,*,!
^tk ^
Q , ., . , a grain-bearing plant.
uaua-t e .

a part of the head.

p ,

uaarekb. \TT, to blossom.

Uani
^^0 =
(j() ^,
Rev. 14, 21, gar-

-
Uaa i/"^ . I
J, -fl
,
to carry off.
land, crown
^^.
uanen -Cl ] L = ^j, that which is.
U ft^^A
Uaiput
fl^^ 1^
I [

B.D. 177, 7, a group of four cow-goddesses. uaneb -jT)

^
%, "T" "^ , herbs, plants.
\ ^rrNS- J| III

TJauamti
f) ^ f)
\\
uanr
uar P ,
to conceive
V
uab =
^| J^ Copt. uar
f| ,
to tie up,

to lace up.
*flj<tt.
J v ^ k>
^1 "^ ^ ^' a plant> flower> blos '
uar f) I
,
a measuring

cord or rope, cord of a net plur. ;

Hymn Darius 24. Uar-t-neter Semsu

uabu f\
U
1\
Jj*^ l
j|
~^<
%
7T
^, garden (?) culti- ., 21, the name.
vated land ol some sort. of a rope of the magical net.
 u [147]
< > \\ of the ornamen-
uara
^)'^ ^^> }
uart
o }
(
~^\
.^.
^^l
j r tation of a crown.

1 1

uar-
1
, reed, a reed flute or pipe.

b } a bird with a shrill note.

uahr
^Tj
ra i

^ ) dog; Copt. or&op.

^^.,
uah ?, T. 224, -PT, U. 528, P. 91,
of an
uarr
fj^I. X~\ f^\ ^"~~~!>
.
title

-f\ A vi
governor
official,

(?) ,
M. 120, T. 332, ? V N. 961,

-C] ,
Mission V,
o i

521, the two thighs.

uarp k, to send ; Copt. Of topn.

\\

'

f?
A Ai w .
L=fl, Amen. 2, 3, 10, 9 ,?(
AA
ra ra
I
i f-.w C. I.
* \ I -\3? | _i A^VA- i

Amen. 23, 14, 26, ro, to set, to plant, to place

to rejoice, to dance, to leap with joy var.
;
in position, to leave behind, to fasten, to set

before, i.e., to offer, the acquittal of a court, to

L pitch a camp.
uarh <=> "", Rec. 3 35, , _&&
^Tj ^ | ^j
a.
space suitable for building; var.
561 -f]
U I
"^ A\ TA
rr\^> fl
U
?'
I
Peasant 2I 9, to set the
.... o-*pe&. heart or mind to do something or on something,
-\V*AAA

uarh-ntu
f| o* to set in the heart, to pay heed ; Y
A A$ I

Rec. 16, 57 devoted before the god.

uarkh uahahi
,
f] . Rec. 8,133,

tobegreen to to pitch a camp.

i'
'

become uah akh Rec I0 - offer

green, to flourish.
-

, $
up a burnt
'.
offering.
uarkh-t -jT)
Rec. 10, 136, ~ D
J I
Uah akh If (1 a fire-altar, fire-place.
A mm 4?
,

space> area>
fl **. N 999, the name
court of a temple
Uah akh -

hall, ; Copt. of a hre festival.

uarkhut(?) uahnehb-t p.
Jl BfflU stone.
the chambers in which Hathor assisted the dead.
uah er ta ?g < to la dow "
jl , ?
uars-t AAU V (arms).

head-rest
uah tchatcha(P) ,
U. 283,
, ; Copt.

enjoy.

Uarkatar
I ,J H'-v -^_^^-V _f 'I- 1 '

Rec. 21, 8 1, a Syrian shipmaster. ^, to bow the head frequently, to do

uarta -JT) Ik
*
honour, multiplication (of figures) ; Y
AAUI o i

onrepT, Arab, jvV

1

= 1185 x.
jV.
;'
nnnn n n n
Uarta ]
*s\ = .
21, uah-t
SJrV
Anastasi IV, 2, u, Koller
A5 A o ",
1

78, a Syrian shipmaster. Pap. 2, 9, an instrument used in carrying loads.

K 2
 u [ 148 ] U
uahit f % (III ", Annales III, 109, places

for alighting ;
see ^j\ ? 8 uah f <CX a kind of fish.
/T A A A A
,

O n WWW (0
uah I B J
/www, | 5
^ www,
to offer uah ,
Rec. 14, 67,
A A U A^A'V'A A /N t
;

/WW\A
i

libations, water carrier (?) Rec. 1 6, 70, fishermen; Copt.

8l^. R ev.
uah f
A =r '

priest
12,
;
135,
Gr. x<"t x t)T1/ s
libation
-
uaha (?) f [1 <? & Rev - I2

Copt. OTTO&.
' 62> 66 =

^ libations, libation
uahit |
'
Uahtiu the dwellers
[3= i
vessels (?) ,
i i i

Annales III, no, offer-

uah-t 1 in the Oasis country Rec. 10, 150,
? ings.
; i,

Oasis women.
uaha | /**, Rev. 6, 7, gifts, benefactions.
[j
uakh U. 519, P. 277, 6 97 ,
\

uahit ^gT). fdflok, N. 1226,

Rec. 31, 28, P- 36i, N. 1075,
i, M. 622, ,
P. 435, /^\
S reen >
to flourish ;

336> 8l6> T -of p - N - 6 ^' ful1

li fl

a divine offering. blossom, blooming, flourishing.

1

uah *?
g |,
AA U
Mar. Kara. 53, 25, in swear-
Uakh-t f]
o <jf
_M^. *v
c
o I IbJ
JS I
a ^ ,
P ^m '
,

green or fertile region, a name of the Great

ing:-f
A A 1]U
LJA "I swear by my
I ill
Ka"; fA SA IU Oasis.

U$ wwv
D8
$, I swear by the
'
Ka of Ptah." uakhkh-t
^] "^ Jo, P. 399, M. 570,
N. 1176, garden, pool with plants growing in it.

x-N
-yl
V /WWV\
Uakh 4? I
\\ Y ~wwv, B.D. i ro, a lake
add 01 ^^WAWWA
|K\, to to, to increase, to grow, to be-
A
fjj U full of green plants in Sekhet-Aaru.
-A o /-\
come many or much; f 5 ^ frequent
AA A A
.

i i i
,,

V\ * in addition to 1\
journeyings ; "|
, ;
^ ,

besides ; Copt. OTU)^,.

uahi[t] f flj
All ill, f- Jflo,
AAli increment,
Ul large chamber, hall of a palace, hall of columns,
growth, increase, plentiful, abundant. colonnade, a country house.
Berg- Ij I4> a uoness headed
-
Uahit ? '
uakh i
,
to seek after ; Copt,
"i goddess. jfl

Uah-qaa-f uakhr ^T)

1hf ^ err: ,
a hall or
|

Rhind Pap. 26, 1? /] c=_ ~^=^, "he who in- chamber with plants in it.

|
creases his form," a title of the Moon-god. ,
P. 359, N. 762, 910, 1073,

uahit | flfl Q ,..o.

P. 659, M. 767, the uas and the tcham sceptres.

uas |
, physical and mental well-being, con-
, spelt, grain; SA
tent, serenity; "life, stability, content";
u|,
var.

uah-t f e=3>, food. P. 624, sound, well, content.

A A I ' '
 u [ 149 ] U
uas-t (?) ,
a kind of animal, dog (?)

Mar. Karn. 42, 16, Thebes per-

Ufefj. sonified. }

Uasit consort of Uas. to greet, to adore, to wor-

|" ,

Uasit T uat X '

a lioness-goddess ship, to praise, to magnify, to wish ; Copt.
of the Eye of Horus. cnruxy.
uashu
i " i
'
> P ra i ses cries of joy.
,
pj[

uashiu
to be in a ruined state, crumbling to ruin, ruined,
I
,
those who sing praises.
decayed, weak, feeble; j n n "^^ ^*, in a
uash-t , praise, adoration.
most ruined state.

uas to work in wood, uashesh "^

,
a skin disease.
to saw.

uasuas ^s\ to cut, to stab, to saw;

Uasheshu
M?
:

,
I-K-I I I

people or nation.
see
X
uasha ,
Rec. 21,
uasam to ^e m a
fl '

98, to carry (?) to be carried (?)

state; var. 1
n_i uashat-t -

>->. f
chamber, large room, disease of the eye.
'
hall ; see usekh-t.

Uasar (Uasri) 1

1
P.S.B. 13, 412, a chronic sufferer from eye
. .
JA-<2>-t=|
var. n <::r:>
j, Osiris; | disease (?)
cJ \\ I

uashb-t ]
I
"^\
rr\^.
r-xn
-S\
B %
HI
a kind of

toberuine d, medicine (?) medicaments.

destroyed.
Uashba -fa j ^\ ^ i^^ jj, Tomb
of Seti I, one of the 75 forms of Ra (No. 46).
Uasri a title of Osiris.
^) ,
j

uashkjf], Hh. 363

uasg ^] Z5 ^- ,
a large wide board (?)
ZS
Hasten -L ) ^=-^ ^ 7\ ,
to move with long
I /WWW
strides ;
sec usten
^ =
^A; Copt. Olfoceeit.
999, '
T> 343 ' N '
7 8 ' I343>
uash T. 270, p. 109, 372, 654,
^]oo, ZS ,
Hh. 205, the name of a
M. 75 8, N. 173, 682,
u jT|%
^yvs
rrsa.U.
i
94,536,
festival which took place on the i8th day of the
C month Thoth.
T. 350, N. 963,
-^Tj ^,
N. 173 ........
sa M. 325, P. 163. uag ,
to cry out, to shout.
|j
,
-^1 "^aa ||
,

'95- to
uash Hh. 211 ..... uat '

^Tj "^C3a^, depart; Copt. OTUJT.

uash-t f] ,
p. 555 ..... uati ?4^
:

, creation, production.
u I o o o >

K 3
 U [ 150 ] U
uatemta -Cl 1 fl f^. uatch-t, uatchit

a ceremonial bandlet made of green

is held up,
uaths- ^_^ '
cloth or linen.
ci above, heaven, sky.
Uatch-t M. 781, N. 1138,
Uathesit Berg. II, 13, o |o^,,P. 614,
^H ,

o
" the Green Crown.
Raiser," a title of Mut. I
,

uat 2 way, road

= uatch mm ,
U. 566,
-J? / s. ,
m|
V I

uatu a kind of plant green feldspar, sulphate of copper, root

m ,
V EflBo
, '

n , =>
used in medicine. of emerald, turquoise; ram wwvs I

*il ^^ Q f\/vn,
uatch u l8 S ? EHB n w =>
Y ""^ - _
LiiJ green stone of
-
i
,

i Jg^2' 8 VW
I

Bakhet, i.e.,Si

c
ram f ill' II o I .

to be green, to be young and new, to thrive, to T '

J n
, green stone of the South, perhaps
flinmio i

prosper, to flourish, be fertile Copt. OlflOT" ; ;

/*"N *& *l h ^\ i & rf fJ I t the emeralds of Gebel Zabarah ;

I ^/ , green
U U 000 ^1 O

^ftf^^' '
566 -

stone of the North.

Uatch-t uatch-t
JP
j^^T, P.4I3, M. 591, N. 1197,
^
J^^ra^fjjran],^^,
an amulet made of "root of emerald"
green, fresh, "*^,
o|, ^|^o |, ^Tj^Jo, the round
o
L or sculptured in
stone, either in
youthful, something green.

uatchuatch jO
M.
01 ^ \ v
f "|\
jJCw
"^\
>
"^,
_/3r
relief

Uatch
on a plaque, T
<y>
; green stone in general.

P. 419, 600, N. 1205, yellowish-green, or I | ,

i . the sceptre of feldspar with

green ; Copt. cnreTOTf OTT. which Horus fought against the foes of Osiris :

O cj.

uatchuatch I ^\ O,
yellowish-green it
proceeded from Uatchit, |
d (A. ,
N. 705 ;

I coloured light.
fK I

B.D. 105,
2. ,
the sceptre of Isis, 4.
uatchuatch-t ^1. Rec - 2 7> 218, u rani
^1 \l
Q
Uatch-en-thehen-t f
'

$fa
something yellowish-green in colour.
,

ram vuv o in
^
1)

B.D. 125, III, 24, the crystal sceptre which the

uatchut
Fenkhu gave to the deceased.

^ ]\-
'
l
reen
uatch
growing crops,
f\'% '^'S >
s,

herbs, vegetables; young trees.

t N. 708, I \ ,

uatchuatch
vTy herbs, vegetables; Copt. OTOT-
eye-paint containing sulphate
1 1 i

I of copper.

Uatchit ',
the G uatch '
ointment containing sul-
phate of copper.
Land, a name of the Delta.
Uatch-ar-ti (?) ,
B.D. 32,8,
a part of the body,
uatch-t
eye(?) green of eyes, or strong sighted (?)

uatch-t I ]| \V, Berl. 7272, "fresh Uatch-an J ^^, T. 145, M. 198, N. 540,
U in II Jr 111

meat," i.e., uncooked meat. the name of a sacred boat.

 u [151] U
Uatch-ur ,
T. 275, Uatchit ,N.6 77j
v

P. 690, N. 67

an ancient serpent-goddess. The

'
T^
-Iji
<^> 1 T=^T
'
lK
(](j Q Ml'
centre of her cult was Per-Uatchit
(Buto), in the
|
Delta. She was the chief goddess of the North.

kV*: Uatchit, the holy double goddess of Pe-Tep;

Y 'HI Rec.

j
^s&=f
Ejff
1 ) "the Great Green water," i.e., the V
'^
allH'
30, 1 86, the seven companions
of Uatchit.

sea, the ocean; Uatch -ti

t
i i

\\
the islands of the Mediterranean.
\\

Uatch-ur ^bj:iz=i, Ombos 'iiii

I, i,
Uatchit and
(i) the god of the Mediterranean Sea, \\
1

83 :

Nekhebit, the two uraei on the brow of Ra.

T. 338, P. 28,
|^t*|, ^fl^^ljl^i
M. 610; (2) a name of the great celestial sea,

Uatch-au-mut-f S ' r\
\J
* >
uatch ra T
v I
^,
_Er
a s ose with a
green beak.
Berg. II,
hour of the night.
9, an ape-headed keeper of the gth

uatch ha-t T
bird with a green breast
-
>

"^,
T
Rec. 29, 148, a

<5\
'
Uatch-aab-f-tep-sekhet-f ^T) ^ |
; plur. ^""^ .

G> O I

T
uatch 1,1 a
-
333i P- 82 5. one of the four bulls of Tern.
, stick, withy, twig,
/"~"\ ?? Uatchit ^^,
pillar, support, column; Copt. OTfeiX; * / I j, neb-[t]-kekjl
T.
Ombos I, in, a hawk-headed serpent-goddess.
198, P. 678, two pillars connected with

Uatchit
^ B.D. 125, II, a god of Memphis, one of the

J (j(j
Hymn Darius 35,
42 assessors of Osiris.
d a hall with pillars in it,
Uatch-neterit *4* 111 J Ombos 2>
colonnade. *\ I k>CT
I
132.

uatchi[t] yi , stele, memorial uatch-t rar (?) ?

Ulj
Rev. 14, 18
tablet; Copt. OTfoeJT ; var. ? c-=-a (jf)
v 11 cr^i
Uatch-ret
uatch 1 1 e^ , altar, tablet for offerings.
a serpent associate of Horus.
uatch
|^, ^tr^J^(, iv, ii S7 ,
UatGh-her T^
U I
Tuat IV, "Green-face,"
a god.
a kind of loaf or cake.

uatch
I Uatchit -tcheserit J } V
ft
Q ,
a disease of the belly.
a goddess (?)
I I

Uatch N. 705, " green one," a

Uatch
divine proper name. "4^ ^, to violate.

Uatch Ombos I, i, 186-188, one a kind of

of the 14 Kau of Ra. flower.

K 4
 u [ 152 ] U
uatcheb Uaa em Mehtit
Mar. Karn.
Q Mar. Aby. 45, the sacred boat of
54, 42, to present, to bring '
I,
Mehtit.
forward, to recoil (?)

uatchna ^r,
^ a flute, uaa en maati
^Tj
reed pipe. boat of Truth, a mythological boat.

uatchh I 4, d ^
AJ U
IV, 587, child. Uaa en Neh-t ra Q () ,
A.Z. 35,
AAA/VAA

f ooop f rr
uatehh 9 Bubastis 19, a boat in TC\
A /Y, |Sn,
A 51, .

V V A
/ 1
J
*&
altar, altar pitcher.
uaa en Ra
.&
B.D. 141, 5, the boat of Ra.

ist pers. sing.

\, pronoun, uaa en Khepera
A\
Ua ^j\ (I
= mark of dual raasc. = later <= l\
Jj ,
the boat of Khepera.
"

ua-t ,
P. 308, a cake, a loaf (?) uaa en Tef %> (1

B.D. 164, 3, the boat of the Father.

mummy case.

the latus fish.

uaa en Tern % (j
,

,
the boat of Tern.

Ebers
uiaheh
,
'
" boat of
>
the
,
R.E. 6, 26, to remove, to set
>l_fl Millions of Years," a name of the boat of Ra.
aside, to withdraw (from the sum) ; "

JO*
A.Z. 47, 134-136, setting aside, not
Uaa-ta
^ 0^*** , n > < n^
counting.
Tuat III, the boat of the earth ; %> (j

, Tuat II. the four boats of the earth.

I III I H'
Uaa Testes L5^ "^ ^, Tuat VII,
a star-goddess.

Uaa <$. n
"^. ^ Qf> Amen. 24, 19, to praise.

Uaa-t (2 U "v\ "^^, a kind of bird.

the boat of the king,

uaanesu 1, uaa-t efl KV ,^f, nausea, vomiting.
/.?., the royal barge. y^s. i
^ v 1

m
^i ^i
/\ t\
fo ^\ r\ *^L
uaa en tcha .fb -ww^ Nastasen iiaaiiQQ ro SCV" I VC\ v\ \C\
J
,

H
1
] m^&*' Jr 4 _m
Stele 39, a kind of boat used in the Sudan. X be weak,
Anastasi I, 28, 3, to
loose, flabby.
uaa-ui
I
,
the two great boats [of the Sun-god],
uaauit
1
"^
Jrffs
,
the weakness

the Sekti boat and the Antchti boat.

of old age, tottering, feeble.
i.e.,

Uaa penat ,
Tuat in, a

mythological boat. Rec. 32, 15

 u [153] u
O O O
^\ fl

Uaa-t v\ a .^ ,
loneliness.

^So
wwL-fl'
to put aside, to shift, to depart "
only ones," i.e., distinguished
j' from, to transgress. men.
..Awt.4? yox iVv ^^5"*^ --r-~& "Z^fiftfl
uani (?) V> ,
to turn into

worms, become maggoty.

P. 157,
U&ntit V a s ddess '
Ombos \\

UEh
Jl l

ooo ;
see
2, 133.
V I ^^^ II
(I , only one, sole ;
fem.

Israel Stele 12 a J) the

caroh fruit. ^'^' Loo \\
;
^ \\ VI
,

flu^' Rev "

uath-ab %> U. 4 6o, son only God l
I2
5'^^'
1 '
'
(?) (1
]s=>'0 ,

Mar. Karn. 53, 28, royal statue; Copt. OTi.A.T.

rn. 53,

-cS- ~<5-^=5-ftA
uauao "
A/1 ,

Rec. 30, 187,

ua gf,
an interjection. ^f
c4-
nl
- ii j- u , one only, one
ua
I

^ir6 )
curse. i i \\

alone
II O
"* ; one
ua i
,
as an indefinite article ;
j

M il M C, \\
\\

only without his second; ^

,
a festival ; i V\ * '
'
a door '
Q
|

jSt^ N( <^L
A o>- ^^ ,
one only creator of things that are.
,
a servant of thine.
III
" ~
a man a person, 113, X7 Q7\, Jour. As. 1908, 285, to set
V& ^r^" I
%\ )

apart something for a purpose.

ua "f-, U. 316, N. 1238, % "*f-, p. 6 4 i, ua n, ^K^s.,
^ 3
~,
^
,tobealone;
-cS-O gj
"^ ,
.

:s^ *
^=5-'^^,' I

<g ,
alone by himself; ,
|
'

one, single, only one; fem. Q ,

alone by thyself.

Rec. 31, 65, ua ab 1

"one heart," a title (?)

, i I

I
I

I
I

1
I

I
^a^ ,

Rec. one who became eight

ua -
r~l
23, 196, ; Copt. ^
^^4- -, one and the other; |

ua-t
mm |Tl?n!
c, ,
one woman, one wife;
one ; i
<"
&
fl
*V
v^, IV, 1031, one proceeding from

v\ in one place together ;

, yo children, the J | ,

nnn Ji^ III I !

L? pa ** " '

children of one wife.

with a common cry; i

,
Rec.
' I o I

One,i.e., God; | ,
number one of the gods, 20, 42, one on each side; S O
Ua i, Amen. 16, 7, |
^c , IV, 1104, one cried to the other;
\\
I
,
one to her fellow;
II O |

only one, sole, solitary, alone. II O

,
one god to his neighbour.
uaau ^o%, ^jV^*' one ' only
one to one, i.e.,
ua en ua **?"
n
one, alone, favourite.
1

one to another.
 u [154] U
l-
ua neb '
, every one, everybody ;
uaau private chamber, or
apartments.
=> Rec. 20, 41, ua ^^, Dum. H.I. 26, 27, %>
i ZL= ^> i
I, ",

everybody is like his neighbour. spear, lance.

ua her ua ^_ _n
^ *f~, one
|
._ _ji
n
? the
u
to P
u
of the other.
Ua-ti | ,
a staff with a jackal's head.

v ~
ua her khu "~p ,
B.M. 196, one ua-ti ,
a hair tail, a tail.

~ * +^L-
by reason of his abilities or qualities ; ^o2- ua - ti " ~" tne Lion, a
AAAA/VA 5r7V 5rr^ '

* * , IV, 1026, he was unrivalled. sign of the Zodiac.

/ f-l9 *VA/W\
f^ I

ua-ti 'fl&st,
ua-her- .... I an object 43i, ~^3, a kind
, Jrr> ^ \\ Q |
ATI ' \\ i

use unknown of goat.

(Lacau).

Ua . . . . ki |
<^^ M M ,
the one
/ r-i? ^ ^ N. 48, flesh and bone, heir, heritage.
.... the other: fern. o .... B.D. 161
o. o ,

P. 57, 122, N. 661, flesh,

(Rubric 2). ua-t
heir.

Ua^ ua
"*
ONE, later ,
a title of
Djf
Ra, Osiris, Amen and
other gods, and of the
e
deceased as a divine being thus Pepi II is :

^, N. 952.
the name of one of the eyes
^ [I t /I, an officer, master, lieutenant, an

ua-t official of any kind ; plur.

t J\ Ma i .
of Ra.

ua-t f)
< ^ 2~
f) the name of a
ua en menshu J v^
(0V .'
crown, or diadem. csa Jr
master of the boat, captain.

ua en khenu
,
a name of Hathor.
master mariner.
X
Uauti
^D^ J|,
B.D. 164, i, Moret, Ua ^ fl^,, a kind of fish.

Culte, 140, i.e., ONE, a title of Neith and of

Sekhmit-Bast-Ra.

Ua-uben-em-Aah ^%&J w ,
to smite, to slay, to smash.

(]
a
|
(\ _$ ,
B. D. 2, i
,
a title of Osiris. uaua %
Ua-pest-em-Aah 9 -^ A to slay, fight, battle, slaughter
i
^\ ,
:

!, B.D. 2, 2, a title of Osiris. Rec.

,

Ua em Ua i

^v
<
7' ,
B.D. 42, 17, 15, 171, eight leagues of slaughter.

"
One [proceeding] from One," a title of Osiris. uaa (2 ^i 1 57\
<!
^., Amen, ii, 16,
-
Ua-menh ^7~ 1

5 ,
B.D. 7, i, "One *Q.
W, to cry out, to
fl AAMAA A III

of wax," /'.c., the wax figure of Aapep which was conjure, to blaspheme, to curse ; demotic form,
burnt ceremonially.

Ua seqeb <
"_n
(1
zi
1] fl, B.D. 105, a god. I \_/ ^|^,
U-l
_CSS'
Rev. 11,164.

=i Jl
Uaau
i I

ua-t | o, a piece;
B.D. 144, 147, the herald of the
a piece of asha cloth.
3rd Arit.
 u [155] U
/VWWA
uaa ,
Rev. 12, 212, flax; uab Sekhmit (WVSAA

Copt. Ebers Pap. 99, 2, 3, exorcist.

uaab Uab-t abt

f
/|
J ~/>~AC=>, the month's
xtx&*o\
Rev. n, 136, will, pleasure. duty of a priest.
<n? <n?
uai, uait UtftM,
uabu X^- D/"'l||i, P. 412,

,
a kind of worm; ,
M. 590,
i i i'

worms, bait for fish. N. 1195, the pure, those who are

uau
uauti
v\
.
..

1
a

JB.
vS r^
_
\ ,
, box, casket.

a kind of star, comet (?)

uabti

uabtiu, uabut (?)

^
ceremonially clean.
Rec. 36, 78, one
morally pure.

uab ,
U. 573, P. 322, 607,
,
the holy ones, i.e., the dead.

to pour out a

j^O n /WWNA jf^O cleansing liquid, to pour out libations.

P. 123, U~w>, Rec. 31,13, 3 1
(^8 ./ -J
I

I y*L ^rl AAAA'VN I

UabU f" .WWW ,

XJ /WWVN ,
/I ^\ NWVM ,

libation, a sprinkling with water in which incense

has been dissolved ; plur. /]

I-J
*~wv*
/w^A~^
i

I
,
/Tj
I J
vs\
_ZT
,

I
(

to be innocent, guiltless, to be clean, to be

purified, to be ceremonially pure or clean, to

purify, to purify oneself, a cleansing, clean, to
wash clean, pure, holy ; Copt. OfOH.
meat
uab aui /j"* M" offering ; plur. j " *^\
p
H
,
j
"^}r> fl"^' _ i *& \ f ~

clean-handed. I .

/T ^
I

<=> of P ure mouth

uab ra ,
'

clean speech.
'

uabit f*\ ,
P.S.B. 16, 132, offer-
I

J(j(j
uabu heru /"t ?l i
, beings with

clean or pure faces.

uab
'"
nr-
Rec. 27, 223, holy raiment or vestment,
^O t*f*ff. j*KJ ' '["["'

holy man, priest,

1
apparel which is ceremonially pure.
r Jr^'f J: i,

libationer; Copt. ; plur. / i

a uab-t
_a f -Jin i JT

P. 608, N. 52, 962, Rec. 31, 163, /^Tj^vv,

I ^J I I
^4 AA^^ I

.j^tO AVW\A
uabaa f I %ww\
1 ^J Ci LJ

, high priest, chief priest; plur. "Ylin'

in /
[ -J
,._../
f Jn
_,,/
JT=T v f
I C3
,

i
.aplace

ceremonially pure, a holy place, a sanctuary, a

1 I i i i

place where purification was effected, a wash-

uab aa-ami-hru-f
house, a bath :
Copt. OTi.^.^ ;
/]
,
the high priest of the day.
doubly pure place, twice pure place.
 u [156]

,
a vessel of holy water (?) uar 22, 2, 31,

uab-t r~\ 'XX

,
f~
'

'*%& A the cham-

A ,
Mar. Karn. 53, 37, J\ , Amen. 11,7,

ber in a temple in which the ceremonies symbolic

of the mummification of Osiris were performed ;
^\<z>^ A, Rec. 21, 77, to come forth (of a
it was commonly called
/] Q -

child from the womb), to take to flight, to escape,

uab-t ^ r the holy place, a name

heaven.
of to depart, to melt away.

Peasant 208,
Berg. II, 14, a name of uaru g. fugi-
Uabit Nut.
II' live (?) flight (?)

Uab-t a sanctuary of Libya-

Uar-t ^Q! t ,
N. 1196 %>^
Mareotis.
T. 399, P-3?8, 412, M. 590,

base, pedestal, socket.

uab-t
^ Rec. 17, tomb. thigh, foot and leg; dual
/] J , 4,
(3
,
\\

C ' ,
the two thighs ; Copt.
uabllt (?) /"*? I
,
Edict 1 5, breweries (?)
I -<i I 1 1 (0
Uar-t one
Uabasut /"^fi /\ ,
the name of
rj rljj of the 36 Dekans ;
Greek ovu/ic.
the pyramid of Userkaf. lO
uar-t ^A^A^A^, />

'^V
"
Uabur XJ 5

great sanctu-
Rec. 26, 229, a piece of ground, the quarter of
ary," a name of Osiris. a town, a place of bifurcation, bend; plur.

uabab -t U. 452,
,
-u. o in ci

holy offerings. Rec. n, 35, the artists' quarter.

f7\

uaf %- f T-t
<*A"W ,
Rec. 29, 146,

\\ k_J' \\

Tk "*-. T=T bend of a canal or lake.

_P^-Vrf' X ?
'I
-/] ;
to tie, to bind, to ,

D d
wring, to twist, to fetter, fetter, band uar-t the necropolis at Abydos.
tie, ;
^\ ,

uar-t
a fk - a CD
L, Rev. 13, 4, to oppress;

Q nl
. Kubban Stele i ; % *i^
Ji
), the name of a bend in a hill, or of

a portion of the mountain at Abydos, which was

i,.i>. Ill, SSA; Copt. ouqe.
^ sacred to Osiris ; near it was a passage or corridor,
uam "^\
o t\ ^, to slay (?) with a canal in it or near it, by which offerings
were supposed to be transported to the Other
uan %> "o, M. 826, World.
uar-t aa-t
-, Rec. 13, 15, 15, 107
o name of a place where offerings were
(* 86, 9, the
Rec
W
'
, '
made at Abydos; j 1IQ> tne 8 reat Uar-t.

3,
.3 15, cedar; _ Q \Sl, the fruit of the cedar.
' Uar-t neb-t heteput ^ ^ a
,
to kill, to slay. ,
the uar-t of offerings at Abydos.
 u [157] U
= /'
==^
an offer-
uar-t ^
,
B.D. 150, 14, 5, a sacred place uah ^\_ 1
grain,
III' ing of grain.

-oaVs uar-t
!
1
L-fl. -
uah ^\ Ji
fl
^
A
P ,
a meat offering.

^^~
\ ,
B.D. 1536, 10, the site of a uaskhi (uskhi) H 5, Rev.
(](j

moon -temple (
j[
a
& n, 1 68, something woven.

a ui mark of the dual masc., e.g.,

MUD
\\
two great obelisks
^
Uar-t ^\"
^ t
?*
si
,
B.D. 98, 2,
^ , ;
I

86, 9 :
(i) a region in the Tuat ; (2) the passage ,
two great mighty gods;
C \\
by which souls went to the Tuat. '^"^ is
doubly good thy
Uar-t ent akhemiu-seku A
xx
v rising.

N. 1196, a uiui (?) l

,
Anastasi I, 3, 7, light
=
,

mythological locality.
Uar-t ent Ast, etc.
Uli ^K (1(1, pers. pron. ist sing.

ui ,
P- 163, N. 854, s, Rec.
I I

Rec. 30, 185, an interjection,

an exclamation.
B.D. 99, 26, the keel (?) of
dJr etc., 25,
the magical boat. UI (2 ,
Rev. to go away ; Copt. OTGI.
Uar-t ent baa, etc. f !XS C ^ i] Q
1
01 ,
to reject, to
13, the name of a
"k *3 etc., B.D. I53A,
p^, c n '

part of the magical net. cast aside, to throw away.

s "
Uar-t ent mu (?) | Ui-ermen(P)
149, a place in the i3th Aat. 99, 26, the worker of the sail in the magical boat.

Uar-t ent she

*
oa D
* Ci Si
fi ui-t , chamber, room.
31

149, a place in the nth Aat.

.
Rec -
9> 35, | >, inspector, over-
agriculture ; compare Copt. Olfoeie.
seer, ranger ; ,
overseer
j

uip c= ^, Rev
>

of the governor's dining room.

%(](l\/'^
_fl II _CE\S'
-

judgment, decision.
Uarit, f DQ O , fem., mistress.
Uin ^\|)0
Jff ] 1 [

uar
Rev. 11,
i78,^(|(]
D D, Jour. As. 1908, 289,
light ; Copt, oifoem.
uar-t
\^^ part of a ship, gang-
way plank (?)
uin
uari ^\ f)[l T=T, Rev. 14, 17, to flow
Jl .aa, 1 1

over or away ; Copt. window; Copt. OTOJIItl in

uarirau(?) Uinn e o o ^X,,

Rev. 13, 107, >.,
(|(j
Rev. 14, 12, singers, waiters; Copt.
, Greece, Greek; Heb. |V.
 [ 158 ] U
it
liit % (JO
I ,
Rev - r 3, I0 4, 15. l6 >

dig out ore, to hew stone in a quarry, to quarry

stone.

Rev. 12, 59, a stone stele.

Q stonebreaker, quarryman.
Uiti % 00 9 ^ 00
ii\\
embalmed . body.
Uba %>"T? P. 66, N. 685,
^5, ,

dresser of the dead, embalmer.

N. 703, P- 171, ^> 1^, P- 46, M. 597,

Ub JO ab
@ heart see .
, ;
y
lib
^\
V\ X
7) *& AWWVA
n A/VWV\
1
WW" = _ a
-ci
n
]
/

\\

Ub ^> 1) rr-D, Rec. 12, 32, limit, frontier.

.
11,124,
f\
\, VAv ,
to open, to open up a country,
Rev. 13, 22, -@5-, Jour. As. 1908, 291,
*v
-* J \

fv h @ to penetrate, to make a way into a foreign land,

^ ^ ;_, Rev. 13, 41,

^^ I) c_ =a>
Rev.
hence to raid, to invade, to enter.

Rev. n,i46,
13,
8,^^^, Uba ab I

^, %> O, to open the heart,

opposite, facing; Copt. i.e., to confide, to speak freely.

Ub (Ubub?) ,
Wort. 248.
uba aui $ j]
fc^ ^\v^ ,
to open the
e- *^J _/-i_/T. i fl

ubub . . , to break open. arms in greeting.

\7 <7

uba ra ^
the mouth.
-A ^i)
1] ^% _/-! -CESS'
I,
U
< >
to open

i, Peasant 176,
L

ubakhnem-t
*, servant, butler, workman, artisan; var. J J
to open a well.

y !'
Q
^'
a kind of
priest (?)
entrance.

ubait Uba(ta?) "p' ^,A.Z.

i
9 oi,63,afestival.
4-

J) , servant, handmaiden, uba

' * *

to open the eyes, to look, to gaze, to spy into,

J ^^ |,
work, toil.

thou

^^^ f ^
to examine;
ubarau e eyes.
^J
S>, Rec. 35, 56,
uba-t
,

-
,C3l'

,
A.Z. 1868, 89, 1874, 89, howsoever 9 , forecourt, courtyard; plur. "r?
J| i*^^
many there may be, whatsoever, et cetera ; Copt. court of Ra (in
\ a
OTTHp.
 u [159 ] U
xr\ ri AVWiA /7\ /~v
uben
A <2 ""
[TTTTT1

tsw*
^0,B.M. n
/*T\
236,
.c\
^J n /W^/IA .^
D
/7\ ,fl\ AAAWVA /T\

V part of a doorway, or of a door (?)

0^>m'VJ VJ* O m.celes-
i nnm
,

^ d VfU'
n
-fl 111 /T [11 7T 111

bodies which give of

Uba f J ^^ |l , Denderah IV, 84,
tial light, luminaries, rays

light.
a god of the nth Pylon. " ^
Uba-em-tu-f $
c== '
!

^ the god of
Uben % Jl
A ||
,
to dawn, the sunrse.

J the place where the

the nth hour of the night. uben-t
sun rises.

Ubaukhikh-tepi-nehet-f $ /7\

o
J'WWV\ 5'
"he who thrusts himself up," a name of the

P. 826, M. 249, N. 203, one of the four Bull- Sun-god.

gods of Tern. Uben-urr

Uba-ta
fJ^^yT^.B-D. <; ^>
,
M. 754, P. 744, a title of Ra.
A) 2 5. a god of the net of the Akeru gods.
ubenit
Uba-tahl $
1
vj> \> \>,
Nesi-Amsu
title
32, 22, a
of Aapep.
^J^^. ^J" "$'
a name of the ist hour of the day.
uba $ J %> (1 to flame U P- to become
,
uben heh m i
^E7, the festival of the
ofni
Ubash (2 I-K-I 8, Rev. ir, 173, I3th day of the month.

ubni e Rea
white; Copt. cnr&Lcy.
Jiffs?)
-
j~ "flW'
"the thruster up," a name of the
"

ubak
Ubak vu ' to shine,
18, 182, solar
>
A 0, Sic
-* "tj
i ^II.
disk.
to be abundant.
Ubenna ^\ J ~ ^ j\ jk ,
N. 705, a form

of the Sun-god.
Uba Lanzone, Domicilio, PI. 8,

uben
a god of the Tuat.

to advance.
Uben-an
M
^V
Tomb of Seti
JT\ one of the 75 forms
,

J O
I,
of Ra (No. 53).
uben U. 4 8 4)
,
Uben-em-nubit
U. 223,
IT ,
the

name of a goddess (Hathor).

uben ,
Peasant 252,

X* 1

,
to overflow, to be abundant.
-*t /WAAAA T*
r\ /\
Rec -

J^A^AAA (jfe^,
Edict 28, to wound, to
uben make blood flow.
-a-ar
uben, uben-t @ J
,
Rev. 13, 40, to rise, of a planet
-<SJ-
or any celestial body, to illumine, to shine ;
SAAAA rt
wound, stripe, blow, sore.
rising and setting of the sun. n ~wvw
Q f~\ n
,

uben
|

(2 fry i, ,
Peasant 30,
" U
-il vA I

fc-^ II 'w' LI LI II ~<~s 1

splendour. a kind of plant or seed.

 u [160] U
*\ n /WVAAA .f\\\
X
Ubentui ^> \\ W, P. 6 4 8, up

~rJ V
D X
,
\/, except, but.

M. 747, two sons of Ra(?) but with the

up er \J^, >

of.
exception

up her ,
LD - - ni >

kind of disease (?)

shi " e > b Israel Stele 5,

ubekh JV
Jo bright.
f
,

except, but;
, Hymn DO I D X U I
i
'
ax
Darius 21, , except thyself.
light, brilliance, blaze.

Ubekh-t P ^
the n ame O f a temple pa-,, Rev., joy, gladness.
J) o r^T] of Isis and Nephthys.

ubekh white; Copt.

up, upp 14,
j],
U D
,
U. 27, \J, N. 6 4 T. 283, P. 50, 140,
,

Tlb6kb.-t Amen. 21, i, .

SO 204, M. 169, \/,

clothing, cloth, woven stuff, apparel; plur. Q. 1
i'rX'
X D
L-fl,
0, Roller Pap. 3, i, Anastasi IV, 2, 12. U D I
\\

_ a hide, a skin, skin r.As. 1908, 287,

ubekh JT[ '
^. dress.
to open, to open up, i.e., inquire into a matter,
Wort. Suppl. 251, to lay
ubes 15, to try and decide a case in law, to decree, to
up a store of corn (?)
judge, to pass judgment.
ubes X tk
upi ^i ,
Rec. 29, 145,
an aromatic plant.

B.D. 130, a water opener; plur.

ubes 8,
flood (?) T. 357, P. 42, N. 29.

Ubesu BD- -
'3o, 32, a up-t ent hemut
^JI'^IIJ,
group of fiery beings in the service of Shu. A.Z. 35, 17, women who have borne children (?)

Ubes-her-per-em-khetkhet %> JO Up en khat V ~w

" '

, opener of

,
B.D. 17, 105, one the womb, i.e., firstborn, firstling.

of the seven spirits who guarded the body of up-t

Osiris.
Rec. 33, 137, judgment,
n /-v -<?\ n~\/-v n~\^ '

I
,
to burn. sentence, doom, verdict.

ft I*
death sentence.

up-t Amentiu ,
the judgment

to set fire to, to scald, to burn, to be

of those in Amend.
burned, to sting (of an insect). up-t mettut the judgment

-, an astrin- of words and deeds.

gent medicine. ^ yj
'
work, business affairs,
worker.

up - 1 \/ i
, work, business, daily duty ;

flamed sore, inflammation, cancer, gangrene, a Q ^ blacksmiths at

V& '

ix \*f fa
burning. J /) ^1 ! .^ Q
* 1

x 21' [their] work.

 u [161] U
up-t \/, income, revenue, daily supply; If
D Q il
x
plur. V ,, U. 509.
i

uput
"V
D X a \\x; !' a'ex-
ax
D i a
things, inventories,
ters, documents.
catalogues, accounts, regis-
*\
uputi nesu
^ *\ f Q.
'

T
^ \J
U ^ |,
AA/\^AA
1
T
V LJ
o,
lists of the P e P le \J ^?s, king's messenger,
uput '

I i.e., census.

upu-t V"v\J
D o' 12X21' ,

D
f cz J2
(to,
upit \J (|(j ^ the New Year festival,-

^ e A.Z. 1912, 55,

^ D (g O
, festival, rejoicing.
a"x c X D Q Jl
'

D
up - aaiu - hetut - Net IMIIIIII Irinii
a HMIIHI

,
the festival of the
Tfflinr I

opening of the doors of the houses of Neith.

message, embassy, order, decree, errand, com-
mand, mission, duty, commission.
up uat \J *** to P en
^^ o
the way- X to

Upu-t neSU 1
"f
a royal commis-
sion.
up m'tennu \S> ^v
I

~ act as a guide.

uput renp-t C V (g
Q
X21 (",
& i

I I I
an annual
mission.
to open the way,

re
i.e., to act as guide.

up <S, U. 253, P.
Up V
D A
5 , leader, chief.
P. 589, 601,
i' DIX D X I I

, judge; plur.
'
DoXU I 'o XU I !' I
.UI
!,

the ceremony of "opening the mouth" of the

deceased; \J [ <^> -U-sts, 1 1 1,

X I Or-^-,
lT_Wi-Cg|
" "
,
N. 597, 898, the successful opening the mouth of those
who are in heaven.
u -
SII T -
323 ' M ' 6 2
D- Q'Q^-rjrQ--'
' '

Up re \J o^c, the book or service of the

N. io 4 8,
y]jk,
LI V i
M. 5 i 7) v"y,k;
LJciUll Vo<^ ,
Mar. Aby. II,
^
cr I I I I

N. 1098, divine messenger, envoy of the gods ;

37, regulations.

plur. ,
U. 186, ,
U. 208, up-trenp-t J^,
S' ^i X
& A
V,
JvJI I I

the opening of the year, i.e., the New Year.

,
N. 749 ,
P. 454-

Later forms are the following :

up-t renp-t
<=> X to kee P the festival
.
,
\\ -A
of the New Year, the New Year festival ;
U/

]
the festival of the New Year of the
'
( MT I ancestors.

Uprehui V flfi, V H^," judge

"
of the two men (Horus and Set), a title of the
envoy, messenger; plur. Thoth of Hermopolis Parva.
\\ priest of
L
 u 162 ] U
up-t khent ,
Hh. 447, Up-uatu mehu kherp-pet
the fork of the lees.
B. D. 1
03, opener of the ways of

Up V
\J ril > r^..
Jl. \
D Xivj'
f ~"V
Jfr
Denderah * "' an
4) 79,
V
ape-god of Edfu.
D '
the North, director of heaven, a title of Anubis.

Up-t, Upti \J,U.

ii ci
5 u,\J
Q o ^,1\
323,
i

*i*
Up-uatu shema ^5^
the opener of the ways,
Q
-^, ^
the guide
Q
J
i.e.,

to the South, a title of Up-uatu ;

he is also called
& B.M. 32, 487, a title of several
oo> o >
n
u .. c\i
\\ ill
i j j
,
B.D. 102.
gods.

Upit \J D-
U VU\
,
a serpent-goddess. Up-f-senui
*

IS
o

N. 655, "he judgeth the two

176, a title of Anpu. I D brothers," a title of Thoth.

^ V^' P -
42, M. 722,
title
Up-maat
of Thoth.
v,M.6a,%X/|)V&,N.29,
N. 719, Anpu and
Up-meh V D
f)
Xll
^YP"
H
'
Ombos i, 143,
a god, Anubis(?)
, i.e., Up-uatu.
Up-neterui
Upast X/ j(|, Tuat I, a light-god.
1, U. 408, "judge of the two gods"
Tuat VI, one of the nine
Upu (Horus and Set), a title of Thoth and of a
destroyers of souls. priest.

Tuat IX, god of the e Rec. 6, 156, a

Upu ser-
Up-hai r
of the dead.
god
pent Shemti.

Upu Aqa Upt (Uputi?) Heru

^r M
U. 1 86, % \J ,
T. 65, M. 221, _pJ^-,
-
449, N- 1259.

N. 597> a form of Upt (Uputi ?)-heh B.I).

Wlk.
^p
Q^^bs.
H .M> ^f-'
3^ Thoth (?) 34, 2, a title of Ra.
I,

Up-uatu ^^^^^>,
C3
P. 542,

\~J
Upt (Uputi ?)-heka V &?
^^S^^S^^S^ N. 490, god connected with enchantments.
],
I
yXj
:E5:3
upit-khaibiut Rec.
U. 187, T. 66, M. 221, N. 598, \J ,

31, 167, judge of shadows.

"
\\ upi-khenu ,
U. 445,
T -
2S5> atitle of the
o servants of Set.

5'
\/ d^M> the " opener ill
(;.<r., guide) of the
Upi-sekhemti (?)
"
roads for the dead on their way to the Kingdom a jackal-headed
singing-god.
of Osiris; see A.Z. 1904, 97 Rec. 27, 249.
ff., Q *
\/ TuatIX,afiery,blood-
Up-uatu ? V j .'1,
-^j- s^s, X/ijS,
Upi-Shet i v. 1 1 i i'
drinking serpent.

Tuat I, Denderah 2, 10 :
(i) a singing-god;
Up-shat-taui
(2) one of the 36 Dekans. Rec. 27, 56, a god.
Q
Up-uatu mehu Upi-shema \J J -^ ,
Ombos i, 143,
a title of Anubis. "
opener of the South," a title of Up-uatu.
 u [ 163 ] U
-
-F\
Q
^ " |

Upi- ......
^^ Sj , opener of time," upt _v\
zr a fej^
jtr
i

i
, geese, birds ;
see

i.e., the god with whose existence time began.

Upi-taui
title of Osiris
YfJ,V^5^,a
and Ra.
up (1 Q , destruction, to perish (?)

UPU \i/ ^^ a to ' ^or P emn g or cutting

Upt-taui \/
c
I ^, Tuat XI, a form of D <2 i 1'
through, a saw.

Af, the dead Sun-god. Upu Q , filth, a name of Set.

Upit-taui \/ ^, UDS X/ fid Hymn Darius 11, to burn

D '&' I
up, fire, heat.
Tuat XI, a fire-goddess.
UPS X/ |, X/ ^ I
,
Rhind Pap. 18
Upi-tuui
*
Upi-Tuat \J
G |
UQ C~D
,
Tuat IV, Horus,

guide of the Tuat.

T -
320, X
,
I, I,D. V, i
7 c,a

339> .
4io,
U }
""' Uvtf
N> 951.
fire-goddess of the First Cataract.

V, \J
D Q ,
\J
a ,
the top of the head, the
U X
c* \

crown, the skull, a covering for the head ; plur. Nesi-Amsu 25, 5, 9, the divine fire which con-
sumed Aapep.
j-^iB.'ik' MMM'Q Qu -
5 9> T- 323 '

upsh \J a \J rvr\ C
{Q- Rec. n,
X/ o
, ,

up-t Amentt oX/ | 1

rv/vo
,
n ft
I
i I !

Q
the top part of Amenti, the
,
"X^/ ft*,
to S ive 1
'8 ht to illumine to
brow of Amenti 1\ X/ Ra in the zenith
Rer 27, 87
27 oji n x .

; , ;
U^x* shinej to flood wjth H g ht

^Z^ X/ J) lord of the zenith. Upshit \/ Tuat

V*\V
v.
/~^ 1 I
,
i

I, I, alight-goddess.
I

Q
X/ oa ^^C^^3c
C iT
up-t pet ,
the top of the head of N.
, 491,
the Sky-goddess, the crown of the sky.

Up-t-ent-mu B.D. 149,

p. 4 88, v D o '
p - 6s8 '

V c

r
1

'
p -
?64>

P ! O ,

a region in the nth Aat. ;^^, M. 765, star, luminary.

c^=i ;

Thes. 923, sleep, dream

_ V/www upsh
; Copt.

the name of the 2nd Aat.

ax
c uptiu e , judges.
Up-t-ent-Geb "j
I 1 Ci
,
B.I).

12, 2, a name for the surface of the earth.

to have power, authority, to punish (?)

Up-t-ent-Q,ahu
B.I). 149, the name of the 8th Aat.
L a ~ Peasant 108, event, hap-
Up-t She X/
U 3X I
~', the crown of the lake.
pening.
'

Up-t ta X/, X/ =^=, X/ "", the

<2 o \\ I
'

crown of the earth.

Up-tTenen-t X/
C A^A/WN
11 I I

the name of a uraeus crown.

 u [164] U
\\
uf * ,
to burn, to blaze.
i

umm ,'
,...] Stat. Tab.
MI' kind of grain
5, a
(?)
J< I
TJ
I !
,
his elder brother became like a leopard ;

nun <=> \\

umu AAAAAA AAAAAA in i i

U. 417, 515, greedily. the seven Hathors came;

(?"
umt C=aH ft

,
Rec. 12, 109, to copulate.
V9r !
'^ t 'iere be a petitioner.
lc=5^=,
/e=a>
umt-t ,
Rev. 8, 139, phallus. un, unn 4- .
p - 2 3S, -I ,
N. 66 9 ,

umt .
Tnes -

\\

chiefs, leaders, men; ,

Thes. 1206, a to be, to exist, to become;
o AAAAAA I I I
",
AAAAAA (/
dense mass of people. AAAAAA . AAAAAA

\ d^ ^, \T^
B.D. 42, P. M. 118,
Umt f= <
\\
, 19, v
o , 16,

_Z1 c g 1 _ZT
, girdle, belt, *
N. N. 959,
band, bandlet, binding, name of a garment.
1 1
8, being, existence;
-=J="^ ^,
umt ^
fi
those who are ; && 3a> &>, P. 167, 4 >
=|=
> "=
l
="'

M. 322, -^^ 1\ Ci o, Rec. 21, 41 = cnr iff" ;

,
to be thick, thickness, thick, dense-
^=1
Copt, onrn, onron.
ness, padded (of cloth), studded (of a door);
unun M -
79,
Copt. 0-rju.crr.
AAA'VA'v A'WVA'X to Dt .

... fy v
ft a
umt ab v\ o
i' (ft

,
<2
^ unun-t ^su ^ , something that is.
AA/VNAA ^^
dense of heart, obstinate, firm (?)
unun neb-t ,
all that is.

r u) <2 a room, a hall, a part of a unn-t > AAAAAA .)

AAAAAA M
JT I I

large building.
Thes. 1322, to build massive 3 ,
Rec. 16, 60, things which
I III I AVW^>
walls.
are, things which exist, what is, goods, stuff,

umt he is non existent;

property ; ',
:l:

V
M |C ^*, non-existent;

109, \\ ^ rr^D ,
a thick wall, a bulwark, a
unnu ^
A/^AAA
s
\>:
TT
^<
,
Amen. 17,5,
tower, a citadel ; plur. 3 E ; Copt.
_Zf Lr III being, existence.
J^r 2i~. S^ ^^^
n
unTl maat
TVIQ51" Sf^^ K=*J/
-^^ 1
fl
V'Ov -jSi>

umtut ^ -- Q, beams of timber. ^^ n ^, ^^ ^^^

J7
very truth, the absolute truth
1

B.D. 64, ?=.

umt-t ta 7.

, indeed, most assuredly.

bulwark, wall,

P *\ ~VW\A
defence.
un her mu ^ u
T I A/WNAA
^ , to be in the

tin AWWA ,
v\ , ye, you, they, them, their.
lo be of the same kidm v.
following of, loyal,

un unnu * i, a living man, a human

c

,
Unn ^ ,
as an auxiliary verb :
being; plur. I AAAAAA
AAAAAA
_ ^
l
tfTfc

1
* ,
she said to him;
AAAAAA I
 u [165] U
Unn em - -
hetep
B.D. 1 10, 28, the ist division of Sekhet-Aaru.
I

v\ ui nlen

^M,
|

TT rJ I

.1 AAAAAA Jl f*A
I \

Unn-Nefer
AAAA/VA
women, human beings, people ;

strong men. i X ^ (j) 5--

unnu ^vw VJ^, a man of means, as opposed

toijR
^ \\
Q
mill
unnit
AAA/W\ 1 I O )

inhabitants.
, Un-Nefer, the son of Nut ;

, child, infant.
1
, Unn-Nefer, dweller in

unnu cattle (?) Abydos ;

Gr. Qwnxfrpis, Copt. OTfertoqpe,
o
Un-t AAAAAA
o ,
a part of the body. Unn-nefer Heru-aakhuti
?.'

B.D. Un-Nefer Har-

Un 4-1 |,
P. 175, -I- Jfc !
N -
947,
\\
15, i,
makhis.
/WW\A I \*A/W\ 1

the god of existence, the son of Apt ;

Un-nefer-Ra -^- jf
, Pap. Mut-
AA/WVA

^"0% J HII, Rec. 36, 210.

hetep 5, 19, Un-nefer + Ra.
AA/W\A _/l J I

Unun[it]-her-tchatcha-f (?) ^,
Unta -^> 1 (|
jk. ,
T. 292, a light-god ;
^{$1
Denderah I, 30, a lion-

|T 2LI' ess-headed goddess.

see
Q \\
Uni-sheps
Unnti ^^
'
the name of a g d >
cnnn
ft^A^yv \\ \\
J5) jsj
Rec. 13, 38, Berg. I,
the god of existence. Sll D I Ul' 9, a name of Osiris.

un-t Itl <?, Rev. 12, 68, hare. un

Q <o \^
v

Unnit Rec. 26, 10,

X t^a,
UJJ.IIIL ^^w^,
V) \\

, , ,o
1
the name of a goddess. IW\AAA (2
O
.oe to do wrong, to commit a sin or a
Unnuit ,
Denderah IV, 8r,
,

fault, defect, error, fault, mistake, offence, defec-

a hare-goddess, a watcher of the bier of
tive, light or worthless.
Osiris.
t^r
un ,
a sinful or erring man, a cheat.

Berl -
7272, evil-
name of a serpent tiara, or crown. ,un-ab 'vSi
34, 182, the hearted man.
1 LT

Unun-t 3^ .sisu n ;
ti ie name O f a
unnui evildoer.
^Sj.,
D J^y
serpent on the royal crown ; var.
Pap., a
Unnu ;issu
D Mag.
fiend.
IV. 286, 288. ftAWVW

un-ti transgressor,
Unt-abui (?) , goddess of the J
offender.
\\

27th day of the month.

Un-ti
Un[t]-baiusit ^ Hymn Darius n, Nesi-Amsu 32, 29, 51, a duck-
2, 131, a goddess. headed fiend, and a form of Aapep.
L 3
 u [ 166 ]
U
IIHHI'l Illi'Tfll

Un, Unn ^* J\ ,
T. 271, ^^ J\ ,
Amen. uniu
1 |

AAAAAA AAAAAA /]

AAAAAA'
\\ ^gg>

AAAAAA ./i
,
Rev. it, 70,
A
!
/i
, -^o
AAAAAA
openers, scatterers, door openers :
**w
IlilliltF

-3- _ (3
,
Rev. 13, 55, to open (plur.).

Unn-uiti ,
Budi 63, a
leap up, to rise up, to run, to run away from, to
sacrificial priest.
Rec. 27, 56, her heart
I
'

leaped Copt, cnreme.

;
Un-ti ; '

fr), opener, piercer, slabber,

'
Unun *%- A ,
T. 333,
title of a priest as the slayer of the sacrificial
beast.
M N
P. 42, '
'
63)
A^lL^ ' '
3 '

un aui
i-in 5-ni ;SlS?
^^A^ ,
to open the hands, i.e., to
De Hymnis 36, to spring up, to MI
a praise.

no. ^ .
un aaui nu pet -^ r O 5=^, a
Una-t n , journey, course.
^yv^,^,^ 'uiQinr |

title of a prophet of Thebes.

_^S=U

un tet 15, 158, to lift the en

hand, i.e., to help. Un Per AAAAAA ^
'
fl
i

lujjijn m(]rr'i

Rec. IV, 29, festal procession.

un i
Rec - 2 '
2 9>
<
AAAAAA A_ iTiinni'

un ra
,
to reject, to turn back, to set aside.
AAAAAA <S J\ he who performs the ceremony of opening the
Unt ,
B.D. 149, the 1 2th Aat. mouth, a title of priests of various gods.

un ra en amh-t
un-t 5*5*-^, carpenter's drill-bow (Lacau).
tgS? nfl, a priestly title.

un, unit ^> t^i, ~vw ,

Rec. 34 , 120, "nnnnr a,
un her AAAAAA * - ,

(
,
*|
""""I | AAAAAA ^ i, J]

,
to show oneself, to make oneself
Trmrnr
Rec. 27, "5 Rec - 2> II]
@ J&ytj i >
public, publicity, manifest, known to everyone;

v\ Rev. 13, 63, room, chamber, a square Rec. 31, 25; Copt.
,
itininr
,
OYUmg,.
/f^y f^\ C3 (~*i
K
box; ^^ H<r^>, Thes. 1285, sanctuary. un her hebu
L t 7

,
festivals
-mnmr o
'^
|

ununa-t J
|)e l
U. 461, during which the faces of the gods wen.- un-
AAAAAA AAAAAA J

covered.
, chamber, sanctuary.
AAAAAA C I
unher
un-t
r
, fortress; plur.

oo miiini
~
, dovecot, aviary (?)
mirror.

AAAAAA
Illllllll
, open-handed.

JiSsD &&* ^ia Unniu - akhmiu - setch-t ^^

unn ,
\>
un, "mnmr U' "nnnnr
j

x
^ /]' ,

-mnmr
1

ntniiTi
*3cZ~. ^V lll! Pi n n 141,

V\ ^ r^| AAAAAA /T V a^J /T 64, a group of fire-gods.

K ^^5> ^ii/ini
'

^ ^KJ^ [muni
'

[UJHHJ
J

X -*T the '" tho

Un-hat l

d J,
j

~HHLZT~
nmmr ilj and Ant.
'

to open, to " =
open fetters (to unfetter), mnmr
,
unl
Un-ta '

to open a mare (i.e., to stab her), to be open ;

I, P. 196, N. 928; Copt. un T S

)
N. 733, to eat, to feed upon.
 U [167] U
il, to ,
Thes. 1483, hourly
III
be shaved clean, to pluck out the hair. service, service reckoned by hours ; -3^> .

Vja
AAAAAA /C PM
unit ,
baldness. ,
a servant at Court.

or foliage, which has

un unu-t
I

hair, I _ AAAAAA
o been cut off. I O o
\
AAAAAA 'A+i | . AAAAAA >jL-
V\&
AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAAAA
<-,. Q.
Hh. 298, to tremble, to bristle (of the
I

27, 219, |

I*
AAA
O
i
I

l'
AAAAAA
D ^ X
>jL- I
|

I
AAAAAA
O a
hair).
^=a_ SSSL. f) -
j^, ,a9l"L. , 2. I .^su ,2 I I

Vra AAAAAA VVA

unun ,
to do agTi o
I

2ri
I

], IJVJJ,
priests
ftAAAAA AAAAAA 1J.1 AAAAAA

work in the field, to sow seed

who served in courses, priests of the hour, lay
(?)

'
servants of a temple, priests in ordinary ;
1

-b AAAAAA ^=fr , cypress. e\ |

J|
i
, horoscopists (?)
;c. 31, 175 ..
Unti AAWA^, TuatX, B.D. 15 (Litany),
\\
un-t jj I. 314, rope, cord. a light-god, and the god of an hour.
I36A, 7,

AA/WX* AAAAAA
;
to argue, to dispute; Unu-t ^
O
n
'^ST^
Rec. 30, 1
86, 3353?
O /"^

&sd
I

D v\
<. D ^
Tf^ n? plur.
I

'CJ ;
I AAAAAA AAAAAA (jl ^X AAAAAA AAAAAA -/* CT ^
I I

I S=sv -- -j
"
unna %\ ^ |)
,
N. 705 ^^ 5U
I

!'
. AAAAAA
D ^G
J>
III'
,

^
-Ji AAAAAA I

Unas Nefer asut (I ^o I

, hour-goddesses of the night.
f^P] J jj jj J "
the name of the pyramid of Unas. Unut-amiut-Tuat ^^ J
D ^ x JU
-4-
'

ilTni
-fr-
'
B.D. i3 7 A, 48, * <=>
unam(?)' k '
a reed (?) tube. ,
Tuat IV, the 12 hour-goddesses who were

unin Rev. divided into two groups by X <T">.

uni, n, 178,
,

O
AAAAAA (T

light
i; ; Copt. OTOem.
\\
Unut-netchut
a group of eight goddesses
^ S't O |,TuatXi,
o Mi ^ o U 1
1

who smote the serpent,

Tomb of Rameses VI, and sang hymns to the rising sun.
Unit
^*
'

* '
PL 5, a star-goddess.
Unut-Sethait
D . ...
unin Tuat X, a group of 12 goddesses who made the
I I I AAAAAA Q.

to open, opening. hours to advance.

= D e
1VVV.-' W
o
.
' unb J-ffr,
^J
Amen. 5, 18,
O
: ' ^' 1 ^o'

Rec-3,49, ]
Q N! , plant, bush, shrub, undergrowth, flower ;

hour, time, regular duty, service ; plur.

^ , Unb "T" T. 39, the divine sprout,
AAAAAA ^LJ
] ^>,
^ 1 J C3
,
-r-- |
AAAAAA
plant or shoot proceeding from LJ and d
'
D om' =6=111' lo i D o
I at once Copt. form of Ra.
dO , ;
. i

L 4
 u [1681 U
4
Unb-per-em-Nu unema M.
I),
COO B.D. 42, 24, a title of Ra and JU
unemi, N. 862 ; ,
T. 70,
>,
P. 67
67, 180, 41 r,
Osiris.

607 Hh A M. 280, 588, P. 273

=
unp AAAAAA
D
/WWW ^
,

A =
. N. 892; <=*=>- T. 70 ,
M.
'Q \>L=/1, to cut,
224 = 220,
to stab, to slay.

Unp-t www
.>
^jj^ waste, ruin,
destruction.
225 = -^ |\ C3};
WWW _H>!^
^
AAAA/W
f\
JiPvS ^=
21 (|
1
J]_
U

Rec, 29, 149, to eat; Copt. cnrtOJUL

unpep-t
D
, staff, stick.
l^Qf , ;

<=, to eat, U. 90 = P- 367 = 4=>,

<? f* Sf^,
unp-t Q \JJ plants, shrubs.
D u. 42;
1 1 1

Hr^^O.N.
WWVA 21 Z] 1
use, ^^Q,
21
/3 1
M. 313
Unpep-t-ent-He-t-Her AAAAAA D vi ,
N. 847. Later forms are :

1 I I

AAAAAA B.D. 125,111, 35, a mystical name

,
unemi
of the left foot; varr. A A A \\

D
Id- infurn*

zl

Unpi u fly.
a name of Horus.
'I,

' D II
unuf ^\ ^-5.
Jll
Q i to eat, to gnaw, to devour; Copt.
g5i ,

Rev. 13, 7, joy, gladness. OYUMUU ; !,

unf i, Rec. 2, 116, A

eaters ; If
t
, dining room.
Al
A
unemi :>.

^^, ^g>- ^, todrink;

WA
^a~), Rev. 6, 152, to rejoice,
1 1
1 ,
^^' R\
:
is
thou drinkest beer.
_yifs. A ^5=
to be glad, gladness ; Copt. OTf Itoq.
unem-t ^ A A
,
u.
i9i,jj-
4
o, T. 70,
unf ab ,
I i

,
M. 225, =|= /-., food. Later
to be glad, joy, gladness, a man
'

I of happy disposition. forms are :

unf
undo, to unloose, to uncover.

unemi A ],
M. 580, '

A
zj <E-i _n<\i , hri-.id,

'

N. 1186, ft, ^&S>. ft t\ . ff VS cakes, food.

^
Unemit |](] ^(1 ,
a consuming lire.
A ii v
right side, right hand ; Copt. O*rn<LJUL. unem siief
those on the right
unemtiu j
disease ; Copt. OTfi.JUl.cnoq (?)
side.
Unem - ab - nt -
menhu heq - uaa -
unemi V O ^r0f e3 .

'
|.
iK-ink-rah I,
ymn Darius 17, the right eye of I ?.^a: I

Ra, i.e., the day, or Shu. 30, a lioness-goddess.

 u [169 |
U
TJnem-utch-bah-ab to oil and bind up the
A hair, to make the toilette.

j, A$ Denderah I, 30, a lioness-goddess.

,

unkh Hr %, P. 325, ~vw

ji ,

Unemiu baiu
iu 41- eaters
^AW^A _tt ^1
,

U
of heart souls, a class of devils.
garb, garment, dress,
Unem-besku -Ij- t\
U
&
wS-M ^\
0^"%
11
n I
3, apparel, bandlet.

unkhit , bandage, bandlet.

- "'"" Unkh wwvs ,

diarrhoea.

one of the 42 assessors of Osiris.

unkh <www
ga ,
to bite, to gnaw.
A
U'nem-huat to wound
^2"<==] to gore.
'

/WWVA

Unesb.it , OmbosIII,
headed god of the 3rd day of the month. ra
A 2, 133, a goddess.
Unem-huat-ent-pehui-f . ft^NAAA

unsb Hr 05- v
1

!
!' 6 5

B.D. 144, the doorkeeper of

Unsb <=|=. g , clothing.
the 3rd Arit.

A unsh /wwv\
Unem-snef -JUt
A 'rV-i ^^x '

oa
wolf; plur. ,
Hh. 353,
[
j^i" B.D. 125, II, one of the 42 assessors
y

.Tin' of Osiris.

unmes
Amen. 7, 5, i
,
Rev. 1 1, 69, ~^ (|

=| |^r~~, IV, 988

(2 I

P.S.B. 13,411, AA/VW\

Un-ermen-tu
^ Ombos J . f . 2 5^-
,
oa.
;

f^ a star-god.

unhi ^> o ,
Rev. 11, 186,
o unnshnesh w^v^ pt-i ,
a kind of dog,
Rev.
I U I
^
, 13, 13, to appear; Copt. or the skin of a dog.
j\
unh *e\ www \J garlands of flowers.
, unsh-t -^", Rec. 15, 107,
It A I I I

unkh -j-*" i
U. 299, N. 552, M. 98,
,
\\

^ P. 117,
JL_
Hr
rvri in
'

a kind of plant, wolf's-bane

rzsaiu' FvFi |""l m' F^rn
coriander
, (?) ; Copt.

RC<-. 31, 170, IT '~rp, N. 695,

AAAAAA

TT.'Rec. 27, 223,

^_ _
^ _

unsh-t a sledge for stone.

Unshet P.
'

8
S
Q . ,
Mar. Karn. 42, 15, to put
-=j=.
' ^
^
'

^
^T
'
M. 481, N. 1249, a mythological
being.

on garments, to dress, to array oneself, to gird Unshta Hh nalQ. P. 268, 4=""

" K
AAAAAA () 1 I I

oneself; "IT )i, N. 1000, ^^ L arrayed. |l

(I
^^-,
M. 481, N. 1249, a mythological being.

unkhu ,
P. 692, WAAAA N \ J\ ,
to travel, to run.
(2 i i i

those who are dressed or

adorned.
Unshnesll <*
w>C3m, to run, to run quickly.
 _&>
U I
170 ] U
Un s 4- a y
. AAJWW

Y.
p - I6o > Hh
AWWW
s L
a Untchllt(?) Hr *rp|
^a>r., T. 200,

^
i

M. 297, Hh S JL^fi P- 1
60, N. 898, ',, P. 679, a divine pilot (?)

ffi ?, P. 185, ^" ffi (jl) J' Louvre C 7

5> untchar
\\ ,,
Gen.
U /www I I 11J
'

a son of Ra, who bore the heavens on his

Epist. 103, a fish-pond.
shoulders,
untcher (?) .T. 605
Ungit -^ S, Rec. 3, 1 1 6, a goddess.
ur
unges (?) great, much, superior, very, greatness, great size
A/w \V ;

senger (?) envoy (?) ' Dlur

p
e \\' Jf .

untiu (?)
. .

i I
(?), laundr)-men, washers. P. 808, great piece of flesh from the joint.

Until sjKt, M. 477, a god; var.

., N. 1245.

Until *T Sphinx XVI, 164 = cattle from

,
A-
which the horns have been sawn off.

untu (?) I
,
Rec. 29, 148, great man, great god, prince, chief, noble, eldest

son, senior; plur.

X
calf, goat, etc. ; plur. I
calves, I,
,

l-Sftl-

cattle.
, ,
a conquered
X fV
untu v\ ft , garment, loin cloth ; plur.
chief; MA i
,
chief of
X ^ Anastasi IV, 3, i, Koller Pap. 3,
Aft i

3 HH S i' 2, 4 ,
6. chiefs ; TO
^ Qr Jl
'
'
no ^' e men anc^ women -

Untu iT /

ryj ,
the name of a fiend.
ur-t
untu "T'%%*^, evil hap, calamity.
Rec.
j
, 5, 90, great woman, great thing,

great, eldest; plur.

III'

I
,
men and women, people,

society, folk ;
varr. Ur ae=1
-
,
Anastasi I, 27, 8,
3*" very
!)|,

e e Of Hp.
i $l, ^ great, how very great ; Copt.

ur ^*i great; ^^<rr>, greater than;

p X
TL
re
great two times, twice great
.

untu _
,
| ,
Rec. 20, 47, part II
,

^cs> II
, ;

^=t
^"^^
of a ship, part of the barge of Amen. , very much, very many many times ;
II II

untu , things. ,
because of the greatness of.
 u [171] U
the title of a priestess
uraa |, king; Copt. Olfpo.
<

of the Busiris Nome.

cz
ur-t aa-t queen. Ur-res ^=f 4 , great one of the South (?)

ur khet (akh-t) g reat in P OSS( great one of the Ten of the South a title of a
o ,
.
f (?)
sions, rich.
high official ; plur.
^^ y I
, IV, 1 104.
ur khert => s reat in P r P e rt y>
I .

^^ n 3^ ^"*
!
,
rich.
Ur-res-meh ^=*
<=> jj i

i ,

urr .
,
U. 235, P. 659, 744, M. 754, to
< >

n ,
A.Z. 1907, iS, IV, 412, great one of the
V[r
be great, to make great, to increase, to grow
Ten of the South and of the Ten of the North.
>,P. 7i6,
a title of the chief priest
Ur-hau of Sai's.
N. 786, ,

] I)
Ur-heb
TTr t title of the high-priestess
ofSai's. M. 213, N. 684, a proper name, or title.
^E>v^

Urti =r ,
the title of the two high-
Ur-heba atitie of
|

tfc^_j-,
t> J "!^^^^^,
priestesses of the Heroopolite Nome ; <cz=> (I , the chief priest of the Nome Prosopites.
N. 1385, two great goddesses.

ur-t, urr-t <l5 J/,, U. 272,

|

ur-hemut ^ $ $
JJ
|
chief of the
smelters.

N. 719,
ur-heka
^ y^
of words of power," a
J
,
J
tool or
y
^S^, "great
instrument used in the performance of magical
a name of the crown of Upper and Lower Egypt. ceremonies.

Ur-tt ^^ ^ T)
tlle name f a serpent
Ur-hekau ^=* LJ Tuat III, the name
<=r> o (u\
'
on the royal crown. czr> A
,
i i i

fl
n of a sceptre, and of a staff used by magicians in
Ur-a ^Vf>,
the title of a priest.
<: working spells.

Urttbu urit-hekau 1 x~\

?
/\
LJLJU, P. 100,

a serpent on the royal crown. M. 88, N. 95, a sceptre of Horus and Set (?)

Ur-ma Urit-hekau <=> LJ

n> i i i <z^> i i i

f~\
jj
/\ I I I
,
a serpent-amulet,

,
T.S.B.A. 8, 326, a vulture-amulet (Lacau).
= :>

a title of the high-priest of Heliopolis

Ur-hekau ^^ LJ ,
a collar-amulet.
, ;

plur.
ur-hekau
^^|LJU, ^^U^
ur-menfitu ,
chief of
JELL
!>
| <^z> A lu ' '
_Bc^_fl yi I <CZ> A i i i

soldiers = Gr. mp he who great in words of power, or enchant-

is

ments, i.e., a god or man who is a magician.

Ur-neruti , great

of victories, most victorious, a common title of Ur-hekau U >=Jl i P

A
LJ x- Y
a title of
Set.
LJ
Urit-hekau Igl LJ U j^, u.
kings.
8 269,
Ur-nekhtut "^*v^^-^ ^, the name d A I I

of a chamber in the temple at Edfu. 2Jl> UUU M .

-

Ur-en-sent ^* ~vw ^5. &, a title

of gods and kings meaning he who is greatly a name of the crown of the North, or of its

feared. goddess.
 u [ 172 J U
Urit-hekau UU Ur ,
N. 1062, a great

M. 129, -am ec. 32, 80, T. 244, N. 45,

| LJ , god ; plur. ,

i, Rec. 31, 21, ',,

V. 86.

U <
,
a name of the crown '

great god.
of the South, or of

Urti-hekau
its

^ goddess.
8 U LJ i\ \i
Urur ,
twice great god.

'

tne crowns Urrta M.

LJU UnU the 7 44,
> * a '
f ,

South and North.

,P. 646, 7i5,agod, son of

, a royal crown.
and
o D
@ .

* A I I I ill

Ur-Khafra f o Q ^"l ^fe=t /\ ,

the Urui ^%r JkJk,^% l^ riL, v

name of the pyramid of the two great gods, i.e., Horus and Set.
King Khafra.
Ur-kherp-hemut ^ v f "^^
,
f ^>-
^^* l ^e reat director of the ham-
If T 9r '
T. 244, <&*,
^KZT ,
o
T. 289, ^=f,
^f
M. 66, N. 128,
mer, a title of the high-priest of Ptah of
the great chiefs of heaven.
Memphis ;
& v/& two high-priests of
Uru I
, Tuat II, a group of
Ur-senu who the darkness
D ei'<=> o Ji i gods lightened ; compare
"
chief physician," a title of a priest of Sai's ; Heb.
- JTJJ
f)

af
= c P t c <*- em -

Urit
ur-SUnt ^~" , paymaster. B.D. 100, 4: (i) one of a group of four god-
desses (2) a protector of the dead.
ur-shat ^^^3T i i i
;

Urit <S, U. 269,

mighty one of slaughters, i.e., great slaughterer.

ur-sheflt
& Ul
a title of Neith and of several other goddesses.

Urti the god-

mighty one of terror, i.e., terror inspiring. => Q aj\ aj\,' ^ \\
,

ur-qahu ^* B-D< 6o> desses Nekhebit and Uatchit

1^^^'
'

3l ;

chief of districts, title of an official. x

Urit %^,
Ur V ^^ Hill, Mar. Aby. I, 44, chief of a name of an eye of Horus, the moon.
five gods, a title of Osiris and of the high priest x Q Sinsin II, a
Urat
TTi at "5\ ?) god of
of Thoth. <=>m03l >
Kher-Aha.
ur-teb I, a priest's title. Urit ab - er - tef - s

Ur-t tekhfenlt <S ^^c Mb

jj}
,
title of a
Ombos III, 2, 130.
Q
Ur-ami-Shet u. 529, a
priestess of Heliopolis. ^=-[ ,

title of Horus.
Uru '^= f
, Berg. I, 13,
Urit - ami -t- Tuat
l!.l).
=>|j -!]-* ,

32, i, 9,
^fe= Fl * Tuat I, a goddess of the escort
god, Great God. 'o &' ofRa.
 U [ 173 ] U
x
Ur-ares, Urarset ^ ~ Urit-en-kru(P) -t ), OmbosI,

o Jl,a i, 47, a lioness-headed hippopotamus-goddess

2,6,'^*
.^i
of Ombos.
god of a boat ;
Saite var. ra Mission 13, 225,
Ur-henu
a water-god.
Ur-a ^.JZI.P. <apt
164,
Lj5. N.86i,
Ur-henhenu m
^3 Rl,,,,n U - 68 >
P -
3 2 8, the name of a <1

B.D. 3, 2, a water-god.

Ur-urti ^fe
Ur-heb M.
, 213,

I
,
B.D. 64, 1 6, a title of Isis and Nephthys. N. 684, an associate of Ta, Geb,
Asar and Anpu.
ur-baiu
Ur-heka ill, 3 6,
a god off Denderah.
,

great of souls, strong-willed, a

-
i.e.,
title of gods and kings. x
Urit - hekait
TTr* TiCkTi n 1 -f
ux-pciiu.i-1
^^=3 n f.
$J ^M xA^=^_ B.D.
* *' .
I44>
<i^> rl \\ 20, a god. Denderah IV, 78, a form of Hathor as a fighting-

Ur-pehti ^^ S Jj ,
Mar. Aby. I, 44, goddess.
^\ ^\
"X
LJzJ
)
Denderah IV, 78, a doorkeeper-god.
Ur-hekau LJU a name

Ur - maati-f of Set of Ombos, u -

***
j:-
B.D. 115, a god.
9, Urit-hekau
Urit-em-ab-Rait x
N. 7I<
Ombos III, 2, 133, a form of Hathor.
a oddess of
Ur-em-Netat o Im '
-

spells and enchantments, who was identified

N. 1345, a title of Horus and Osiris.
with Isis, Hathor, Bast, Sekhmit, etc.
Ur-mentch-f
<c Urti - hekau Rec. 32,80,
,
N. 754, a title of Horus.

Ur-mert-s-tesher-sheniu U !
\\ A
U
i iTT
c=^3 _ Q ww
I I
vt I
'
I vi . X the two goddesses Nekhebit
B.I).
|U
A QQ and Uatchit.
141, 20, 148, one of seven Cows.
Urti-hethati
Urit-em-sekhemu-s .
\\

B.D. 189, 21, goddesses of Ann.

the goddess of the 4th hour
of the clay. Ur-khert "^.ciU !
,
Denderah IV, 80,
|
Ur-metuu-her-aat-f a jackal-god in the 2nd Aat.

a Q Tuat VI1 a star '

Rec. 26, 227, agod (Osiris?) Ur-khert ^=t ffl
,
'

,
<=>lll god.

Uru - nef - ta -
setau-nef-pet U I -Od.-_TTT
TT>_C!Q Ur ^^
-B^ ^L i

^Kiv.
"^^
^fi~^
)
JN .
o^o, a title
c r\
O 7
=> <rr> ^T<rr> of Osiris.
l
,,
U. 215,
Ur-sah-f ^* ,
Lanzone 176, a
a title of Horus.
god, Ra or Osiris (?)
Ur-nes
"^>-_> M n f^* /^
Ur-senu ^
<H> O 77 I yi
'

^>J1"~ ^, ,^^^^f, T=TT, the name of

WWW /WVWV /WWV\
I
1 1 (Nebseni), a chief of the torture chamber of
a portion of the river in the Tuat. Osiris.
 u [174] U
the funeral mountain, the
Ur-sent ur-t
c^> grave.
derah IV, 78, Berg, i, 35 :
(i) a double bull-
Urtt <^> tw) ,
a name of the Other World.
god ;
(2) a jackal-god who befriended the dead ;

(3) a god of Edfu. urr-t %> ^E> f c=i a , place (?)

/i ^\
Ur-sekat
ur ^^ (Jft ^r^-i helpless, miserable. .

i
"x^ U. 420, T. 240, a god of ploughing in
I
|
I
-? '
the Tnnt
thp Tuat. urr
v ^> A >
Herusatef Stele 101, to be
^>Sl* abased, to be destitute.
Ur-sheps-f
urr-t <^>p, Rec. 3, 57. hairy head.
OI son of
D Ptah.
Ura[tenti] <^>
^^ (]
[^^ Tssai] ,
Rec.
i Ld \\ J
Urit-shefit goddess of
good demon.
',
< 20, 8r, a
the 4th hour of the night.
Ural (?) a garment, a bandlet.

U
,

Ur-ka-f "^ T. 87,

^r urit
,
M. 240, ^U, 3
N -
6iS,a form
of Horus. a mass of water, flood, a name of the

a sky.
Ur-gerti ,
a star-god.

Urui-tenten
"lcr<=>T!.M
'J-^.Naville, pylon, a house, a large chamber, hall.
\\

Mythe, a title of Horns of Edfu.

urri <=>uLA, Rev. n, 136, 171,
^fe=t
ur <z> large house, mansion, palace.
,
X (1(1 A, Rev. ir, 173, 12, 15,

a joint of
r /,! ,
Jour. As. 1908, 208, to delay, X ^O 00 ';

meat, a meat ration; Mar. Aby. I, 6, 42 Copt.

;
,pO"if p.

Q
urrat x"^\ ^> !, Rev. 12, 47, delay.

a large piece or slice of flesh off Q B.D. 125, II, 23, a town
a joint. Urit '
in Egypt or in the Tuat.

ur ^^ i-* a v il ent wind, gale, storm (?)

>
urrit
ur ^^ jf^\, N. 976, part of a ladder (?)
^ ^ ^= Q ^'AA ^=,
Cii

ur ^^ W. ,
'

jtf$ , pig.
,

chariot
.

; <o
"^r=f
"**->*-,
" ^
-
\\
<^
o
,
'
iTT'
Ur (1, flame, fire. ^fc -^^ LU""^ '<=>i
Q <d>G> , | | .

i i i <rr> i i i i i v\ SJ^-T*- i

^-.^
ur-t <d=> JTffn ,
a funeral chest. urit III a kind of garment.

ur-t ^* A ,
N. 507, a large (?) cake. uri
to be hairy ; compare
<i Copt. CnrX,Ll(?)
ur-t ,
a large boat.
urmu I
,

Ur-t AAAAAA AAAAAA ,

BD a ake in |
i

i . title of priests of Rfl and Mnevis.

Sekhet-Aaru. i

\\
ur is, U. 284, N. 719, lake; urmu
Nile-flood.

Thes I2 3 a
Urm'r '
'

N- 1330- Libyan king.

 u [ 175 ]
U
a disease of the ^ w
urmit '
Urshu <p[ ,
Rec. 21, 14, festivals
belly.
kept in the Great Oasis.
urmu battlement, pro-
U' tective works.
Ursh ^^* (I
^ J\ ,
watcher ; plur.

urh N. P. 238,

^
, ,

=0= =0=

Urshu .
403-

O ^> i
< ji, _^
u
'jR
' <=>>
^-^fi.^ HI'
X M X Q <2 Cg \> X QQ Rev
2^'u' JlA'&o' &n 9
-
5 ' 9<5 '

. to rub with oil or salve, to anoint, to smear.

urhu ^* I %\ ??, P. 692, anointed ones.

N. 849, the watchers, a class
urh-t ^ =

ooo
o
i

III
Pjjs, of divine beings.

unguent.
Urshiu
-
nil '

Rev. three Hour-gods who make one of the 75 form;

I
, 14, 40, plot of
of Ra (No. 67).
ground, court ; Copt. OYpe,.
2* Urshu Pu
urkh t^- r^D,
Rev "' I34 '
' court; oar
r^f^K _zr
Jf'
'
i-n-il
i

Copt. a a
urkh \TT
to become g re e .
.
,
M. 1
02, <^p. [)
wi ^r ^ v ,N. n,
^- ' '
,

to flourish. the tutelary gods of Pe (Buto).

urkh ^*-
,
to guard, to protect. Urshu Nekhen ^f]Y
1

-*)
i \\ i

M. 102, the tutelary gods of Nekhen.

urs
an Earth-
head rest, pillow ; plur. H ( god.
Urti-ha-t -Sg^l, Thes. 83, "Still-
OO ,
cedar wood pillows ;
O \\ I I

heart," a title of Osiris.

'^3~
^> mer " wood pillow
^=* (1
;
urt
^
,

1 <rr>_ZT <^>l
v?^ n j
I
alabaster pillow ;
wo de
, ,
1 ~i <=>! pillow.

S%(fl' S=^^)
less; Copt. OYpOT".
9
S& 1
to rest '
be moti011 "

<^ ""
"^ Y ^ ,
the setting of a star.
ursh C2 W> to become green, to flourish.
i v\ njjfr
urt-t a
, U. 451, P. 165, N. 799,
immobility, cessation.
^>-~
,
Hh. 224, urtu
i~rc-i in,
^^^)^,^,L.D. i 4 on,

a fainting or exhausted man.

[I,
i'r^or
'
_ I, a motionless god =
Rec. 31, 30, Rev. 13, to pass
,
<rp , 3, Urt-ab(orha).
the time, to keep a watch, to observe astronomi- urtu i
,
see akhmiu urtu.
cally, watcher, observer, observatory Copt.
cnrpcye.
;

Urt-ha-t O 55 '
0-
i I

Ursh-t
<ll2a^, watch, vigil.
 fc u I 176] U
V'^p.-j Q
64,42, 145,1, i, 182, i, uhamu f to repeat, to-
<|>(^ ,

X recite; Copt. OTUU&JUL.

o i'
" a name
Still-heart," a title of Osiris, given to
any mummy. ra ra
s^^
urt Si(2 ^s^ ,
a kind of bird. D to destroy, to over-
ra J^\\ throw.

urtch U. 13, to stop, to cease uhan-t

\

, rum, ruins.

ra ra
uhi ^>4L, L D uhas e
\\
- - Iir ' 6 5 A > ra
_zr ^r" \\
ra
Rev. 11,55, Anastasi I, 25, 7, to be exhausted, to be weary
ra ,

(|(]^>,Edicti5, to be careless about.

^>
n n
m
fl
Vm
71 i- -/i
'
ra
of,

uha
P
ra
f\

i
Q ,
a disease of the belly.

Rev. 8, i 34 to decay, to become

. ,
uha > ra
putrid, to rot.

*
mark
ra .
,
to fail, to err, to miss the

to avoid
uheb \ ra

(of an arrow), to escape,

to manage a kind of fish.

something, to be a defaulter v\ ra Uhem 7 I/

;
f , hoof, claw of a bird ; j
i M
deprived. Rec. 23, 198, a horned animal.
'

v f\ i\ fr)

no 3k, one who is stripped

X
or robbed, deprivation (?) ;
^\ ra Amen. 21, 12, 24, i,
J,
Rev. 13, 75,

a fiend. \\

,
Peasant 292, failure, ruin.

uhiu(?) ^ to repeat, to narrate, to recount, to tell a story,

1\
^ <=>
13, 37, defaulters. to tell a dream ; , Speak
| | |
Thes. 1322, things
uhiu %rallllx again I
Copt. OlfUJgjJUL.
111' decayed or rotten.

uhi % '
Rev., scorpion
Copt.
;

X Q AWVAA
renewing life, repeating living; / w**, water
uha ,
Amen. 14, n, 12, 19, 2,
which renews life.
J 1 A/VWVA

ra

,
Mar. Karn. 54, 42,
^\ ra uhemu .... 10,47,
ra 'L-fll
X (? 1J.\\
&*!ra
x a
" "
re i5' strar -v '
' teller>
ra
herald, lay priest, recorder, orator, proclaimer ;

ra
e
' ,
to fail, to miss the
ra
uhem-ti ,
narrator.
uh >\ ra"
mark, etc. (as
^^ j
;

uhem aa
>
, IV, 972, the great
to fail.

20, recorders
uhaha % ra "^ ra <&., to fail. recorder; | ^\
IV, 1 1

oftheNomes .
 u [177] U
1
"""!
uhem ense[m]-t neb uhem menu I

,
Rec. 20, 42,
'ODD
"
teller of every land," dragoman, Foreign Office IV, 358, to repeat monuments, i.e., to
1

messenger.
ODD multiply buildings.
to repeat
Uhem nesu j ,
the king's herald. uhem metu words.
a T /

uhem nesu tep kin s' s lier aId <=> IV 41* &I*m
1 - P,
JQ K
in-chief.
; uhem ra [ ,
'

J I speech (?)

Uhemu /' TuatlX, the gods who recite

Uhem renp f i
1 S), renewing youth.
j III' spells to bewitch Aapep.

Uhemi (?) Tuat X, a god of the

9th Gate.
uhem her 3
a
t\
^Hr^V ^^
& 1
^
I
J)
j i
,
"
he who

Uhem-her 4- & B.D. 123,3, renews [his] face," the name of a god.
I I ELI
1
a god.
uhem kha f t\
e
j|
Uhem-t-tesu, etc.
repeater of risings, i.e., Ra.
etc.,B.D. 145, 146, the nth Pylon of Sekhet-
Aaru. uhem'seshet re-

newing the bandlet.

X
f ^KS, As. 1908, 256, to renew, to
uhem qaas f
^v gl, Jour.
to renew fetters, i.e., to increase them.
repeat an act, to do something often ;
|

Rec.
uhem qai J^^JjQ
renewing the race; Copt, ^.
i

16, 57,
renewer of form, the moon.
uhemit, uhemmit i.e.,

renewer of form
i
uhem qet-t u
-

i
, repetition. O i.e., the moon.
<sra
uhem-t uhem I
II
,
to burn up, to blaze.

o
what is repeated, something that is renewed ; uhem ,
Rec. 15, 127, grains of incense.

,
a revolution (of a star).
uhen ra
11J
^\ *sA.w- ^6,
^ Rec. 2, m, tk\\
rn .

Jr
uhemuti , second, duplicate, like ; Rec. 20, 43,
\\ failure, decay, ruin,
without his unequalled.
\\
, like,
uhen i, filth (?)

uhem- T_
uhen <2ra
/ww Amen. 8, 3, 12, 3,
,,
a second time, \\
emuhem anew. ra
24,15
em uhem a c.
i
,
a second era
time, anew.
to destroy, to overthrow, to drag to lay
mit em uhem waste.
down,

death a second time, the second death. ra

Q uhnen i
AAAAAA I Rec. 31, 173.
n mut-f em uhem _n_ ^\ ^\ ,_ AAAAAA !

^3Ki Jl
O (7 SL q uhennu ra P- 471, M. 539,
i
I
V\ ^1 ,
he shall never
.

N. 1118, to remove.
die a second time.
house
Uhem ankh @f ? T=T, Edffl i, 80,
,

O '
a title of the Nile-god.
dog ; Copt.

uhemu aha Ql, "

to renew a
repeat an attack.
^ Uh "^>,U.
n A
N- 537, to be strong
297, T. 141

(?)
- M. 198,

M
 U [ 178] U
Uhuh Rec. 15,57.. 0=3^
^>|^|^,, <a J}' flJr
Amen. 27, 14, 15, to untie, to loosen, to set
1

,
U. 295, N. 529, to cry out.
free, to release, to solve a riddle, to unravel a pro-

uhuh blem, to separate (heaven from earth, Thes. 1 283),

to return in the evening.
Amen. 26, 7, to bay, to bark, to cry out.
uha sennti "* ^* i\ w, to open
uh ,
a place of abode, encamp- i\

a way through the outer enclosure of a building.

ment, compound ; Copt.
Uha theSS-t *^~~"^^~ to unpick
uh, uha % ^;, Rec. 16, 127,
a knot, to disentangle a difficult matter, to explain
>

X
riddles.

uha terf
= '

IV, 969, to de-

L=^I_^_I' cipher writing.
<.
uha ^ ,
Rec. 6, 11,
0=3
a, a matter which

c.
'
has to be explained, problem, riddle, parable ;

Q Amen.
to hew or cut stone, to quarry stone, to break 3, 10.
plur.
^ldf ,,,'

stone, to excavate ; O .'" ,

to reap
Uha-ha-t '^ O, a guide of Af
^>
corn; -
to prune vines> through the Gate of Saa-Set.
to harvest grapes. Uha ab (or hati)' ,
Mar. Karn.

uha
.1
i
,
a disease, stone in the bladder.
h 6 > 20
26 '
I _ a.
- . i
'

_ a 21 I

, Rec. 24, 185, wise, understanding

\ El-Amarna V, 33, abortus ;
\\

^
'

Copt. of heart, able, competent ; .

, skilfully
(g

B.M. 32, 383, a fiend coloured.

in the Tuat. X c
uha-tet ,
a man with clever,
skilful hands and fingers.

to revere, to bow
^
O' -** " ~t* ~ -
, pot, kettle, roasting dish, uha tchatcha down to.
*\
p
brazier, any kind of cooking pot ; plur. v\ 9
uha = ,
to cast a line,
i

T. 326.
to stretch a cord, to use a rope; M"^ X )-> ) K> ,
Annales III, no, in-
uhau
crement, addition. Thes. 1285, to stretch out a builder's cord to
. to inspect, to exa-
uha show the size of the building.
mine into.
\\ uha
to work a line or net in fishing
N. 766, ,
T. 183, 233, and fowling.
,
J
Rec. 27, 55, 30, 198, uha
,
D^T nL-fl^r oe'
c
^M , fisherman, fowler, hunter ; plur.

,
Anastasi I, i, 7, D, Israel

Stele 16, ^^; CO PI -

 u [179] U
-
Uha (remu) ,
Peasant 2 30, Uhi MM w
,gram.
v I 1 o o o

.Sherman; plur. , _- c, Amen. 23,20

j

T> @ Rec- to repeat c^E-t

,
Rec. 13, 203,
I cl I
n Jf i i i
uhem 3> 3 ' '
'

fisherman to the Court.

>
Uher%^ Wi Rev.ia, S

3,d^CoJ.
uhes I r^-- ,
to beat
i
W_J!
a kind of fish (synodontis
shall); plur. down, to slay.

I, Rec. 30, 217. uhsut ^O Hh. 354, filth,

MI' dust, dirt.

Uha-t <= >

^,, the [festivals of the] = M*a
Ukh(?) ,
Rev. 25, 64 or

great and little fishing.

Uha ^-^n r*^ ,

to wound, to stab with a
*
/)
ukh-t ,-, things; see
knife, to sting (of a scorpion).
*
Uha-t Metternich Stele 73,
ukha , , * '

CJI
>,
10' Jr
,
Rec. 15, 145,
!_! \_>

Rev. 13, 41, scorpion ; , darkness,

seven scorpions of Isis ; Copt. OTOO,e, night ; Copt. GlfttJH.

ukha %> ,

uha
i
to feed, food, provisions,
superfluity.
Mar. Aby. I, 6, 37, VJ LL O
amu,

uhai ,
a kind of grain or seed. pillar, pilaster, beams of a roof, tent pole ; plur.
\\

uha , plants, flowers (?)

1 1 1

a stage of a journey, a halt- Annales r

uhi 3
i
'

ing-place.
III,
l> 9 '

^IlTT?' cxli'
'

encampment or village of nomads in the desert mm,

plur A il
8 A
A 1
ft

I
S
II
^,De Hymnis
I

Q
57
,\ A| %? }
/' -II I ||]
;

, portico, colonnade, pillar.

Mar. Aby. I, 7, 68, %\ 8 % '

,
Tombos Stele 5, ukhatu-t
Q ,
Herusatef

Stele 59, part of a building.

%JU%*.
Jl A Jf III
Israel St
^'"-^I
_2T A
@ l'
I

Roug^ I.H. PI. 256, Rec. 31, 39, villages in Ukha ^T /\i fire altar.

East Africa, the Sudan, the Eastern Desert,

Uhut %> c-^K^^ , foreign settlements.

etc.
Ukha V ^
_ZT
1
*!
5S
1
-ness
,
T. 288, P. 609, M. 406,

1
735, N. 806, 1332, ^l ^, T. 371, N. 126,

L.D. III, 140, 6, Rev. 14, 136,

the n mads
A !'
I enquire for ; Copt
of the Sudan, East Africa, Syria, Palestine,
ukhakh ,
Amen. 9, 14, 19, 19.
Arabia, etc. k

M 2
 * u [180] TJ

ukha ukhikh(?) ,
T. 333,

Q
B, to let to have a miscarriage, to M. 249, N.
fall,
^,
purge, to place, to set down something ^K ;
P. 826, a plant-god (?)

Ukheb %, I 8,
to shine, to be bright.

ukher r^D ur^ Rech-

ukha kha-t LJI , to
, ,

nungen 63, granary, warehouse, wharf, dock,

evacuate.
, . Q @i
dockyard; plur.
ukha theb-t .A y) ,
base of >\\ i

a pyramid. ukher-t ,
a wooden tool or

~\ a pair of sandals
ukha-ta f| instrument, appliance ; plur.
>.
Or or shoes (Lacau). I i

Rec.
ukha 671, M. 661,
,

Jl 31, 86.
a cake
N. 1275, =
^, '

offering.
ukhes (?) ,
P. 461, N. 1098

ukha e? ..- ,
an amulet (?) !f ,M. 517

ukhes nemmat
w
ukha j\, B.D.
[1

125,
whirlwind, storm (?) Iljsee^p
ukha >
Peasant 287, Ukhtu ^\ ^K T=TTT , port, harbour.

ukhet-t (?) %, c^. ssis, boat.

Jl ,0

be foolish, simple, ignorant, neglectful, careless, ukhet % * '

)M, IV, 1082, %>

stupid, slothful, etc.
^K O> p. j,
to be in a state of collapse,
ukha, ukhau %>? *^&, R.E. 8, 73,
to be in pain, to be painful, to be inflamed (of
> <3
&, Peasant 2i&,Q
a sore, or of the heart), to feel hurt,
X
VI Rec. 31,

ukhti
1 68.

Q,
a man in a state of

S, fool, ignoramus, simpleton, boor, the collapse.

^^ ^
ukhet-t Sr v
unlettered man, sluggard; plur. ^ >

L.D. III, i6A, 8, Vf ^

Jl i i i i
defects, crimes acts
of folly.
<B ,,
'
III
'
\
Q
III
,
' pan,

i i
sickness, inflammation.
ukha '

^
ukhet ' ,
to be treated with drugs,
cr^Sc^^z,
, note, letter, despatch, roll, docu- embalmed. Also used of words of the wise
which are " preserved," or stored up.
ment; plur.
i
_n x _BE^ i i

Rec. 21, 83, ', Rec. 21, 83.

Peasant 272, long-suffering.
N. 753, claws,
ukha ;

i' nails, hooks.

ukhet hat "v\
'

fih ^ tuliiant for - ,

ukham (?) ,
Theb. bearing ; plur.
^\ 00 i
' '

Ost. US v^|l = \> I

J, to l)e broad, wide.
.A " I ^7 U
 $ u [181] u ^
use[kh]-t a ^ p
M i
, long- usakh-t (uskh-t) ^> ft
**
C~D ,
Rev.

armed, a far-reaching hand. '

Rev.
13, 30, hall; plur. y^ ,

lo III

USi
ep^^ 14, 13, asylums, refuges.
C =i
exceedingly, quite, wholly. USash. VitA ,
Rev. 14, 22, hall; see

I
_ , hall, a building of some kind ; plur. usaten (usten)
O
J\ Rev.

*
to enlarge
|D 3|
I

Q-& ,

us ,
Famine Stele 31, ; Copt, cnreceum.
B.D. i44c(Saite),
Usaau a goddess.
empty, to come to an end.
USeb %> P J,
to heap up.

\ ,
Peasant 257, B. 2, 107,
> decay, ruin,

misery, the lack of something, emptiness.

to be lazy, idle, slothful ; Copt.
US %\ X to Destroy, to do away some-
7T _ /!'
thing.

us %\
p
V ,
to saw; Copt, cnreice, &ice.

, laziness, supineness, sloth, idle-

I I

something sawn ness, sluggishness, ^\ I

off,
'

sawdust, scrapings.
Anastasi VII, 12, i, Sallier II, 14, 9.
^'^" I
9^< I2 the amulet
US-t 1
>

usfu
1
'
of the sceptre. MS, Peasant 284,

usaf(usf) . ia, 115, B 2, 109, ?> , lazy man.

Jour. As. 1908, 486, to lose,

'
to lack ; Copt. OTCJUCq.
usfa ,
a kind of marsh bird.
\\ 3

usam (usm)
^^Ji^^, Rev- ", usfau A M?i i
,
snarers

134, 1 60, 172, crushed, broken. of the same.

USar ^K fy J\ \
W>, Rev. 13,8, strong
usem , bowels, intestines,
s-

man usen ,
to make water.
'-"IPS- (=0)
useni a title of the Ram-god.
Usar, User ,

user

Rec. 3r, 165, L_fl, H, to be strong,

~j |1 "j ~j,

to be mighty, to be rich
Pierret, Inscrip. II, 130, A.Z. 1879, I2 &> Berg. ;
]
I

I, 6, late forms of the name of Osiris. rich in houses.

'

USah to advance. user "i IV, 972, strong one,

,
p i.e., oppressor.
M 3
 u [ 182 ] U
userit Rec. user-t
, s, 90,
||i ? p | , | |
? Y?'
apart

of the head or neck; plur. "lip.

I IIP

, mighty woman, goddess, U. 229, user ^\ I] <o %> ^T-^ ,

%\
a wealthy woman, Metternich Stele 55 ; plur.
I

P ^^, "f P '"^"'e , "i

P
Sl5, to steer, rudder,

steering pole, oar, paddle; plur.

i i i

I
r".. strength, power, might, a strong thing, Copt, cnrocp, &ocep.
1 Amen. USeru
P %>, rowers, IV, 305.
riches 1 I
1 1 9, 6).
"l
fl 4|

c U. 423, T. 242, a kind

user-t ~f
II I d of sceptre.
^ >
USer-t P fire,
~f
d (1
t?
, flame,

ones, powers, strong beings. l8 two

userti u
'

Rec the
o \\
,
leathern objects.
User %f]<=>-f % -
3, 198,
.if I I SJJ' god of strength.
IJ.
User ~f < > $ Ombos I, i, 186-188, one
to cut in to cut through, to shave, to
of the 14 kau of Ra. pieces,

^ destroy.
User-ti ~f J, a god.
p ^~~^ tj useh (2 R 8 (1 ,
to destroy by fire.

Userit ^1 "
',
U. 229, a goddess of
O >V H

'
B.D. 41 -A
User-t (Saite), a lake
'
ci in Sekhet-Aaru. to be wide or spacious, wide,
\ ,

Userit "Hi 110,42, to be in a spacious place, to be spread out, to

Q <=:> Nesi-Amsu oddess
a go
I "i (1 T) 30, 9, be empty, vacant ; Copt. OTfCOOjC ; Q |1
OCT a o(0V II ofSekhet- Aaru.
1\ ^^^
^^^ s^S empty
<$. is
RD
I
[I
User-Ba JJ ^JT ,

jPJ^Jsfl *%*$' -

the throne in the boat of millions of years;

65, 4, a title of Ra and of Osiris.
I I
(I ,
made spacious.
*^\ |
User - baiu - f - em - Uatch - ur "i

-^" V", Denderah USekb.-t O, \7 width,

o
i i i
JUi
^ *-=
3r/=
j
7J
,

cr^i
,

^^^^
I

the width of his

IV, 63, a warrior-god. breadth; (2 fl
I ^t7 i \\ two arms.
User-Ra Tuat VI a name of a
standard in the Tuat. Usekh[-t]-ast-ankh[-t]-em-snef

the
User-ha-t
name of a god.
"j P ^^ J, "
strong heart,"
derah I, 30, Ombos II, 2, 134, a lion-god and
lioness-goddess.

Usekh-nemmat
-j
^ f^^ the sacred barge of Amen-Ra at
~^|M>' Thebes. B.I). 135, II, a god of Anu and one
of the 42 assessors of Osiris.
User-t (?) Geb
V7
the jackal-headed stakes to which tl>e damned Usekh-her
were tied in the Tuat. B.D. 28, 5, a title of Ra.
 u [183] U
Usekh-t
uraeus-goddess.
,
a broad flat-bottomed boat ;
usekh-t
plur. i ,
Koller Pap. 3, 6.

usekh
%
JTI
R Herusatef Stele
' 7,

hall, any large chamber. ornament

I O I
,
| , collar, pectoral, breast ;

usekh-t asq id
J- .A ,

waiting room. "

usekh-ti >
Rec. 4 ,
26.
of
usekh-t Asar
JO
_j \\
tomb.
usekh ^K "", A.Z. 1908, 15, the amulet
usekh-t en bunr
<f
1\ of the collar or pectoral ; ^K I ~~
| pectoral
,

1 '

^, outside hall.
of mother of emerald; fJW ^^^~ V\ ,
of various

kp-k _EESs-
I I I

usekh-t ent Maati in \ fwT|,

Ommn, gold;
_n*^ A

in silver; Ifci* M J ^"Y <>>

in lapis lazuli ;

OQ
LE
hall of the two gods of Truth, or the
j
'

1 1 Judgment Hall of Osiris. tcham metal.

usekh-t gp| ftvV&rff ii the ha U usekh-en-bak % ri

R
\
~ H
J$
of the people in a temple, the outer court. A.Z. 1908, 1 8, the "hawk-collar" amulet.

usekh-t hebit usekh-en-Mut

festival hall. A.Z. 1908, 1 8, "collar of Milt," the name of an
amulet.
usekh-t hetep
\f *a D
3
usekh-en-Nebti
: ^7
^| the hall in the tomb in which the offerings %>[]<ww^ ^2,
':'
were presented, and the offering itself. A.Z. 1908, 18, "collar of Uatchit and Nekhebit,"
the name of an amulet.
Usekh-t Sekh-t Aanru e
p
rv

fl
*tn
<
,
hall of the Fields
usekh-en-Khens %> fl -ww^
^ ,
A.Z.

1908, 18, the collar of Khensu, an amulet.

Reeds
of (the Elysian Fields).
usekh-en-tchet \ II ^Aw^ ^ ,
A.Z.
Usekh-t Set the hall of
[,
1908, 18, "collar of eternity," the name of an
a temple in which the Set Festival was cele- amulet.
brated.
usekh % P |,
B.D. 172, 23, to plate

Usekh-t Shu
sCl with metal ;
8 <j
^\
I

V |
'

Shu," a name of the sky, or of the space between

thy limbs are plated with gold.
the earth and the sky.
usekh %, (?) Rec. 31, 1
70
Usekh-t Geb c?R 1k II i
p
I c, \\oCi .Xr'Ji
" hall of
Geb," a name of the earth. usesh

usekh I a wide-mouthed vessel. usesh-t ^\ l

u^i.haii =
,
*^\
M 4
 u [184] U
usesh , collar, necklace. Usten @ I
;
Amen. 15, 10, 26,

5, 17, to walk with long strides, to stretch, to

usesh
00 fO, to make 1 1 1 extend.
1

water, to evacuate; later form, Usten %> fl^S Ombos II, , 2, 200, a lake-

usesh-t %
%nn< a, u. 159, T. 344,
god, a title of the Nile-god.

(0
ustchefa ^|l ~1 ^ ^ i
"*, Gen.
i i

Epist. 64, vainly (?)

u ...... "^ Rec. \v

i i

/WN/VAA Ml 29, iso, i i

AA/VWV I 1 I

^ Heruem-
i i

^,
i vv / ^ Hh. 372, urine, evacuation, excre- heb 23, Rev. 1 1, 150, to be empty, to be decayed
i i T ment in general.
or destroyed, or ruined, effaced (of an inscription),

ussha tO CUt Off.

bald, hairless, to fall out (of the hair), to lack ;
,

<$.
-^^ v^ "i
/& deprived, robbed ; Copt.
ust-t
^ 1)21' cnrecy.

Stele 31,
UShsh i K i
-J;*L ,
to lack, to be deprived of.
roll, letter, document, despatch ; plur.
:
,
Berl. USh ^^ om i ss i on > space, interval, a sign
'
used in papyri to mark a lacuna.

USta p, -
,
to tow, to drag, to draw. USh ^ , nothing, emptiness.

o ush ami
usten _A, Israel Stele 12, >r\
e
one-armed, one-handed.
,
Edict 23, ,
\ if
USh up-t [^ \J (^,
Rev. 13, 63, headless.

ush hat ^ '

Pap. 3023, 85, sense-
1
fess, stupid (?)

ush-t .
1900, 128, a hair orna-
to walk with long steps, to stride, to step out ;
ment.

'Copt. ush
=> to
usten re . n \\, darkness, night; Copt. OfOJH.
J\ |
,
mouth wide.

long
usten ret
strides, i.e., boldly.
^
-'J
I, to walk with
USh

USh
^oa^, ^
Rec.
^,
1
pelican

2 1, to eat; var.
(?)

4,
^\r-K-i-y=,
ustenu %,
_ZT
H
I
^
&$$^
256, a kind of officer.
ush r^^TB, to make water.
usten a spacious room.
O i

ushsh
P f^ 00 ^ to make
a title of the Nile-god i u i water.
Usten
and of his flood. urine, evacua-
ush-t
_ZT tion.
Usten an

ape-god.
O @ .A USh "
m ,
to play the harp.

ush ,
Amen. 26, 13,

1075, 1189, to stride; Copt. OTOCeen. '

to cr ^ out> to P ra se to a dore, '
>

.ft B.D. 148, the herald

H 1
ofthe2ndArit.
Caus. 1
@
1
 U [ 185 ] U
<5 e
ushush _ ,
to crush, to pound. Usha-t <, Den-

usha derah II, zo, ,,,

t *'
to masticate, to chew. Q one of the 36 Dekans ;
* '
Gr. Ovtate.
\\

Ushat-bakat e ^H ^
"^ U* ,
e

\ f^&
71
I I, i~w-\ ,
Denderah II, 10,
S^ _j)\ S^
'
to fatten S eese or cattle.
L-fl !

it I , Annales I,

usha ahu 84, one of the 36 Dekans ;

Gr. Ov

jf^jl

pasturer or fattener of cattle, or perhaps fattened

I
,
R.E. 6, 26, herdsman, ushauti
i see Shabti.
JT\\ m
;
\\ j i

cattle; compare
usham sacrificial

ushau (?)
=e- bucket.

tened geese. Ushataspi

USha-t '

Hystaspes; Pers. ^ "<<" J:fff yff f^ ^, Beh. I, 4,

^TiMl^
= ==
,
a place where
_Z1
birds or animals were fattened.
JaixS' i_ _i
Babyl. | ^^| ^^ ^^ ^|^, Gr. 'Y<rT<r7r)/.

Ushati * Tombs of
^, 1(1)1^* ."^^
ll ,
(|

Seti I, Rameses IV ;
see Usha-t.

'
IV 50^.1095. usha <? AC?
1208, to babble, to revile, to abuse, to curse. \\
I
i, to gnaw, to chew, to
USha %TTT^T^
Jr *m MI' words m revilir| g s
of ill
cursings,
omen. bite, to masticate, to eat, what
L

is eaten, food ;

usha 412, of a

worm at a tooth,
^
, Hymn Darius 3, !?
> (B (0 (3
1

usha \\
|

\\ V
.rts^M^l^ai^ftj
I I I I I
, ,

to pour out, to scatter, to spread, to rub into

Q?> ,
i " i
,
i v^ i _ i
,
a disease of the
powder.
mouth, itching of the mouth.
usha-usha^ X
_ UShU @ n Q i dry, arid, desert, parched.
X
Anastasil, 26, i, I0 an
-II
' -
Ushur-ha-t - '

ibis-god.
@ JVftI K^ Mil ^bx r to beat, to beat
_CE Jff& \i_Jl
,
flat,
usheb ^
to smash, to to break into
strike, ; Copt.

usha-t % a, Rev. 14,14,

M to answer, to make a defence; -cs>- \^ ^

\W
i i I

*^
fy^.
, darkness, night, sunset. X g?>,
to make an answer or an excuse;

* to answer at the right time

ushait ; Copt.
, night. '

n oiruxyfi.
 u [ 186 ] U
X
USheb-t UShem ^K I-K-I t\
Q ^,
Israel Stele - 1
1] 15, , something
~~) ^) 51
Rec crushed or powdered substance.
x^' - 2i ' 79
'cLJVS' split,

Ushem- hat -kheftiu-nu-Ra r4n

Amen. 4, n, n, 18, v\i vv i 1 v\ Qi, answer,
Q ?CX Tuat goddess of the ist hour
'
I,
deposition, statement, advocacy, speech in de- III^TTi I I
of the night.
fence of something, the subject under discussion.
Ushem- hat -kheftiu-s ^
ushbit ^ Mar Karn
.
!
- -

*$ ^ j
'
Tuat I, one of the 1 2

52, 1 7, answer, deposition.

il I
guides of Af.
I Vv I to mix together
ushebti %>oa ushem ;

JS^H,
'

Jr J \\ rrc-i J \\ J Copt, cnruxyjui.

see Shabti.
ushem
measure, libation bucket (?)

a wailing woman; plur. \ i v. i

\\ ushem
\^.^I,
I .

J gfl J|

Rec. 28, 166, the hair of a grain plant, beard of

USheb %\ I-K-I
_ZI Jl
I) ^7 r-rc-i Jl
i] ^7 the
grain.
name of the 27th day of the month.
ushen
USheb %r-rc-i
71 J ^, I!

Zl
T. 372, P. 607, % /I to snare, to pluck
a bird.
,
U. 499, ^>oa fl^>^,
M. 717,
ushnu I, I
,

,
N. 709, to
netted birds, feathered fowl.
eat, to consume, to feed on, to swallow. 1" D
USher ^K Hh. 308, Rec. 26, 80,
usheb-t ^,
P.gj
O bedded
/H ,
to be parched, to
o
up (of pools of water), to be burnt up (of grass).
food, meals for the dead. c
USheb %>oa
_n J\
11 ^ \ i i
Rec 26 "4,
;
loaves
'

of bread.
cakes,
usher ,
Tombos Stele 6,

edible grain or seeds,

usheb-t
J^ III" medicaments, drugs. to lack, to be empty, to be consumed, bare,
bald, destitute, helpless.
ushbit , pearl
h
beads.
XIII
usher ,
,
Metternich
B.D.
Usheb U \\ 1
(Saite) I44E,
a fire-god. Stele 242, annihilation, emptiness, a term of

usheb ^>oa "^ n u \5c3a abuse.

II ,

J
Rec.
usht I

QS, Jour. As. 1908, 268,

3, 49, vase, pot, vessel, cup.

usheb
Jj
1 VA' ,
to cut -
to carve
engrave.
'
to
1^1, Rev. 13, 39; Copt.

usheb' \
BJX II0 '
I6 to be
'
cnruxyT.
_P J begotten (?)
Peasant 2 75,
usheb -usheb oa J O p,

Amen -

;^| |f
-

,
Hh. 424
(a p &, Rec. 26,5,
ushem
to beseech, to ask, to enquire after, to interro-
C3SZ) Prisse Pap. 14, 8, to slay, to to cross-examine, to greet, to salute, to
,
gate,

crush, to chop up, to split, to pound together. cry out to, to pray to ; Copt.
 u [ 187] U
ushet-ti
\v
,
Rec. 21, 98, crier. Ugit
^\ ffl M ^ == |j, Peasant 253, some-
ushetu Peasant 216, a thing eaten, what has been chewed.
'
1 person addressed.
ugait
ushet ^
jawbone ; Copt. OTfOO(5"e, OTfOfTe, OTOZI.

I Mil (late form), to

I U I ea
pray to, to suppli-
cate.

X
uga
^ffl^DDO
;

ushet-t *^ ^3 p. , sickly appearance (?)

*^ fe^j

Uqet-neferu %> || Amen.

T TT, name of ., 3, 12,
^M u
a palace of Nefer-hetep. to be weak, the helplessness of old
age.

^S^
Rec. 13, 26,
,
ugaa
Nubian
s

(j "^ ^ ^, pit, well,

(adjective); compare Copt, etftocy. pool, stream.

Ug ^> ffl 1 ,
to be burned, to burn. Ugap
X
Amen. to
1
TT^
J^ ^ %S^j> l
8, 6,

(3 *ft ft) A/VWV\

to
Ug, Uga overthrow, sweep away ; Copt. OTTCJUX n,

Edfu I, 78, a title of the Nile-god.

Uga-t S .o^-, Rechnungen 58,

ugam' ^
Jr
^\ "^\ Thes. 1206, a kind of myrrh.

n ^*, Rev. ii, 174, % ffi

P.S.B. 10, 469, to to split

ra -
j^ j^J'j^J) slit,

Rec. 30, 67, part of a boat; plur. TT open, to stab, to gut a fish.

,
Nav. Mythe 7, % ffi
i i i
Ugep v\ Ai Agl
it D ^jiZ*7t
}
t o overthrow, to destroy ;

Copt. o-ruxTn,

ugem ^ S IV, 687, a kind

in' of grain (?)

22, 23, the eight pegs of the magical boat which

represented the four sons and the four grand- to cut open, to an animal.
gut a fish or
sons of Horus.

ffl ,
P. IIl6 B, 31, slit
uga -B.M. 448,
fish, or fish 'fillets
(?)
Q.

ffi uges ^A 1 1 6>. .

!,
8 eese which have
been drawn.
.

name of a festival.

Ut ^\ 1 A Rev ' J
3' 37, other; Copt.
'
J? o-ce-r.
Rev awa y Co P f
nw "^
-^.
flfl
Hi
X^21 <$> I

1
'
Amen> 23) I5
chew and swallow.
'
to eat> to ut
-
I2> 6 9> to g
cmwf.
j
-

ut Rev. 5, 1 8, to order, to issue

uga, ugau commands.
^,P-774,
o <<;
P -
775, ,
P. 66 1, to eat,
Uti . \\ ,
to command.

to chew and swallow ; Ut ^\ Q ^, to be called, to name.

00 ..,-
"
he does not swallow [it],
J r-^r-i
'

he spits [it] out." utu ,

an official
(?) crier (?)
 u [ 188 J U
Utanu (?) O ft o ,
the name of a god.
'

ut
O
mm), tile, slab.
JJ \

ut ,
bronze.
/ Q ffV f~\ -^

JJ
H '
V
-/?
o* li^
KJ J2*m
8 '
to l 'e u f to swat he, to wind
'

ut ,
Rev. 14, 49, plants, vegetables:
bandages round a dead body, to mummify, to

embalm ; Copt. OT.

"
ut ' I<57)
7 new (of leather).

Utut Rev. 13, 15, 19, 14, 18,

^,
:

,
Rev. 15, 17, green things, vege-
Q *J
swathings, mummy
o
V
Sl o III' \\
'

bandages.
tables, papyrus shoots ; Copt. OTOTCnrGT.
Q
uti o, Ut % \^[ ^ ^J, T. 311, a kind of

I
rv n wuv
an embalmed body (?) in
; plur. plant
(]-[[- ^
... fy Q !\ t\ o P

\ o
utlt
3 W ff,' . \\

grain, seed.
ut, utu, uti
E\\ fV Q d f\ f
'

<D
Utt v\
V v\
V^ P
em- _fl
/
r UJ
T-L'
_7l Q '

U. 216, yp, ^ to beget,

balmer ; plur. & ci .
,

LJ F u)
,

i
,
Rec. 27, 230.
to produce; ^?
XT
%.
/T
ft
U i
.
P- 6 9; ;
see
s<
// o

Z. H Rec. 29, 164, procreation.

Utiu IV ,
the four embalmers,
,

\\

i.e., the four sons of Horus. utut

M. 464, v\ v\ ,
to beget

-"- c
M "v

urn- JfQU y |
' .
UtU jp fi I
, Rev., males; Copt. g^OOTT.
case, cartonnage case; plur. "
\\ ^'^' 1IO> l ^ e S o(^ ^ g ene
-
I I

Utt %\ ?)
n ^ 5U '
ration in the Tuat.
Q "
Rev. Utt begetter," a title of several
uti '
12, 40, ^\ .

j|,
i destruction.
c & the Evil
solar gods ;
Q I he begot himself;
-"-| ,

'

$> One. e
fl V ,
he begot his own organs
UtU O Rev -
2, sepulture,
death. of generation, Culte Divin 122.

Utu(P) Utti "beget-

^r=a,^"(j(|r=S,^,
,
L fl, B.D. 99, 30, a god who ter," a name of Ra.
\\

assisted in sailing the magical boat. Utit a title f Hatllor

^| ft
-
'

Utah @n^ A8^T$

j-J n _i_E^ s^\
(;<)L Pa P' 9. 2f> >

Utet-f-em-utcha
var.
'15W^$' ibid -' 3 -
a god of one of the Dckans.
 u [189] U
Utet-f-em- pet *, Den- Uten ] ,
V, ,
to be heavy,
O Q. & Jr O a weight.
derah II, 10, a lion-headed god, one of the 36
Dekans. utenu^x Jl

Utet-f-em-her "x*
a name of the crown of the North.
^fp^y *,
a star. Utenu N. 95
^g|g^> j^jkjk, i,

Utet-neferuset a group of beings mentioned with

^ the
Ombos 2, 131, a goddess.

everlasting god of generation, or begetter of

Utens , Wort. 308, a stone.
nrrm

eternity. some moist substance, en-

e^ the g d of the 2 9th
Utet-tef-f <== * '
T trails (?)
( ti) *^^ day of the month.
Q utriu ,
ochre
Utt "^\ ^> P- 68 .
l6 7> 6 89, M. 196,
^// ^-^ v^^yN used in painting.
321, N. 35, 838, the uraeus of Nekhebit.
Q
Utti(?) L
^ Q'C^
_il V
L, P. 167, N. 841, the
"c:^
founded, cast ; Copt.
two uraeus-goddesses (?)
utekh Annales III, 109, n,
Utu-Shu ,
T. I83 ,
,

^1 Tombos Stele 9, IV, 84, 767,

.
766, the two to move, to march.

NebtiofNenu, ^ Jl
fl
1 DOO.
utshi
-
anm ,
a kind of stone.

Q to heat, to burn,, to
uteth ,
P. 35 5> N.
1069, to seize.
Utt @ Ol
o'v boil up, to cook.
Uteth
Utau Tuat in,
e T. 286, P. 37, 355, N.
1069, a
-, tk ]
a group of four gods with hidden
god (?) a form of Trioth.
Jr I arms.
uteth (=0), to beget; later form,
Utau Asar j] ,
B.D. 168.
i i -<s>-

Utau-ta a group of o a
@ Sli gods.
I

uth =, Rev. 13, 95 ed.

uteb Jour. As. 1908, 275, ex- -J {]!],
_r cess ; Copt. o*rurr.&.
Rhind Pa P-
Uthut \\~
^
~-2L
5
%^
_Z2 o o o
=&
,
Tombos Stele 9,
uteb ^ ^ II
^ |
(+? to sur-
44, t<
1 J vive (?)
vi IV, 84, fertile, prolific.

uteb = :
'
bank of a river ;
see
V utcheb.
f~\
A t^
Uten A
w\, to make an offering,

o
AM > offer -
i u
o _ii y*l ar>
di P*l
lift
up, to bear up, to support, to raise, to wear,
ing ; Copt, cnrurrerr.
to carry.
uten (?) a kind of tree.
A/WW S

Q
ffl i

Ebers Pap.
,

uthesu % s= n "1 1M ,
those who lift

uten (?) i

grease (?) uthes

uten^ to be lifted a bad sense), to be
c up (in arrogant,
Anastasi I, 25, 3, to breach a wall, to bore proud, pride.

through ; Rev. = Copt. Uthes ka /& nau g ht y> a rrogant,

i,
'"j [_),
il 3T i
conceit, pride.
 u [ 190 ] U
Ut-t Sau I the ejacu-
77^,
lation of magical formulae or
throne, diwan, seat, support; plur. spells.

uthes-t %s=
Ut qen ^> ^ ^T &, X
Thes.

I
A
1480,

violent man ; plur. T^ n

'

support, prop, stay. ^1 I

i
,
(3 f a
Uthesit >
",
) * f=t, heaven,
-fa

height, a name of the sky and of the Sky-goddess. utt X, Peasant 206,
Uthes TL J*n N. 976, a god, the son of X
; see

Uthesit -er=-Nj
ft.

uttutenuiu v\
or goddess, heaven (?)
O III D
shooters forth of water.
Uthesu ^\s=> [1% [, atitleofThoth.
Ut .
36, 218, to shoot out
Jl Jr I ik
fire.

UtheSU %^= H \^ , Tuat IV, Horus

as a supporter of the Utchat.

to burn.

Uthes-ur Ut-aui
j^
c^ 3
(| =^^.
Rec -
3i, 13,
"
,
M. 44,
p T. 285,
fiery hands," the name of a god.
c-=*a
N. 66, " Great Raiser," a Ra (?) -fV (V
,
title of plur. Ut V\c=>^__^, to write, to
;
\j\ p
^__^ ,

inscribe, to engrave, to draw up a list of "strong

names."
S,,T. 248.
1 O ut 1
1 , stele, tablet; see utch.
Uthes-neferu 1

ii
A 1
o
i irrnn

utiu I
,
Rec 36, 78,
the name of a sacred
boat of Ra. embalmers ;
see utiu.
\\
Uthesi-h.eb.ttJL utu, ut-t see utchu,
^ A2im ,

Buch. 45, the country of resurrection.

Ut ^Kcsa^ A ,
to dismiss ; Copt. utet

Uti N. no
^cSijJIj.M. 54, to decree, to order ; see utchu, T
^\ J .

=>, U. 438, T. 2 5o
utu ^\ c-^=^ MS commander, leader.
:

T ,

-'
lyasil- 4 II-

X 21
*W, \~
Jl a
i
to a >'> to P ut to place>
'
>
t s tj command, behest, decree, order.

to thrust, to thrust out, to push, to throw, to

shoot out, to cast out, to emit a word or cry,

cerebrum, brain (?)
to dart out, to void (dung);
^Kc^^\L_=/l, ). 92, 4,
IV, 968.
o to thrust out the arm
' Utit ,
chamber.
I
in hostility.

B.D. shot Tuat X, a solar-god or

Ut j
'
190, 6, Utu
with stars. hour-god.
 fc
u [191 ] U
uteb uten '
to breach

C= = a wall, to bore, to penetrate.

'Y\ ,
^\ <^=^i 1
,
to turn, to turn round,

Uten ^\ 1-^0 to copy, to write.

change; Copt. CnflOT.&.
,
to
G *
(
Uteb 1
i \7 \>
', furrow; plur. ^\c^s
_ZT *s
fl Utennu ^ *k> ^\"^^ Jl.

Ci <vwwv Ifi, an ape -god, "the copyist" of Thoth.

o III OS v.

Uten Berg. I, 20, an ape-god,

(vy/ww jvj" a friend of the dead.

Utpu % <=
7f %O, U. 175, 184, vase. AAAAAA
mm-fi
ft (^ ^^AA^'\
anm
ft

Ji
. (^ AMAAA
o <2
ft

A
[TnTH

utfa >AAAAA ^P\ J I

,
to be heavy.
|

^
u ef
-
j^^I'fe
7^'
j^^T^ >Ship
-
uten ^^ I
mm, weight;
wreck 70, Peasant B. 2, 122, to delay; var. ^ the great uten, a weight
, (?)

^
^ L.D. III,
uten-a onm 65A,
'

heavy-handed.
uten ,
M. 454, 458,
>
utensu ,
B.D. (Saite)
o
M. 449, a
^
^ Diim. K.I. 70, a kind of stone.
3, 6
153,6, >

JD
* i

uter , funerary vases.

to make an offering.

uten ?==> T
^K
o
'
I offering, gift; plur. i
, K <^> 9 ^t
I
,
a table or altar for

*wwvi ii
[111 "
11 * K^ AAA/WV offerings ; Copt. OYUJTg,.
o eii 1 1 Jr-wvwJLi /wvwviliii' Jr o
j^c=>|^QS N-963.
Uthu
L * *
A^A~V\ V> 11
V*^ J \*^
I
I
n D n A i i i JT /vww\
i-r
D
L
. N. 791 ;
'
P

WWU\
lg
,
^

AAAAAA
y^
I ^
__|)

I
^s
^TP^ 1
IV, 748, ^ ^0, T. 331, P. 348,

Rec. 31, 174, Rec. 27, 217,

the evening offering. ,

^cr^ ,

uten-t
U. 42A, cake, cake offering.
N. 970, \c^3 Il ,
the offerings of meat
uten-t 'Kwwv>?= and drink which were set on the altar.

289, 625, M. 696, something offered, gift.

Utekh ,
the god of embalming.
Uten ^K <=ss I/ -J-
,
altar.

<B Rec. 28, 181 Reise to give an order, to command, to decree com-
^w"J , ,
'
;

2 7, 35, a shrine at Memphis. pare Heb.

uten-t (read teben-t) utchtch \ ,

u. 54 6,

ring, the ring of a balance. Hh. 547, to command.

%
>P\ /wvw, t _fl
;
to stretch out, to extend. ,
T
, command,
i
 u [ 192 ] U
% <2.

order, decree, record, will, testament; plur. T Q Utch-hetep D

., N. 971
A

,
to make de- ,
B.M. 32, 473, a god of offerings.
i i i' i i i

% <=
=^
t

a decree in writing
crees
'L7^ a
, ;

proclamation ; T S A c^3 >

memorial tablet or stone, landmark,

stablished by decree. pillar, boundary stone, inscribed stele or tablet ;

, law, statutory
PI
utch en Aakhut-Aten
|
Q a boundary stone of the
%Q ^^
decree, edict of a Council; plur. j ^ f|

^ wg*
,

Amenhetep IV.
capital of

U. 60 1, Decrets zj,
|i

var. o rial stone, or tablet, or building; Copt. OTO6IT.

T. 290, decree,
utchteh-t
document.
Rec. 21 94, Y c~3, a tomb and its
Utch tep ^ ^K j|
,
chief command.
A -Ji
garden, a memorial building.
Lt I

utch
i I to command, to give an
Li I
,

garland, crown, flower; plur. T @ vj, |

order, to issue orders, to promulgate an edict.

utch uauat
Utch-metu *\
A
L Tuat IV, V, the god of
TT a plant.
a persea tree in the Tuat of Seker.

Utch-metu-Asar Vl i. % f J^> a plant.

AA^^W
Tuat I, a term which precedes the boat of Af. utch nuh a plant.
,

D (2

Utch-metu-Ra o
o, Tuat I,

a term which precedes the boat of Af.

a plant.

Utch-metu-khepera 1 utchi-t i
o
Tuat I, a term which precedes the boat of Af.
part of a boat ; plur. ,
Rec. 30, 66.
Utch-metu-Tem
\ I
1^ to' Tuat Ij
utch
a term which precedes the boat of Af.

fish ; plur.
A I I
I I I

Utch | Yr* .'

un g uent > eye-paint.

ei JT\
"
fire-shooter," one of the 42 judges utch
in the hall of Osiris.

Utch-rekhit
to go on an expedition, to make a journey, to
I
KD. 125, II, one of the 42 assessors of
! Osiris. travel, to stray, to roam, to march.
 u [ 193 ] U
utchi-t utcha ra
A
speak firmly.
,.
Rec. 20, 42,

^ IheS I2l8> ex P edition canv

'
Utcha ha-t % A
| "?> bold, fearless.
I _ZMl LQ^' >

utcha sep strength

paign by land or water, voyage, escape.
,
D
with good luck.
utchi-t ent nekht
Utcha tet % ^ |
c a
firm-handed, to
t
JT & Q |
U |
,

-flj victorious campaign. act with decision.

utchuiu ,
Israel Stele 24,
Utcha ,
N. 956, 1182, the god of

cattle turned out to graze where they Utcha and Utchat,

please. strength, son of

Utchat ^K Berg. II, 14, a form of

'
}i i
the Sky-goddess Nut.
, e
Utcha-ha-t a god.
^,8.0.70,1,
to be healthy, to be
"^j^i utcha-t Nastasen Stele 64,
'

sound, to be safe, to be strong, to set in a fitting temple, storehouse.

order or condition, safe, sound, whole, intact, utcha %
If
I
M
healthy, strong, flourishing; I
(1, life, strength,
I KZ I
9> r >

health !
(added after the king's
name) ; %> A ^ storehouse, warehouse, stable (?) the bet al-mal
/~\
of the Arabs; ^c\
AWA*, Rec. 1 6,
56, salutations to you !; ( plur. | , IV, 1144;

Rev. 12, 10, salutation, greeting; Copt. Q jj

Vv tr-D -WWVA ;
Amen. 4, i.
OfOX.
*
Utcha-t ? lj
Utcha % mjf
%
JrJi,
1 "|\ Jl
Ul'
!
,
P^tective
strength.
| i 1
1 Rechnungen 41,

Q) what remains
Utcha -PS' _ 1 _^. '
A in' '

^1^^,
i i

I-V, 969, a safe man.

the rest, arrears, remainder.

utcha-t Utcha-t ji^ic, one of the 36 Dekans.

Rec. 13, 25, 14, 2, a constellation.

Utcha 2 i S *T^>O ,
the early dawn (?)

objects that bring strength

those who wear them;

& ^\
i
Jl
^-^,
and protection
staff of Pr
tection.
to
-
utchai
Rev., to pay, payment.
(](], ^, ^ ^4^n,
Q
utcha-t sa ^\ '

JfA ^b\
J^
I
i i i
, amulets
-i*.
[giving] the fluid of life.

,V-
A'
to go, to go forth, to come, to betake oneself to
a place, to advance.
ornament, pectoral, breast plate.

utcha -ba-f Jl
^ ^ JA
^^_, a title of the
Utchai

utcha-t
fi^^ MX, going

a journey.
forth.

high-priestess of Memphis.
A'
 u [194]
utcha-t Rec. 34, 190, one of the 12 Thoueris goddesses,

she presided over the month

'" c '<^>.

i
utcha-t shema the southern
e f ,

or left eye of Horus.

utcha -, u. 289, ~\, T. 282,

-. wj the eye of Horus, the eye of Ra, the

Rec. 27,219,
,

amulet of the solar eye, which gives the wearer

h
'
T TL=J]
Rc^' R
fl

'
J -La
strength ; plur. Q. *|\ i
, eyes. i

tMi J^rvS | J

Utcha-t %>
Q
| ^S, "Eye," a name
of heaven, or the sky.

Utcha-t Q |
<S\
^z^ /$, the eye of

Heru-ur, and later of Horus and Ra. Anastasi I 2 s s

-^^ the r 'g ht eye of the

Utcha-t ^2P= .
'

Sky-god, i.e., the Sun. JL J

,
Mar. Karn. 52, 5, to decide, to judge,

the left eye of the Sky-god,

Utcha-t ^p, to pass sentence, to rectify Copt.
i.e., the Moon. ;

utchati ^K |
Q -5:
\\ *^ ^
^=~. S\

El
S\

^
I

!
'
Utchaiu

Utcha
IH) Judges, judged ones.
P |, to balance;
Rec. 32, 177,
.
\\

117,3.

a
a
Sii'^
I

!.
the two eyes of the Sky-god,
^=^5^
TCs TCs' =^'^5
e^T ^-
:
SI
/.., the Sun and Moon. decision, judgment.

Utchait
^ | ^^^, B.D. I4 , 6,
uteha-t^^j, v^sa-
the goddess of the eye of Horus. a woman who has been put away or repudiated,
outcast.
Utchait c '

utcha ah-t -4- ! to define

,
the goddess of the moon. | "^v | ,

the bounds of estates and to settle their limits.

Utchat 11, Tuat XII,
one of air-goddesses of the
1 2 dawn who assisted
in towing the boat of Af. N. 1374, P. 264, 313,
, ,

utcha-t aakhut
Rec. 31, 163, '
IV II0 7' '

the eye of the Light-god.

j,

Utcha-t meh-t ^ ==5

ci ^~*^
the northern or

right eye of Horus.

Utchat -Sekhmit to weigh words, to try cases, to judge

Mut
^^j), B.D. ;

164, 9, a form of (?) i in the place of judgment, i.e., in court.

5(1 u
,

Utchat-Shu-em-pet-em-ari-t-set Utcha-ra
^^l^^^^, Anastasi I,

24, i, decision, judicial sentence.

 [ 195 ] U
utcha rut
utcheb^ !\>,U.43,'T U=,M. 194,

(var. <z> (j
(1 o )
,
Peasant
I,
t

a
to judge hearts
utcha hatu
H^j '
or dispositions.
1J77-W
utcha senu sen
o
Peasant 234, to judge between two
any ground by the side of a canal or stream ;

rivals.
plur.
utcha senemm IE

B.D.i 9, 10 to decide
(variant of IEJ a case.
PN-0- 111

s ^ ^
rv fields which have
,
to cut, to cleave, to split; y\> \^[,

been planted ; Copt. OlfCOX 6.

f to cut off the head. culti-
75 '
,
utcheb-t '
riparian
w I valors.
utchaiu
1 i

^A j
'
execu-
-/) J>1 i tioners. utcheb
A \ *a _
utcha !
,
tremblers (?) in to a
5
IE ( II I, 26, 37, something paid temple,
L n s
^ |

Utcha IE ^K, a kind of sceptre

(Lacau).
I
,
a heap of offerings.
i I

Utcha I )en derah IV, 61, a hawk- carpet, floor

-4-?J>w,h utcheb
ptqWoa headed warrior-god. covering.

Utcha IE. ,
A.Z. 1910, 17, a god. utcheb-ti- P-S.B.A. 1884,187,
Jj
,y XN )>
-aab.t
i-aab-t Sphinx 16, 182, a wrong reading (?) ;
see under

f\
sem. ,
1=^ ^^
v
-Zl r \
fl

db$r
l/N ^1 Utchbes
^ J H ^, to be green.
the protector of the egg laid by E ffi

utchef
Utcha -fent(?) ,
Mar. Aby.

I, 45, a god who dwelt in

A
III'
Utcha -mestcher(?) IE.
to tarry, to delay.
C
,
B.D.G. 814, the god of
utchef-t % d, a bird.
Q
utchai-t IE M ,
a fruit.
utchfa-t
utcha
,
Gen. Epist. 68, a disease.
i i

B M. 720,
utcheb^ ,

Utchen. ,
Peasant 145,

D\> I , <W X

flood, stream.

,
to turn round,

to go back or about, to change the direction, to

change, to bend down (of the top of a tree, ^'IM'IMT*'*

D _Q A
7) A 1 1 1
I
pour out, to
N. 27) ; Copt. evacuate, to smelt ; Copt.
N 2
 u [196]

utcheh
an offering by fire, to apply fire to a metal, i.e.,
IV, 1150,
to smelt, to sparkle (of precious stones).

utcheh T. 360,
jp,

P. 602, N. 803

utcheh ,
Thes. 1281,
, , altar,
' ^

table of offerings.
^ A
utcheh O ,
altar vessel ;
Utcht (2 ,
to walk, to go on.
 [197]

J B J
b = Heb. 1. ba heart-soul
J i^fc , ;

b j | , abode, place ;
see 1
^{\ .
^,
B.D. 180, 10, soul, spirit, and body;

b B.D. 91, 4, soul, spirit, and

Rev. 113, plant, bush; see LA P
,
|
\^[, 12,
J I I

LJ
shadow;
^J ^f |, B.D. 183, 35, body,

... -9 I
>
-*<r-~, "ll^CN J [="!
double, and spirit; i*^^<;i>^^ T)
b(bu) , people; see S^\
B.D. 169, 3, thy soul is in heaven,
j

thy body is under ground.

*9 I /I ~~)f

B (Bu?) B.M. 32, 383, a fiend ba aper 4,"^* a A a soul equipped

J |
^, Vj _/A <Z^> hm
,

in the Tuat, demon, devil in general. with amulets, spells, etc.

B 1
>5_-J Nav. Mythe, I
4gV the name bam mitu ^' dead,
-J
,
^& MA ,

O _S^
!

I I
, i.e.,

which Set assumed when he took the form of damned, souls.

a hissing serpent, H3 fD T baiu menkhu 6 6 ft ft , per-

fected souls, i.e., the beatified.

ba en nub a^sai'*' "",

B.D. 89, 12,
have a soul ;
"!
,
N. 9 86, ,N. 17 "
soul of gold," i.e., an amulet. ,.

Ba f> O
Rec. 33, 30, endowed with soul.
| (^
,
^, B.D. (Saite) 163,

u. T. 349, M. 596, 722, N. 657, 719, 1202, 1328,

, 159,
the Soul-god; plur.
"^^ ] '^^
Rec. 30, 67, divine soul-gods;
T. 319, .Jr, T. 202, Rec. 27, 228, soul; AJ\

V Jour. As. 1908, 303, ^^, the

j/], "^ (](] I come out as Ru."
heart-soul, might, power, strength, courage ; Q
Bait "i^ i

Hh. 455,
,

^il J -/-I ri'v^ i I

,

the Soul-goddess.

Baiti 1
the two divine souls,
i

^^ (<^^ ,

U. 159, T. 130, P. 648, 720,

O ^=^^ 5$^'
iTf jy*$D '' the ai f 747, <^-< c
^,^^, U. 569, P. 572,

Horapollo;
i^,
1

A a beatified soul ;

Wcstcar 7, 25, a damned soul; ,

^
(j

P- '63, N. 854. the two souls in

fl,
1
\\ Jj the two Thafui.
N 3
 J B [198] J
Tuat the two j=) c
Baiti I,
Ba-ankh N. 1252,
'

Soul-goddesses. i^^J^-Y- ,

Nesi-Amsu 25, 23, "living soul," a title of

Baiti ;
see Rehti,
\\ Osiris of Tet.

Ba-ankh ,
a soul that has
\\

renewed its existence in heaven plur.

Ba-aab-t ;

P. 670, N. 1272, ,
the Soul-god

Ba-Ashem f , M. 785,
of the East; plur. ^rvcn
I
the soul of the divine image.

Ba-irqai ^
Bait-aabt the Soul-goddess of the <^(]l|
iT East. B.D. 165, 8 (Saite), a title of Amen.

Baiu-aabtiu 4 ^\ $ Ba-utet-aru ^ Q of! )en-

m$!'
! fl ! I

!TJ
.

1=2) 1 J
B.D. 109 :
(i) the gods who sang at dawn and derah IV, 79, a bull-god of generation.
turned into apes when the sun had risen (2) the D
;
Ba-Pu ,
a hawk-god.
three gods Heru-aakhuti, the Calf of Khera and
i I D
the Morning Star. Baiu-Pe (Pu)
Baiu-amiu-neteru
illik P. 471, B.D. 112, 13, Horus, Mesta, and Hapi.

,
the souls dwelling in the gods. Baiu-periu ,
B.D. 168,

the souls who open the mouths of the dead,

Baiu-amiu-she-Neserser
i.e., perform the ceremonies that effect their
,
Tuat VIII, resurrection .

a group of nine gods. Bafermit (?) > Tat v, one of

Baiu-amiu-Tuat Iji the eight fire-gods who burn up the dead in the

the souls dwelling in the Tuat.

Tuat of Seker.

Ba - merti = Hnr\
Ba - ami -
tester - f =\y \\
]
i

Plutarch, De Iside, 12.

^^^ ^Sf <=:> i N. 657, the soul dwelling in his
i i\ i
-ZT ^ '
redness. Ba-en-Shu
Ba-Ament >WWA P^^O. B.D. 'soul of Shu," a name for the wind.
^,'i^^ fl

1
68, the soul of Ament that fed the dead ; plur. Ba-t nefer-t |o. A./. 1867,
i i i

I, a title of Hathor.

Ba-Nekhen the
''
soul of

Nekhen," a jackal-god.

Baiu-Amentm Baiu-Nekhen ,

Thes. 59, B.D. 108, 15, 16, Tern, Sebek, and

Hathor. P. 471, M. 537, 804, B.D. 113, ii. ,

Ml III 1

Baiu-Ament Tuat IX, the souls of Nekhen, i.e., Horus, Tuamutef, ami
,

Qebhsenuf, B.D. 113.

the gods who towed the serpent-boat Khepri.
Ba-Ra Tomb of Seti

^ , I,

Baiu-Anu I, B.D. 115, 10,

_/ AA^ one of the 75 forms of Ra (No. 5).

Ra, Shu, and Tefnut.

"
Ba-aa great soul," i.e., Af,
the night Sun-god. 142, 76, a name of Osiris.
 J B [199] B J
Baat-erpit D , 174, ,
the Ram-god, god of virility and

N. 109, generation. The worship of the Ram of Mendes

,
was founded in that city in theIlnd dynasty.
B.D. 142, 14, Osiris as the soul The Ram-god, ^, in Tuat XI was a god of
o\\! of Isis and Nephthys.
offerins.

Ba-heri-ab-baui-f
a
6
., "soul dwelling in his two souls," a title
Osiris.
of i
t
ci
-www jf
/
- . the

Ba-khati Tuat a Ram-god of Tet and Hensu.

A,
'>S* ij(J, III,
\_/ __/_l ^
Baiu
goddess associated with Horus.
^3^3^]}, Berg. 66, the

Ba-kha-t-Ra Oo soul-gods of Tet.

B.D. 140, 6, 7, a form of Ra.

Rec. 8, 199, a ram-headed god.

Baiu-Khemenu ,

B.D. 114, the souls of Hermopolis.

17, 17 (Nebseni), the soul dwelling in Shu.

Baiu-khenu
- I AAA/W\ _/l

59, the gods of the ist day of the month.

B.D. 17, 1 8 (Nebseni), the soul dwelling in
Baiut-s-amiu-heh
^L. P T^ J) .
Tefnut.
Ombos 2,' 132, a goddess. a ram-headed
Ba-ari
JS god.
Ba-Sheps "3^ [1,
B.D. 142, 19, "holy
soul," a title of Osiris.
Ba-utcha-hau-f
a ram-headed god.
Baiu-shetau
Ba-Baiu ,
p ap Mut-hetep
.
5,-2o,
^ ,. '" , Tuat III, the "secret, i.e., invisible, "
,

==' soul of souls," a title of Osiris.

souls," a class of beings in the Tuat.

Ba-pefl 3jxiL1, Denderah IV, 84,

a ram-headed god of the 8th hour of the night.

Tuat I, an ape-god.

Baiu-ta ,,
1^ !
,
B.D. 168, Tuat VII,
Baui-f-amui-Tet
B.D. IT, 17,
^^
8 (Nebseni), the
1
ft ft

the souls of the earth. ^ '

souls of Ra and Osiris.

Ba-tau
A.Z. 1907, 98, a very ancient god in late times
i i I
,
P.S.B. 27, 186,

pi
Ba-em-uar-ur(?)
T_ Mar. Aby. I, 44, a
^J^l^
god of Ahydos, a form
Cynopolis was a centre of his cult. of Osiris.

Ba-Tathenn ,
Tuat VII, Ba-en-Asar , B.D.

soul of the Earth-god Tathenn. 17, in, the soul of Osiris, one of the tetrad of
divine souls that dwelt in Tet.
Bau-tef-f B.D. 142, 20, a
title of Osiris.
Ba-en-Ra
^-l Jj WWVQ Jj,B.D. 17, 17

Ba-tcheser ," holy soul," (Nebseni), the soul of Ra, one of the tetrad of
a form of Osiris. divine souls that dwelt in Tet.

Ba -i-^tD,,
Tuat III, the soul of the god Ba-en-heh *,
^TJ
/wwv X o , Pap. Ani
"
Af which was swallowed by the Earth-god. 1 9>
3> everlasting soul," a title of Osiris.
N 4
 J [ 200 ] B J
Ba-en-Shu '
soui of ba fc , book, papyrus roll, service,
O 1

Shu, one of the tetrad of divine souls that dwelt liturgy, document; plur
in Tet.

Ba-en-Geb ^ ' '

soul of Geb, \\ i i i

O ^J.
. i
,

/T7S I I Rec. 32, 178.

one of the tetrad of divine souls that dwelt in Tet.
bai ab ^, Rev. ii, 129,
Ba-neb-Tet-t
^^:, Rev. ii, 136,
^^^ the ram of Mendes, a
ii Q '
form of Osiris.
bearer of a message = k.

Ba-neb-Tet-ankh-en-Ra KZ^
^-l baiu-ra >^^ '^i Rev - 2> 35 1 > book;

f ,
^ I
'
Cairo Pap. Ill, the soul
of Osiris, the life of Ra.
4,
plur.
<
?CX ^ .

Ba-neteru
^ ^ ^
a ram -g d
"^ ri B.D.
^'
163, 14, the Leopard-
god.

Ba-heka
X @
U Rec - 8- '99, a ba
J tefc Qs, T. i 44 , fe,, ?), U. 472,
ram-god.

Ba-sheft-ha-t ^-^-> ^^=^, P. 204, N. 548, P. 169,

V)W<=> MI o
a god
J ft "^ ^p,
composed of four ram-gods, i.e., the souls of Ra, 127, :.
30, 1 86,
Osiris, Shu, and Khnemu.

-
Ber & n ' 5
=
Rec. 36, 215, leopard skin, a skin garment ; plur.
,
a form of Osiris.

ba ... '^S
j, ram, sheep ;
Gr. /3y, ovis longipes. Rec. 36, 215.

5, an estate of
Methen.

derah, one of the 36 Dekans.

Leopard-god.

Baba B.I). 44
J , 17,

-
,
one of the 36 Dekans; Gr. B1OY.

Baiu-ankhiu "i^ '?*', Thes. 133, 40,

J
JTlll I III'
the 36 Dekans.

first-born son of
|, JJ^- ^J jf).
ba-t O, illumination, light, splendour. Osiris,who took the form of a typhonic animal ;

he presided over the phallus, and devoured the

with === N - 6 7i, to pay
dead; Gr. ttcptev, Reftwi-a (Plutarch, De Iside,
homage (?)
62).
ba (baba) ,
to wonder, to admire ;

Babai
see
o J^^^^(jy,the
^1 -/-I rt^S. J\ _ffi<s. 1 1 lU
eldest son of Osiris.

Rev> 28 quality, charac-

ba-t '3. >

teristic.
ba J M^ . ,
to mock, to sneer, to scorn.
 J B [201 ] B J
baba U. 312,
J ,

p
JVkJ
*& Ji _tE\S-^il

o,

, cave,

cavern, den, lair of an animal, abode in the

S fl, 3j (|(| ^j,
Rev. ii, 130, to plough,
earth, hole in the ground ; Copt. &.H.&. ; plur.
to dig, to hew
stone, to break through, to force
a way, to hack, to mince, to cut up.
o

dig out foundations for a house.

baba
J ^^J baut
J
T ,

i,Leyd. Pap. 13,4,

J MI'
Rev., household servants,
house-dwellers.
I
,
to work a plough or some other
ba-t ,
Rec. 27, 86, honey (?)
digging tool, to wield a battleaxe in fight, to lay
about one with weapons. ba ?) matter

baba
JJ^J ,
to use force.
,
U. 543, 544, some

bait Amen.
J , 10, 2, substance (white Y
j.

a cutting, hacking.
ba-t
in the phrase
J ,
* or "needle," an
\\
D' 1 ?")
' kohlstick,
,
B.D. 172, 36
instrument for applying eye paint to the eyelids.
w *
field labourer,
bai ^ ba-t \| i^^^fSj^, U. 159, fruit of some kind;
t J]' ploughman.

babaiu see

workmen, ploughmen, field labourers. baba-t

workers in mud, some
ba-. T. I30A, fruit of kind.
brickmakers (?)

ba(baba)
a kind of grain or seed.
O
in the earth, den, cavern, cave ; plur. i^^avx ,
baba-t ,
a kind of grain.
si
sepulchres, tombs.
a grain measure =
*"
""V o
N ,
Rec. 27, 221, baj 4 hen.
a measure
ground, earth, cavern (?)
baj contents half a hen.
\> ,.,,
baba Ihes. 1200, ba-t 201, N. 610,
,
.

e s
,
Israel Stele 57, meadow land.
,
T. 78, ,T. 331, M. 232, N. 621,
tomb =
ba-t
; perhaps o
J rP3., house. ,
P. 615, o, M. 783, N. 1142,

holes in the
baiu(?) MI' ground, caves.
 J B [ 202 ] B J
Peasant 14, bai a digging
J 1^ (j (j J
,
tool.

,
a form of Osiris and Ra.
11* Jl 1/fP, J^^ 1 _Q i i r " JS& 1 1 1

bai Rec. 23, 198, a

bush, thicket, branch, undergrowth ; Copt. &U).
-^ priestly title.
baba herbs see ^ '

fjy ,
.
\S[, plant, plants, ; baui B.D.G. 214, the two
"i^ f^ (JO
,

l D T
,
Horus and Uatchit of Pe-Tep (Buto).
I and \ nobles, i.e.,
I D i

bai boat.

bai-t Q, mantis.

B.D. Nav.
paved walk, path ;
see 1
(1 76, i.

baba-t Babait (?)

J
3=1 Berl. Hh. 468 var.
\> I
6910 stream,
source of a river.
;
JJ
1

bai-ut marvels,
baba , drink, liquid ;
see beb. J| l' wonders.
A.Z. 1877, 32, mat
baba-t bai-arq
, pectoral. .covering.
O Q Rev. 14, 1 1, harp;
babaa bain-t ^fe^
^^' Copt. &omi.
o /~>
1 r]'"\ '

,
necklace of beads, pectoral ; see 1 1

**& ooo
)M, . bain "fe^ (JO
Ji 1 lc^^=,J^S
Jour. As. 1908, 287, ^, "

baaa J ' ^ wretched, miserable ; Copt.

^
H, canal, stream; Copt. .&.O.

a moist substance of
bairi
J^^2 rv r\ r\ r\

Rev.
\\

baaa '
c, 13, 59,
some kind, honey (?)

baaa ^s^. \X bands, cords, palm- , basket-shaped boat ; plur.

J
(1
^|\ , I

\\
fibre, tendrils of a plant or tree (?)
J =i l i lit
baaa-t \\
; Copt. .S.i.pl, Gr. (idpit.
=> i i i i

Rec. 1 8, 183, a cake, loaf,

ill,
bairi "r^ l\l\<=> (1(1^-, Rev. n, 174,

food
rr> (j -rTy, basket; plur. 1

i
i vi -d)

baau Q? ,
evil word, curse. \\
AflxTr Rev - l6 ' 99; Copt. &lp,
^^H m'
Baaur , Baal; Heb. hv~2.. ...
bairrm
n -\/<} -a. \\
_
Baabu of the J^^ ^^_^ | ^ (

breast. Koller Pap. 1, 3, 4, a kind of wood used in

making chariots.

\l\, wells, pools; Heb. nilNS,.

*K\
^J^~1^'J
*
(1(1 ^J-T*-, Harris Pap. 500, 2, 4, clubs,

house; Heb. rPl.

maces, Sudan cudgels, pdlm sticks
,
; Copt.
 J [ 203 ]
J
n
baiti
\\
, king of Lower ban O, mosaic ic; see
J
^JJ ( nrnn

Egypt; Gr. BT,,(?)

bann-t ,
Rev. 14, 34, pill, bolus.
bau o
,
boat.
bann \\ , chest,

Bau J U. 565; see

J j]
i/iT*. jm> \\ harp (?)
,

Banaathana
Bakh.au,
Mar. Aby. II, 50, a Semitic proper name.

baun (?) ,
to bay (of a dog).

Alt.
Ban-Anta
K. 343, a Semitic name of a man.
^ JJT
""

I I
~~*
I AAAAAA
]U (]
1
T)
(il\
} I
^,
Pi
Bautcha ,
Denderah IV,
>9 AAAAAA f\ fv

60, a warrior-god. banpi fe^ (1(1 ;, Rev. ii, 141, 12,

Babau (?) 14, 175) 1 8. iron ; Copt, fieitine.

_ ,wwv^ A
to Bant-Ant Alt. K.
J "^
,
ba-ba
JT %x
Jm J I I I I I I
i] 1)
111' fly.

babaga J *^* I
^^* si&v ^ ssSv^^' Q" '-^T)
- _/1

Mar. Aby. examine ^ L.D. Ill, 172, a Semitic name

8, 97, to scrutinize, to
,
I, i i i i i i <

carefully. of a woman ; compare

II
Baba, Babi
dl], U. 644; see Baba.
J ^J |j
,
u. 532, bant
to bind, swathings.
*&
i
1

^
I /WSAAA
<=

*a ii

Baabi
J J
*fj
flfl
1 1
J
V I
,
the eldest banti[t] ,
,
a vegetable garden.

son of Osiris.

Rev. 12, 31, Baal :,Heb.

Bar '

JA~ ill'
6ro, 644,

see Baba.
J%*^J^^^' Hh. 446;
bar (bal) 1<e^ ^ ^ v. 13, i,

Babuu
in the Tuat
J%Babua
see _
Rev. 13, 33, greatness of eye, i.e., pride :

Copt.

^J^
i

(?

Babua p. 6o 4 a god
J
-4 Jl *3 _U (]
1
, ,
bar
with a red ear and dappled haunches;
IV, 783, well ;
Heb.
pa r yr\ n
a name of Set (?) a kind of
barra
cake.
ban _ Rec. 14, 21, herd
n '
of cattle. Barast a name or
,

ban-t Q , breast, title of Bast (?)

O / ?' "

a pair of breasts. bari ,

Rev. 13, 4 ,
to
A.
' to
iu
banban '
. uvernow, swallow compare
CO '

D D A '
to flood.
;

ban ,
Rev. n, 138, 12, 15,
n \\ n

/ -i
Rev. 13, 26, bad, evil, enemy. J '

J
,
Rec. 17, 147, a fish, mullet (?)
i, Rec. 5, 90, date
\\

palm ; see bnr ; Copt.

plur.
J
 J [ 204 J B J
bari an spotted baraka > U Dum H
J \\
,

J )
. .i. I,

mullet (a Tanis fish).

to bow the knee
28, 29,
^ "fe^
J I I

bari in homage ; compare Heb. T^i

bareka n 99
'

Thes.
V\
J , ,

11

J J < i
in r i i
j 1 1

\\ t
gift, present, tribute compare
J boat) sllip ;
|

' ' -j j|
>
~p |
|J|'
Heb. n3^jlin Gen. xxxiii, n.
bari <<%^ ^^ (1(1 (^9, R ev .
12, 17,
barekata
a 1]
*>
r Rev. 12, 30, chariot; ~\ r\ /AAAAA n
\ II r^AAAA

' >
Copt, fiepe&e. WSJ,
pool, pond, lake
barit
^ "^
;

Q(] otim. H.I.

J
j]
\ 11 vrf*
,

I, 15, 30, cage of wickerwork.

JW
' Barkatathua
bari '"^M" 5

"*",
J r\ -si ,
s^ B.D. 162, a name of the
Jp I C\
(
>r\ -7J 7,
o ( J^ Itt
yl body of Ra in Anu.

cypress wood (?)

barga
\\
barbar
"7L J2.
S^|)^*,
X
Rev. 13, 20, grain; Copt. S ^x m -^^ ,
to be in want, empty, destitute.
Q
barbar -t Rev. 5, 88, the
,
barga
knob of the crown of the South, grain, seed,
illumine, to give light ; compare Heb.
berry, any rounded thing compare Copt. ;

Arab. -(^ .

w/-

barbar
bargta ^ ^ Q !
^
, O, Rec. 16,
fl

to to macerate, to boil; ,
Rev. n, 156, 158, pool; Heb.
139, soak, Copt. \\
'
fi.epfi.ep.
barta, barth
-=ii
1] 1^
-u i
1
l)
[1
i
<$>,
2i
ft covenant, contract ; Heb. n^i.
Rev. n, 180, to empty
J
(?) lay waste;
bah iQ
Q~J, to snuff, to inhale.
Copt. fi.oXfi.A". i
7
,

^ 1

\\
u P a ot ' ess<
barbas^
Jj <==> i
^^=o=,
_n
\ ?
of some kind.

Barhm L
,
a Nubian tribe baht (?) rD Oj a kind of precious stone,
ra
which lived on the eastern and south-eastern emerald (?) ; compare Z3H!a, ,
Esther i, 6.

borders of Egypt; Or. BX.e>yc; see Strabo

XVII, Pliny V, 8, Pomponius Mela i, 4, etc.

/-^.*A/-

barek - t WvW Rev. n, 146,

^ ' i
,

m
R r i" io *i
pool Heb. n3~|3,. P '
P ' ' four As -
;
A5 v \
-

bareka
J
rfiJ

compare Heb. N/*T"^ n ^' e ^

^ _/A
*

^*A*i"?L
'
-_TP\^ )fi
>T^
to bless '
1908,

or animal,
311 (var.

member; Copt.
J
Q e==
(

S)),
the phallus of man
 J B [ 205 ] B J
bahu (?) i^Tfl. Berg. 28, men, people.

baa[h]ut
virility.

cat-headed fire-goddess of the Eastern Delta.

Her favourite cities were Bubastis in the Delta
(-=3),
and Tar in Nubia.

Rev. 13, 31, before, in the presence of;

one of the 42 assessors of Osiris.
,

Bast shesha arit - -

(?)

m bah a f\ T" _
(I -o>-, a lioness-goddess, a form of Bastt.
1

Copt. JJLJJL&.9. ; a, Q = ><a

JfflS.,_w_,
Bastt Tar $U o J <zr> . Bast of Tar,
time; m tcher bah l\
ill
before, of old B*
an ancient town in the Sudan.

"=a, U. 319, before; tcher bah basa ^^ I

E? W , panther skin.
before.

bahit
Basa ^sj. o
I 1
W , ^feji I W ,
the god
g (I (j Q, a garment (Lacau).
All Bes ; Gr. /3g.

bahen ,
to slay.

bahen , knife. Anastasil, 27, 7,A.Z.

i Q I

bahs
^
W,
*^"
Rec. 25, 14, calf; Copt.
,
Rev. 14, 44,
|

L-fl'
I

f
[J

J
(J
, chisel, graver.

AAAAAA r>

* fl
IQ] &<L,ce. ttf
i
== I

ill
. things

worked with the

bakh , 1]
Js
-=> (t)
^ ,
to bea
V
birth to.
g' ve

bash
chisel.

bakhbakh A.z. 1908,

1^ r-^-i ^*, Rev. 14, i,

, 2
7i, Rev. 12, 14, to vomit.
117, to enjoy.
basha
J,
1 08, 1-8, the Land of the Sunrise where Ra
speared Set.
I ,
to slit, to cut, to split, a cutting tool.
bakhannu ,
.

. *> r\
(o
<2 li I
paraschistes. basha (
I

^^C3ED(| , Jour. As. 1908, 261,

bakhen ,
J to desert
Y ^iJ ; Copt. &UXy.
see
pylon ;
^ 1
baq *
1
i*^^
_u
^\
-cffs i
w .
,
to anoint, to rub

with oil; jji^e \^ .anointed.

the little
waterpot on the scribe's palette ;
see
pes.
*
basti U . I 0, salve, unguent.
\\

Bastt A , IV, 1058,

29 o, |
Loret, Flo. Phar. 95, oil, unguent, salve, oint-
ment ; Copt.
 J B [206 ]
J
=
baq-t U. 170, ,
P. 652, bak ^^ ", ^s* r , work, labour in the
f", _/~ J > -It

f *), field, service; plur. ^ ^, "^ i i i

fv Jl
j

i i i

,
:
Rec. 20, 40, products;
^L/li
0-ir-o H U. 170, the '

,
olive tree in On; , IV, 665, product of Syria;
- P. 652, M. 773, the olive
I
,
the best of the products.
tree of heaven.
^
Baq-t U. i?o, M. bak - 1 "^
%* f f 753, the J i^ (2 gift, tax, tribute,

mythological olive tree of Heliopolis. burden, assessment, vassalage.

baq

to be bright, to be happy, '

Hymn to Uraei, 24.

Amen. workman,
6, 16, manservant, slave,

baq a prosperous man.

labourer, member of the corvee ;
fem.

baq wm , clear, bright, shining.

baq ^
f\
(),
to be protected.
maidservant, slave woman
ji ; plur.

Baqbaq ^ &1
A A I
,
Thes. 818, Rec. 16, 106,
j>
a hawk-god with a bull's head.

Baqbaq ^ ^, Berg. I, 14, & &j^,

a protector of the dead. Hftll-
5\ to be with child, pregnant
baq
;
bak-keriu Mar.
5
i
,

bP' Copt. &OKI.

Karn. 55, 65, tax-paying subjects.
baq fl

^& &4
,
to beat (?) to slay (?)

bakau l> servants, people

baqr , stairs, steps.
attached to the service of the god.
jawbone, cheek (?) ; Copt.
worker," a name of
'

the Sun -god.

bak Rev., reward, price, wages ;

Copt. &6KG.
bak
Bak :, Zod.
^ *
Rev. 12, 65, hawk; see bak; ^ fS^, Denderah, one of the 36 Dekans.
_jA AAAAftA

" hawk of gold," an amulet; Copt. &.H<5"7

bak
*9 >=n -i ^^* ^ ^^^ ^ Thes. 133, a name of the Dekans.
\\

bak ladder = H, frame,

- ,
A H
to work, to labour, to toil, to serve, to
woodwork.
Vp\^ ^/l,

o,
do service, to pay tribute; ^ ,.

|
[I ,
Rec city,

20,
>, 40, to be worked upon (of engraved objects) town; Copt.
 B [ 207 ] B J
I to bless compare vo n * \ 7I\ ^
I
,
H Ph
;

^"i bag-t ^ u^
^7 ^7 , breast, the two breasts.

,
olive oil.
III

bakbak IV, 506, a mine-

Ill' ral substance (?)

ffi Rec. 36, 78, to be weak, to

ftjy> 7^,

<H H -^L^^" $) o be tired, to be feeble, helpless, inactive, wretched,

to be pregnant Copt. &oKI.
"5 '
J "%* /[ , ;
needy, empty of strength.

P re s nant Rec. 31, 30, laxity, slackness, exhaustion.

) I

JH !

^ i/
baka
!'

^~J
I
I'fe^.
^/-*
-^ , morning, sunrise;
!' women.
baga
J
P. 689, inactive, immovable.
^s ^3 (j
,

|j
,
'i\ 34 6,

, IV, 943, morning and evening. bagi

U<=>
baka-t A.Z.
) n , 1905, 27, place,

region, precinct ; plur. ^^ '-I'

(]
fl I
,
Mar.

Aby. I, 19, 3, Heruemheb 24. one, exhausted man, dead person ; plur.

Baka, Bakait '

Hh 35.' the dead,

u i

Pgfj.Hh.552.
a common name for settlement,
UT^
inhabited district, place, region
,

; Copt. B<LKI. S an
Via kail "^\ T\^ the sacred bark

, -?
'Dmm^'
<,"S\

"51 i 1 A
ofHorus.
iMctive god .

plur _

J
s I,
,
DaKa
I

(
<
fcSt '<^^ *K\ H" Anastasi
, I,
_M rr^ \> fi

23, 7, cleft in a rock, gorge, a kind of tree ; Heb.

baga
J^S^Ai'J
bakaa "fci ^^* "^\ (j
', a kind S %M,' ReC -
17 147 ' '

of plant, or tree (olive ?).

a kind of fish.

baka
J\
fl "^"^T^
JI^_ms. i
e
nmD
,
P la tform foun-
j
dation, base.
'
bagasa
Rec. 21,
J^^
baki 3^ M $8%
E=I
fa
HH Jg-5
'
Rev - shipwreck
Copt. aixi.
;

O*Q Q
T"IQ
Uclgiio
14, revolt, rebellion, riot.

11
I
\-f
A^A.
v*\
^N\,
~l

bakr i^^. /\ , stairs, steps ; see the name of an animal.

bagrtha-t Dl\ ffi

*a rp&-*~,
Stele ii, Rec. 20, 31
bag ^
see
bagS-t ^ Y, collar, necklace.
bag
Bags J "i^ ffi
p
J^k B ww, Rec. 36, 157, irrigation

ffl
j ; Copt. UJCTfL
ffi
p XSj,
N. 1058, the god of the
M. 4 68,
J "^
lily,
^
or lotus.
ffi
 J [ 208 ] B J
bagsu batana-t

dagger; var.
>K bata-t
'
I2> ^ 2> P' ate> "^' sn stew-pan
'

Gr. f}tnavt.

P.S.B. 27,186,
:

i i

part of a waggon, chariot (?)

bat, bait "^^Y' Rev- IT> l67>
baten ^ Q ^j, Rev. 13, 112,
^@|^?V
/^VWVA Jfe^ Q >*\
>, Rev. 12,110, "fe^^S, Rev. 13,28, enemy, rebel.

palm branch ; Copt.

Baten & the country of the
Q/\/j,
&HT. o D
*|
I
enemy.

bat batsh
rrrn
weak, helpless.
stalk ;
dual ||

batgeg
bat ,
Rec. 3, 5 7, spelt;
\\ strong, to cut, violent.
see bet-t ; Copt. Denderah III, 8,

IV) 785, house;

Batgeg 3&,
_S^ ^
la L/1
r
ffl .

a hawk-god.
bat
J Heb. rPl .
batga 11 V -Q ffl
,
a kind of stone.

bat-ar
Heb. ^p;
J ^ "J |j|j '^
< =>
, Bethel;
Bathit
*5 fl

'
o

Rev Arch
a
-

title
-

of Isis-Hathor.

Bathah >
Alt K
\,393
'

a goddess.
bati ,
Rev. 13, 25, horror,

abomination ; Copt.
Bathresth(P)
a crocodile-god by the River of Fire.
batiu , -9 <r-^j ^TT
t spelt (?)
l ' ; Copt.
bat-t
A.Z. 1908, 121, B.D. 146, 38, fiends, red-haired
and abominable creatures; Copt. =
devils, filthy batn S ,
Anastasi I, 28, 3

to be wrapped up or involved in

Bata ,
P. 267, some matter.

3L Rec. 21, 77, king of

M. 480, N. 1248, a bull-god with
Batr Ttv\ T' Thakasa.
, 4

batkek
to smite, to shatter.

a kind of pot, or
batcha
and see A.Z. 1906, 77.
J vessel.

Bata ^t Q
ff ^
J\,
Az - -
1880, 94,
batchan
J ^ ^ ^ ^^ J ^
,

86, a god of war and the chase. Amherst Pap. ^^

1

P.S.B. 27, 1
-, 26, i
|
_/A tU
5 B
Bata-anta-t ^.^E I I
**

I /vww\ U
lfl,
1
, staff, stick,

the bastinado-stick, stave, cudgel.

\\
batchar
J
IV, 786, a Semitic name of a woman ; compare
neb. n:yra.
stick, staff; plur.
bataua
evil, wirkedness. J
 J B [ 209 ] B J
M Jfl pavement ; var. 1

"* J1
-, flower, character, quality, disposition, characteristic,

palm (?) garland, plant (?)

moral worth, reputation ; plur.

baa Anastasi
si Go1 "3> I2 9.
& - M i
i
, I, 1,5,
J i .
-

i n
plants, thicket, bushes, a kind of
herb. |U j,
I
Thes. ,483,
J
^J (j
1
^
^ jl
u j
I
, IV, 505.

ba, baa 1 1) o , 1] Q "^\ o ,

Hearst Pap. baa-tban
=;! i -<) i JrSs
evil-natured.

gram. baa-t nefer-t I ,

Gol.
o o o o o o

baa-t 14, 145, well-disposed.

^
Ja
baai || [| II tl , Rec. 20, 43, to wonder,
cake, loaf, a tablet
,

J (j _^, ,

to causewonder, to do a wonderful thing, to be

amazed, be astonished, to consider marvellous
to
or wonderful.

ba
[f,
a cry.
baa-t
J
* \
1 V?'
-HC^ \> J
ba-t <=Qpcryi speech (?)
to mutter
baba '
?)
spells or incantations.
I

!' wonder, wonderful, something to be amazed at,

sack, bag, chest, baggage. a marvellous act or deed, a surprise ; Copt.

ba-t IV, 637, a

JO, J(|., drying
I
; plur.
ja^P-S-B. ",3,^^,
n n i i\ 'i

Ba-t I B. 13. 41, 4, a city in the Tuat. I

, Hymn Darius 7,
(I ,

ba-t
a \7'

,
Rev. n, 182,
"
honey ; Copt. e&JU) ! V fl V&L i i

,
like bees abounding in honey. ., Mar. Karn. 54, 47.
(
III!

baa ,
to rebel, to revolt. baa em baa
^i i _ma tzx I

J
baa - em baa
J (j "^^ extraordinary; T

with f\ ,
a strong negative ;
*\
J (I

truly wonderful [ointment].

13 ff, A.Z. 1905, 104, 1907, 133. Baaiti

JOl^. (j()
I9 5 32> '

~ "
ba-t Bed. 2296, wonderful one," a title of a god.
J fl
^ ||
,

Berl. 17021, 18% ' 7

&, Rec. 16, 56,
baa to work a mine, to dig out
ore.

o
 J [210 ] B J
c^ .ni
3 the sky, heaven, the material
i
,
\j

J o "^
P. N. 64, P. 310,
of which heaven was supposed to be made.
2I4.M. 31, ,
|j

Baa r!
DAO _T T
S_ 1_
p Enn
, 1, 55,
n h
N Sh 'P wreck
'
"
796>
J '
M> 765 '
> ' 23>
JH
^
'

JJ *= 7

J 5!k \ M Io6 = the mine - re s i

J O ^' N- 18 metallic -
'
'

* V\ o v^ in the Sfldan and Sinai I fwn P. 789

J \x
substance, copper ; r-J AAAA 1
; , ;

^^^Jj'-LIl Jf c^a
ny mines
J I , ,
'

metal of the North; b[aa]-t mine (in Sinai).

var. j jr",
J 111/ I
^
^n^} Q I j^i *^.J

metal of the South; var. IU. Later Baau Rec. 169,

J J Ill, 31,

a sky-
forms are:
? JT' god.

baa j r\ ,
A.Z. 71, 141, capital of a pillar.

Baa-heri-ab-pet * ^
nrrm .

D ^ B.D. 1538, 7, the weight of the magical

net.

Baa-ta {^ IStSm ,
Tuat IX, a monster

serpent with a head at each end of his body.

n ri
Q\J n ri
baa = toot.,
U IBB, | U J(jJL (]J Jl,
*3 I ' .=4 1
O baak
nnn' J {]

Hymn Darius i, 6, hawk; see I

(I

^$ the hawk-god of
Baa-em-seh-t-neter (1
Baak-t
j] iron (?)
q ifT^ fi\ ^ r.
narne of an instrument
1 Wl
"
'
bau Peasant 223 =
used in the ceremony of
"
opening the mouth."
J (]
,

baa en pet j] Q %^ -w
*& I -CffS- o
bauk grains, seed, vege-
", L.D. III, 194, o III' tables (?)

/WWVA bauk
O O O
\> [rrrm fj
a
hawk, the hawk-god of
000 JO I ^^ --^> Jx^ i_l
,

Rec. 32, 129, iron of the sky; Copt. heaven, a name of Amen-Ra; plur. J (1 ^gX

baa nu ta ,
earth-iron (?)
cool I 3

baa kam ' ,

black basalt.
EHB

baa
baba Hearst Pap. VI, 8
Jfl JQ
.
 J B [211] B J
bab-t UJ '
(SaVte) ' I33 ' 3 bak M.
J(]JjfV , 183,

^ "~
baf B ft ,
to see, to look ; see 1]
J\ 1 -^5- Ji-
n f\ AAAAAA n AiWWS (D hawk fem.
^H (T ci^5
p.

ban to be evil, to ; plur.

J (j ^, J <^ ^, (]
i

be wicked &UUUm. U. 525, P. i

73 ,N. 684,
; Copt. ,

J(j
n t\ /VAAAA
bana J
(I
n
"^s, a bad man. :
I
,
Rec. 26, 79, i, B.D.
"
ban-t
J ft

"I" J |j ^ evil, wrong, 42, 101, I) ; \^ Y\ V\ ,

U. 209 ; Copt.

sin, misery, wretchedness; plur. ", Gr. Ha'iijO, Horapollo, I, 7.

/VWVAA I

Ci

,
most wicked, or evil, Bakui(?)
wholly bad ; Copt. ' 4 the
' Hawk-god.
& evil personified, the
_ . _ _f&' devil.
it
,
B.I). 1 10,

ban J AAAAAA sweet, pleasant = . 15 (i) a hawk-god, 1000 cubits long, in Sekhet-
:

||
,
J (j jf
Aaru ; (2) a god of letters, one of the Seven Wise
ban-t gods, Diim. Temp. Inschr. 25 ; (3) a hawk-god
J(] ^.Jl) 0<j in Tuat III.
harp; Copt. JSoiItH, OTUJIrtl.
Bak- J^^n^ffUec.
ban I
fl
>

-"
,
to play a harp.
.si) I
*
1 1, 70, a divine hawk with parti-coloured plumage.

ban J
(I , javelin, spear. Bak-t II [| ~~~, Tuat III, a hawk-goddess.
.rO I *-c5-

ban-t

,
Amen. 6, i r, 13, 6, to be sweet, IV, 897, the hawk-boat of Horus,
1

barge, boat in general.

J Bak-t U. 578, N. 9 66,

n r\ J (]
,

banr-t (I
<^> n , sweetness. a town in the Tuat.
J
n "^ Q
K C=D
*T? f
banr dates. Bat, Bati
-4
fl
/iii ,
\\

Banr-ra-t Ijfj'" Omboa III, 27, 218, [S7~,N. 1346,

-=:J I<Z>/Q dill
,

2, 131, a goddess. &

3Q
"N i/
I, Sf , king of
A ^=^
n f\ Q AVSAAA
2
bah Ox "Aww, flood, inundation.
-<l 1 /N AA/VA/V\
the North (as opposed to I
, nesu, king of the
Mb. IV, 99 8, lion.
J|j J(5^, South), king of Lower Egypt ; Gr. B/n/9 ; plur.

bahes a young
| H 5r?W
fierce lion (?)
J 1)
,

baqer good =
J (j |,
excellent,
J %> M.477, N. 1245, 0, P. 266,
V
'

|, IV, 85,' , IV, r6 9 ,

bak Rec 2 7,
59. to twitter,
II /) ^=a fa '
-

Tombos Stele 14,

<=> \\
&T to cry (?) I,

O 2
 B 212 ] B J
J [

y i

a disease of the eye.

,

i
i Q \U i diI'll' i i i

Thes. 1287, kings of the South and ba A.Z. 42, 107, Roller Pap. 4, 8.
I, J o,

North king of the kings of ba ,

to shine, be bright.
;
the North. l|

bati ,
a title of two priestesses.
f

bati - 2,iv, $7 vf ^i Mission 13, 143, to shine, to give

1015, the "two ears of the king of the North," splendour; Copt.

L
light,

titleof an official.
baaa
ba,
^ the festival of the king *j
'
3 of the North.
sticks of palmwood; plur. ,-
- n ^ ffl '
i
j J
'

Bati l^"Ji, B.D. 41, 4, a dweller in

**O \\\H
Amenti, king of the North (?)

Tuat III, a form of

.Ban Ban
Bati Bati U S? $7 tf

V$)VgK)' Osiris.
the name of a god.
Batiu
'

,
Tuat VI, the deified kings of the North.
^^J^, N. 1245,
baa _ _ a = _ a
j
~"
,
contradiction.

/I, a group of
'

four gods in the Tuat. Rec. 121, to converse, to speak in a contra-

I
4,

bat dictory manner.

baa (?) L _ DI a kind of disease.

-
,
the of a very high meaning J
Q ,
title official,
10 to

J_
like
" bearer of the seal of the H551 11 /~ sip, to lap, to moisten
something king
of (the lips?)
of the North
"
; plur.
_ ^_
Jp I
^v^yvN

flvwwi,
(www ^3
n
I
_ - n
Q I

^ii
Q

Batheh(?) J, ,*$ to make wet, to moisten, to sip, to lap ;

f
'
Copt. & e &e.
bath
J=^, J*^, J V.5V.5
baba H
J __j] J __*,
P-
o
54,
*jj f
to
.

n Wood
smear

u -
- " baba-t
nvec,,
P. 41, N. 659, 1159, to walk, to run, to leap, to

leap in, to leap out, to escape, to hasten, to

depart.
Rec. smelter.
bath ^^ ^4 to carry off, to seize. i
1
I
, 2, 15,

o
I
II
,

^& 73

bath J S^=5 vim 3

baa
J' ^> ^, J
,
J S^ ^L , evil, de-

I <>-=> (&\ Amen. 16, 19, 21, 2, 27, i,

structive, the name of a devil. gc,

1 B
|^ Tomb Ram. , Ill, 79, 10, to explain (?)

bauhu
"^ @ ~ ^ flood .ce bah.
bath 18a, Berl. 3024, 113, a i]
^i (2 A i i
, ;

sick man, one vexed with the devil of a

bathi S^p &, Northampton

disease. KO-K.
ban
J
H
^ ,
P- ^'
277, M-
ream ^
S 2I >
'

]a ke (?)
N- 1
102,
poo] ;

J (j(j
\f[
ban-t
J^w? ^, Rec. 30, 72, T. 26, P. 389,
Rep. n, profession.
N. 165, 208, neck, throat, bosom.

ban
[>rofcssional men
J|f| fl,
Jg^S' l

ou^aT , (?) an object in metal, to plate, to inlay.

 J B [ 213 ] B J
a
bana n 3 \fr,
^^
a kind of plant.
^Jj A^AAAA I N
Banti H'^? Tuat X, a dog-headed ape- T. 82, M. 236, N. 613, I, 34, an abundant food
\\' god.
n supply, bounty, abundance; j_ ji Q ;** Jl

har fl ",r \ $&$ T,-

a mass of water ;
com- -d) X JL u
\\ \ ii T
J <=> T=T 1 L.
an abundant harvest.
i
pare Heb.

bah, baha
-a<l
11 o %
A
& A^
*HM
,
N. 1326,

\\
Jn"Cn
M. 1 1 1,
A ^3
f\ /wvw\

O
a
w
5:?'
AAWW 1

ra
rx

QO
R8l)
^3 J
n

N. 25, giving meat

Q
"litf'
A /121
A jO

'
Baal '
J | ,

a Syrian
and drink in abundance, to feed full.
god of war and the chase, sometimes
Nastasen Stele 39,
batha ^, 1
identified by the Egyptians with Set Heb. hya

Bar-m'hr
J
<=? ra
;

^ ^,
.

bi
1)
D
is&7

Lacau
* ,

vessel, pot.

a
jj^i ]
J 1]|) T[~,
judge in the Harim Conspiracy compare
;
bi M ^ IV, 612, to make a wonder
inrr^l (Deveria). of.

Barta
J - o<^>||) ^,
Ba'alath n ^, bi-t ,
A.Z. 1905, 14, a wonder;

Beltis, the consort of

^Q2 hyi (Exod. xiv, 2, , IV, 340, 347.
Numb, xxxiii, 7, Asien 315).

bah, baha 08,^996,

^ jl
A
Bii the name of a fiend.

J 33, J .

-
JQ oR
A
-ft-

Ji,
,

J
n
,
a form of
Hathor.

^W
I]

^Q
- a
Q

A
eg S
-^y^

^1
*VAAAA^
'fsj^r.
^^
AAAV\
,

^J
n
bina
A.Z. 1908, 85, the phoenix bird Gr.
-^^r f] -^Sr fl
; </>o?vig.
^^, S^JAMww, S if,
to flood
bu
/V\AA^

with water, to submerge, to be flooded

U AA/VSAA
fcAj fcAj LJ

_ a
Jj(s,
Amen. 9, i,
Jj%,
a sign of

-
;
j

Q wwv. r,
f] -ft=-
^^w^ fl negation, not ; Copt. JLJLG.
A AAA^AA
(J.M.335,
1 ^i)
Jfi
A ^^~-0,M.
A/WWi
iAj ]
334,
bu ar 1 @ ,
do not = Copt, jutepe.
B0
A 1
R
AAAAAA ^iLl
^, P-78;* f
^^ -i ^1
fl
I

,
Rec. 21,
**, Rec. 21, 14, irrigation officer.

bah
T. 243, P. 608, water-flood, abundance of water.
c
bu pu ua (a no one.
Bah , "Waterer," a
Jj] ,

'

title of the Nile. bupu-t J(s ;Copt.

Q
bupui-tU J%D^(|(] | ,
A.Z. 1908,

B.I). 64, the god of the not

20, i36B, 7, 73 ff., ; Copt. JuCne.
Nile-flood.
bu an fle ^ ungracious, unpleasant,
bah malignant.
J
A -JfS-,
A Jn J A X
-J?-j|,
|
- fl X e^^i. to lie abundant.
^) U

bah
J -a|eSo^, p ap .
3024, 87, a G/ ,
B.D. 8 IB, 6); Copt.

man overwhelmed with misfortunes. ;

J [
_ ]
.
(j
, place of wine ;

J
 J [214] B J
s, U. 12, 34, 80, 345, N. 262, bu bu nefer
942.
349, 560, place where thy feet are.
bunr Ijs 777^,
= .A -A
II
-a i

buaakhu jje'^fe,
'

,
Goi. 14,144, o o
T
^ T
p ^\
I
Vj.
VVV/W
'

the best, excellence. S\ Jl Jl I I I

A place of strength
1 <^> fl,
U ^J CTT3 1
fl
<CT> |,
U -^ <f
J
~*~
<f
1

or perfection, Amen. 12, 12, 24, i, with

i.e., strength, wisdom, perfection. I -A
",

bU Ua one place /
and v\ outside ; Copt.
J
i
i
I
, ; ,
ji

bu huru J ^b ^'
in one or the same place, together.
Jl j*O j*O ^^~v^ fl
|
:
^ "^ .
Peasant

bU uab \f 1
,
I
f ^a \
ww^ , place of 167, 263, badness, wickedness, shameful.
^^*) t -ad ^zJ ( /V^AAA

purity, i.e., cleanness, purity. bu her sekheru

< Gen. Epist. 68
bu ur J
^K ^*, J , place of great-
Bu place of eternity, a name
ness, majesty, riches, prosperity. of the Other World.

-
i.e.,

buban
J^ Jlj^.
^
^

disas-
Je J{]^, J ,

of ter, misfortune.
place evil, i.e., wickedness, evil, misery,
wretchedness. bu kher P lacc helow> ''
under.
bumaa 0.35, 126,
bu Sa protection, the place where
'

protective magic is worked.

bu Sa (?) J Copt. -M-GIt-

971, Rec. 35, 73, place of truth, i.e., truth. ertci (?)

bu menkh bu kiu Ji <r3fjflwu,A.Z. 1906, 160,

1907, 99, foreigners, strangers, foreign (?)
bu neb
, every place, everywhere.
bu ga lie ffi "|\ ^ &, Anastasi I,

bu nebu, bu nebt Jj
i

J , perfection, com-

pleteness, conclusion.
I Peasant 262, I I
bU tU
,

*a i
I ti
I i t Jj

y 1

, T- j'^ST- Peasant 214, calamity,

W
iniquity, misfortune.
evil,

IV, 835, Bed. Pap. 3024,

men
108, all men, every-

^M
bu tcheser
J ^^ 7

f, J
body,
B.D.G. 1064.
in general, 1 I \
,

J ,_fL ^ -
Rcc -
33, 3, sanctuary, holy place.

bu nefer Jj%\ I* ""i Peasant 197, bu-t ,

a kind of fish.

happiness, i.e., happiness, felicity ;

^ ,
U. 189, P. 687, M. 223, N. 977,

Ij*
,
I'easant 288,

happiness caused by plenty of food.

happy folk i
Jj
n
17 T tne
J^^^J^^
inate, to hate, to hold to be hateful or accursed.
 J B [215] J
Amen. 3, 5, 26, 14,
J,

I
, chief, mighty one, magnate, lord, over-
I I

T. 344, abomination;
,

j 1 <2 (111
11 -ex
ol. 12, 97, loathsome thing;

Israel Stele 9. <2

buiti
^Qfl ^\fl
(1
1
fl
1
\^
_LLU* JE^*
i

I
,
Tombos Stele 4,
?.

I
, Hymn to Nile 3, 14.
hateful persons, abominable beings or things.

but ka fl
JIJl
&
%T ^72i ^ U
I
,
a hateful per-
son.
Seti
Bua-tep
I, one of the 75 forms of Ra (No. 42).
* seeBesu-
But-Menu t^X^p SU
]
Menu.
JIJr buaait
^ e 1 Ik ^JL
i i i r wonders,
j] (] Qf]
J*e$. 1 1 marvels.
L i i I

but (bes-ut ?)
J <^V to come forth (?)
bun JI^^IE^, P. 425, M. 608,
^J1)4-
,
place of issue (?) /wwv\ ^i) wvw\
some kind of N. 1213, claw, nail, talon.
but(?) workman. B.D.G. 1194, a serpent-
^ *~ Bun(?) <&
bu \ , beams, rafters.
1 '
J*"" fl
fiend and form of Set.

Tuat XI I, a singing
Bun-a
JflVni
y dawn-god.

or grain offering.
,-JW- bunes
i -
I

]
,
to eat, to devour; see
V

bubu J % J%
\\
annular ornaments.
burqa 14,

bua place; see

'

to shine, to lighten, to glimmer, to sparkle, bright,

J$J%"<L,
.

_ZI _acs. =a
j 31
' shining; Copt. &pHX, &pH(3"e, Heb.
bua-t, buai-t "^\ Bed. 3024,
J fl }
1 _MS. S ,

buha ,
fu g' tive . he wh o flies,

92,
n -ft. /^ fL n J\ I U coward.
fl
n f\ <

buhnra y <g
' '
>
Y\
-J
,

J n ,

Love Songs 2, 1 1, to mock at, to

high place, hill, high rock.
laugh at ; Heb.

buSU (?) cheeks

J I
, (?)

busa fwTj Demot. some

J j\\ IQ) I, Cat.,

silver object given in dowries.

to be wonderful, or marvellous, to hold to be
n
^. -i n vifws> bug-[t] Rev. 14, 107,
wonderful, to magnify; j jo
I
v-, 3 <^> J^ffi|J|,
pregnant woman.
thou art more wonderful than
(I

IT
ftx
j ^^
^ *' those who are in thy train. but
^ <rSl barle y 5
C V L fi-^Te, Gr.
Jfl I

J fl
I o "\i'/<n.
bua-t
J_y yj jjj^.777'
Rec I4> 97,
but
''1 ^3 a kind of
'

Kubban Stele 31, marvels,

cense (?)
-w j

'
wonders.
butchiu
^ "^
.

^
i

J I) (j f||
-

who are burned or scalded.

beb ^ to be violent.
J fl S4> -/ij

o 4
 J [ 216 ] B J
B.D. 6 1,
bebu 1 4, strong
man.
bepi I, B.D. i68,Qerr-tX
Jofifl
to to revolve to "~
beb )

circulate.
>
bef J ,
to see, to look at.

P w n AAft/VNA

beb II \| ^m{ ,
a metal pectoral or breast Befen "<$, dSe,
ooo ^i) />AWSAA ^il S^~.

nich Stele 51, one of the seven scorpions of Isis.

plate, collar ;
17. ,
uraeus headdress (?)
J J

Re,
Befen-t 1 ^AA^^ W, consort of Befen.
beb, beb-t
JJ^.JJ^, bmai (bum'i) =
lil'^l]!],
" iv, 781
27, 86, 11 1 1 |
_, cave, cavern, cavity, hole -^ji 1 1 _

' == =
in the ground, hiding-place, den, lair ; Copt. ji 1 1
. fl
](]
U 1
Him, high places.

ben J
^AAAA, Amen. 27, i, not; Copt. It;
beb-t 1
j JVWJAA
,
the deep part of a stream,

source; I I
\\
/ww N
AA^AAA (I
<^>
Gt-A
*w> Berl. 19286,
^f\ -f-^ AA/sA/W 1 Y^ rTN A/VWVA
bena j]
*
(j
<s> , not.

depth of the Nile; see ^ ^; |<= J<

ben N. 799 = benr
deep water, JJ ^.-AAAA, IV, 464, B.M. 374. J ^^AA^, jl^
i i WWW\ P. 152.

Beb B.D. 17 (Nebseni),

ben
JJ^j, J^t, - Sj,
jlA
evil, wickedness,

125, II, 6, M ^S ,
Rec. 27, 84, the first-born
wretchedness ; see Copt. fi.O3CX3rte.
J \\
-^^ ;

son of Osiris who ate the livers of the dead ;

see Baba, Babai, Babi Gr. B$KT. ben-t Metternich Stele 35, evil.
; Jj-^L,
Bebi
J J O> the eldest son of Osiris
(1 ; benu J
D <S
$&, ,
evil one, wicked man ;

n *
see
Rhind Pa P- l8
J Jfc^*'
-

Bebi y $ B>D Ij a d P"

- l8 '
l> i n n Q /a n n
il/1/1 r~mn o
oena
J J HH SLJ
'
headed god of the dead.
*&
l -wv^
ql A
A2.\
/VQ.
^i^
,
"D
Rev,,
^!)
~^>A n

Bebti(?) fV . B.I). 17 (Nebseni), 44,

the guardian of the Bend of Amente. Rev. 13, 9, badness, evil, wickedness, sensual,

Beb-ti Mar. Aby. 45, the god bad;varr.J,o(j(]^o,J_]^^,

n J),
11
I,
-j\ ^J\
1)
v i

of .
Rev. ; Copt, ficoome.

beb-t
benha-t
J!
F ~$h,
Vf 3 \
lv '
I
7 5>
J
hearted, rebel.
l
vi
!'

a kind of herb or flower.

bebait 26, 233, a god of evil.

ben-t

harp; Copt. Some.

w
benben-t ww^ H.D.
J J~ , 145, 8,
^
J J Rechnungen 58, 59, a kind of

bebut(P) JIJ)
fl
llo %
_zr i i i
arrows.
-'
to escape, to flee, to pass away,
wood, pahn-stick.
/i

'

JWSA/VN
J\ to be dissolved, to go on.
bebnth(benbenthP) .
539,

hTio S J ur As '9 08 26z

bena
-

T. 295 SI A . >

J (j ^, to go, to come.
 J B [217] B J
n n AAAAAA n /WWV%
A^VW^
benben benben-t Mission 13,
Jo Jl^/JI^/ >

JJ ,

IV, 925, to hasten, to come.

& & o =1 Rec. 4, 30, the sanctuary of
''DO CT~3 I' the benben or sun-stone.
ben 1
,
B.D. 39, it, to copulate.
benben- 1 "~~
, male, man. , n n "AAAAA
J i
JTA' J
V S9i f] fj
\UAAAA"
^JU
A, YY,
benben ^
JAWAA A JJ & LA
/\i I
LJ ,

JJ
of an obelisk, the top of a

J^
the pyramidion
benn
JA^VWVA ^,
Rec. 32, 68, to copulate, to beget, to be
IV, 943, B.D. 17, i35, pyramid.

!l
nben
lJ
^ JHJ' J *-
begotten, virile, phallus.
a pyramid tomb,
on Jk an .<ii^i! Qn ,

tomb in general; vw* ^'^'

J jl *"***/'?'
Tuat IV, a phallic god.
J ,
172, 30, bier.

a portion of the body ; plur. benben J J A, N. 971, a fire offer-

p
J/WWV\
,

AAAAAA /WVW\ I 1

n
J ing [in the house of Seker] ;
*^7

*tej
ww J
AAAAAA
*
two egg-shaped organs of
hen-ti1 IT
JL \\0' the body. ,
N. 663.

v
r 1
"
^, v
r^
; , the two breasts
Benben JJ Mar - Aby- T- 44, a
Jr+ssw.
e, e.^7 O ^^7 (1(1,
-wwvviiil solar-god (?)
of a woman ; see
Benben ~w ^A^, ft, N. 971, a
J J
J o light-god in the temple of Seker.

Jpavo
c Jrin -I
iTr,
j f
boil, Benbeniti /\,
Li

pustule, abscess, gangrene, pus. \\ '1'uat I, Tomb of Seti I, one of the 75

w ft
~ w
/WVAAA

", some ball-shaped

forms of Ra (No ; 74).
JAA/WSA -*<=
n benben J J ;
see J J .

object, ball, eye-ball, apple of the eye;

(1
J AAAAAA AAAAAA I A/WWA AAA/*AA

the two eyeballs.

benau L - 1> - 111 ' 194 '*
benn-t ~~ Ebers Fa P- 35
,

bena
benn amulet, the evil eye, witch- J *AAA (j
K, iv, 1 183,

:
; Copt. &UXJUtt.
rv

n n.
^
n /WA'WN
benn r:
w rings, bracelets.
JftAWW
<rr=> / 1

=a O III
,
<7 n H
o sweetness; see
ben-t 15, 152, JAA/VAAA
[1 W fli J

cincture, belt, girdle, J

1
1
/
- (1 y- Ci^l.

w B.D. 145, 36, a kind of wood.

bena ari
J HI, well-

^
,
JISAAAAA
doing, gracious.
H Tuat VIII, a light-god of
JQ'" the 7th Pylon.
bena
i i
young palms, palm
shoots.
UMM
i

\ ^AAAAA I /WAAAA U
)
O
bena />

J ******
U
i A. AI
v *
'J"JA-3iJl'J"-
n *^^^ n n ***A
date wine,
J!

<VA*A*

J A OO
d LJ , a
ii
,
Jl ram J nnm
,
the stone bnaiia
J AAAAAA
B.D. 134,
bathe
7, to
(?)
symbolic of the Sun-god, obelisk, pyramid ;
see
swallow ;
Copt. &Htte,
JM lf(
 J B [218] B J
n
Benf gigp, Metternich Stele
J 58-,

1 AAfW\A
one of the seven scorpions of Isis.
o , IV, 831, a kind of stone, pebbles,
J/w DTTTTI n
m n
the ore of
benr
J
flints;
Joe
1]
MI
,

Jl
umn,
1 1 1

copper (?) a stone used in medicine.

J
A A - corn- grinders, with <d> and
benuit j , outside, exit; Copt.
D mnn querns. n c? <i=>
see bu n r U vw
benn-t cakes, J\
^?'J
i i

111' loaves.
Benr fl ^^ % B.D. 142, III, 25, a town
benu =. N. 757, claws, nails, JlSfil 1
of Osiris.
talons see bun.
Nastasen Stele 38, bowl,
;

benr
J]
^^ E= sweet water," a name
of the Nile.
TV
JT
J/V^^sA vessel. r|c7^^wv^
benra n T. 345,
bennu r ., to set something in ^1) /OOO
,
I],
I o o o

O (2 metal.
n

VJ
^3 r
Ill

o
JAAA^/V\

J o
Metter- <"'

nich Stele 92, the benu bird ;

o-
,

a
JAAAA'W J ooo * J o o o

J O O ,
fresh dates, IV, 171; Copt.
Rec. 30, 72.

Benu B.D. -
a
D benri-t
bird-god sacred to Ra and Osiris, and the incar-
date P alm Copt. Knit e.
nation of the soul of Ra and the heart of Osiris ;
' ;

Venus as a morning star was identified with him ;

Benu was self-produced, and the bird appeared

each morning at dawn on the Persea Tree in Rec 3^.78, d.M
Anu the Greeks connected it with the Phoenix
(jf,"
; ;

see Herod, ii, 73, Pliny N. H. x, 2, Pomponius wine; J

(1 \\ 3
j
O ,
new date wine.

Mela H C7 /^ftAAA
ili, 8, Tsetzer, Chil. v, 397.
benra-t n
^=0=, date wine.
J t)

Benuf D ^ ,
P. 662,
i)
^! ^=^ 1]
=3
benrati
P. 782, an enemy of Osiris (?); var. D J^|)5^|^^,Rec.
J
M. 19, 92, 1 H** m Q HS, labourer in a palm grove.
774.

Beneb
J )j>
Rec -

n
-
benra
,,,
-a
n
- y
n,
/
n

J oO,
/
-c? n *"""" A
MR,
Jl<=>1^
V

a native of Beneb. I to be sweet, sweet, to be grateful to

,
-J\ <^>/ i

benpi = Copt, jutne. the senses; n 'ce; *~^ N. 799,

y |j
.
J ^\,
f\
f\ n /WVNA)
1 ^w^^ ^K, P. 152, sweet things.
J/SAAAA/- Q (]l|j7,Rr.
12,25,
J Q J /Q _ZT

(](]\D.
Rev - iz >
z6 '
U
benr-nes-t
J L/ K ^7i - sweet-tongued,

Rev. 13, 41, iron speaker of fair things.

; Copt.

Z^- benr-re tt sweet-mouthed.

benf ,
A.Z. :
,

^3
ij
O
Rec. 31, 31, exudation or emission from an benra benra 1
()
1 w* () , very
*s / ^3 /
animal or reptile. sweet, very nice.
 J B [219] B J
n
benrit ,U. 63,^134, Bentui
1
o' J
(5)1, P. 720, M. 747,
Jt^, j^>J^^.
AW Va n<7 two fiends in the Tuat.
,.T.i8.,B
o r \
,
J]J
JaJ
bent-ti
n ^^wv^A
^^^ v
^-7
the two breasts varr.
, ;
J "

JTQ
Jl o^7
^
, sweetness, a favour, any-
bent 1
5~?j to copulate, phallus.
thing sweet or pleasant or nice; plur.
II!
*
bent IF Rec. 11,62,

to tie, to bind, to bind with spells.

A Z 39> to groan>
bent
JH^==^
- ' '
9 5 '
' '

@ 2i to moan.
benri, benriti
bent .
1202,

Israel Stele 10, an exclamation of grief, woe !

^ =^ rjr' l- e alas !

yden Pap., confectioner,

v /WVV .Yr-rVw
f\ f\
,-~,

n
t~?
-<
> Q Mission I, 159,
<r>
JAAVlAA
(1(1
1 1 \\/
'

J^* "pT,
~ "
bennhU J 8
^\
K ,
to turn away,
Rec. 29, 157, vineyard, pergola.

or aside ; Copt. ^Oltg, (?) J

" ' Mar. Mast. 181, 186, vineyard, estate.
benkh J \v ,
Rec. 15, 127, to make

an incision in bark; to cut.

j /WA~W,
n /VAAAA outside, exit, gateway ; Copt. &oX (efi.oX).
bensh \\ CSZI, bolt, part of a door ; plur.
ber Rev., eye ; Copt. ;
dual

o o'

beng a kind of bird. to become hard to

J g ,
brrr?)
v '
>

ossify.
beng berber
JTl^jli
bent,benti jy, J^,J A r^^3, pyramid, stone with a pyramidal top;

See WAAft WAAA

j J

berber
\\ J <^> J <=> \ ,
a loaf of bread

of a pyramidal shape.
n /WSA'^
berber <^r> <=zr> ,
to cast out,
-Tuatll, asinginc J ] c
\\'J
JAAA/WV a 1
to wreck, to overturn ; Copt. fiep&CJOp.
ape-god :
plur.
AAAA Tuat I.
2
I
,

Rev
Jfll- ^^!
J
2
bra '
"
' 35 1 ,

J 21
Benti-ari-ahe-t-f I

Copt, ^ip, &&IpI.

)
^ \\ <=> 1 X ^. *

,
Tuat VI, an ape-god.
berkaru
Stele 40, beads
Jill
1]

some kind of metal ornaments.

III
,
Herusatef

Benti !
KI) -
I7 ' I24 '
Isis and (?)
J
Roc name of a
J11^
I
Nephthys in ape forms. Berqer -
35, 57,
n A/wv\A t
<cr> liend used in magic.
Bent(?) ^, \,P. ,61,
-i) Cl ^J iiiniiii to force open a door ;

T. 210, the son of Uat-Heru. Copt.

 J B [ 220 ] B J
beh Statistical Tab. 39, beha
a 8
'

Rec -'
49, to break
J ill, IV, 711,
Jl
fl
X L_=/l
'
or tear in pieces.
^ ^ to flee> to run
ru ^b^" H ^b\^~

behau (offerings), a kind of

"I fish.

Mfl, he who runs away, coward. beha 11 __/] ~f5 ;

see bah.
*s3 A
{j
>A<
^ =
beh rQ earth, ground, place. Behus <> B.D.
J (
109, 9 the calf,

beh ra some odoriferous substance, of Khera (?) a soul of the East, the calf star,
Jl
I)
\\
IO
ff-o '
incense the morning
(?) star.
S
beha-t rO '^ T, Koller Pap. 4,
^'
j]
rrvs |
6, behUS 3 m, a kind of stone.

J ra
Rec '6> 69, Anastasi IV,
j^ |\ ni -

Behuka j J
'6,

"
s,

*
J ra
^ ^,
J ^ ra
^ L-a, Wv
'
(I
y^, Mar. Aby. I, 49, Sphinx I, 88,

-Jra1f,Jra^ fan;plur .

S ^^s "^K H. Abbott Pap. 10, 1

J , 2, 1,

^*w
ra
the name of a swift Libyan dog of Antef-aa.
_o:\^ t i i

* "

m behukaa
J m
behen i i "|\ ,
Mar. Mon.
t_a, J
:
^1 A v. )WSs 1
rfCj AA/WAA ^-^l A/SAAAA ^J MM*AA

A to cover over, cover,

covering, cover Div. 49, Rec. 36, 86 = T
j^y.
let, veil ' = =>
n *\ c\ T* ^ . i x-
Behutit Z ^, the city-goddess of Edfu.
v5

S
2i

mast P ole fla g-

beh behuthth-t > '

Jj | ^, IV, 1 08 1, a part of the body. ,

* =
beh fi(=u>, prepuce; Copt.
behut-t jr^.,
J
f==S Mar. Karn. 42,
beh I! 8 *, what is in front. n, 8,
J$ A .
"' .

beh Stele 8, Tf>- r^Pf

beh ^
1 1 i
'
Rec '
4) 32) shruos
which Osiris was buried.
among
throne on steps, stairs, seat of a god.
behh -^J
^* ,
a kind of shrub. *
Rec. 29, 190, a shrine
^)
S)
AA
{j
Behut-t 1

*" in Lower Egypt.

behu D f , teeth, tusks =
=il A | | |
behut-t (?) tablet for offerings,
altar.
Copt. o&g,e.
beh H >- B.D. 39, 12,
Behut-ti <-^,
o \\
the Sun-god ofc^s, whose
o O
form was that of a beetle.

behutt cSJiSSF, to spread out the wings.

to cut, to to hack, to carve, to
;; _j kill,
hew stone.
behen u. 455,
beh-t .P.S.B. 17,198,
(D
JJ^. Hfl- .T.iy,

" ,
Thes. 1481, , IV, 969,
the tearer," a
P.S.B. 17, 197,
J kind of bird. Q AAA^A^ n Q <SAftA^ n Q (WWSft H rt ^W<A'

behu P.S.B. 10, 48, a class of I

'V > 'Jni^'JIrvvJ
A ^^-^
rfj A I_F ^*AAA^ -ei) >

servants or workmen. \N n
VJ DOx 'W^A'w HOV n
'^^^
JI^^ AAA^A^ r
\> II TV II

behhu (?) \\
J NK- JAO^^' 1 '

J
T >^^. to slay, to cut in pieces, to stab, to
hyena. I I
-/l'
pierce, to perforate a body.
 J B [221] B J
to give light, to light up, to
behen baleful, deadly. bekh '
,
G illumine.
Tuat a light-
Behen-t I,
Bekh B.D.G. 200, a black-
AAAAAA
o goddess.
I,

^^-Tmn, Rec. 31, 31, haired bull-god of Hermonthis, the Living Soul
of Ra, the Bull of the East, and the Lion of the
i i i

deadly serpents in the Other World. West Gr. Bnviv, Macrobius, Sat.
; I, 26, Aelian,
behen P-S-B. .3, 4, to
I)e Nat. An. XII, i r.
Jjf^~<
behenu J !, >>-.
2 4, 2, bekh
| J-
i
fighting dogs.
1910, 112, to give birth, to produce.
behes u.
J| ^pa , 20,
^} bekh-t j
"

W) ,
what is born, produced.

a kind of tree.
bekhb[6kh] ? J J
^ | ,

2 , calf; plur.
J | ^, P. 45

bekhen V^\ ,
to cut, to saw.
1]
*<i AAAAAA

n w = n e = -QJS- n
bekhen *~w
nnm
,
* , \\
o
'
6 4' Jl ^J\ \\ HUE -J\
'
1
!' J n
^~^ n
w**
n
m ann
,
Jo<
o<
1 ,

J I

nnm
,

J anm

a kind of stone from VVadi Ham-

^ '
* SUcking calf " .^1 AAAAAA Jt m
uiiui
,

nTTiTl

behes [1
& ,
calf.
J^ AAAAAA
cr ''I
,
ReC,
|j
-d) A I
20, 41.

behes
JffU, iv, 893, bekhen-t
J^-J~^S1
JsXI
n -^
L=fl' JXl -'
n s n \?
to hunt to '
the
chase. J)
II ^
c*
Ml
2J
CTT3, Thes. 1286,
J)
|]
'

behsau
J| |1 (] ^ L-fl, hunter.
o
behes
J |
fl W, a hunt, game.
_u
i
,
/>wwv
Jl D Q
1 c~D , gate-house, pylon ; plur.

n X6H n^nri 1 1 1

J nlTi' J T" <*u /A J T* LkLI !

'

,,.
'

^ n n
beht-ti

or double throne
=J|
W
A \\ \\
;
'

see
", Rec. 12,

fi c=s ^
2 1 1 ,
two thrones,

.
J
Rec. 20, 40,
j
Rec.
n

J^/jfjJ' ^ AWVW
i_

(|
, 8, 9,

the two towers of a

J 1 ,
J! ,

beht
J | c^.
throne.
_rjj, seat, pylon; , IV, 365, two great towers.
^a
J
\\ Q \\

bekh-t 1
quantity, amount.
^) Q ,

bekhnu Rec. 20, 85, a fortified

I

J ,

bekhkh LT - fill N - 6 43, (I nnni .

JJ|%fl. >

town; plur. J
,
Rec. 19, 16.

Hh. 414, B ft, Rec. 168, to be hot, to

31,
Bekhen B - 1X l6 5. '- a
,

proper name (?)

I T. 336.
burn, flame, heat, fire, fiery ;
J ^K| \ ,

bekhes fl , bread, cakes.

Bekhkhi 8* Qfl fl=^3. Tuat vni, the Jl i i i

^J) v i i

name of the 7th Gate. bes R, A.Z. 1908, 17, an amulet.

J
Bekhkhit
Jj
P- ,
T uat X >
a "ght-goddess
of dawn. bes 3 2i,p. 398, M. 568
Jp, JpfJ,T.
Bekhbekh
J J ^ ,
J Jx^ , N. 1175, to flame up, to be hot.

B.D.C, 453 besit H ^, flame, fire, bla7.e.

;var.JJJ|, | ||||
 J B [222 ] B J
bes
JH- >
flame . fire .

..D. Ill,
bes
Jl **-
1

1400.

Besu-en-setch-t
J fl V (1
x
(1,

form, figure, body, statue, a visible image of a god,

B.U. 125, III, 23, the fire of the
I I I a re-incarnation (?) ; plur. Xl ^Jr
I

i n I) fl Tuat X, god of the fire-stick

'

and maker of fire.

Besi
JP (JO
<CX J ,
a hawk-god, one of
Jj *1T
the 75 forms of Ra (No. 68).
Besi Tuat a singing ape-god.
J P (m , I,
Besu-Ahu (?)
J fl V^ ^p Jj',
Besit
J l)(|-(J,Jpl|(|-,Tuati, B.D. 125, III, 35, a magical name of the right
a serpent fire-goddess. foot of the deceased.

B.D. 125, III, 35; title of Ra.

i i _B<^ i u r ill see Besu-Ahu.
Bes- t-aru-ankh.it -kheperu jj
fl

bes 1 1
'
^k >^> instructor, teacher,
school-
^^,^J|!
-A JlUll Q Q^Jl
Wjflj
the
master ; see I 1
name of the IXth division of the Tuat.

besu ,
P. 797,

doors ; see I
Nav. Lit. 30, the name of a form of Ra.
Jokr
Besi-em-he-t-kauit /

bes, besi Rec. 31, 162, 171, <y\ j"

J ,
-^ =^ i

I
,
Denderah IV, 60, a warrior-god.
,
Amen.
Besi-neheh J\ 1k "ad-
JP.M
J jl | ,

vancer [through] eternity," a title of Ra and of

'** other gods.

Q to come, to come on, to advance, to pro- Besi-sahu

<3=<
,
J [!()(]

gress, to rise (of the Nile), togrow up, to swell, Nav. Lit. 68, a title of Ra.
to lead a force against a town, to enter upon [the
besit
-a
study of literature] P. 215; Copt. i

; fl ,
J
n n -o^ n n
cnrici. bes
<0tl
Jfle^, Jfle
beSS Peasant 2 Rec. 1 a disease of some kind which is
J [1 P
,
1 1 ,
1
8, 83,
boils or sores, or swellings.
accompanied
by
J p [1 "^$Jj.
IV, 55, I-ove Songs 7, 6, to
Vkoca
UUoJs fl R
I
fl
I
m
I Osj ,
foetid matter,
mours, excretions.
pus,', hu-
advance, to rise, to pass on, to pass up. in

IV '57, to bes a part of the body,

bes '

Jfl<X^, induct^a J mucous membrane (?)

<
bes-t, beS-tU J (1
^^\ induction

24, 163, unguent vase, oil bottle; 1 II! W,

advanced (in years), swollen (of a river) passage. Q ,3^..
Ci
<=>
^ the
tl oil bottle used in the cere-
I | MI'
i .' mony
i
i of "opening the mouth."
bestuu(?) J II , pomegranates.
N. 754
 J [ 223 J B j
n r\ A^^^^A n r\ ^w^AA'\

besbesiu besen flO

,

J |l J (I, *3\ o
,

^-ill 11
,

-ilooo

jn
^& \ 000
O ,

^) < tt > JT~,

*
M. 64, N. 33, 504, a kind of seed, some sub-
WWW\ p^, P. 47,

XIII, 15, i;
stance burnt at the inauguration of a temple.
a seed or herb used in medicine. X

^
>

besek
bes-t n Rec. 26, 68, chisel
J fl^r^, JO > intestine, gut;

J ,
1 ;
J jl
[]

plur.
chiselled objects (?) Jp
bes, bas, besu, basha H H.
J , T. 246,

J
! 1
, viscera, intestines.

leopard; 1
^5*. jp' leopard of the South; besek ,
r. 540, u. 527,

Hlr , leopard of the North. 11 n ^^^ to rip up an animal, to cut out the
Jlsx^
J^J rL
J '^^
I
'

intestines, to gut.

bes-t
J Ro ) ,
J f) ,
female leopard.
Besek see

Bes
j] [1 j| ,
dwarf god;
J'o
1
W, a god besh, beslia I i v> i
v
t>N
^, T. 295, Amen.
of Sudani origin, who wears the skin -of the

He 14, 17, Israel Stele 20,

J rzsa ,
U. 538, P.
leopard,

was the god

j ^^
of:

pleasure; (2) war and slaughter; (3) childbirth

and children. In late times he was symbolic
1 >

(i)
roun d

music,
his body.

dancing, and 229,

J ^ > |, Rec. 30, 189,
(j

of the destructive and regenerative powers of

vomit, to be sick ;
i ^ i /" i to drench,
nature, and was the lord of all typhonic J ,

creatures; Copt. &HC. to be drenched.

C
besbes a kind of goose. besh-t U. 148, T. 119, N. 456.
Jfl JO, J """,

besa s )ittle exc

JQ-ttt**, v. 31, beshu fl
l
'.

J^t IM sahva, vomit.

N. 700, emission, flow, issue;
beshsh
J <->I P. 661, 775,

Jl besa
U
r
_
\*s
,
._
Vy
,
j
what flows from the breasts,
i.e.,
MI
milk.
j
jn HI? beshsh-t J
,
?.: -J
besa P. 66r, 775, M. 771, flow
J IT^\ J i v. i
^ <- )] j-\' of water from the eyes.
short waistcloth,
JP'k^'' tunic,
loin band. besh \
^J o o o
,
dust ; Copt, oeicy (?)

Besa . Tnatll, beshsh r-xr-i,

psq ii
st i c ks of in-
Jl- Jil~K-l
o o o
I

o
I ,

cense.
a corn-god.
=
Rec beshu B.I). 108, 5
besb[es] (?)
'
3 '
l88 (?) J ,

metal scales or plates.

besn

besen
J fl

J pr^Cj
"C

Rec. 26, 168,

w
besh
J^. Annales V, 34, to
to
slay,
kill.

^^
,
J **S,
besha II Titt! .
o , 1) Mil
*a *a _c.Ns> ooo
metal tha besen
III P^,
tool, graver ;

J/VW^^ S I

\\ /" , millet, crushed or ground,

n n^ o JtVjVT _E?&
x

bt>t>
I
o engraver.
J ,
millet flour, dhurra for making beer.
 J B [ 224 ] B J
i .. . _ n o .,
= n
beq netchem J A | o J ^ | ^'
besht n = I o IV
Jl o J) nrc-1 Jl
, '

i
.J}, to rebel, to revolt. 699, 8 >
sweet olive oil.
J ()

^^
beq tesher J A | ^> ,
red olive oil,

i~n~i r~\\~i ri r~^~i n old olive

- <= Q /.#., oil (?)

1o n ,
I

J< .

-3
czsa beq ha-t i^jfl^i "oily-hearted," to be
i, Pap. 3024, 102, revolt,
deceitful, to flatter, to be insincere.
rebellion, resistance, opposition, troubled (of '

water).
beq J , IV, 6 2 ;seebaq
beshtiu Q Rec 1 i&
Jl^ ^ jk j|t
'- '5, >

beq jL/l jf , chief, overseer

I
I-K-T
Rec. 124,
J'-^M i, 8,
beq J A \> (
Metternich Stele 7, to
\^ I
,) n t \\ i
s^r cry out.

Jia o in' J! <=> fin beq -t*Q

jj
A J\
\
, & 1 ''-
J\
.-\
,
to be with child ;

i, Rec. n, 59,

Karn. 52, 18, rebels, revolters.

loshine tobeb
beshth
C
^jL
to revolt, to rebel. be
^J^f' '

Vh
& to revolt,
beqa I
zl^\ m, light, sunrise, shimmer.
'
23 to rebel. Ji Ja^s- til
n i u i /Q I fl

beshtu & ,

rebels
,

see beqi A (m -A, to flow, to descend.

J *gk
I
, ;
J jl

=> & I

beqbeq j
\A \A ^o -A ,
J
\ A J zi ,

to pour out, to flow :

compare Heb. ,/ppl-
beq I A -3- Rhind , Pap. 28, j

be beqen IV, 640, a kind of altar,

bright, to shine.
,
to see, to -O AAAAAA
the shining, or bright, Eye A r
beq J^ of Horus. J
beq-t
J!
\i
t- 4
, heaven, sky. beaenqen
Beq fl ^1 ,
Tuat XI I, a dawn-god, who towed object carried in a procession.
Jl
Af through the serpent Ankh-neteru, and was
reborn daily.
-ror,
soldier.
Beq \A, \A^, \A^\, B.I). 145,

10, 74, a g d -

B.D. 146 (Sa'ite), the door-

Beq A
I
'
keeper of the 3rd Pylon. beqes ,
a Nubian precious stone.

'

J) \ i

A
beq ll
U^Au.^li^". ^ A.Z. 1900, 20, B.D. 31, 4, 133, 4, lower part of
^ Q ,

^ > i ) III *d ||

^ IV 688 tht l)od >'> tail > l> ow els, belly ; plur.
J^'I'' r,

olive oil, unguent compounded of olive oil.

Ebers Pap. 65, 10, 16,
J
A
beq-t
J JO, Pap. 90, Ebers 7-
^ ^. ^^j^^, ^-ye in

beq uatch J
6
f J
fresh
^ ;

live
^ ^>
^ h
.

s beiiy
,,

^ .
n
A

JL J ^T m IV> "'
ih
f 1 Rec -
3 - 68 -
 J B [ 225 ] B J
beqsu U. 310, beka-t .
27 56,
^Jlj>, ,

u u fl\

U. 320, armlet a pregnant woman U

rftL
(?); plur. -*i ;
J I

U. 517. a cow with young.

beqsu
*r*J
j]
A1
I
%O
-Jl
(?) N. 159, a part of beka-ti
Jfo
tt TJ ?
\\^'
'he breasts when swollen
with milk.

a grasshopper, Beka-t
AAA/W\ A Ju]*>
beqsu JL scales, balance.
one of the Dekans; Gr. BIKQT.
the name of a
Beqtui (?)

bek
god. beka
JU
RU
^^ .
w eak, feeble =
J ffi

J ^^> .
U. 362, hawk;
l>
-
32,9-
n A ?\
see (I ^z:^ v\ ; Copt. beker 1
steps, stairs.
-<i I Jar5 ^/] ,

Beku U. 570, N. 752, Rec 6l to see> to

J hawk gods. beg ' DM J -@s- 'shine, to be
J" ' fl
ffl
-
3 J

splendid.

Bekut
J 1 beg
Js^, |^, Jffl^y., Jffl
,
U. 209, hawk-goddesses.

-9 to to
= work, to be
J^^t
i_/) %* I, i\
'
labour.
,

exhausted, weak, feeble, destitute of strength,

bek |
,
Rec. 12, 36, ladder, steps, helpless, helpless one, tired, weary.
to be helpless, do nothing,
tribune = I
y^] .
bee's' 1

U /"w*\
'

Jffl'a. 1
be inert.

bek-t Q beg-t Q /& chamber of a sick

^\
1
t j
,
the morning sky.
J ^ (el* CD
'

person.

begi U^.iv, 1156, Jl

^) ffi"V
-EC*

illumine, to be bright ; compare Heb.

bekau
light, radiance, splendour. the weak, the helpless, the inert.

ing,
beka
to-morrow morning
II U ^\ m .

;
II f^*.

compare Heb.
U^ ,
morn- begaau
helplessness, the grave.
J ffi
^ (j
, place of

& p. 618, 619, N. 1303, T. 229, 230, beg &, to cry out.
Jy yesterday.
J ffl

beka-t , morning, morning light,

J
o moan, weeping, lamenta-
JB
C? ^ cry,
light of dawn, as opposed to T ^~
lr i
, darkness, tion, sighing, groaning.
B \\
night; compare Heb.
begau ^*\
Sfs^v^w^,
^
Peasant 138,
l*r\g /i /i/vv\/V\ 1

bekau (?) .
230, shipwrecked man ; Copt. &!XI.
M. 690 ...... bega
^)\
I] ffi "^ ^5.
_Ct^2>
,
a kind of fish ;
var.

beka
Ju/h Mar - Kam. 44 , 42, An-
'

nalesV, 95,
J^h^ J[, to bulge out, to swell begarthat J S *^\ ^
fl ,
Israel

(of the belly of a pregnant woman) Copt. &OKI. ;

Stele n, cave; compare Heb. p
 J B [
226 ]
J
& Q
begas J ffilbv "^, feeble, weak, little, ,
"^^
I'JnmnrJ U H

diminutive ; plur. ^ 1

D
begas- ha -t
Love Songs 4, 10, to be troubled in mind. I a great crime [worthy of] death ; Copt.

begasu
betau an abominable
begas JI
1

J .Ms. ^^ M7i,
2LT
Jffl man, a man ceremonially unclean.
B.D. 388, 4, part of a boat.
betu-t tcheser-t H^^K<Qai <=>,
D \
begen ffi knife. JI Jr Q '

1)
=!! A ,

A.Z. 35, 1 6, a special abomination.

beges S to be weak or miserable, betu ^

J (5A,
n -ft n JI
1] %^JL
_/r v ,
a kind of fish.

to be in want, empty ; var. ffl Vv I

~^^. .

JI rfv** I
bet v(v, plant, flower.
S ^1 VL
begS-t
J ^, J _$_, weakness,
' bet 1 i
, grains, seed.
IV, JI o I

feebleness, helplessness ; '

J- 1
D 47- Q n rJ .
/-^
11 o resin used
begSU 1 J O
,
*&
fj
N III
,
000
,

J ffi
%^", trouble, misery, in making incense.
e
beges J ffi
,
neck (?) a part of the body. '

bet(?) 1
,
1 | , house, place;

begs-t ]--, J
ffi
7,A.z.i9o8,i 7>
-JO ^C) H I Heb. rP3. ;
1 Q /\ r*naT\ ,
Nastasen Stele 34,
e
B.D. 1363, ^\
8, necklace, collar, an amulet; var.
the throne of gold ;
J
D *V\ , original
So ll place, the old home.

I
beges
\\ ,
J ffl

dagger, poignard.
^, |fl\' JZk bet
JlU^,
*T> JlU'fej^,
/rX ^IJ
1
'
she ^ hert1
herdsman.
'

bet to shine.
beges J ffi (I (2 "^X, a kind of shrub. Jo 1 ,

o TY Bet-neters Jo M, Tuat XII, a dawn-

bet , \ <Q<, to be an abomi- J
J J
be regarded as loathsome. goddess who towed Af through the serpent
nation, to
Ankh-neteru and was reborn daily.

,'Ji- betbet <a

-J\
8 o
-S\
^^ ;
see
/WW>A

ore.

Amen, n, beti J) ,
Rec. 3, 48, a mould.
6, J

betiha
^11" D \\ o o o
^L, Rec. 3,

52, the back of the mould.

^^
""
r o o beti her U f) ,
the front of the mould.

VI_L
I-LA J
Q t^S*'
"

beti semi fl D ,
Rec. 3, 50, the two
JI\ Jr Jr JD TMM! II . vil,
Jl \\
halves of the mould.
o o o O
evil thing, iniquity, wickedness, bad, abomina-
Rec. 12, 145, a sacred
tion, sin, fault, offence, crime; plur.
JI
IQ\\
Jli i i ta|)let(?)
 B [ 227 ] B J
n o /o. n
betnu >V& |La bet-t T. 2 89,
J
J ,
JO Jl O J^fff, ~"= '

W <

i, yww^K^k,
J) O JT JS4
Rec. i, 46, rebel, foe, M. 66, 824, N. 119, 129,
^
-f\ 10 |
.D
JQ "*"**
w n ''
J f M-'.JJS 066*
ll^^.-a ||| $^=
Betnu
J v^w $
"
v v v
foreign rebels. O \r i
1 i

J)
,
Jl 066 TTTlll I \\oo \\

<(
_ n o ^..p spelt, millet, dhurra, bar-
beten ha-t J
D JT L_=/l JT
~
I
JQQ '"' '

J \\ '"'t^' ley; Copt. fiCOTe.

IV, 969, disaffected, discontented, hostile in

bet-t 1 o ,
a heap of dhurra.
intent, rebellious.

betnu
headed apes.
Jl
1) ^^
D (2 1 1 i
,
1]
Jl D Jim , dog-

Rec. 12, 85, white millet.

\\ niio
,

betnu 11 ,
|U D
_J\ /vwvV I I I Jl bet-tesher-t I /" red
swift, agile. T \\ MI <=> M.
,

millet.
beth-t ^- IV ' 93 '
' he tus
f
off an
.
1
Jl ^ *>
,
elephant. bet c =^i
I Jl ,
to burn, to burn incense ;
]|

to be faint, to be feeble, weak, or helpless ;

see
J, O
to illumine, to shine.

G
bett J ,
U. 359, to smell of incense.

bet <=^, U. I02 , c=>' p - I2 5'

betshu ffi\1 I
helpless but evil-
Jl rrn Si
,

disposed beings, both men and spirits.

o n ci n
betek o, natron, saltpetre, incense; 11
J v
A ,
to fall, to drop, to fail.
Jc^s
\J o III --
1 1 -*^J

s (1 3 o ,
incense chamber.
betektek J ,
to fall.

beta
i
^' one
betek
^fl^*,
J\
^a
^\ J\
fl L,
VJ
rebel, foe;
cen

Betu ^^=- ,
P. 469, M. 533,
Plur
j^l " U
N. i.i 1 2, betu incense deified.
^

betek fl , filth, misery. bett-t

" ^ ^T a k ' nc^ o(
^inant or her^
Jl^^s III
11

1
J| Q MI' used medicine.
M. 62, N. 29, to
=^
I
beth 11 g= . .
41, C
J$
'
run quickly, to hasten. bettka 11 ^^Tr fej
/ly) ,
water-melon ;

Jl
Rec. 31, 169
bethau
J III' .-.'

bethenu '
ThCS I48 '
' IV>
D JT I

968, to be rebellious or hostile. Heb QTrtaiN, -

Copt.
U I I
;
':
bethenu 1 ^^^ ^P\ ~\$s$& , foe, enemy.
Arab,

^
'

bethenha-t "^ Rec. 1

, 7, 44,
jj*

d' sa ffecte d, disloyal, rebellious. B.D. 31, the opponent of the Crocodile-fiend
Sf' 3,
-
I 1

s a
bethesh ^4; see JWAAA 1^.
J J
n - -=-- o
Betbet
iietbet 1 J D B ' DG ' '
Io64 '
a
and i
,

(^ I goddess.
P 2
 [ 228 ] B J
Rec. 43, 48, potent but ill-disposed beings, gods, men,
i

,
the

mould which the fiends, etc.

in figure of Osiris was made at ;
(|j

Denderah. e ri

bet
e
e==I
yi Nastasen Stele 20, throne in J
JlJ
'

\\ J of gold (c^ir\) with steps.

I
, impotent rebels.
iJ
beti c^i"
J (1 1\
-^, ^Qk abominable , per-
Betesh the
son or thing ; Copt. fiOTe 1

.
J J ,

devil of revolt.
beten B.D.
J Sg (Savte), 4 o, 3 ,
J g,
)^^,Ne^r
,

to
Betshu (?
, 32, 42,
compress, to bind.

to
beten
tie,

beten
to bind,
WVA _Zi V---/I
fillet, bandlet.
.

L-fl'

, foe,
J^^^, guide
^ JSS' ^^ (?)

Betch Rec. 12, 145,

enemy, fiend, evil spirit. j) "^ J|
,

betniu
c ^ AA foes. I, Rec. 31, 31, Annales 10, 192, A.Z. 1906,
I] , enemies,
*& A*AAAA 1

c
Beten j]
Annales, 3, 177,
^CJ AAflAAA a star-god.

betesh P. 241, to dissolve, to

36, 214, i.e., ,a. bull-god.
J "^^ ^",
be dissolved, poured out like water.
batch
Betshet
J aa, T. 85,
jlEifijk.,
M. 239, N. 6 1 6, a god who presided over burnt
offerings. betcha
c ^^ a
i

Betsh-aui j] ^\ stick, staff, some wooden tool or instrument ;

n i
fi (o in
Rec. 30, 67, a god. Rec. 30, 67, parts of a ship.
J J ^^ ,

betsh
betcha ^> cookin g P
"%\ 9 J
l
J |
>
i
.

vessel ; plur. |)
e:
| Q Q Q ; Copt.
weak, helpless, exhausted, powerless, impotent.
'"' betchen \\ "~^^ _/| Rec. 29, 157; var.
betsh 3

J >

^ ,
to be angry.

betshu, betshut J 1 1 i ^
betchentchen
i
1

I
y '
L IV,

1076 .........
 [ 229 ]

P a

p D ;
Heb. rj .
pai
^^ \\,
^^ ,
demonst. pron.

= masc. sing. Copt. TTA.I, TTH. With suffixes :

P, pi D, A^ \v\ ,
demonst. pron. ;

masc. sing. ; p + n (pen) D <w~, what be- pai-a /jx' (1(1

^T, my, mine (masc.)

longs to ; p+a D M, IV, 143, what is mine.

(fern.); Copt. ITUM

pa D, M. 289, D = P. 182,
(j D^>, pai-k , thy, thine (masc.) ;

N. 895 ,
this.

P D
an article of furniture,
of a stand.
base :w\ ,
Rev. n, 124; Copt. HOOK.

'
pai-t , thy, thine (fern.).
pe-t D ,
T. 399, Q ,
M. 409,
paituk ,111, 143, thy.
,o. \\
the sky, heaven, pai-f
, I I U Jl~> "\r-*.

AA/VsAA Amen. 6, 3, his ; Copt

Rev. 13, 2, ,
Rev. 13, 40; plur.

a i D o=^=
s^ pai-s ,
hers ;

, heaven, earth, and the Other World ;

Rev. ; Copt. UCWC.

till heaven Copt. Tie. pai-n

1 (j
, ;
i i

,
Rec. 26, 153, our; later
i i i

I D <$. i n
\, ) ,
the two

halves of heaven, the day and the night sky.

c
pet-ti temta ,
U. 514,

D F=3 c.

Q * 4
^jr""""" JWi
c Q
pe-t ,s
 D P [ 230 ]

Pa-ah-nersmen '%& rD pa D = D cup,

(j pot.

MA, Rec. 31, 36, the owner of a town. .

D
(I
pa-t , liquor, drink.
Ill

pa-aa-n-ursb. , '
pa D , tobe,
Rec. 21, 22, guardian; Copt. rULttOYpcye.
to exist.

Pa-ium'-t Asar men

paut i
, beings, ;

the port of the sacred boat of the

Busirite Nome. women.

Pa-bar pau-t
J ,,U. 116,
see Bar.
U. 609, S. Rec. 27, 59,
Pa-Bekhennu "^^ 1^ J
o
B.D. 165, i, a title of Amen. '
, n
(? (0
Pabekht-hes-en-pa-hes "^ J
Rec. 31, 35, a town in the
i, Delta.
, stuff, matter, substance,

the matter or material of which anything is made,

Pa-nemma
dough, cake, bread, offering, food, product ;

B.D. 164, a son of Ra. Ik^

Ra ^
9,
plur. D i
f

the Sun Copt

pa "^ ;

I,
,

Ebers Pap. 14, 3, a

pa ha-t J^ I
'
kind of medicine. ' '
i i

pa cri] .
7 .-
transcribed in the Tanis

papyri by Q c~a ;
see per.
|\
pa, pai

TM 8c8 l^^X
^ ^, D

Ess?, IL^S^
VA ^?9 n
P. 164, M 327, Amen.

pautiu D
9, 7.

!
Rec 3> Il6 primeval
>

W. o_=;8, /v\ /or\ =233) D !' beings (?)

U. 443,
\\ Sra^S
J\
c-),
T. 253, primeval time (?)
,
U. 568, D ,
N. 751, D

val time, remote ages ; D ATx i

not
,
to fly; later

from the oldest time, i.e., never before AX' _.

preserved in Copt. ni.Il(JUI.
;

Rec. 1
2, 39 = Copt. ,
Thes. 1285, the first beginning.
pai
(rtfyei.
pant ta D _ ,
Rec. 27,
pai I
, louse,

28, D Rec. 31, 168,

Copt. TIKI.
,
lice ;

'"
Q primeval tinii',
pait AK
tA>rs
00 ^,
11
feathered fowl, birds:
.' ^^.. _' remote ages.
Eg}
Rec. 32, 67, water fowl.
,
pauti taui (?)
N. 952, a kind of gar-
pa-t a ', Rec. 20, 40, '

ment, or apparel.
 [231] D

pa-t (paut) en neteru a

N. 709, "company of the gods."
, IV, 1 1 68, the beginning of |,

& o
time, the creation, primeval time ; Pau-t-then-ta n
,

since the creation. Rec. 27, 221, a god.

,

P. 417, M. 597, N. 1202,

Paa-t
Pauti taui(?) ,
Rec. 32, 63, a lake in the Tuat.

3\,A.2. 1900, 31, a title paathah (?)

>
vIV '
... *
i 1

of Amen-Ra as the representative of the prime- Q I a kind of cake.

,

val god of Egypt.

a kind of bird,
paasli
Pau D %<' \\ Jj,
Rec. 27, 224, the pigeon (?)

primeval god. This name perhaps means "he paat-t D ,

various kinds
who " he who " the self-existent."
is," exists,"
of woods, or barks, used in medicine ; see

%
'

Pauti 3

Hearst Pap. IX,

, 13.

I
, IV, 517, a title of the primeval god.

Pauti ,
U. 437, D Tuat XII, Demot. Cat. 422, a god.

Pait
^<f (j(j J,
'

Metternich Stele 96, the

,'
Q r^N
' ,
B.D. 15, 10,

Pain a lake in the Tuat.

m mm
,

^J^,.7, HI HI pair
www\
;
Nastasen Stefe 34,
P. M. 1^ I

I"]"],
97, 67,
Jg the river, the stream ; Copt. TlIOOp.
BerL 2293, Jg ,^j, B.D. a Hittite proper
name.
,
K.D. 15, 7,
\\ "
pait D ,
B.D. 125,111,
\\, Re<\ 26, 77,
30, a part of a boat.
B.D. 85, 9,
Q !,.
j, o pait ,
house.
B.D. 145, 84, i, IV, 807,
pait Hearst
B.D. 39, 1
8, a IIII'J/T* JS&V1 i ' ,'

Q Pap. IX, 13, a kind of seed used in medicine.

, ft i

I, Rec. 27, 60, 220, 31, 167,

paur AK K\ ^ I
0, Rechnungen
i,
17, i, 12, Hearst Pap. XI, 6;
e i/
C.
r-
^ ti ,
new wine.
-

.
\\ i'
pafl L, that;
the p mevai g d
!M^1i' 2ii'
'

see
D
the god who created himself and all that is. The
dual form of the name refers to his rule of Upper Jour. As. 1908, 265 =
pant o '

and Lower Egypt. neirr.

 [ 232 ] D

Panti-baf-em-khen-tchet-f pakhst-t
a\\ 1 1 1

,
& beetle-headed throne- 1 '
a kind of plant or vegetable.
,
}
I
T /) i i r
bearer of Harmakhis Temu.
Pakhet "W "

^,
Tuat III, a mythologi-
Panntu(?) J^^rils?)' Berg. cal boat with ends in the form of lions' heads.

II, 9, the ibis-headed guard of the nth hour 1

paimet V 4-
n Ar\
^\-rf ^ l

>af^, T. 314, to over-

of the night.
> turn, to capsize, to be upset or overturned.
paran o, Nastasen
Stele 40, 44 = pas n l<f Ik n ,
the name of the
rj

Paru object ft.

B.D. (Saite) 162, a Nubian god, a

i, 165, i, pas Q D
form of Ra. a' ;

r
Rec. 26, 228, the little pot for
Pariukas ,

water attached to a painter's palette.

B.D. 165, a title of Amen.
y, i,
C D ^
-Bas-
pasa tp
i i
^ i'
cakes, loaves.
Parhaqa Kheperu
ra pasasa Edict 15,
Q,
, B.D. 164, 3,
1-91 X OO X
consort of Sekhmit-Bast-Ra.

Rec. 1885, 43, 15, toil (?) labour

Parhu ""^iTI
U %0 IV> 3 2 4. a prince (?)
I
Jrl' of Punt.
pasef ^j< ,
U. 109, N. 418, to bake,
partharil
L J %& "Q\
//M Jm
^

to cook ;
see '
1 1
Anastasi I, 23, 4, Alt. K. 418

D 53 ^^
parthal l<f <^> 5^. - pasen n,
\J2S
'
i
0^=^.
iron weapons ; compare Heb.
pahu cm i

-3=0,

^=> A ,
to run, to revolve,
cake, loaf; plur.
' I

to circle; see Q x <^>.

A J\ Paseru e ,
B.I). (Saite) 165,
(

pakh n U. 551, a of Ra or Amen.

^^ , to attack. i, title

pakh a kind of herb

^^ ^, ' -

D
= QV
Pakhit A A
c. 26, 229, a cat-goddess, or a lion-
Pasetu
a god, a divine
^P Q % J, .D. (Saite)

goddess. The chief seat of her cult was at 112, i, title.

Beni Hasan in a sanctuary now called the Speos

Artemidos.
Pashakasa

pakhar Jg? ?^, oS^^

3 1
to go about,
B.D. 164, 2, a god, son of Parhaqa-Kheperu
L/m A <o A ' '
to run. and Sekhmit-Bast-Ra.

Pakhenmet Pashemt-en-Her
A.Z. 1901, 129, "the passage of
, A.Z. 1901, 129
Horus," the name of a month.
 [ 233 ]
n

of incense, cake of bread, a fruit (?) ; plur.

'

,
Rec. 31,28;
), P. 161,

Rec. 31, 172.

paq a^^^Y Rec '

3i. 162

tive
pa D

pron.
(I ,

=
U. 190, 195, P. 610, a demonstra-

U. 190,
paq-t D I, N. 937, ladder.
D^>, Q^>(j(j; D|JI
A
i

520 = a%>, T. 70, 329.

paqit irmn
, shard, shell ;

r^rc-i
tortoise-shell,
papa D H D fl X ^4, Amen. 12, 16, D
(j

I nnm Q \\ turtle-shell. _ /I i?^1

Rec. 26, 47, to make bricks; Copt.
A H i~Ji' n^.n
paqru ^ , Peasant,
JL i '

papa-t D n n , part of a ship.

230, a kind offish.

Paqrer "J*<f <^> <Tx Dream Stele

Pan D ^vwwv, Tuat II, a god.
^j ,

36, "the a name = Copt. ^

Frog," proper pas-t D fl , cake, loaf.
(j
neKpoirp.
pat a n Rec. 30, 201, cake.
^^ U LJ
(1
pakaka rf)
>
Nastasen Stele,
>

48 = neTKu>K(?) hewho;
Patheth D U. 615 Copt.
^<f I ^,
Tuat a patha (?) a Amen. 24, 9
Patheth I, singing , ,

ape-god. moulder, smiter (?)

pa ,Jh, ancestor.

Hh. 460, cake, loaf, bread plur. D

;
pait ,
a mortal man; plur.

pat , salve, ointment.

pat a
a kind of dove; W ,
the face of a man, a human face.
Copt, encrf .

pat
pa-t _EU U. 480, P. 2i6,T. 3 75, JLiS,
do
j^, foot; Copt. n^.T, C^
Q
P.i66, JlaV& N. 142,
I

Sphinx III,
^
i
, ,
: see ^A i NJ I

D D
129, IV, 1045,
pat
_D_
:

fountain. !'
X
;o AVW^
,

G I
D i

men
^^
i
,

patenu /\A*V\AA
,
Herusatef
and women,
O mortals, mankind, people, a class
Stele 52, a metal vessel. of people or spirits.

Pat Denderah III, 77, a group

patch ,
U. 486,
of beings in the Tuat.

u '
450 '

matter, substance, ball or tablet or cake

o, bear, to give birth to ;
n _ $)
Q "735
I, born
[J
of.
 [234]
D D Denderah, I, 6,
Papa[it] Pit q Hn ,
Lib. Fun. II, 87, goddess of
a birth-goddess. Jj
D the town of Pu,
'
flame '
flre > s P ark > P lur - ^\, Buto.
\\
pi ,aim .A, a
A'
to to ascend.

W
fly,
D q Q D Q D Q D Q
__._J' oSo- v^S- pill (?) D
(|(|
i
,
Rec. 27, 86, birds.
to shine, to illumine.
Rec IO I5 foreig "
D D
Pip adfloV', H
'

_=|\> ^n l' I
dancing-women.
pa-t L.D. III, 2290,
M W,
,

Rec. 14, 166, a kind of farm land.

I

pi D flea; Copt. ITHI, $1 ; plur.

D
pa-t -., Rec. 31, 169, a knife.
Q
u pi-t Q , pill, globule.
I 1 O
pa-t . Q i
, furniture, seats (?) chairs (?)
'"
pif D ()(1 ^^
, IV, 141, his.
D D 1 I

papait a kind of grain

or seed with a pungent odour or taste.

a n
,

pinaks odd
1 1
OS,
\_/VJ>-^
Rev. 14, 36, tablet ;
Gr. Wcf.
pan D, M. 127 (play Pi-neter-tuail
C
Lanzone,
|,
the chief of the
on the name Rapan he had a
gods). '
20, the god of the planet Venus ;

man's head and a hawk's head.

Panari _B <a^jy,TuatIX,agod
/wv\

P-ankhi Tuat X, a form of

[ cloth of flax, a strip of linen, bandage, bandlet,
Khepera.
D linen cloth of all kinds; Dufl" *"i threads
Pahaaref q
\^ t7 of flax ;

n, 184, a god ; Copt. Tli-gjO

D a pis D (1 1
1
, her, hers.
pat , loaf, bread, food.
,_
Nistasen Stele
D pituk nUUJl^
pat , dove; Copt. eno"f~; var.
t
^-
q
n
PU D ^> , ,
a demonstrative particle (masc.).
^ \\
= n \> (](] i
a weakened form of , sing. fern.
AAAAAA
pat-t , dove; see D ~ * 1 ^
and > ; plur. d D v '
k" 1'
\ V '

patch _^^,^^, round tablet, loaf.

circular
pu D ,.
X
,
to make bricks ;

object, disk, cake,

Copt.
pi Rec. 15, 175 = . n (s ^ j

^, pu-tl i^
\, A.Z. 1900, 27, the heavens.
Q III
pi Dml, belonging to:-D l, Nas-
aa
(j(|^ (1
^^. 0=0, cake, loaf; plur. (I

tasen Stele 44, my D ; dd

'

>
his ' D dd P' her ' l, Rec. 32, 181,
'
D Q ! Rec.^,
l' 183-
q \\ q
'

5=^=' <$.

pi, pi-t Rev. n, 141, D a demonstrative par

Q(][|I^I^, ,

q
=i J| o, Rev. 13, 31, heaven ;
see tide, a weakened form of
A/VW-"'
 235 ]

pui put D % * '. ^^ J

fl
J J1} |
J
,
a name for the dead.

to fly ;
see
Putukhipa D % %
_ZT
c.
_Z1
^^
\\ i/ 75S
, Treaty
D Amen. 10, 5, 13, 8, 22, 38, a princess of the Kheta.
pui
22, to fly.
putra Le y d Fa P-
pui , birds, feathered fowl. "^(jf^' -
3, 7,

'

B.D. what? The later

puiu
(1
{ ^, 17,

form is peti ^2s.

This word is con-
^
,
fleas. Q \\
)
I 21
Q
nected with ,^&- ,
to see, and means
|
" "
probably, make to see," demonstrate," as in
"
to mould, to make ;
Q.
D JT
I _ /I
. I

J! DfflD
,
to ^ V M i yr I v 1
ex p' a n ' now

make bricks ; Copt. Tittle, what this is (or, means)."

a chair of
punen D ,
Rec. 8, 76 putchu n n
I 1

Tuat III, a god with

Pur, pur* s^-,
'

j
horns on his head.
i i

beans, peas; Heb. 712, Arab. Jj. p-b-maai D Rhind

D \\ D \\
(?) J J\
,

Pap. 12
to separate, to divide, to split com-
;
pep ,
to go, to march.
. l\'
pare Heb. ,/ttnQ, Copt. TUJOpcy.
D D a plant ^ her ^ usecl
PUS D%P V7, ink jar; see
Dec
D
xlr
^ '

D ^
xTr i

I
'
m medicine, pepper (?)

W (^3), pepa (?. ,

boat.
pusa a cake, a kind of bread. jj

D x pepi, pip ,
,
to make bricks ;
see
pusasa ,
Anastasi IV,
D
to to to
pup
14, 10, divide, separate, distribute,
division. '
" a m of
P-pestit-neteru ^ 1
lOfl
J, ^ f
Hathor.
puga n
1 1

, stick, staff, a

pef ,
a demonst. particle, that ;
fern.

piece of wood ; plur.

i i i

plur. In the Pyramid Texts it

;
^\.
is sometimes placed before the substantive, e.g.,

to divide, to open, to be opened ; see TT K\ ffi le==^^~\ ]'.

615, M. 783, N.

1143 ;
and see P. 674, etc.
puga
D IX D 11 D
measure for honey equal to one quarter of a bin. pfa

puga Q > ffi

v
,
Love Songs i, 8, = ,
that.

camping ground, encampment, camp, compound. .D D

pen \\
'

\\
D \\
that.
to spit. ,
\\

pugas ffi
^ ^ p
/"^
,
Amen. 10, -20,
Pefi , ,
that damned one, i.e., Aapep.

23, 16, to spit ;

see rr I .
pef-qa-her A v& ,
a title of honour
 D 236
[ ]

Penu B.D. 33, 2, a mytho-

O logical mouse or rat.
Berl. 7272, to boil or roast, to
cook; Copt, nice, nee. PenU AAAAA*
u -LL
~-
', ratsbane.

Amherst
pefs genn f]l fl
ffi
o , u *> penu JL\> o Tombos Stele 5
'# XtZZ 34, oil-boiler. D /r |N o
,
I

D n Hi B.D. 172, 34, to roast,

pefss
%^L,
'

>' to cook; Copt. nice. penpen AAAAAA

AA^AA
O V
a kind of fish.
7j

D n Dl a roasting, cooked c e>

pefs-t ,-N
'
Penap-t A.Z. 1901, 129,
'4 food. AAAAAA
(]
I C ^ ,

pefsit ^
'
Hj something roasted, 1906, 137, the month Paopi ;
Copt.
'4' cooked food.
neoni.
C 4 3
pefsu p
(2 Q ,
baked cakes.
Pen-Amen-hetep .

D
Pefset-akhu-f AZ I9 6 I37> the
*^=~. Ti I
'
' '
I90I> I29> '

,
B.D. I45A (Nav. II, 156), a god. original form of the name of the month Pha-

D D menoth; Copt. nA.pJU.^i.T, n<LpeJUL-

pen ,
a demonst.
D
particle, this; fern. , plur. masc. (1
Pen-ant A./. 1906, 137,
Q (J^^D/V/I,
fern. dual masc. fern.
(I
AAAAAA
I
,

AAAAAA
, (I
1 AAAAAA
,
the original form of the name of the month
*
Q AAAAAA A
Q o ft D O Paoni; Copt. nA.a)ItI.
(I , (I , (I
AAW. Pen usually follows
^i \\ AAAAAA \\
I I 1 -*">
D ^u^ D
the substantive, but in the Pyramid Texts it is i\AAAAA AAAAAA

sometimes placed before it, e.g., v\ 7^

D
AAAAAA ^
5?^5
fl
^
D
AAAAAA
1 n ^Ti i

I
,
to overthrow,

c=z ,L "on this south side," P. 615, M. 783, to to

overturn, capsize, to reverse :
Copt.
N. 1142; see also U. 580, etc.

pen, peni , this, as pena ~, Peasant 112, the going

\\
\\

u D
to l^:_ that. back of a crop of grapes Rec. 27,85;
opposed ,
; ,

\\

penn t
253, a demonst. particle,
to balance the tongue, _
t l\ . P.S.B.

D 10, 49.
this ;
see
a
pena-t ,
Amen. 3, 14,
pen, penn Ebers D
l -overthrow.
Pap. 60, n, to overthrow, to thrust together;

nuuume. Pena-t Tuat III, a mythological

Copt,
boat.
D
Pen ,
B.D. 98, 6, a god; Saite a porlion of a river
penait '

D i i with rocks in it.

var.
U
D
" "
D
P-neb-taui =^. Morgan, Ombos
penpen r ,
ciwb. Mel. n,
'

IWVA/V ^^vwv^ I
156, iSr, a god, son of Heru-ur and Tasent-
262, a kind of stuff or garment. nefer-t.
"
peni ,
B.D. 149, III, 3 P-nefer-nehem a F ' J
|\
_B^.
,
a {

Horus.
m of

penu P-nefer-enti-nehem a I ra
\\
form of Horus.
^ D V
Penramu I

I, a
Berl. 6910; Copt. Iim.
I I

plur. ,

group of gods.
 [ 237 ] D

Penrent
AAAAAA ^
(_) ^~\
D
\U \
A.Z, 1906, 137, the
 D [ 238 ]

: " house of
Per-abu ,
B.D. 26, 2, per-ur ,
T. 284, P. 35, M. 43,

hearts," the Judgment Hall of Osiris.

. 6S ,

c
Per- . . . -ami-a-aha
X, the gazelle-headed fire-stick that
a holy place, sanctuary, the chamber of
Ra with fire. LcjSj,
supplied
a sanctuary, a name of the sky or heaven,
c